Graduate Catalogue - University of Vermont by wuzhenguang

VIEWS: 28 PAGES: 131

									Graduate
Catalogue
2000–2002
The University of Vermont
Burlington, Vermont 05405
                                                   ACCREDITATIONS
The University of Vermont is accredited by the New England Association of Schools and Colleges, Inc., a nongovernmen-
tal, nationally-recognized organization whose affiliated institutes include elementary schools through collegiate institu-
tions offering postgraduate instruction.
Accreditation of an institution by the New England Association indicates that it meets or exceeds criteria for the assess-
ment of institutional quality periodically applied through a peer group review process. An accredited school or college is
one which has available the necessary resources to achieve its stated purposes through appropriate educational programs,
is substantially doing so, and gives reasonable evidence that it will continue to do so in the foreseeable future. Institutional
integrity is also addressed through accreditation.
Accreditation by the New England Association is not partial but applied to the institution as a whole. As such, it is not a
guarantee of the quality of every course or program offered or the competence of individual graduates. Rather, it provides
reasonable assurance about the quality of opportunities available to students who attend the institution.
Inquiries regarding the status of an institution’s accreditation by the New England Association should be directed to the
administrative staff of the University. Individuals may also contact the New England Association of Schools and Colleges,
209 Burlington Road, Bedford, MA 01730-1433, (781) 271-0022.
Specific academic program accreditations are listed below:

ALLIED HEALTH SCIENCES
  Biomedical Technologies
    Medical Laboratory Science—National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Science
    Nuclear Medicine Technology—Joint Review Committee on Educational Programs in Nuclear Medicine Technology
    Radiation Therapy—Joint Review Committee on Education in Radiologic Technology
  Dental Hygiene—American Dental Association
  Physical Therapy—American Physical Therapy Association

ARTS AND SCIENCES
  Chemistry—American Chemical Society
  Speech-Language Pathology—American Speech-
    Language-Hearing Association
  Clinical Psychology—American Psychological Association

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
  American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business

EDUCATION
  National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education
  Social Work—Council on Social Work Education
  Teacher Education—Vermont Department of Education

ENGINEERING AND MATHEMATICS
  Engineering Programs (Mechanical, Electrical, Civil)—
  Engineering Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology, Inc.

MEDICINE
  Liaison Committee on Medical Education, American
  Medical Association-Association of American Medical Colleges

NATURAL RESOURCES
  Forestry—Society of American Foresters

NURSING
  National League for Nursing
                                  Table of Contents
Correspondence............................................................................................................ 5
Academic Calendars ..................................................................................................... 6
The University of Vermont ........................................................................................... 9
   The University of Vermont and Burlington Community .................................... 9
   The Graduate College ........................................................................................... 9
   University Scholars ................................................................................................. 9
   Graduate Teaching Fellow Award ........................................................................ 10
   Resources for Research and Scholarship, and Cultural Activities .................... 10
The Degree Programs of the Graduate College ....................................................... 13
Policies of the Graduate College ............................................................................... 15
    Application Policies, Deadlines, and Procedures ............................................... 15
    Graduation Admission Tests ................................................................................ 16
    Enrollment Policies and Procedures ................................................................... 17
    General Requirements for the Master’s Degrees ................................................ 20
    General Requirements for the Doctoral Degrees ............................................... 21
    Student Rights and Responsibilities ................................................................... 22
Educational and Living Expenses .............................................................................. 25
   Definition of “Vermont Resident” ...................................................................... 26
Fellowships, Assistantships, Traineeships, Stipends, and Grants ............................. 28
Financial Aid ............................................................................................................... 30
Support Services for Graduate Students ................................................................... 32
Courses of Instruction ................................................................................................ 34
Trustees, Officers of Administration ........................................................................ 113
Graduate Faculty Emeriti ......................................................................................... 114
Members of the Graduate Faculty ............................................................................ 116
Index .......................................................................................................................... 130
           The University of Vermont Equal Opportunity in Educational Programs and Activities Policy
     The University of Vermont and State Agricultural College is committed to a policy of equal educational opportu-
     nity. The University therefore prohibits discrimination on the basis of unlawful criteria, such as race, color, reli-
     gion, national or ethnic origin, age, sex, sexual orientation, marital status, or disability, as those terms are defined
     under applicable law, in admitting students to its programs and facilities and in administering its admissions poli-
     cies, educational policies, scholarships and loan programs, athletic and other institutionally administered pro-
     grams or activities made available to students at the University. The University also prohibits unlawful harassment
     defined in 16 V.S.A. §11(a)(26) as verbal or physical conduct based on a student’s race, creed, color, national ori-
     gin, sex, sexual orientation, marital status, or disability and which has the purpose or effect of substantially inter-
     fering with a student’s educational performance or creating an intimidating, hostile, or offensive environment.
     Questions regarding this policy statement or compliance with its provisions may be directed to David Nestor, Interim
     Vice President for Student Affairs, University of Vermont, 41–43 South Prospect Street, Burlington, VT 05405 (802-
     656-3380) or Wanda Heading-Grant, Executive Director, Office of Affirmative Action and Equal Opportunity, Univer-
     sity of Vermont, 428 Waterman Building, Burlington, VT 05405 (802-656-3368). Questions may also be directed to
     government agencies having oversight and enforcement authority with respect to the referenced laws. A complete
     listing of those agencies may be obtained from the Office of Affirmative Action and Equal Opportunity.
     Sources: Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972; the Age Discrimina-
     tion Act of 1975; Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; the Ver-
     mont Public Accommodations Act; and such other federal, state and, local nondiscrimination laws as may apply.

                             Equal Employment Opportunity and Affirmative Action Policy
     The University of Vermont and State Agricultural College is committed to a policy of equal employment opportu-
     nity and to a program of affirmative action in order to fulfill that policy. The University will accordingly recruit and
     hire into all positions the most qualified persons in light of job-related requirements, and applicants and employ-
     ees shall be treated in employment matters without regard to unlawful criteria including race, color, religion, na-
     tional origin, sex, sexual orientation, disability, age, or status as a disabled or Vietnam-Era Veteran, as these terms
     are defined under applicable law. In addition, The University of Vermont recognizes that sexual harassment is a
     form of unlawful sex discrimination, and it is therefore the policy of the University that sexual harassment will not
     be tolerated.
     Questions regarding this policy statement or compliance with its provisions may be directed to Wanda Heading-
     Grant, Executive Director, Office of Affirmative Action and Equal Opportunity, University of Vermont, 428 Water-
     man Building, Burlington, VT 05405 (802) 656-3368. Questions may also be directed to government agencies hav-
     ing oversight and enforcement authority with respect to the referenced laws. A complete listing of such agencies
     may be obtained from the Office of Affirmative Action and Equal Opportunity.

     Sources: Titles VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972; the Equal
     Pay Act of 1963; the Age Discrimination Act of 1975; Sections 503 and 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973; the
     Americans with Disabilities Act; Section 402 of the Vietnam-Era Veterans Readjustment Assistance Act of 1974; Ex-
     ecutive Order 11246 as amended; the Vermont Fair Employment Practices Act; and such other federal, state, and
     local non-discrimination laws as may apply.

     Note: These Policy Statements are official University of Vermont Equal Employment Opportunity/Affirmative Ac-
     tion and Equal Opportunity in Educational Programs and Activities Policy Statements and supersede all prior
     policy statements regarding their subject matter. They may be modified only by written statement issued by the
     President as Chief Executive Officer of the University or formal action by the University of Vermont and State Ag-
     ricultural College Board of Trustees. These Policy Statements are designed to express the University’s intent and
     commitment to comply with the requirements of federal, state, and local nondiscrimination laws. They shall be
     applied co-extensively with such laws, and shall not be interpreted as creating any rights, contractual or otherwise,
     greater or lesser than exist under such nondiscrimination laws. Persons seeking to participate in educational and
     employment opportunities offered by the University must consult position and program descriptions to determine
     criteria for eligibility. All such criteria shall be established in a manner consistent with the legal requirements
     herein referenced.


Students at The University of Vermont are responsible for knowing and complying with all requirements for their
respective degrees as stated in the catalogue.

The University of Vermont reserves the right to make changes in the course offerings, degree requirements, charges, and
regulations, and procedures contained herein as educational and financial considerations require, subject to and consis-
tent with established procedures and authorizations for making such changes.

Although its legal title is The University of Vermont and State Agricultural College, the University is known to its students
and alumni as UVM. This popular abbreviation is derived from the Latin Universitas Viridis Montis, University of the Green
Mountain.

The colors of the University are green and gold.
The mascot is the catamount.
Correspondence
Please address all inquiries and correspondence concerning applications and admission to
the Graduate College Admissions Office, The University of Vermont, Burlington, Vermont
05405-0160; telephone (802) 656-2699; E-mail: graduate.admissions@uvm.edu; FAX (802)
656-0519. For other matters concerning the Dean, telephone (802) 656-3160.

Address requests for transcripts from The University of Vermont to the Registrar, The Uni-
versity of Vermont, Burlington, Vermont 05405-0160; telephone (802) 656-2045.

Address requests for Summer Session and Evening Division information to the Office of
Continuing Education, The University of Vermont, Burlington, Vermont 05405-3525; tele-
phone (802) 656-2085.

Information on graduate programs at the University is also available on the World Wide
Web at http://www.uvm.edu/~gradcoll/home.html. The University’s web page is http://
www.uvm.edu.




The Graduate Catalogue is produced biennially by the Graduate College, the Provost’s Of-
fice, and University Graphics & Printing. The information in the Graduate Catalogue was
compiled by Nancy Brunelle, Michaele Cook, Anna Swenson, and Ralph Swenson of the
Graduate College.

                               Nancy L. Brunelle, Editor
                              Tamara Smith, Typographer

                  Printing: Custom Printing Company, Owensville, Mo.

   Photo credits: John Earle; William DiLillo and Sally McCay, University Photography.
                     Academic Calendar
FALL 2000
Classes begin                August 28                  Monday
Labor Day holiday            September 4                Monday
Fall recess                  October 13                 Friday
Thanksgiving recess          November 22–24             Wednesday-Friday
Classes end                  December 6                 Wednesday
Reading and exam period      December 7–15
  Reading days               December 7, 9-10, 13
  Exam days                  December 8, 11-12, 14-15

SPRING 2001
Martin Luther King holiday   January 15                 Monday
Classes begin                January 18                 Tuesday
President’s Day holiday      February 19                Monday
Town Meeting recess          March 6                    Tuesday
Spring recess                March 19–23                Monday-Friday
Honors Day                   April 20                   Friday
Classes end                  May 2                      Wednesday
Reading and exam period      May 3–11
  Reading days               May 3, 5-6, 9
  Exam days                  May 4, 7-8, 10-11
Hooding Ceremony             May 18                     Friday
Commencement                 May 20                     Sunday

FALL 2001
Classes begin                August 27                  Monday
Labor Day holiday            September 3                Monday
Fall recess                  October 12                 Friday
Thanksgiving recess          November 21–23             Wednesday-Friday
Classes end                  December 5                 Wednesday
Reading and exam period      December 6–14
  Reading days               December 6,8-9,12
  Exam days                  December 7, 10-11, 13-14

SPRING 2002
Classes begin                January 15                 Tuesday
Martin Luther King Holiday   January 21                 Monday
President’s Day holiday      February 18                Monday
Town Meeting Day             March 5                    Tuesday
Spring Recess                March 18–22                Monday-Friday
Honors Day                   April 19                   Friday
Classes end                  May 1                      Wednesday
Reading and exam period      May 2–10
  Reading days               May 2, 4-5, 8
  Exam days                  May 3, 6-7, 9-10
Hooding Ceremony             May 17                     Friday
Commencement                 May 19                     Sunday
FALL 2002
Classes begin                August 26                 Monday
Labor Day holiday            September 2               Monday
Fall recess                  October 18                Friday
Thanksgiving recess          November 27–29            Wednesday-Friday
Classes end                  December 4                Wednesday
Reading and exam period      December 5-13
  Reading days               December 5, 7-8, 11
  Exam days                  December 6, 9-10, 12-13

SPRING 2003
Classes begin                January 14                Tuesday
Martin Luther King holiday   January 20                Monday
President’s Day holiday      February 17               Monday
Town Meeting Day recess      March 4                   Tuesday
Spring recess                March 17–21               Monday-Friday
Honors Day                   April 18                  Friday
Classes end                  April 30                  Wednesday
Reading and exam period      May 1-9
  Reading days               May 1, 3-4, 7
  Exam days                  May 2, 5-6, 8-9
Hooding Ceremony             May 16                    Friday
Commencement                 May 18                    Sunday
                                                                                  THE UNIVERSITY OF VERMONT   | 9




The University of Vermont


THE UNIVERSITY OF VERMONT AND                             THE GRADUATE COLLEGE
BURLINGTON COMMUNITY                                      The Graduate College of The University of Vermont
The University of Vermont was founded in 1791, tak-       is responsible for all advanced degree programs ex-
ing its place among the handful of colleges founded       cept the program leading to the degree of Doctor of
in this country in the eighteenth century for the         Medicine. The Mission Statement for the Graduate
higher education of young colonials and Americans         College is as follows: The mission of the Graduate
of the first postrevolutionary generation. The Uni-       College is to provide the environment for high qual-
versity was the fifth New England college chartered       ity graduate education by stimulating and supporting
(after Harvard, Yale, Dartmouth, and Brown), the          the intellectual and professional development of a
second established by a state to grant the bachelor’s     diverse faculty and student body; by promoting inter-
degree, and the twentieth in the nation to do so.         disciplinary and innovative forms of scholarship, re-
    The University pioneered in yet another area of       search, and curricula; and by recognizing scholarly
society, that of giving women equal status with men       excellence.
in higher education, by becoming the first institution        Although the Graduate College was established
in the country to admit women to full membership          formally in 1952, the University recognized early the
in the scholarly society, Phi Beta Kappa.                 value of graduate education, awarding its first
    Though it has enjoyed a long tradition of substan-    master’s degree in 1807. Today, the Graduate Col-
tial private support, University development has          lege offers 70 different master’s programs of study
been identified closely with that of the State since      and 20 doctoral programs. During the 1999-2000
1791, when Vermont’s founding General Assembly            academic year, 346 master’s and 59 doctoral degrees
granted a charter to the University and set aside         were awarded. The College enrolls approximately
about 29,000 acres throughout the State with the in-      1,200 students, with about 350 of these pursuing the
tent that rents from this land would support the new      doctorate.
educational institution. The same Vermont General             The combination of sound library holdings, labo-
Assembly established that the bylaws of the Univer-       ratories, and computer facilities, along with the en-
sity should give no preference to any religious sect or   gaging size of the University, affords a unique oppor-
denomination or discriminate against any, making          tunity to pursue high quality graduate programs in a
The University of Vermont the first in this country to    challenging yet personable environment.
go on public record as supporting freedom of reli-            A variety of scholarships, fellowships, assistant-
gion upon its campus.                                     ships, and loan programs are available in limited
    The University of Vermont consists of the Col-        numbers to students with solid and sustained records
leges of Agriculture and Life Sciences, Arts and Sci-     of academic performance.
ences, Engineering and Mathematics, Education and             The Graduate College is served by an Executive
Social Services, Medicine, and the Graduate College;      Committee comprised of ten faculty and a graduate
the Schools of Allied Health Sciences, Business Ad-       student member. The Executive Committee works
ministration, Natural Resources, and Nursing; and         closely with the Dean of the Graduate College to in-
Continuing Education.                                     sure comprehensive and outstanding programs of
    With a population of about 39,000, Burlington is      study.
Vermont’s largest city. The greater Burlington area
of approximately 132,000 inhabitants is divided be-       UNIVERSITY SCHOLARS
tween pleasant suburbs and picturesque farms and          The University Scholar Awards program was es-
woodland. Burlington enjoys magnificent views of          tablished by the Graduate College to recognize
Lake Champlain and the Adirondack Mountains to            outstanding and sustained contributions of Uni-
the west and Vermont’s Green Mountains to the east.       versity faculty to research and scholarship in their
Easily available outdoor activities include swimming,     disciplines. Each year, four faculty members are
boating, hiking, climbing, and skiing.                    selected for this award. For the academic year
    Some 200 miles northwest of Boston, 300 miles         2000-2001, the University Scholars are Warren
north of New York City, and about 100 miles south of      Bickel (Psychiatry), Roger Cooke (Mathematics),
Montreal, Burlington is served by major airlines,         Stephen Cutler (Sociology), and Ronald Savitt
buses, and Amtrak, and is contiguous to Vermont’s         (Business Administration).
interstate highway system.
10 |   THE UNIVERSITY OF VERMONT




For the academic year 1999-2000, the University             ment publications and for U.S. patents and trade-
Scholars were: Lynne Bond (Psychology), Edith               marks. The Special Collections Department includes
Hendley and David Warsaw (Molecular Physiology              the Wilbur Collection of Vermontiana, rare books,
and Biophysics),and Patrick Hutton (History).               literary and historical manuscripts, and the papers of
                                                            many individuals associated with the state and the
                                                            federal government. A separate Chemistry and Phys-
GRADUATE TEACHING                                           ics Library is located in the Cook Physical Sciences
FELLOW AWARD                                                Building. Collections in medicine and the health sci-
                                                            ences are located in the Dana Medical Library. Mate-
Each year, a number of graduate students who serve          rials in the Libraries’ collections are accessible
as Graduate Teaching Fellows are recognized for             through the online catalog, Voyager. A wide choice
their teaching excellence; one of those is named            of electronic resources are made available through
Graduate Teaching Fellow of the Year. The two most          the Libraries’ information gateway, Sage. Sage pro-
recent recipients of the Graduate Teaching Fellow of        vides access, in a fully integrated way, to Voyager,
the Year Award are Heidi Hales, Plant and Soil Sci-         full text magazines and newspapers, a wide variety of
ence, 1999, and Joshua Galster, Geology, 2000.              indexes, a number of specialized reference works,
                                                            and the World Wide Web. Sage is reached from work-
                                                            stations in the libraries, from residence rooms, and
RESOURCES FOR RESEARCH AND                                  from locations off campus. Audiovisual materials are
           ,
SCHOLARSHIP AND CULTURAL                                    located in the Media Resources Department of the
ACTIVITIES                                                  Bailey/Howe Library and in the Dana Medical
                                                            Library. The Library Research Annex (located
The University Libraries. Located in the Bailey/            directly east of the corner of East Avenue and
Howe Library, the main unit of the University librar-       Carrigan Drive) contains many older and less used
ies, are the services and print and electronic collec-      monographs, serials, periodicals, and government
tions relating to the humanities, social sciences, and      documents from the Libraries. It also houses the UVM
many of the sciences. This library holds the largest        archives; many large, modern manuscript collections;
book and map collection in Vermont, and maintains           and other older and rare printed materials from the
a representative collection of major periodicals, schol-    Special Collections Department. It has public hours
arly journals, indexes, and abstracting services. It is a   and a delivery service.
depository for United States and Canadian govern-
                                                                                  THE UNIVERSITY OF VERMONT   | 11
COMPUTING AND INFORMATION                                  sources, and Nursing, the Language Laboratory, and
TECHNOLOGY                                                 Libraries and Media Services. In addition, Continu-
     Computing and information technology plays            ing Education provides teleclassrooms and a Digital
a vital role in supporting the learning, research, and     Media Development Laboratory, and Residential Life
service needs of the University. The Division of Com-      provides networking and computer labs in the resi-
puting and Information Technology (CIT) provides           dence halls.
computing, networking, and telephone service for all            See CIT's World Wide Web page at http://
UVM students, faculty, and staff. CIT support includes     cit.uvm.edu or contact CIT by sending e-mail to
the following:                                             cit@uvm.edu.
     — Full Internet access, including electronic mail
                                                              GRADNET. GRADNET is the electronic forum
(e-mail) and access to the World Wide Web (WWW).
                                                           where graduate students, faculty, and staff discuss is-
The UVM network is available throughout the cam-
                                                           sues, research topics, graduate student life, and an-
pus, including residence hall rooms. Off-campus stu-
                                                           nouncements that pertain to the graduate commu-
dents have a choice of free basic dial-up access, or
                                                           nity. Information on subscribing is provided at
specially priced full Internet access. E-mail and the
                                                           Graduate Student Orientation or at the Graduate
Web are increasingly being incorporated into instruc-
                                                           College.
tion and research. Students can register for courses
by telephone and via the World Wide Web. UVM is               The Robert Hull Fleming Museum. The Robert
also a member of the Internet 2 Consortium.                Hull Fleming Museum houses comprehensive col-
                                                           lections representing artistic achievements of world
      — Computer labs equipped with Macintosh,
                                                           cultures, prehistoric to contemporary. Through the
Windows, and X-Windows (Unix) workstations. These
                                                           exhibition and interpretation of works of art, an-
areas are staffed by helpful consultants and include
                                                           thropological artifacts, and other cultural objects,
software for word processing, spreadsheets, statistics,
                                                           the Museum serves as a center for the visual arts
scientific visualization, and a powerful geographic in-
                                                           and provides opportunities for multicultural and in-
formation system. All areas are networked, allowing
                                                           terdisciplinary education for the University and the
access to UVM's host systems as well as to national
                                                           people of Vermont.
and international resources available through the In-
ternet. For advanced computing needs, the Academic            Exhibitions are frequently augmented by lec-
Resource Facility (the ARF) is equipped with high-         tures, gallery talks, and films. The Museum also
end specialized hardware for exploring and develop-        houses class and seminar rooms for art history, an-
ing computing, visualization, and multimedia appli-        thropology, and other courses.
cations.                                                       Sponsored and Institutional Research. The Uni-
      — A variety of host systems. Students use a multi-   versity received over $70 million in sponsored fund-
processor IBM AIX (Unix) cluster named "Zoo" for           ing, $50 million of this total for research, during
e-mail, Web publishing, statistics, geographic informa-    fiscal year 2000. UVM ranks nationally as one of the
tion systems, and advanced academic work and re-           125 leading universities in terms of federal spon-
search. From the time they indicate their intent to en-    sored research support. In addition, there are a sub-
roll, students are eligible for Zoo accounts.              stantial number of faculty research projects sup-
                                                           ported, in part, by institutional research commit-
    — Sales and service for Macintosh and Windows
                                                           tees. Graduate students frequently serve as integral
personal computers from major vendors. Students,
                                                           parts of faculty research projects in a wide range of
from the time they indicate their intent to enroll at
                                                           disciplines.
UVM, can purchase Macintosh and Windows com-
puters from the UVM Microcomputer Depot (see                   The George Aiken Lectures. The University of
http://cit.uvm.edu/mcsv for details). UVM recom-           Vermont's George D. Aiken Lectures are a perma-
mends purchasing computers through the Micro-              nent tribute to the former Dean of the United States
computer Depot; these systems are configured to work       Senate and Governor of Vermont for his many years
on the UVM network and come with the most com-             of service to the people of the state and nation. Sup-
prehensive support UVM provides.                           ported by an endowment and held annually at The
                                                           University of Vermont, the programs, which began
     — A modern digital telephone system providing
                                                           in 1975, provide a platform for distinctive views on
low-cost long distance and including voicemail for all
                                                           critical American issues and is the University's major
on-campus students, faculty, and staff.
                                                           annual public-policy forum. The tradition of keeping
    — Free publications, tutorials, consulting sup-        the Aiken Lectures free and open to the public en-
port, and a help line. CIT maintains an active role        dures. For more information, contact UVM Division
promoting and supporting information technology on         of Continuing Education office.
campus.
                                                              The Vermont Seminars. The Vermont Seminars
     Many other parts of the University provide spe-       program augments the focus of teaching and re-
cialized computing resources designed to meet the          search at the University and enriches educational
needs of specific programs. These include facilities       offerings by bringing to campus individuals from a
provided by the Colleges of Engineering and Math-          variety of walks of life, including faculty, statesper-
ematics, Education and Social Services, Medicine, Arts     sons, distinguished citizens, and leaders in special
and Sciences, and Agriculture and Life Sciences, the       fields.
Schools of Business Administration, Natural Re-
12 |   THE UNIVERSITY OF VERMONT

    The George Bishop Lane Artists’ Series. The         tickets are provided to over 30 social service agencies
University of Vermont Lane Series features a di-        to insure arts access to all audiences. Also offered is a
verse season of performing arts events including        $5 student rush ticket to every performance.
classical music, early music, opera, theatre, jazz,
                                                           The Friends of the Lane Series serve as advisors
and folk music. Each year brings a variety of art-
                                                        and volunteer many hours of service; corporate and
ists — from established international favorites to
                                                        private sponsors throughout the state provide finan-
promising new talent. The Lane Series, established
                                                        cial support.
in 1955 with a generous gift from the Lane family,
enjoys an international reputation as a presenter of        Concerts are presented in three venues: The inti-
chamber and classical music.                            mate and acoustically superb UVM Recital Hall, the
                                                        historic Ira Allen Chapel, and the Flynn Theatre in
    Serving as a link among many constituencies, the
                                                        downtown Burlington.
Lane Series finds its audience, volunteers and advi-
sors from the students, faculty, staff and alumni of       Graduate College Research Day. In the spring
UVM as well as the community at large. In addition      each year, the Graduate College recognizes formally
to the presentation of performances, the Lane Series    the research undertaken by graduate students. A full
ensures students and public direct interaction with     day is devoted to talks and poster presentations by
performers through master classes, workshops, resi-     students from all of the disciplines. The entire Uni-
dencies, lectures, and receptions. The Lane Series is   versity community has the opportunity to see and
committed to a dual mission of cultural presentation    hear about the high quality research that graduate
and outreach, and education. Through the ARTIX          students conduct.
program (funded by the Argosy Foundation) free
                                                        THE DEGREE PROGRAMS OF THE GRADUATE COLLEGE   | 13




The Degree Programs of
the Graduate College
The Graduate College offers the following degree       Special Education
programs:
                                                     MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING
MASTER OF ARTS
                                                       Biology                 Geography
  English                  Greek and Latin             Botany                  Geology
  French                   History                     Chemistry               German
  Geography                Psychology                  English                 Greek
  German                                               Family and Consumer     History
                                                         Sciences              Latin
MASTER OF SCIENCE                                      French                  Mathematics
                                                                               Physics
  Agricultural              Forestry
    Biochemistry            Geology
  Animal Sciences
                                                     MASTER OF SCIENCE FOR TEACHERS
                            Historic Preservation
  Biochemistry              Materials Science          Biology (including Botany)
  Biology                   Mathematics                Geology
  Biomedical                Mechanical Engineering     Mathematics
    Engineering             Microbiology and           Physical Sciences (Chemistry and Physics)
  Biomedical Technology       Molecular Genetics
  Biostatistics             Molecular Physiology
                                                     DOCTOR OF EDUCATION
  Botany                      and Biophysics
  Cell and Molecular        Movement Sciences and      Educational Leadership and Policy Studies
    Biology                   Rehabilitation
  Chemistry                 Natural Resource         DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
  Civil and Environ-          Planning                                        Electrical Engineering
    mental Engineering                                Agricultural
                            Nursing                                           Materials Science
  Communication             Nutrition and Food          Biochemistry
                                                      Anatomy and             Mathematical Sciences
    Sciences                  Sciences                                        Mechanical Engineering
  Community                                             Neurobiology
                            Pathology                                         Microbiology and
    Development and         Pharmacology              Animal Sciences
                                                      Biochemistry              Molecular Genetics
    Applied Economics       Physics                                           Molecular Physiology
  Computer Science                                    Biology
                            Plant and Soil Science                              and Biophysics
  Counseling                Statistics                Botany
                                                      Cell and Molecular      Natural Resources
  Electrical Engineering    Water Resources                                   Pharmacology
  Engineering Physics                                   Biology
                            Wildlife and Fisheries                            Plant and Soil Science
                              Biology                 Chemistry
                                                      Civil and Environmental Psychology
                                                        Engineering
MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

MASTER OF PHYSICAL THERAPY
                                                     CONCURRENT DEGREE PROGRAMS:
MASTER OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION                      M.D./M.S. AND M.D./Ph.D.
                                                     Postsophomore students in the Doctor of Medicine
MASTER OF SOCIAL WORK                                program who have been accepted into a Graduate
                                                     College program are permitted to apply credit from
MASTER OF EDUCATION                                  appropriate medical courses in which a letter grade
  Curriculum and Instruction                         of A, B, or C is earned toward a M.S. or a Ph.D. de-
  Educational Leadership                             gree. Such students are enrolled in the Graduate
  Educational Studies                                College for one or more years to pursue research
  Higher Education and Student Affairs               and enroll in those courses that normally are not in-
    Administration                                   cluded within their medical program of study. While
  Interdisciplinary Major (Self-Designed)            students are working toward both the M.D. and M.S.
  Reading and Language Arts                          or Ph.D., completion of each degree need not occur
                                                     at the same time.
                                                                            POLICIES OF THE GRADUATE COLLEGE     | 15




Policies of the
                                                               Interdisciplinary                       August 1
                                                               Microbiology and Molecular
                                                                 Genetics                              February 1

Graduate College                                               Natural Resource Planning
                                                               Natural Resources
                                                               Pharmacology
                                                                                                       March 1
                                                                                                       March 1
                                                                                                       January 15
                                                               Physical Therapy                        January 15
                                                               Psychology                              January 15
APPLICATION POLICIES, DEADLINES,                               Public Administration                   February 1
                                                               Reading and Language Art                August 1
AND PROCEDURES                                                 Social Work                             February 1
   Eligibility. To be eligible for admission to any            Special Education                       August 1
program, applicants must hold a U.S. baccalaureate             Water Resources                         March 1
degree earned prior to the date of first graduate en-          Wildlife and Fisheries Biology          March 1
rollment at The University of Vermont or a degree            Although some programs are willing, on occa-
from a foreign institution judged to be equivalent        sion, to review late applications, we urge you to con-
by the Graduate College. Individual degree pro-           tact specific programs before filing a late application.
grams may have additional requirements as de-             Some programs accept applications for January ad-
scribed in the program listings in the back section       mission. Please contact the program of interest
of this catalogue. A number of departments and            regarding its policy on spring admissions.
programs provide opportunities for selected UVM
undergraduates to participate in Accelerated                  Financial Aid. The deadline for all students seeking
Master’s Programs (AMPs). For more information,           financial aid in the form of fellowships or assistantships is
see page 17.                                              March 1, or the program application deadline, whichever is
   Applicants are expected to be fluent in English.       earlier. For information regarding financial assistance
There is no English as a second language program          consult “Fellowships, Assistantships, Traineeships,
at the University, although limited instruction is        Stipends, and Grants,” page 28 and “Financial Aid,”
available to enhance speaking fluency in English.         page 30.

Application and Financial Aid Deadlines                   Admission Procedure for Full- or
                                                          Part-Time Students
   Admission. It is in the applicant’s best interest to
make sure that application materials are filed well in        Degree Students. Application forms are available
advance of deadlines. Most programs can accommo-          from the Graduate Admissions Office, 333 Waterman
date only a limited number of new graduate students       Building, The University of Vermont, Burlington, VT
each year.                                                05405-0160 and at the Graduate College web site.
                                                              Applicants who are U.S. citizens must provide the
  April 1 is the application deadline for fall enroll-    following material. All but the test scores must be submit-
ment in all programs, except the following:               ted together in one package.
    Anatomy and Neurobiology             February 15          a. The original and two copies of the completed
    Botany and Agricultural                               application form and the statement of purpose.
      Biochemistry                       February 15          b. Scores from appropriate standard graduate ad-
    Cell and Molecular Biology           January 15       mission test(s) taken within five years of the date of appli-
    Civil and Environmental                               cation. Test scores are required for any applicant seeking
     Engineering                         February 1       financial aid in the form of fellowships or assistantships.
    Communication Sciences               February 1       For additional information, see “Graduate Admission
    Counseling                           February 1       Tests” below and consult the program listings that
    Curriculum and Instruction           August 1         follow.
    Educational Leadership               August 1             c. Two official transcripts from each college or
    Educational Leadership                                university attended. UVM students must request offi-
     and Policy Studies                  May 1            cial transcripts from the Registrar.
    Educational Studies                  August 1             d. Letters of recommendation from three persons
    English (Fellowship deadline)        February 15      qualified to assess your potential for graduate work.
    Field Naturalist                     February 15      College or university placement files are accepted.
    Forestry                             March 1          Photocopied references are acceptable only with
    French                               August 1         original signatures; facsimile references are not ac-
    Geography                            March 1          ceptable.
    Geology                              February 15          e. Check individual department listing for specific
    Higher Education and                                  requirements such as a resume, or a paper.
     Student Affairs                     January 1            f. A $25 nonrefundable application fee.
    Historic Preservation                March 1             International applicants must provide the follow-
16 |   POLICIES OF THE GRADUATE COLLEGE

ing materials. All but the test scores must be submitted in           It is the applicant’s responsibility to ensure that
one package.                                                      all supporting materials for an application are re-
    a. The original and two copies of the completed               ceived by the appropriate deadline.
application form and the statement of purpose.                        Acceptance and Candidacy for Advanced De-
    b. Scores from appropriate standard graduate ad-              grees. Applicants for the master’s degree may be ad-
mission test(s) taken within five years of the date of appli-     mitted to graduate studies or accepted to candidacy
cation. Test scores are required for all applicants seeking fi-   for the degree concurrent with admission. Accep-
nancial aid in the form of a fellowship or assistantship.         tance to candidacy for the master’s degree is granted
For additional information, see “Graduate Admission               only to those students who have met fully all under-
Tests” below.                                                     graduate course prerequisites required for the
    c. Scores from the Test of English as a Second Lan-           graduate degree program and all departmental re-
guage (TOEFL) if your native language is not English              quirements for candidacy (e.g. course work, exami-
or if your formal education has been conducted in a               nations, professional certification where applicable).
language other than English. A score of at least 550              The approval of the department and the Dean is re-
(213 Computer-based test) is required for admission; a            quired for concurrent admission and acceptance to
minimum score of 600 (250 Computer-based test) is                 candidacy.
required by some departments and for any applicant                    Candidacy for the doctoral degree requires a full
seeking fellowships or assistantships. Information                year of graduate study in residence at The University
about the TOEFL examination is available from the                 of Vermont. In addition, most programs require sat-
Educational Testing Service, Box 6155, Princeton, NJ              isfactory completion of a qualifying examination. A
08541-6155, U.S.A. Web – http://www.toefl.org                     doctoral student is accepted to candidacy upon the
    d. Two official transcripts from each college or              approval of the student’s Studies Committee, the de-
university attended and, if necessary, an English                 partment or departments concerned, and the Dean
translation of the transcripts.                                   of the Graduate College.
    e. Letters of recommendation from three persons
qualified to assess your potential for graduate work.                 Nondegree Students. Persons who have com-
College or university placement files are accepted.               pleted a baccalaureate degree and wish to take
Photocopied references are acceptable only with origi-            courses that do not carry graduate credit or wish to
nal signatures; facsimile references are not acceptable.          take courses for graduate credit but do not seek a
    f. A $25 nonrefundable application fee, in U.S.               degree, do not need to make formal application to
dollars, by check or money order made payable to                  the Graduate College, but may enroll through Con-
The University of Vermont.                                        tinuing Education. For more information, contact
    g. For purposes of obtaining a visa, the United               Continuing Education, 322 South Prospect Street,
States Immigration and Naturalization Service re-                 Burlington, VT 05405; (802-656-2085); 1-800-639-
quires that all international students submit evidence            3210 or email EveningUniversity@uvm.edu.
of independent financial support in the form of a                     Nondegree students are limited to a maximum of six
signed statement from a bank or scholarship source.               course credit hours per semester unless additional enrollment
                                                                  is approved by the Dean of the Graduate College. A nondegree
   Application Review Process. As soon as an appli-               student who has accumulated nine credit hours of graduate
cation is received in the Graduate College Admis-                 course work at the University must seek approval for further
sions Office, a file is established. Completed files are          enrollment from the Dean of the Graduate College.
forwarded to the appropriate program.
   Committees in each program review applications
thoroughly. The statement of purpose is extremely
important, as are test scores and past academic per-
                                                                  GRADUATE ADMISSION TESTS
formance. Letters of support are weighed carefully.               Information about admission tests is available from
Programs must also consider external factors, such as             most college testing centers or as follows: Graduate
the number of spaces they can make available to new               Record Examinations, Educational Testing Service,
applicants.                                                       Box 6000, Princeton, NJ 08541-6000 or Graduate
   Recommendations to admit or not admit, to pro-                 Management Admission Test, Educational Testing
vide financial aid or not, are made by the programs               Service, P.O. Box 6103, Princeton, NJ 08541-6103.
and forwarded to the Graduate College where they                  The GRE can be taken in computerized or paper
are reviewed. Letters of acceptance or denial are sent            versions. Information is also available from the GRE
from the Graduate College. Offers of financial sup-               web site, http://www.gre.org. Those considering ap-
port are made directly by programs.                               plication to a graduate program must remember
   If you do not hear anything regarding your ap-                 that it can take four to six weeks for the Graduate
plication after a sufficient amount of time, please               College to receive the results of test scores from pa-
call the Graduate College Admissions Office (802-                 per and pencil examinations.
656-2699). Questions about admission to individual                    Applicants should consult the listing of the program to
programs should be directed to the appropriate                    which they are applying to determine exactly which test
program.                                                          scores are required. Scores must be from tests taken within
   All documents received in support of an applica-               five years of the date of application. Students who are seek-
tion, except irreplaceable foreign materials or term              ing financial aid in the form of assistantships or fellow-
paper and essays required by some departments, be-                ships are required to submit GRE or GMAT scores from
come the property of the Graduate College and                     tests taken within five years of the date of application.
cannot be returned, copied, or transferred.
                                                                               POLICIES OF THE GRADUATE COLLEGE      | 17
ENROLLMENT POLICIES AND                                         Add/Drop. Courses may be added or dropped,
PROCEDURES                                                   using touch tone telephone, the web, or a paper
                                                             form, only during the first ten days of instruction of
   Health Record. The University requires that all           the University semester. Appropriate add/drop
students file a personal health and immunization             forms are available from the Registrar’s Office. After
record with the Center for Health and Wellbeing              the first week of classes an instructor may refuse ad-
Student Health/Medical Clinic at the time of first           mission to a course if certain material (such as labo-
enrollment. Appropriate forms are sent directly to           ratories) cannot be made up and the loss of this
newly enrolled students. They are also available at          work would seriously affect the quality of the educa-
the Student Health/Medical Clinic, 425 Pearl Street.         tional experience of the student seeking to enter the
   Registration. Consult the Academic Calendar               course. Faculty are not required to give make-up ex-
printed in the front of this catalogue for registration      aminations, papers, or quizzes. No drops are allowed
dates. Students register for courses at the time and in      after the second week of classes except in cases
the manner designated by the University Registrar.           where a student is enrolled by administrative error
Course lists are published each semester by the              and has not attended the course.
Registrar’s Office. Early registration is encouraged             Withdrawal from Courses. From the end of the
for presently enrolled graduate students.                    tenth day to the end of the ninth week of classes, stu-
   Students should consult with their program advi-          dents may withdraw from courses. Students who wish
sor before using touch tone telephone or web regis-          to withdraw fill out the course withdrawal form, con-
tration. All charges for the ensuing semester must be        sult with their advisor, and submit the form to the
paid, or otherwise provided for, before registration is      instructor for signature. The student is then respon-
completed.                                                   sible for delivering the form to the Registrar's Office
   Graduate Course Levels. Courses which may ap-             no later than 4 p.m. on Friday of the ninth week of
ply towards a graduate program are generally num-            classes. Students give a copy to their dean for infor-
bered 200 and above. Courses numbered 400 or                 mation purposes. The instructor also records the
above are limited to candidates for the degree of            withdrawal grade (W) on the final grade sheet which
Doctor of Philosophy; courses numbered 300 to 399            is sent to the Registrar.
are limited to graduate students unless special per-             Between the ninth week and the last day of
mission is given by the appropriate department or            classes, withdrawal requires students to petition the
program. Please consult individual programs for pos-         Dean of the Graduate College explaining that they
sible exceptions.                                            are unable to continue in the course due to circum-
                                                             stances beyond their control. Such a petition must
   Course Loads. Normally, full-time nonfunded               contain conclusive evidence, properly documented,
graduate students enroll for nine to 12 credit hours         of the situation which prevents completion of the
per semester; full-time funded students, six to ten          course. Acceptable reasons do not include dissatis-
hours. Maximum enrollment is 15 hours per semes-             faction with performance in a course or with an ex-
ter, and nine hours summer. Enrollment in excess             pected grade, with the course or the instructor, or
of the normal full-time course load requires written         the desire to change a major or program. If the peti-
approval from the advisor and the Dean of the                tion is approved, the withdrawal procedure follows
Graduate College.                                            that process described above.
    Auditing Classes. Courses may be taken for au-               Undergraduate Enrollment for Graduate Credit.
dit; however, tuition for the credit hours is charged        UVM senior undergraduates may enroll for graduate
as usual. Under no circumstances will graduate credit or     credit at UVM under the following circumstances:
a grade be allowed for audited courses. A student wish-      the course must be available for graduate credit; to-
ing to audit a course must meet minimum levels of            tal enrollment including the graduate course must
performance set by the instructor at the time of reg-        not exceed 12 credit hours in the semester in which
istration in order to receive an audit grade on a            the course is taken; the course must not be com-
transcript. Tuition scholarships funded by the Graduate      puted as part of the bachelor’s degree; permission to
College do not cover tuition for audited courses.            seek such graduate credit must be requested of the Dean of
   Physical Education Classes. Students may not en-          the Graduate College in writing by the Dean of the under-
roll in physical education classes without prior ap-         graduate college or school prior to enrollment for such credit.
proval by the Dean of the Graduate College. Gradu-           Such graduate credit is limited to six hours. It can be
ate College tuition scholarships do not cover any fees for   used only at UVM if and when the student is admit-
physical education activities.                               ted to a UVM graduate program and only if the
   Credit by Examination. A student may, under cer-          course is judged appropriate by the student’s advisor
tain circumstances, receive credit for a course by tak-      for the graduate program. Generally, other institu-
ing an examination. A fee of $50 per credit is charged       tions will not accept such credit, earned before
for each examination. Any credit earned by examina-          award of the bachelor’s degree, in transfer to their
tion applies to the total number of credit hours al-         graduate programs.
lowed for validation and transfer (See “Transfer of              Accelerated Master’s Degree Programs (AMPs). It
Credit,” page 19). Appropriate forms to initiate the         is possible for highly qualified UVM undergraduates
process of credit by examination are available in the        to be accepted into some UVM graduate programs
Registrar’s Office.                                          prior to the awarding of the baccalaureate degree.
                                                             This Accelerated Master’s Program (AMP) option is
18 |   POLICIES OF THE GRADUATE COLLEGE

available for admission to UVM graduate programs               been granted by the Dean within the first month of the fol-
in Animal and Food Sciences, Biology, Biomedical               lowing semester.
Technology, Biostatistics, Computer Science, Cur-                  Dismissal. Students whose academic progress is
riculum and Instruction, History, Materials Science,           deemed unsatisfactory at any time may be dismissed
Mathematics, Mechanical Engineering, Microbiology              from the Graduate College by the Dean upon con-
and Molecular Genetics, Nursing, Public Administra-            sultation with the student’s department or program.
tion, and Statistics. Please consult the program list-         In addition, students may be dismissed if (a) they re-
ing in the UVM undergraduate catalogue and in this             ceive two grades or more below a B (3.00), or (b)
Graduate Catalogue for details.                                they receive a U (Unsatisfactory) in Thesis or Disser-
    Grading Policies. Letter grades are used to indi-          tation Research or Seminar.
cate levels of performance in courses as follows: A,
excellent; B, good; C, fair; F, failure. (Graduate stu-
dents do not receive a grade of D.) Designations of            CHANGE OF PROGRAM
S, satisfactory, and U, unsatisfactory, are used to indi-
cate levels of performance for credits received in             If an admitted student wishes to change to a differ-
Thesis or Dissertation Research and may be used to             ent program offered at UVM, a request must be
indicate levels of performance in a Seminar. There             made by the student, in writing, to the Dean of the
are no quality points associated with the letter grades        Graduate College. Upon receipt of the request, the
of S and U.                                                    student’s file will be forwarded to the Chairperson of
    A candidate for a graduate degree must complete the pro-   the desired program for review. If both the faculty of
gram with a minimum overall grade-point average of 3.00.       the desired program and the Dean of the Graduate
For the purpose of determining a grade-point aver-             College approve, the formal transfer of program is
age, the following applies: A+, 4.00; A, 4.00; A-, 3.67;       made in the Graduate College Office with notifica-
B+, 3.33; B, 3.00; B-, 2.67; C+, 2.33; C, 2.00; C-, 1.67;      tion to the former program chairperson, new pro-
F, 0.00. A course may be repeated for credit only              gram chairperson, the student, and the Registrar.
when failed and only once; only the second grade is            The time limit for completion of the degree runs
then considered. Both grades remain on the                     from the date of matriculation in the new program,
student’s transcript.                                          with credit brought in subject to the appropriate
    A student may be dismissed from the Graduate               transfer limitation.
College if two grades or more below a B (3.00), or
the designation of U in Thesis or Dissertation Re-
search or Seminar are received.                                CONTINUOUS REGISTRATION
    The designation “Inc” or “I” applies to work of            Students who have completed all credits required
acceptable quality when the full amount is not com-            for the degree but have not completed all gradua-
pleted because of illness or emergency. It can be              tion requirements must enroll each semester for
awarded only with the prior permission of the Dean             Continuous Registration (GRAD 900) and pay a
of the Graduate College. The Dean may set the                  $100 Continuous Registration fee each semester un-
limit of time when the work of the course is to be             til all degree requirements are completed, includ-
completed. In no case shall this time be set longer than       ing removing incomplete grades; passing the com-
the beginning of the corresponding semester of the next aca-   prehensive examination; or completing a thesis or
demic year.                                                    dissertation.
    The grade of XC (Extended Course) is awarded at
the end of the semester to a student who is enrolled
in an identified course the nature of which makes it           LEAVE OF ABSENCE
unreasonable or impossible for the student to com-
plete the required work within the regular semester.           A leave of absence suspends the time limit for degree
    Students who withdraw from a course will receive           completion for the duration of the leave. It does not
the grade of W – withdrawn. The grade W does not               suspend the time limit for the completion of individ-
enter into the grade-point average (GPA).                      ual courses.
    Graduate students may elect to take an under-                 Eligibility. Only students who have not enrolled
graduate course on a satisfactory (S) – unsatisfactory         for all course credit requirements may request a
(U) basis provided permission is obtained, prior to            leave of absence. The maximum leave is one year.
enrollment, from the department or program chair-              Students who have enrolled for all required credits
person and the Dean of the Graduate College and a              but have not completed all degree requirements,
letter grade is not required by the Studies Commit-            such as passing the comprehensive examination or
tee for purposes of evaluation. Courses at the 200             completing a thesis or dissertation, are not eligible
level or above other than Seminar or Thesis/Disser-            for a leave of absence but must register for Continu-
tation Research may not be taken on a satisfactory             ous Registration.
(S) – unsatisfactory (U) basis for graduate credit.
    A grade, other than Inc/I or XC, may be changed only if       Procedure. Students request a leave of absence
there was an error in its calculation. In cases in which a     from their program director or chairperson. If the
student requests reconsideration of a grade for a course al-   program approves the request, the chairperson or
ready taken, the grade change, if any, must be made by the     director completes the Leave of Absence form avail-
instructor and approved by the Dean by the end of the first    able in the Graduate College Blue Book or from the
month of the following semester unless an extension has        Graduate College Office and forwards it to the Dean
                                                                                    POLICIES OF THE GRADUATE COLLEGE   | 19
for approval. A leave of absence does not take effect                   Approval of credit: Approval of credit is granted
until after approval has been received from both the                by the graduate program based on the specific pro-
program chairperson or director and the Dean of                     gram requirements described in the Graduate Col-
the Graduate College.                                               lege Catalogue, as well as (1) the number of credits
   Any student who does not enroll following termi-                 requested, (2) the appropriateness of credit for in-
nation of a leave of absence will be deactivated from               clusion in the degree program, and (3) the currency
the Graduate College.                                               of the credit. These criteria are described below. Any
                                                                    exceptions must be approved by the program faculty
                                                                    and the Dean of the Graduate College.
DEACTIVATION AND REACTIVATION                                           Number of credits: Master’s degree and Doctor
Deactivation is equivalent to withdrawal from a                     of Education students are allowed a maximum total
graduate program. Students who do not enroll in                     of nine hours of transfer credit, and/or credit by ex-
their program following the termination of a leave of               amination; Doctor of Philosophy students are al-
absence will be deactivated from the Graduate Col-                  lowed a maximum total of 24 credits. This means
lege by the Graduate Dean. Students who, prior to                   that all Master’s students take at least 21 credits at
completing enrollment for all credit requirements                   The University of Vermont after admission; Doctor
for a graduate program, do not enroll for one or                    of Philosophy at least 51 credits; and Doctor of Edu-
more credits for a period of one calendar year and                  cation at least 47 credits. For Master’s programs that
are not on an approved leave of absence will be deac-               require more than 40 credits, program faculty may,
tivated from the College by the Graduate Dean.                      in individual cases, allow more than nine transfer
    Reactivation into a program requires the approval               credits. In all cases, students must take at least one
of the program and the Graduate College. Students                   half of their degree credits at The University of Ver-
seeking reactivation must complete the Reactivation                 mont after admission and adhere to all requirements
Form and pay a $25 Reactivation fee and all other                   stipulated by the graduate program.
fees, including current and back Continuous Regis-                      If an applicant is enrolled as a UVM nondegree
tration fees, if applicable.                                        student in appropriate graduate courses under the
                                                                    advisement of the program during the semester in
                                                                    which the application is approved for admission, up
WITHDRAWAL FROM DEGREE                                              to six hours of credit from that semester may be ap-
PROGRAM                                                             plied to the degree program. This credit will not re-
                                                                    duce the number of transfer credit hours available.
Students must notify the Graduate Dean’s Office in                      Appropriateness of credit: Transfer credit and
writing of their intent to withdraw from a degree                   credit by examination must be approved by the pro-
program. However, if a student does not register at                 gram faculty as appropriate for inclusion as part of
The University of Vermont for course work, thesis or                the student’s degree requirements. Credit cannot be
dissertation research, or continuous registration for               awarded for (1) courses taken prior to completion of
a period of more than one calendar year, and does                   an undergraduate degree program, (2) courses that
not notify the department or the Graduate Dean’s                    would not receive graduate credit if taken at The
Office, in writing, the student will be considered to               University of Vermont, (3) courses with a grade
have withdrawn from the degree program. It will be                  lower than B (3.00), (4) thesis or dissertation re-
necessary to apply for reactivation and pay a reactiva-             search credits received at another institution, and
tion fee if the student wishes to resume the graduate               (5) credit by examination given by another institution.
program.                                                                Currency of credit: Transfer credit and credit by
                                                                    examination must be taken within seven years of
TRANSFER CREDIT AND                                                 completion of the master’s degree and within nine
                                                                    years of completion of the doctoral degree. Students
CREDIT BY EXAMINATION                                               wishing to apply for readmission to a program after
A limited number of graduate course credits ac-                     deactivation must demonstrate currency of knowl-
quired elsewhere, at UVM prior to admission to a                    edge in the field of study to which they are applying.
graduate program, or by credit by examination may                   Currency of knowledge must be formally evaluated
be included as part of a student’s program of study,                by the program faculty. In addition, the returning
with approval of the program faculty and the Dean                   student must complete a program of study including
of the Graduate College. Credit by examination is                   at least two courses in the current program.
earned by arranging through a program faculty
member to take an examination that tests the
student’s skills and knowledge in a particular UVM                  Concurrent Master’s and Doctor of
course appropriate for inclusion in the student’s de-               Philosophy Credit
gree program.                                                       Up to 24 hours of course work for which graduate
If credit is transferred, only the credit is transferred, not the   credit is earned at UVM in a master’s degree pro-
grade.                                                              gram, whether a master’s degree is received or not,
                                                                    may be applied toward a Ph.D. at UVM, provided
Graduate Credit earned at UVM after completion of the               that the credit is appropriate for the Ph.D. program.
bachelor's degree but prior to admission to a graduate pro-            No provision is made for a person to employ the
gram is transfer credit and is subject to the requirements          same credit to satisfy two master’s degrees at The
and limits that follow.                                             University of Vermont.
20 |   POLICIES OF THE GRADUATE COLLEGE

                                                                pus in Burlington. One re-examination only is per-
                                                                mitted for any comprehensive examination. The com-
MAXIMUM TIME LIMITS                                             prehensive examination is not the same as an oral thesis de-
FOR DEGREE COMPLETION                                           fense, and must be passed satisfactorily before defending the
                                                                thesis. Consult individual program descriptions for
MASTER’S DEGREE                                                 specific information.
  Full-Time Student            3 years                               When students plan to take their comprehensive
  Part-Time Student            5 years                          examination they should enroll in GRAD 397:
                                                                Master’s Comprehensive Examination. There is no
DOCTORAL DEGREE                                                 fee. A grade of “S” or “U” is recorded.
  All students                 9 years                             Research and Thesis. Consult the program de-
                                                                scription to determine whether or not a thesis is
Individual departments may set deadlines within                 required. If a thesis is required, the candidate for the
these time limits.                                              master’s degree undertakes a problem of original re-
                                                                search under the supervision of a member of the
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS                                             Graduate College Faculty in the department of spe-
                                                                cialization. At the conclusion of the research, the stu-
General Requirements for the                                    dent must present a thesis which embodies the
Master’s Degree                                                 results of the work and demonstrates the capability
                                                                for independent research.
In addition to the requirements described below, in-
dividual programs may have their own specific re-                  Forms. Submit the Defense Committee Member-
quirements. Students should read and familiarize                ship form and the Defense Notice form to the
themselves with their program’s requirements. Some              Graduate College by the designated deadlines. A
of them are detailed in this catalogue under individ-           Public Notice of the defense is required in order to
ual program listings and other requirements are                 defend. The Intent to Graduate form must be sub-
available from the director or chairperson of each              mitted to the candidate’s department before the List
program.                                                        of Potential Graduates is due.
    Credit Hours. Most master’s degrees require a                  Thesis Format. Students are required by the
minimum of 30 hours of credit. A minimum of 15                  Graduate College to use a computer software pro-
graded credits used in compilation of the graduate              gram appropriate to the discipline to create the
GPA must be taken in residence at UVM. Consult in-              Table of Contents and the Lists of Tables and Fig-
dividual program descriptions for exceptions. In pro-           ures from the thesis text headings. An unformatted
grams that require a thesis, the number of credit               thesis will not be accepted by the Graduate College
hours earned in thesis research may vary between six            for the Format/Record Check.
(minimum) and 15 (maximum). Thesis credit is in-                   A thesis must be prepared and submitted in com-
cluded as part of the 30-hour minimum. Consult in-              pliance with the “Guidelines for Writing a Thesis or
dividual programs for specific information. With the            Dissertation” available from the Graduate College
prior approval of their department and the Graduate Col-        Office. A formatted copy of the thesis must be sub-
lege, students may apply one 100/200 level, three-credit un-    mitted to the Graduate College for a Format/Record
dergraduate course towards their graduate program. A            Check at least three weeks prior to the scheduled defense.
student’s advisor must petition the Graduate College for ap-    Students must also provide defendable copies of the
proval before the student enrolls in the course. Consult in-    thesis to members of their Thesis Defense Examina-
dividual programs for further limitations. Under no             tion Committee at least two weeks before the sched-
circumstances will a course numbered below 100 be               uled examination. Individual departments may re-
applicable to a master’s program.                               quire earlier deadlines.
   Minimum Residence Requirements. Candidates                      Students must enroll in GRAD 399: Thesis De-
for the master’s degree must satisfactorily complete            fense prior to defending their thesis.
21 hours in residence. The residency requirement is                The oral defense of a thesis can be scheduled only after
completed by courses that (1) are taken for graduate            successful completion of the comprehensive examination
credit through The University of Vermont either in              and the submission of an original copy of the thesis to the
the academic year or summer on the main campus                  Graduate College for a Format/Record Check.
or at off-campus locations, and (2) are taken after                 Thesis Defense Examination Committee. The
the student has been admitted to the Graduate Col-              Thesis Defense Committee consists of at least three
lege. Some programs may require more than the                   University of Vermont faculty members, at least two of
above minimum hours in residence. Consult with the              whom must be regular members of the Graduate Faculty.
individual program.                                             Ordinarily, two committee members will be from the
   Comprehensive Examination. All master’s degree               candidate’s program, including the thesis advisor.
students are required to pass a written and/or oral compre-     The third member, who acts as chair of the committee,
hensive examination in their field of specialization. If both   must be a member of the Graduate Faculty, must be from a
formats are used, satisfactory completion of the writ-          different program and department than the candidate, and
ten examination is prerequisite to standing for the             must be approved by the Graduate Dean upon nomination
oral examination. All comprehensive examinations                by the thesis advisor.
are to be taken on The University of Vermont cam-                   The Chairperson of the Thesis Defense Committee
                                                                             POLICIES OF THE GRADUATE COLLEGE     | 21
has the responsibility for ensuring proper conduct of      dividual programs may have their own specific re-
the examination, appropriate documentation of the          quirements. Students should consult and familiarize
results, and that the signatures of endorsement are        themselves with their program requirements. Some
added to the acceptance page of the thesis following a     of them are detailed in this catalogue under individ-
successful defense.                                        ual program listings and other requirements are
    The acceptability of the thesis is determined by       available from the director or chairperson of each
the Thesis Defense Committee. A grade of “S” or “U”        program.
is awarded. If a student’s Defense Examination per-            Credit Hours. The degree of Doctor of Philosophy
formance is not satisfactory, then only one re-exam-
                                                           requires a minimum of 75 credit hours earned in
ination is permitted.
                                                           courses and in dissertation research. A minimum of 15
    After a successful thesis defense, candidates must     hours in courses used in compilation of the grade-
forward an original and two copies of the corrected
                                                           point average must be taken in residence at The Uni-
thesis to the Graduate College within the time pe-
                                                           versity of Vermont. Consult individual programs for
riod specified by the Thesis Defense Examination           additional information. Generally, the first year of
Committee, and/or the Graduate College.
                                                           each doctoral program consists of required courses.
   Options within Master of Arts and Master of Sci-        With the prior approval of their department and the Graduate
ence Programs. At least 21 hours of graduate credit,       College, doctoral students may apply two 100-level, three-
including credit for the thesis and research leading       credit courses towards their graduate programs. A student’s
to the thesis, must be earned in the field of speciali-    advisor must petition the Graduate College for approval before
zation. All course credit included in these 21 hours       the student enrolls in the course. Consult individual pro-
must be earned in courses which have been ap-              grams for further limitations. Under no circumstances
proved for graduate credit. Students may wish to in-       will a course numbered below 100 be applicable to a
clude in their programs up to nine hours of graduate       doctoral program.
level courses outside their fields of specialization.
                                                              Minimum Residence Requirements. Candidates
These courses must be approved in advance by the           for the doctoral degree must satisfactorily complete a
student’s advisor or studies committee.
                                                           minimum of 51 hours in residence. The residency
   Additional Requirements for the Master of Arts in       requirement is completed by courses that (1) are
Teaching. The MAT degree is intended for people            taken for graduate credit through The University of
who are already licensed as secondary school teach-        Vermont either in the academic year or summer on
ers or who will complete teacher licensure require-        the main campus or at off-campus locations, and (2)
ments before graduation. For already licensed teach-       are taken after the student has been admitted to the
ers, the program requires a minimum of 30 credit           Graduate College. Some programs may require more
hours of course work; at least 21 hours in the field of    than the above minimum hours in residence.
specialization and at least six in education. For those
                                                              Teaching Requirement. All doctoral candidates
seeking teacher licensure, the program requires at
                                                           must acquire appropriate teaching experience in
least 30 credit hours of education course work and at      their chosen fields prior to the award of the degree.
least 21 hours in the field of specialization. The indi-
                                                           The nature and amount of teaching, for which no
vidual program of study for each MAT student must
                                                           academic credit is allowed, will be determined by
be approved by their faculty advisor in their field of     each candidate’s program.
specialization and their faculty advisor in the Depart-
ment of Education.                                            Language Requirement. Consult the program list-
   In addition to the comprehensive examination in         ings to determine whether demonstration of compe-
the field of specialization, students must also take a     tency in one or more foreign languages is required.
comprehensive examination in the field of educa-           The requirement is generally fulfilled by an examina-
tion. Consult specific program listings for additional     tion administered by the program or in conjunction
requirements for this degree program.                      with the appropriate language department. Enroll
                                                           for the examination as GRAD 485. There is no fee
   Additional Requirement for the Master of Sci-           for taking the exam. The examination is awarded the
ence for Teachers. Applicants for the Master of Sci-
                                                           grade of “S” (Satisfactory) or “U” (Unsatisfactory). It
ence for Teachers must be licensed teachers. Stu-
                                                           may be taken more than once if a grade of “U” is
dents in a Master of Science for Teachers program          awarded.
may apply more than one three-hour, 100-level
                                                              If department policy permits, the language re-
course toward their degree. Consult specific depart-
                                                           quirement may be fulfilled through competence in
ment listings for additional requirements and poli-        computer literacy, either by completing appropriate
cies related to this degree program.
                                                           Computer Science courses with a grade of B (3.00)
                                                           or better, or by satisfactorily completing an examina-
General Requirements for the Degree                        tion composed and graded by the staff of Computing
of Doctor of Education                                     and Information Technologies. Individual programs
Please consult the program description for specific        may set additional requirements.
degree requirements.                                          Studies Committee. It is the responsibility of the
                                                           Studies Committee to supervise the graduate
General Requirements for the Degree                        student’s program and to review progress at regular
of Doctor of Philosophy                                    intervals. A Studies Committee consisting of at least
In addition to the requirements described below, in-       three regular members of the Graduate Faculty is ap-
22 |   POLICIES OF THE GRADUATE COLLEGE

pointed by the department chairperson or desig-               dividual departments may require earlier deadlines.
nated departmental representative and approved by                 Students must enroll in GRAD 499: Dissertation
the Dean of the Graduate College soon after first en-         Defense prior to defending their thesis.
rollment in the Graduate College, unless the                       The oral defense of a dissertation can be scheduled only
student’s department employs an alternative ap-               after successful completion of the comprehensive examina-
proved procedure. The Chairperson of the Studies              tion and the submission of an original copy of the disserta-
Committee serves as the student’s academic advisor            tion to the Graduate College for a Format/Record Check.
and also as the dissertation advisor or supervisor.              Dissertation Defense Examination Committee.
Only a regular member of the Graduate Faculty can serve as    Upon receipt of a completed dissertation, the Dean
an advisor of a doctoral dissertation. On occasion, it may    of the Graduate College will appoint a Dissertation
be appropriate for a professional other than a regular mem-   Defense Committee based upon nominations sub-
ber of the Graduate Faculty to serve as a member of a Stud-   mitted by the candidate’s advisor. The Dissertation
ies Committee. In such cases, written approval must be ob-    Defense Committee consists of a minimum of four
tained from the Dean of the Graduate College prior to the     University of Vermont faculty members, all regular
student’s beginning dissertation research.                    members of the Graduate Faculty. At least two Graduate
    Comprehensive Examination. A written compre-              Faculty members must be from inside the department. The
hensive examination in the field of study must be             Chairperson must be both a member of the Graduate Faculty
passed by the candidate at least six months before the dis-   and from outside the candidate’s department and program.
sertation is submitted. The examination must be pre-          The Chairperson will be designated by the Graduate Dean
pared by the program concerned, in consultation               upon nomination by the dissertation advisor. Individual
with the candidate’s Studies Committee. Only one              programs may require more than four committee
re-examination is permitted. Success in the written com-      members or have other specific membership require-
prehensive examination is prerequisite to standing for the    ments.
Dissertation Defense Examination. All examinations are           The Chairperson of the Dissertation Defense
taken on The University of Vermont campus in Burl-            Committee has the responsibility for ensuring
ington. Some programs also require an oral compre-            proper conduct of the examination, appropriate
hensive examination.                                          documentation of the results, and that the signatures
    Students must enroll in GRAD 497: Doctoral                of endorsement are added to the acceptance page of
Comprehensive Examination prior to taking the                 the dissertation following a successful defense.
comprehensive examination. There is no fee. A                    The acceptability of the dissertation is deter-
grade of “S” or “U” is recorded.                              mined by the Dissertation Defense Committee. A
    Research and Dissertation. Each candidate, while          grade of “S” or “U” is awarded. If a student’s Defense
in residence at The University of Vermont, must               Examination performance is not satisfactory, then
complete an acceptable original research project              one re-examination, and one only, is permitted.
which contributes new knowledge or techniques in                 After a successful dissertation defense, candi-
an academic field. Each candidate must enroll in a            dates must forward an original and three copies of
minimum of 20 credits of dissertation research. Only          the corrected dissertation to the Graduate College
a member of the Graduate Faculty may supervise disserta-      within the time period specified by the Dissertation
tion research for the Ph.D.                                   Defense Committee and/or the Graduate College.
   Forms. Submit the Defense Committee Member-
ship form and the Defense Notice form to the                  STUDENT RIGHTS AND
Graduate College by the designated deadlines. A
Public Notice of the defense is required in order to
                                                              RESPONSIBILITIES
defend. The Intent to Graduate form must be sub-              Students have the responsibility to familiarize them-
mitted to the candidate’s department before the List          selves with the policies and procedures of the Uni-
of Potential Graduates is due.                                versity, the Graduate College, and their department
   Dissertation Format. Students are required by the          or program. Students are primarily responsible for know-
Graduate College to use a computer software program           ing the degree requirements and following the policies that
appropriate to the discipline to create the Table of          govern their academic program. If students have con-
Contents and the Lists of Tables and Figures from the         cerns or doubts about individual policies and proce-
dissertation text headings. An unformatted disserta-          dures, they may contact their advisor, their program
tion will not be accepted by the Graduate College for         or department chairperson, or the Graduate College
the Format/Record Check.                                      Office, which is the ultimate arbiter of policies and
                                                              procedures.
    A dissertation must be prepared and submitted in             University policies and those of the Graduate Col-
compliance with the “Guidelines for Writing a Thesis          lege are contained in The Cat’s Tale and this Catalogue,
or Dissertation” available from the Graduate College          respectively. Copies of The Cat’s Tale are available to
Office and the program. A formatted copy of the dis-          new graduate students and may also be
sertation must be submitted to the Graduate College           obtained from the Office of the Vice President for Stu-
for a Format/Record Check at least three weeks prior to the   dent Affairs. In cases of conflict, the Graduate Catalogue
scheduled oral defense. Each student must also provide        supersedes academic policies in The Cat’s Tale.
defendable copies of the dissertation to members of
                                                                 Advising. Unless a department or program em-
the Dissertation Defense Examination Committee at             ploys an alternative approved procedure, each
least two weeks before the scheduled examination. In-         graduate student will have a faculty advisor to advise
                                                                            POLICIES OF THE GRADUATE COLLEGE   | 23
on matters of course selection, research direction,        sponsible for grievances regarding policies and pro-
and overall guidance from admission to the Gradu-          cedures related to graduate education. Specifically
ate College to completion of degree requirements.          excluded are grievances that contest grades on
The initial advisor is assigned by the Department          grounds other than those enumerated above.
Chairperson or the Graduate Program Coordinator               A grievance properly begins within the student’s
prior to or shortly after enrolling in the Graduate        own department by an appeal to a program director
College. If an initial advisor is not assigned by either   or chair. If this does not resolve the grievance, the
of the above parties within two weeks after the initia-    student can present the grievance in writing to the
tion of course work in a given graduate program, the       dean of the unit in which the program resides, and
student is encouraged to contact the Graduate Col-         thereafter to the Dean of the Graduate College.
lege. Many times, one faculty member serves as an          Grievances must state clearly and precisely the basis
initial advisor for several students, and the advisor      for appeal and provide supporting evidence that a
may change as the student’s program and research           student’s rights have been jeopardized. The Dean
interests become refined and definite.                     may recommend that the grievance be reviewed by
    Another common model, especially in doctoral           the Graduate College Executive Committee. The
programs, is a Studies Committee comprised of ap-          Dean is the final arbiter of Graduate College regula-
propriate faculty who share a student’s scholarly and      tions. Students retain the right to appeal the Dean’s
professional interests. The committee meets regu-          decision to the Provost.
larly to discuss the student’s progress and consult           Transcripts. An official transcript is the reproduc-
with the student regarding academic development.           tion of a complete, unabridged permanent academic
    While there are a variety of advising models, in       record validated with the University seal, facsimile
each case students have the right to consult regularly     signature of the Registrar, and date of issue. A Key to
with their academic advisor or studies committee.          Transcript is included. Currently enrolled as well as
   Professional Ethics and Academic Honesty.               former graduate students may obtain an official tran-
Graduate students are required to adhere to the            script of their permanent academic record by writing
highest standards of professionalism as students, re-      the Office of the Registrar, 360 Waterman Building.
searchers, and teachers, and the University, in order      Please allow a minimum of one week for normal pro-
to encourage a positive atmosphere in all phases of        cessing and three weeks following the end of a se-
academic learning, teaching and research, created          mester. Transcripts are not released when there is an
specific guidelines and policies regarding academic        indebtedness to the University.
honesty. They are outlined in The Cat’s Tale and are
also available from the Office of the Provost.             NOTIFICATION OF RIGHTS UNDER FERPA
   Sexual Harassment. No member of the University          FOR POSTSECONDARY INSTITUTIONS
community may sexually harass another. Unwelcome                The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other     (FERPA) affords students certain rights with respect to
verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature consti-      their education records. These rights include:
                                                                1.    The right to inspect and review the student's
tute sexual harassment when:                               education records within 45 days of the day the Uni-
   a. submission to such conduct is made either ex-        versity receives a request for access. Students should
plicitly or implicitly a term or condition of an           submit to the registrar, dean, head of the academic de-
individual’s employment or education;                      partment, or other appropriate official, written re-
   b. submission to or rejection of such conduct by        quests that identify the record(s) they wish to inspect.
an individual is used as the basis for academic or         The University official will make arrangements for ac-
employment decisions affecting that individual; or         cess and notify the student of the time and place
   c. such conduct has the purpose or effect of sub-       where the records may be inspected. If the records are
                                                           not maintained by the University official to whom the
stantially interfering with an individual’s academic or    request was submitted, that official shall advise the stu-
professional performance or creating an intimidat-         dent of the correct official to whom the request
ing, hostile, or offensive employment, educational,        should be addressed.
or living environment.                                          2.    The right to request the amendment of the
   Any University of Vermont student having a com-         student's education records that the student believes
plaint of sexual harassment should notify the Office       are inaccurate or misleading. Students may ask the
of Affirmative Action and Equal Opportunity; stu-          University to amend a record that they believe is inac-
dents may also contact the Vice President for Stu-         curate or misleading. They should write the University
dent Affairs. If a student has personal concerns re-       official responsible for the record, clearly identify the
garding sexual harassment, confidential counseling         part of the record they want changed, and specify why
                                                           it is inaccurate or misleading. If the University decides
can be arranged through the Counseling and Test-           not to amend the record as requested by the student,
ing Center. Policies and procedures governing com-         the University will notify the student of the decision
plaints of sexual harassment are available in the          and advise the student of his or her right to a hearing
office of each dean, department head, and chair-           regarding the request for amendment. Additional in-
person as well as in the Bailey/Howe Library.              formation regarding the hearing procedures will be
   Discrimination. The University community will           provided to the student when notified of the right to a
not tolerate discrimination. The Notice of Nondis-         hearing.
                                                                3.    The right to consent to disclosures of person-
crimination, including a statement regarding poli-         ally identifiable information contained in the student's
cies, is published in the front of this catalogue.         education records, except to the extent that FERPA
   Appeals. The Graduate College is ultimately re-         authorizes disclosure without consent. One exception
24 |   POLICIES OF THE GRADUATE COLLEGE

which permits disclosure without consent is disclosure        Name
to school officials with legitimate educational interests.    Address (including e-mail address)
A school official is a person employed by the Univer-         Telephone number
sity in an administrative, supervisory, academic or re-       Dates of attendance
search, or support staff position (including law              Class
enforcement unit personnel and health staff); a per-          Previous institution(s) attended
son or company with whom the University has con-              Major field of study
tracted (such as an attorney, auditor, or collection          Enrollment status
                                                              Awards
agent); a person serving on the Board of Trustees; or a       Honors (including Dean’s list)
student serving on an official committee, such as a dis-      Degree(s) conferred (including dates)
ciplinary or grievance committee, or assisting another           Past and present participation in officially-
school official in performing his or her tasks. A school         recognized sports and activities
official has a legitimate educational interest if the offi-   Physical factors (height, weight of athletes)
cial needs to review an education record in order to          Date and place of birth
fulfill his or her professional responsibility.
    4.      The right to file a complaint with the U.S.          Students who do not wish to have the above infor-
Department of Education concerning alleged failures           mation released should fill out an information exclu-
by The University of Vermont to comply with the re-           sion card at the Registrar’s Office.
quirements of FERPA. The name and address of the
office that administers FERPA:                                CONFERRAL OF GRADUATE DEGREES
            Family Policy Compliance Office                   Degrees are conferred only in October, March, and
            U.S. Department of Education                      May of each year. Diplomas are issued only in May.
            600 Independence Avenue, SW
            Washington, DC 20202-4605                         It is the graduate student’s responsibility to make
                                                              sure that their name has been submitted by their de-
NAME AND ADDRESS EXCLUSION                                    partment or program, to the Dean’s Office of the
   The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of           Graduate College for Graduation.
1974 grants to all students the right not to have per-        Departments with graduate programs must submit a
sonal information contained in the records of the Uni-        “List of Potential Graduate Students” along with an
versity released to any individual, agency, or                “Intent to Graduate” form for each student by July 1,
organization. UVM feels that the following constitutes        November 1, and January 1 for the October, March,
such personal information.                                    and May graduation deadlines.
25 |   EDUCATIONAL AND LIVING EXPENSES




Educational and
Living Expenses
The tuition and fee charges listed here are for 2000-          Advanced Degree Fee. The fee charged to each
2001 only and are subject to change in future years.        advanced degree recipient is as follows:
   Tuition. Rates for the 2000-2001 academic year                 Doctoral Degree                       $25
are as follows: For Vermont residents, $321 per                   Master’s Degree (with thesis)          20
credit hour; for nonresidents of Vermont, $802 per                Master’s Degree (without thesis)       10
credit hour.
                                                               This fee may be paid at any time but must be paid
                                                            prior to the deadline established for submission of
GRADUATE STUDENT FEES                                       doctoral dissertations or master’s theses for each of
                                                            the three graduation periods.
   Application Fee. All applications for admission             It is the responsibility of the degree candidate to
must be accompanied by a $25 application fee. This          pay the appropriate advanced degree fee at the
fee is nonrefundable.                                       Graduate College Office, 333 Waterman, in order to
    Continuous Registration Fee: GRAD 900. A fee of         have a degree awarded.
$100 per semester is charged each graduate student              Housing and Living Expenses. The University of-
who has enrolled for all credits required in the de-        fers a variety of housing opportunities. Jeanne
gree program but who has not completed all degree           Mance Hall at the northwest edge of campus offers
requirements (e.g. comprehensive examination, the-          dormitory accommodations for graduate students.
sis defense) in order to maintain continuous enroll-        Each room is furnished with a bed, dresser, ward-
ment. Students who have not cleared grades of I or          robe, and refrigerator. A kitchen and laundry cen-
XC, but who have enrolled for all required course           ter is located on each floor. Computer and study
work must pay this fee.                                     areas are located on the first floor. The maximum
    Comprehensive Fee. Students pay a Comprehen-            rates for the August 19, 2000 – May 18, 2001 fall and
sive Fee each semester according to the following           spring semesters are $410 per month for a single
schedule: 0-3 (including Continuous Registration),          room. Summer rates are lower. In addition, a limited
no fee; 4 credits, $52; 5 credits, $60; 6 credits, $66; 7   number of University-owned apartments are available
credits, $72; 8 credits, $80; 9–11.5 credits, $86; 12 or    for married and graduate students. The apartments
more $243 (includes health fee).                            are located at Fort Ethan Allen in Colchester on a bus
                                                            route five miles from the main campus. For detailed
    Student Health Fee. A health fee is included in
                                                            information about either housing option, contact the
the full-time Comprehensive Fee. Students enrolled
                                                            Ethan Allen Housing Office, 1007 Ethan Allen Av-
for fewer than 12 credit hours are eligible for Univer-     enue, Colchester, VT 05446 (802-654-1735). If consid-
sity Health Services by paying a health fee of $148
                                                            ering University housing, contact the Housing Office
per semester.
                                                            as soon as possible.
   Student Accident and Sickness Insurance.                     Graduate students may participate in a variety of
Through an arrangement with a commercial insur-             meal plans from Marriott Food Services and take
ance company, students are able to procure health           their meals at a number of locations around campus.
insurance which is designed to provide coverage for             Rents in the Burlington area vary from approxi-
services beyond those provided by the Center for            mately $100 per week for a single furnished room to
Health and Wellbeing. There is an additional charge         $700-$800 or more per month for a two-bedroom
for this extended coverage beyond the student               apartment. A single student should expect minimum
health fee. The 2000-01 cost for one year’s coverage        overall living expenses of approximately $1000 per
for single students is $668. Married students may ob-       month.
tain coverage for their spouse and children. Further
                                                               Bill Adjustment. A refund of 100 percent will be
details are available from the Center for Health and
                                                            processed for enrollment reduction effected prior to
Wellbeing. To participate in this insurance, the stu-       the end of the second week of classes, a refund of 50
dent health fee must be paid each semester as well as
                                                            percent will be allowed for reductions during the
the additional insurance premium.
                                                            third and fourth week of classes; a refund of 25%
   Reactivation Fee. Reactivation following with-           during weeks five through eight; no refund will be
drawal without an approved leave of absence re-             processed thereafter. At the end of the semester, an
quires payment of a $25 reactivation fee.                   audit will be made of each student’s record. If the
26 |   EDUCATIONAL AND LIVING EXPENSES

audit reveals that total credit hour enrollment is             has reached the age of 18.
greater than at the end of the specified drop period,      8.  A student who has not reached the age of 18
the student will be financially liable for the total en-       whose parents are legally separated or divorced
rollment. Students will be charged for all hours as            shall be rebuttably presumed to hold the domi-
specified in policy statements regarding tuition.              cile of the parent with legal custody.
   Withdrawals. A student may voluntarily withdraw         9. A student of parents legally separated or di-
from the University by notifying the Graduate Dean             vorced may be granted in-state status if a non-
and the Registrar. The student will receive a refund           custodial or joint custodial parent is domiciled
in accordance with the bill adjustment policy. Date            in Vermont and has contributed more than 50
and time of withdrawal normally will be the date the           percent of financial support for at least one year
withdrawal notice is received by the Registrar.                prior to the semester for which in-state status is
                                                               sought.
   Dismissal. If a student is suspended or dismissed,      10. The burden of proof as to eligibility for in-state
a refund will be processed according to the bill ad-           status rests with the student. Eligibility must be
justment schedule.                                             established by clear and convincing evidence.
   Death. In case of death of the student, tuition
which has been paid for the semester during which               In-State Status Classification Documentation
the death occurs will be refunded fully.                   11. The student must submit with the application
                                                               form all relevant information.
                                                           12. The classification decision shall be based upon
UNIVERSITY RESIDENCY REGULATIONS                               information furnished by the student, infor-
IN-STATE STATUS REGULATIONS                                    mation requested of the student, and other
                                                               relevant information available consistent with
The Vermont Legislature has established a lower rate           University policies and procedures and legal
of tuition for students who are Vermont residents.             guidelines.
These regulations define eligibility requirements for      13. Testimony, written documents, affidavits, verifi-
in-state status classification. All students at The Uni-       cations, and/or other evidence may be re-
versity of Vermont and State Agricultural College              quested.
(UVM) shall be assigned in-state or out-of-state status    14. The student’s failure to produce information re-
classification consistent with these regulations. A Ver-       quested may adversely affect the decision for in-
mont domicile must be established for a student to             state status.
be eligible for in-state status.                           15. A student or others furnishing information may
                                                               request the deletion from documents of irrele-
         In-State Status Classification Rules                  vant private data.
1.   Domicile shall mean a person’s true, fixed, and
     permanent home. It is the place at which one                  In-State Status Classification Appeals
     intends to remain indefinitely and to which one       16. The decision of the Residency Officer must be
     intends to return when absent.                            appealed in writing to the Residency Appellate
2.   As one element of domicile, a student must re-            Officer within thirty (30) calendar days of the
     side in Vermont continuously for one year prior           date of the Residency Officer’s written decision.
     to the semester for which in-state status is              Appeal to the Residency Appellate Officer is the
     sought.                                                   final appeal at UVM.
3.   A residence established for the purpose of at-
     tending UVM shall not by itself constitute                       In-State Status Reclassification
     domicile.
4.   An applicant becoming a student within one            17. A student who does not qualify for in-state status
     year of first moving to the state shall have cre-         classification may reapply for such classification
     ated a rebuttable presumption that residency in           each subsequent semester.
     Vermont is for the purpose of attending UVM           18. In-state status classification becomes effective
     and/or acquiring in-state status for tuition              the first semester following the date of success-
     purposes.                                                 ful application.
5.   A domicile or residency classification assigned
     by a public or private authority neither qualifies           Re-Examination of Classification Status
     nor disqualifies a student for UVM in-state sta-      19. Classification status may be re-examined upon
     tus. Such classification may be taken into consid-        the initiative of the Residency Officer in the ex-
     eration, however, in determining the student’s            ercise of sound discretion. Circumstances such
     status at UVM.                                            as periodic enrollment may be cause for re-
6.    It shall be presumed that a student who has not          examination.
     reached the age of majority (18)holds the domi-
     cile of his/her parents or legal guardian(s).
7.   Receipt of financial support by a student from        Adopted by the Board of Trustees, December 14,
     his/her family shall create a rebuttable pre-         1974; amended June 13, 1981, and May 2, 1987.
     sumption that the student domicile is with his/       These regulations took effect with the 1987-88
     her family, regardless of whether the student         academic year.
27 |   EDUCATIONAL AND LIVING EXPENSES
                                                   FELLOWSHIPS, ASSISTANTSHIPS, TRAINEESHIPS, STIPENDS, AND GRANTS   | 28




Fellowships, Assistantships,
Traineeships, Stipends, and Grants
Students who wish to be considered for fellowships                 Graduate Research/Teaching Assistantships are
as well as admission must submit completed applica-            awarded in some of the science departments offering
tions, with supporting materials, by March 1 of the aca-       graduate work. Research/Teaching Assistantships
demic year preceding that for which application is made, or    may be appointed for nine or 12 months with sti-
the program’s application deadline, whichever is earlier.      pends generally ranging from $11,600 to $15,700
Any applicant requesting fellowship, assistantship, or         and a tuition scholarship (see limits in Teaching As-
traineeship support must submit an official copy of the        sistantship description). A maximum of half-time as-
Graduate Record Examination score report.                      sistance in the department is expected of Graduate
    Application for fellowships is made by completing          Teaching and Research/Teaching Assistants, and As-
the appropriate section on the application form. No            sistants must expect that more than one academic
separate form is required except where indicated in            year will be necessary to complete the requirements
the descriptions below.                                        for the master’s degree. If a Teaching or Research/
    Tuition scholarships accompanying Graduate Teach-          Teaching Assistant is a candidate for the doctoral de-
ing, College, Research, and Student Affairs Assistantships     gree, at least four calendar years must be anticipated
do not cover physical education courses and activities, nor    for completion of the academic program. Generally,
do they cover courses numbered below 200, except upon          assistants are appointed in the departments in which
prior approval of the Dean of the Graduate College.            they are doing graduate work.
                                                                   Appointments are announced on or about the
                                                               first week in April.
GRADUATE COLLEGE FELLOWSHIPS
The Graduate College offers ten fellowships in sup-
port of master’s degree programs in the social sci-
                                                               STUDENT AFFAIRS ASSISTANTSHIPS
ences and humanities. Five fellowships provide a one              Within the Division of Student Affairs, a number
year stipend (currently $5,000) and a full tuition             of assistantships are made available annually. Each
scholarship (36-credit hour maximum) for the de-               assistantship provides graduate students a profes-
gree program (one-two years). The remaining five               sional opportunity to support and develop the
fellowships provide the tuition scholarship only.              Division's goals and activities in its work with stu-
    The fellowships are open to prospective students           dents. The candidates selected to fill these positions
in the social sciences and humanities at the time of           are assigned administrative and advisory positions in
application. Holders of Graduate College Fellow-               the residence halls, departments within the Division,
ships are required to carry full-time enrollment to-           and in other student services areas. Graduate stu-
wards an advanced degree. The fellowships are not              dents who hold Student Affairs Assistantships will
renewable.                                                     gain valuable experience in the areas of group advis-
                                                               ing, administration, personnel advising, and educa-
                                                               tional programming. Such positions are open to ei-
GRADUATE TEACHING ASSISTANTSHIPS                               ther married or single students who have been ac-
AND GRADUATE RESEARCH/TEACHING                                 cepted for graduate work in any of the academic pro-
                                                               grams of the University. The majority of graduate
ASSISTANTSHIPS                                                 students are enrolled in the Higher Education and
Graduate Teaching Assistantships are awarded by                Student Affairs graduate program. Selection is based
many of the departments offering graduate work.                upon academic record, character, recommenda-
Graduate Teaching Assistants are generally ap-                 tions, and quality of related experiences. A personal
pointed for nine months with stipends averaging                interview is required. Requests for applications and
$11,600 for 2000-2001. Normally, Teaching Assistants           additional information should be addressed to the
enroll for a minimum of six to a maximum of ten                Division of Student Affairs, Nicholson House, 41
hours per semester. In addition to the stipend, the            South Prospect Street, Burlington, VT 05405-0094.
assistantship award includes a tuition scholarship             Questions can also be directed via e-mail: stuaffastn@
covering the number of credit hours specified in the           uvm.edu. Completed applications must be received
award letter, but not to exceed ten credit hours per           by January 1 for full consideration. Applications re-
semester, during the period of the assistantship.              ceived after January 1 will be considered only for un-
                                                               anticipated openings. Appointments will be an-
                                                               nounced on or about April 1.
                                                 FELLOWSHIPS, ASSISTANTSHIPS, TRAINEESHIPS, STIPENDS, AND GRANTS   | 29

GRADUATE ASSISTANTSHIPS                                      SUMMER RESEARCH STIPENDS
Graduate Assistantships are generally available when         To promote graduate scholarship and to assist stu-
a department member receives a grant from a source           dents in completing their programs in a timely and
external to the University. The appointment may be           successful manner, the Graduate College provides a
for either nine or 12 months at a starting salary of         limited number of summer research stipends to
about $17,750 and $22,250 per appointment period             graduate students. The stipends, awarded competi-
(2000-2001). Part of the salary is for tuition at the in-    tively, are designed to help students devote the sum-
state rate with a maximum enrollment of ten credit           mer to some phase of their dissertation, thesis, or fi-
hours each semester and nine credit hours during             nal research project. Details about the stipends are
the summer session (12-month appointments).                  available from the Graduate College Office.
    A maximum of one-half time assistance on the re-
search project is expected and more than one aca-
demic year will be necessary for the completion of           TRAVEL MINI-GRANTS
the master’s degree and at least four calendar years
for completion of the doctoral degree. For informa-          The Graduate College upon recommendation from
tion on the availability of assistantships, contact the      the Graduate Student Advisory Committee provides
chairperson of the department.                               mini-travel grants to help students underwrite the
                                                             cost of attending conferences where they will present
                                                             papers or posters of their research. These funds are
GRADUATE FELLOWSHIPS/                                        awarded three times a year on a matching basis with
TRAINEESHIPS                                                 the student’s home program or department. Applica-
                                                             tions for grants are available from the department’s
Graduate Fellowships/Traineeships are available in           copy of the Graduate College Blue Book or from the
certain departments through grants from various              Graduate College Office. The Blue Book is the
state and federal agencies. These Fellowships/               Graduate College’s Policies and Procedures manual.
Traineeships generally include both a stipend and
tuition scholarship.
                                                             OTHER FELLOWSHIPS
UVM OPPORTUNITY FELLOWSHIPS                                  A limited number of fellowships established by pri-
                                                             vate donors are available periodically in selected de-
The Graduate Dean’s Office administers fellowships           partments.
to increase campus diversity in graduate programs.
These fellowships, which are generally funded at a
level equivalent to Graduate Teaching Fellowships,
are available to students pursuing advanced degrees
in any subject area at UVM. Please indicate interest
in these fellowships on the application form.
                                                                                                FINANCIAL AID   | 30




Financial Aid

    The University has several options designed to help     to the University and upon submission of required
graduate students finance their UVM education. In           documentation, applicants will be notified of financial
order to ensure that the financial aid application pro-     aid eligibility.
cess is understandable and accessible, each applicant
is assigned to a "service team" within the Financial Aid    FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Office. Whenever a student has a question about his
                                                            More detailed information about the financial aid op-
or her financial aid status, he or she may call upon the
                                                            portunities and procedures may be obtained from the
members of the service team who will be familiar with
                                                            UVM Office of Financial Aid located in 330 Waterman
the applicant's particular circumstances.
                                                            Building.
    Limited amounts of need based financial aid are
available for students enrolled in the UVM Graduate         Service Teams        Phone #         E-Mail Address
College. Much of the available aid consists of low in-      Team A-F        (802)-656-8530    team.a-f@uvm.edu
terest student loans, repayable after graduation or with-   Team G-M        (802)-656-8531    team.g-m@uvm.edu
drawal from the University. Those students with fi-         Team N          (802)-656-2474    team.n@uvm.edu
nancial need who do not receive supplemental assis-         Team O-Z        (802)-656-8532    team.o-z@uvm.edu
tance in the form of assistantships or fellowships may
                                                               The Financial Aid Office Fax number is: (802)-656-
find that their need based financial assistance is insuf-
                                                            4076. Please visit our Web site at www.uvm.edu/fao
ficient to meet their entire cost of attendance. It is
                                                            for additional information on financial aid.
important, therefore, for graduate students to fully
assess their costs and resources before making a final
                                                            FINANCIAL AID REFUND POLICY
decision about attendance.
    The University provides, through the Office of Fi-      A student who cancels, withdraws for personal or medi-
nancial Aid, long-term loans and /or work study jobs        cal reasons, is suspended or is dismissed will receive
for students based upon demonstrated need remain-           an adjustment of charges in accordance with the fol-
ing after all assistantships, fellowships, traineeships,    lowing schedule. Medical withdrawals require approval
tuition grants, and any other sources of financial assis-   of the University Student Health Center.
tance are considered.                                          • 100% tuition and fees credit adjustment prior to
    In order to be considered for financial assistance,     the end of the first two weeks of classes.
an applicant must meet the following requirements:             • 85% tuition and fees credit adjustment through
                                                            approximately 3 per cent of the semester.
1. U.S. citizenship (or permanent resident status).            • 67% tuition and fees credit adjustment through
2. At least half-time enrollment (6 credit hours).          approximately 60 per cent of the semester.
3. Financial need as determined by federal                     • No adjustment after the 60 per cent point of the
   eligibility requirements.                                semester.
APPLICATION FOR FINANCIAL AID                                   Due to federal requirements, financial aid recipi-
                                                            ents who withdraw during the semester will receive their
Application for financial aid should be made as soon        refund based on current federal guidelines. Room and
after application for admission to the University as pos-   meal plan payments will be refunded on a prorated
sible. In order to apply for aid, graduate students are     basis. Note: The effective date of any cancellation or
required to complete the Free Application for Federal       withdrawal is the date the student's dean receives such
Student Aid (FAFSA). The priority deadline for filing       notification in writing. The dean may recommend to
a FAFSA is March 1 of each year. Applications mailed        the Registrar that an exception be made to this policy
after that date will be reviewed according to the date      only in extenuating circumstances. In no case will an
of submission. The UVM Title IV School Code is              adjustment be made after the first day of classes of the
003696. This number is required on the FAFSA. Ap-           following semester.
plicants may also be asked to provide copies of prior
year income tax returns and other supporting docu-          CHANGES IN CREDIT HOUR LOAD
mentation by the financial aid office. If you are a mid-
year transfer, a Financial Aid Transcript from your         A student who adds courses during the semester will
current school must be mailed to the Financial Aid          be billed additional tuition and fees applicable to the
Office. If you are starting your graduate program in        adjusted credit hour load. A student who drops courses
the summer, it is important for you to contact your         during the semester will receive a tuition credit based
service team to determine what FAFSA you need to            upon the effective date as described above. A student
complete for summer financial aid. After admission          who withdraws from a course during the semester will
                                                                                                        FINANCIAL AID   | 31
receive a tuition credit based upon the effective date         FEDERAL PERKINS LOAN PROGRAM
as described above. However the course will remain
                                                               • A very limited number of Perkins Student Loans are avail-
on the student's record. Financial aid will be reviewed
                                                               able for graduate students and are administered by the Uni-
and adjusted for any changes to the course load.               versity of Vermont. The amount of the loan will depend
                                                               upon available funds. Federal Perkins loans are interest free
SATISFACTORY ACADEMIC PROGRESS                                 while the student is enrolled at least half-time in a degree
FOR FINANCIAL AID RECIPIENTS                                   program. The interest rate thereafter is 5 per cent and re-
In order to maintain eligibility for financial aid, matricu-   payment begins nine months after leaving school or reduc-
lated undergraduate and graduate students must                 ing enrollment to less than half-time.
progress at a rate that ensures completion of their de-
gree programs within a reasonable time frame. Begin-           JOB PROGRAMS
ning with the first semester of study in a degree pro-         • Federal Work-Study Program. A limited amount of
gram at the University of Vermont, a federal financial         Federal Work-Study funding is available for needy gradu-
aid recipient is required to accumulate earned hours           ate students. The Federal Work-Study Program provides
totaling at least 75 per cent of the number of hours at-       financial assistance through employment with both on-
tempted. Each student's progress will be measured at           campus and with off-campus agencies which have agree-
the end of each year of attendance to ensure adherence         ments with UVM. Students have the opportunity to se-
to this standard.                                              lect jobs in their field of study, interest and/or skills. The
    All students must have attained at least a 2.0 overall     Work-Study Coordinator is located in Career Services.
cumulative grade point average in order to continue to         • The Career Services office also assists students in locat-
qualify for assistance.                                        ing other part-time job opportunities. Student should con-
    Any student not meeting the standard described above       tact Career Services, E Building, Living/Learning Complex.
will be placed on Financial Aid Probationary Status for a      The phone number is (802)-656-3450.
one year period (during which aid eligibility will be main-
tained). Should the student not meet the required credit       VETERANS BENEFITS
standard or cumulative grade point average standard by the     The University provides support and advising to any vet-
end of that probationary year, the student's eligibility for   eran or dependent eligible for benefits under Federal
additional financial aid will be withdrawn until the student   Law, Chapters 30, 31, 32, 34, 35 or 106. Students eli-
has met the required standard.                                 gible for these benefits should contact the Registrar's
    Students whose aid is withdrawn for not maintaining        Office, Waterman Building, at least one month prior to
academic progress according to the standard outlined           registration each semester. Students wishing to register
above may appeal their loss of aid by writing to the Di-       for benefits should be prepared to present their certifi-
rector of Financial Aid. The decision to withhold aid          cates of eligibility.
eligibility may be overridden by the Director and a five       It is important that all veterans and dependents keep in
member appeals committee in circumstances which                contact with the University for the latest information re-
warrant special consideration. Such circumstances may          garding benefits and requirements. Also, those students
include but are not limited to medical emergencies or          involved in the Veterans Program should contact the
family crises which resulted in the student's not meeting      University in the event of any change in credit loan, de-
the stated requirements.                                       pendency status, address, or major. The phone number
                                                               is (802) 656-2045.
FEDERAL FAMILY EDUCATION
LOAN PROGRAMS                                                  NEW ENGLAND REGIONAL STUDENT
                                                               PROGRAM
• Federal Stafford Loan Program. The Federal Stafford
Loan Program is available for needy graduate students.         An opportunity for qualified legal residents of New En-
Graduate students are eligible to borrow a maximum             gland states to enroll at reduced rates for some programs
$8,500 per year, depending upon the level of their need.       which are not offered by the home state university but
(The balance of the $8,500 may be borrowed under the           are offered in another New England state is available
Unsubsidized program listed below.) A cumulative               under an arrangement entitled the New Eng-land Re-
loanlimit of $65,500 is allowed for a combination of           gional Student Program. A list of the available graduate
graduate and undergraduate Stafford Loan borrowing.            programs is listed in the "Apple Book" and may be ex-
Federal Stafford Loans are interest free while the stu-        amined in the Graduate College Admissions Office or
dent is enrolled at least half-time in a degree program.       obtained from the New England Board of Higher Edu-
Thereafter, the interest rate is variable with a 8.25 per      cation, 45 Temple Place, Boston, MA 02111.
cent cap; repayment begins six months after leaving                Applicants must indicate clearly, both in their initial
                                                               inquiries and on their application forms, that they are
school or reducing enrollment to less than half-time.
                                                               seeking admission under the terms of the New England
• Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Loan Program. The
                                                               Regional Student Program. In cases where the program
Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Loan Program provides
                                                               of study is clearly unique or distinctive to the out-of-
loan funding up to a maximum of $18,500 per year (less         stateinstitution, the UVM Graduate College Dean's Of-
any Federal Stafford subsidized loan listed above). There      fice will certify directly the applicant's eligibility to apply
is a cumulative total of $73,000 (including any under-         under the New England Regional Student Program. In
graduate borrowing). Payments on the loan principal            cases where an apparently similar program of study is
may be deferred until after graduation. Repayment of           available at both institutions involved, the graduate deans
interest (the rate is variable with a cap of 8.25 per cent)    of the two institutions will determine whether regional
may be made on a quarterly basis to the lender or may          student status is appropriate.
be capitalized and added to the principal.
                                                                     SUPPORT SERVICES FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS     | 32




Support Services for
Graduate Students
   Graduate Student Advisory Committee. The                and emotional needs of ALANA (African, Latino/a,
Graduate Student Advisory Committee (GSAC),                Asian, and Native American) students by providing
comprised of graduate student representatives from         resources and support. The Center offers informa-
various graduate programs, provides a forum for dis-       tion and programs to promote a just multiracial cam-
cussion of graduate student issues and assists the         pus climate. Several ALANA student groups (Alianza
Dean and the Executive Committee in matters affect-        Latina, Asian American Student Union, Womyn of
ing graduate students. Issues considered by GSAC in-       Color, Wahbeenowin: the seventh generation, and
clude academic matters, professional development           New Black Leaders) meet at the Center. The Center
and student life. GSAC sponsors occasional social          has a small computer lab, meeting/study space,
events and conducts a mini-grants program to sup-          kitchen, and television lounge.
port, in part, expenses associated with student travel        The ALANA Student Center is located in
for professional purposes.                                 Blundell House on Redstone Campus, (802) 656-
    Center for Cultural Pluralism. The Center coordi-      3819, http://www.uvm.edu/~multicul.
nates efforts to create a campus culture based on             Career Services. Career Services staff assist first year
equality, respect for all members of our community,        students through graduate students from all majors.
and appreciation of diversity. The Center is a highly      Whether you need to select a major, develop some ca-
visible, tangible symbol of commitment to inclusive-       reer direction, choose a summer job, find an intern-
ness and multicultural education. It provides a cen-       ship, identify a work-study position, prepare a resume,
tral meeting place for individuals and groups              network with alumni, or get hired after graduation —
working on diversity issues and facilitates interaction    Career Services is there to serve.
and cooperation among students, faculty, and staff,           Career Services is located at Living/Learning Center,
and with members of the larger Burlington commu-           E Building, 656-3450. Email:career@granola.uvm.edu.
nity as well.                                              Hours: Mon., Tues., Thurs., and Fri. 8:00 a.m. to 5:00
    Under the direction of the Special Advisor to the      p.m.; Wed. 8:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m.
Provost, the Center develops policy and strategies for
increasing diversity at UVM, including efforts to im-         Center for Health and Wellbeing. (http://
prove recruitment and retention of students, faculty       www.uvm.edu/~dosa/chw) The Center for Health and
and staff of color, transformation of the curriculum       Wellbeing is available to all students (including incom-
to include more multicultural perspectives, and cre-       ing first year medical students as of 9/00) for primary
ation of a campus climate in which each individual         and preventive health care (including: Medical,
feels safe and valued in the classroom, residence          Women’s and Sports Therapy Clinics; mental health
halls, offices, and co-curricular activities. The Center   counseling, nutrition counseling, psychiatry, drug and
oversees programming of social, cultural, and educa-       alcohol services, health promotion and education).
tional events throughout the year, works with stand-       Most of these services are covered by the health fee (see
ing committees devoted to various diversity efforts,       page 25). Students entering the University are re-
conducts research, and develops grant proposals for        quired to furnish the Center with a complete immuni-
additional funding for diversity initiatives from foun-    zation record to include two valid measles (Rubeola)
dations.                                                   vaccinations and a medical history. A physical exam is
    In addition to the Special Advisor to the Provost      not required.
and staff, the Center houses the Race and Culture             The Burlington area has a large and sophisticated
Course, meeting spaces, a classroom, art gallery, re-      medical community of which the Center for Health
source library, multicultural and religious and spiri-     and Wellbeing is a part. Students requiring consulta-
tual organizations, several handicapped-accessible         tions are referred to specialists in the area. When
offices available for campus-wide use, and offices for     necessary, hospitalization is usually arranged at the
graduate assistants and visiting scholars.                 Fletcher Allen Hospital, a teaching hospital located on
    The Center for Cultural Pluralism is located in        the edge of the main campus. Note: The University
Allen House on the University Green at the corner          Health Center (UHC) is not the UVM Student Health/
of Main Street and South Prospect, (802) 656-8833.         Medical Clinic (CHWB).
Visitors are welcome.                                         The University also makes available to students an
                                                           optional health insurance plan that provides hospital-
  ALANA Student Center. The primary goal of the            ization and some outpatient benefits. Full-time stu-
Center is to help meet the academic, cultural, social,     dents who do not provide proof of adequate health
                                                                       SUPPORT SERVICES FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS   | 33
insurance at the time of registration will be required to        The Office of Specialized Student Services, A170
purchase the University sponsored plan.                       Living/Learning Center, 656-7753, TTY 656-3865.
    The Counseling Center is a campus resource which             The Counseling Center, 146 So. Williams St.,
provides confidential counseling, consulting and edu-         656-3340.
cational outreach programs. Many graduate students               Center for Health and Wellbeing, 425 Pearl St.,
consult the staff regarding academic stress, relation-        656-3350.
ships, mental health issues and future planning.                 ADA/504 Compliance, 428 Waterman, 656-8280.
    The Counseling Center is located on the corner
of Main St. and So. Williams. Hours are from 8-4:30,             Graduate College Workshops. Each year the
M-Thu, and 8-5:30 F during the academic year and 8-           Graduate College sponsors workshops designed to
4:30 during vacations. The Counseling Center is part          support the professional development of graduate
of the Center for Health and Wellbeing and is free            students. Examples of topics considered include
to students who have paid the health fee or are regis-        teaching techniques and student learning, personal
tered for six credits or more. Check the web page:            writing and evaluating student writing, grant writing,
www.uvm.edu/~counscen/.                                       developing web pages, mentoring, ethical conduct of
                                                              research, and more.
   Services for Students with Disabilities. Services and
accommodations for students with disabilities are co-             Exercise and Wellness. The University’s extensive
ordinated by three offices: The Office of Specialized         physical education facilities are available for recrea-
Student Services certifies and coordinates services for       tional use by faculty, staff, and students during hours
students with physical disabilities, learning disabilities,   not devoted to specific instruction. Swimming, hand-
and attention deficit disorders; The Counseling Cen-          ball, skating, tennis, squash, and many other individ-
ter certifies and coordinates services for students with      ual and group activities are available for interested
emotional disabilities; The Center for Health and             participants.
Wellbeing certifies and coordinates services for stu-             In addition to the physical education facilities,
dents with ongoing medical conditions. Services to            the University has an active Outing Club. There are
equalize opportunities in the classroom and course ac-        many opportunities in Vermont for participation on
commodations are arranged through these offices.              either an organized or informal level in such activi-
Students are encouraged to inform the staff of the ap-        ties as hiking, camping, sailing, swimming, skiing,
propriate certifying office of any needed services or ac-     running, bicycling, and other outdoor activities.
commodations at least two weeks in advance of each
semester. Current and comprehensive documentation
of disability will be required.
34 |   COURSES OF INSTRUCTION / AGRICULTURAL BIOCHEMISTRY


Courses of Instruction
Course Numbering                                                      are not permitted to receive graduate credit for courses
                                                                      numbered 100-199. Under no circumstances will graduate
Courses numbered 400 or above are limited to candidates               credit be allowed for a course numbered below 100.
for the degrees of Doctor of Education and Doctor of Phi-
losophy; courses numbered 300 to 399 are generally limited            The form 201, 202 indicates that two such courses may be
to graduate students; courses in this catalogue, numbered             taken independently for credit.
200 through 299, are advanced courses for undergraduates              The form 201-202 indicates that such courses may not be
which may also be taken for graduate credit by graduate               taken independently for credit and, unless otherwise stated,
students. To obtain graduate credit, the graduate student gener-      must be taken in the sequence indicated.
ally is expected to meet higher qualitative and/or quantitative ex-
pectations than the undergraduate student. Courses numbered           The number of credit hours per semester is indicated in each
100 to 199 may not be taken for graduate credit except                course description that follows.
upon recommendation of a student’s Studies Committee                  All prerequisites cited refer to courses as numbered at The
and with the authorization of the Dean of the Graduate College        University of Vermont.
prior to enrollment. Authorization will be limited to one ap-
                                                                      A student who lacks the stated prerequisites for a course,
propriate course (three credit hours) for a master’s pro-
                                                                      but is otherwise qualified to take it, may be permitted to
gram and to two appropriate courses (six credit hours) for
                                                                      enroll by the instructor.
a doctoral program. Graduate students may take additional
100-level courses beyond these values, but graduate credit            While every attempt has been made to list only courses that actually
will not be allowed for such courses. Graduate programs de-           will be offered, the College necessarily must reserve the right to with-
signed for the Master of Science for Teachers degree                  draw scheduled offerings or substitute for them should circum-
(M.S.T.) are exempted from this rule. Nondegree students              stances make such changes necessary.




Graduate Degree Programs
and Courses of Instruction
Agricultural Biochemistry (AGBI)                                      chemistry, courses in cellular and molecular biology,
                                                                      mathematics, and physics suitable for student’s program
                                                                      are recommended.
Professors Barrington (Chairperson), Weller; Associate Profes-
sor Currier.                                                          REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO
The Department is near the end of a major revision of its graduate    CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF
programs. Please contact the Department for further information.      DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
Research programs include identification of proteins in               Completion of a full year of graduate study and residency at
plant parts (D. Weller); and mechanism of biorecognition              The University of Vermont. One year of laboratory courses
between host plant and rhizobia (W. Currier). Members of              in molecular or cellular biochemistry; approval of the
our faculty participate in the interdisciplinary Cell and             Student’s Studies Committee and the Graduate College
Molecular Biology Program (see separate listing in this cata-         Dean.
logue).
                                                                      MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO
GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF                                    Biochemistry 301-302; advanced courses in chemistry (six
MASTER OF SCIENCE                                                     hours); additional course work as determined by Student’s
                                                                      Studies Committee; participation in seminar throughout
An undergraduate major in biochemistry, chemistry, nutri-             residency; doctoral dissertation research (20 to 35 hours).
tion, or biology including a year in organic chemistry, with
laboratory. Courses in biochemistry, and organic chemistry            COURSES OFFERED
are strongly recommended. Satisfactory scores on the
Graduate Record Examination (general).                                201 General Biochemistry. Broad coverage of biochemis-
                                                                      try including principles of analytical biochemistry. Prerequi-
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO                                       site: Chemistry 42 or 141 or equivalent. Three hours and lab
CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF                                           (one hour) as 202. Weller.
MASTER OF SCIENCE                                                     202 General Biochemistry Laboratory (0-3). Introduction
Satisfactory completion of one year of study and comple-              to techniques and equipment used for the isolation and
tion of admission requirements.                                       quantitative analysis of amino acids, proteins, sugars, and
                                                                      enzymes in biological materials. Prerequisite: Credit for or
MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS                                           concurrent enrollment in 201. One hour.
Agricultural Biochemistry 201, 202, 220, 221, 230, 231, 381-          210 Quantitative Biochemistry. Physical principles of bio-
384; thesis research (ten to 15 hours).                               chemical methods and theory with strong emphasis on prob-
                                                                      lem solving and data analysis. Prerequisite: 201. Three hours.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO                                         220 Molecular Biology. The structure and biological
GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF                                    function of nucleic acids, proteins, and enzymes. Empha-
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY                                                  sis is on optical, electrophoretic, and ultracentrifugal meth-
                                                                      ods. Prerequisite: 201. Three hours and lab (one hour) as
Same as admission for Master of Science degree. Physical              221. Weller.
                                                                                         ANATOMY AND NEUROBIOLOGY         | 35
221 Molecular Biology Laboratory (0-3). Laboratory prac-           and Dissertation Committee.
tice in protein characterization by disc and SDS-gel electro-
phoresis and gel isoelectric focusing. DNA separation and          MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE
characterization by agarose gel electrophoresis and restric-       DEGREE OF MASTER OF SCIENCE
tion enzyme digestion. Prerequisite: Credit for or concurrent      Thirty credits of courses and research, including Anatomy
enrollment in 220. One hour. Weller.                               and Neurobiology 301, 302, 311; comprehensive examina-
230 Advanced Biochemistry. A study of metabolic cycles             tion. Additional credits as arranged for laboratory research
emphasizing research methods involving radioisotopes and           leading to a dissertation. A grade of B or better must be ob-
chromatography. Prerequisite: 201 or permission of the in-         tained in any course taken in Anatomy and Neurobiology.
structor. Three hours and lab (one hour) as 231. Currier.
231 Advanced Biochemistry Laboratory (0-3). Laboratory             REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO
experimentation emphasizing absorption, ion exchange, af-          GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF
finity, and partition chromatography. Introduction to mod-         DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
ern GLC and HPLC techniques and enzyme isolation, puri-            Bachelor’s degree; one year of organic chemistry/biochem-
fication, and characterization. Prerequisite: Credit for or con-   istry; a year of advanced biology; one course in college phys-
current enrollment in 230. One hour. Currier.                      ics. Additional courses in calculus, differential equations,
250 Plant Biochemistry. The study of specific biochemical          statistics, computer science, and physical chemistry are rec-
principles that are unique to plants concentrating on the          ommended. A deficiency in one prerequisite course can be
biochemistry of plant cell walls, photosynthesis, and secon-       made up in the summer session before entry into the pro-
dary metabolites. Prerequisite: 201. Two hours. Currier.           gram. A master’s degree is not a prerequisite for the Ph.D.
                                                                   degree. Satisfactory scores on the general (aptitude)
295 Special Topics. Lectures, readings, laboratory studies,        Graduate Record Examination.
or field trips. Format and subject matter at the instructor’s
discretion. Spring, summer, and fall. Prerequisite: Depart-        REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO
mental permission. Credit to be arranged.                          CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF
301 Special Problems. Prerequisite: Departmental permis-           DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
sion. Credit as arranged.                                          Satisfactory completion of required courses and research
381-384 Seminar. A topical seminar with discussion of as-          rotations. Approval of the written and oral portions of the
signed and collateral reading. Required of graduate stu-           qualifying comprehensive examination.
dents. One hour.
391 Master’s Thesis Research. Credit as arranged.                  MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE
                                                                   DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
491 Doctoral Dissertation Research. Credit as arranged.
                                                                   Anatomy 301, 302, 306, 311, 395 or 396, and 491; Cell and
                                                                   Molecular Biology 301; Physiology and Biophysics 301;
                                                                   Biochemistry 301, 302. Additional elective courses and
Anatomy and Neurobiology                                           teaching assignments as arranged with the department;
(ANNB)                                                             three reading courses; departmental research rotations;
                                                                   dissertation research; credits as required by the Graduate
                                                                   College. Candidacy examination; successful completion of
Professors Forehand, Mawe, May, Parsons (Chairperson); Associ-
                                                                   dissertation. A grade of B or better must be obtained in
ate Professors C. Cornbrooks, Fiekers; Assistant Professors
                                                                   any course taken in Anatomy and Neurobiology.
Jaworski, Vizzard; Research Assistant Professor Braas; Lecturers
E. Cornbrooks, Ezerman, Fonda, Szilva.
                                                                   COURSES OFFERED
Departmental research activities center around nervous sys-        Note: Departmental permission is required for all courses.
tem structure, function and development. Specific areas of
interest include: mechanisms regulating neuronal degen-            201 Human Gross Anatomy. Lectures and detailed re-
eration, regeneration and plasticity; role of extracellular        gional dissections emphasize functional anatomy of major
matrix in glial differentiation; development and pattern for-      systems (e.g. musculoskeletal, cardiovascular, nervous). Pre-
mation in the autonomic nervous system; organization of            requisite: Permission. Five hours. Mawe, May.
somatosensory and autonomic pathways; neurotransmitter             202 Human Neuroscience. Structural basis of human ner-
and neuropeptide expression and secretion; specific synap-         vous system function: spinal reflex organization, sensory/
tic actions of neuroactive compounds; modification of cal-         motor systems, clinical examples, brain dissection, cell biol-
cium and other intracellular signaling pathways in excitable       ogy of neurons & glia, membrane excitability, & synaptic
cells; and cardiovascular and gastrointestinal functions in        transmission. Five hours. Forehand, Vizzard.
normal and diseased states. World Wide Web: http://                301 Medical Gross Anatomy. Individualized laboratory in-
salus.uvm.edu/~neuro/annbpg.html                                   struction, small group conferences, clinically correlated lec-
                                                                   tures. Basic anatomical information. Emphasis on impor-
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO                                      tance of the relationship between normal human structure
GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF                                 and function. Six hours. Ezerman, Fonda, Szilva.
MASTER OF SCIENCE                                                  302 Neuroscience. A correlated presentation of the neu-
Students are admitted to the Ph.D. program only, not to a          roanatomy and neurophysiology of the mammalian central
M.S. program. Ph.D. students may subsequently complete a           nervous system. Lectures, demonstrations, laboratory, and
M.S. degree with the permission of the Department.                 clinical correlation workshops. Four hours. Forehand,
                                                                   Jaworski, Parsons.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO                                    306 Techniques in Neurobiology. Discussion, demonstra-
CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF                                        tion of techniques used to study the nervous system. Ex-
MASTER OF SCIENCE                                                  perience with light, fluorescence, electron microscopy;
Satisfactory completion of required courses and research           microsurgical procedures; electrophysiological stimulating,
rotations. Acceptance of a written report and oral presenta-       recording techniques; neuronal tracing techniques. Prereq-
tion on the proposed thesis as approved by the Research            uisite: Neuroscience 302. Three hours. Fiekers.
36 |   ANIMAL SCIENCES

311 Medical Histology. Microscopic study of cells, tissues,           credit hours in courses in Animal Sciences or related fields
and organs emphasizing the correlation of structure and               and a minimum of 9 credit hours of thesis research. Stu-
function. Three hours. C. Cornbrooks, Fiekers.                        dents are required to attend and participate in Journal
320 Developmental Neurobiology. Provides fundamental                  Club or Graduate seminar every semester that they are en-
knowledge of cell-to-cell interactions necessary for proper           rolled for credits.
development and organization of the nervous system. Top-              Option B – 30 credit hours of study with 24 credit hours in
ics include pattern formation, neuronal differentiation,              courses in Animal Sciences or related fields and a mini-
axon guidance, and target interactions. Prerequisite: Neuro-          mum of 6 credit hours of literature research. Students are
science 302 or consent of instructor. Variable credit. C.             required to attend and participate in Journal Club or
Cornbrooks, Forehand, Jaworski. Alternate years.                      Graduate seminar every semester that they are enrolled
323 Neurochemistry. Biochemistry of the nervous system.               for credits.
Topics include ion channels, synaptic function, neurotrans-           An Accelerated Master’s Program (AMP) is available for
mitters and neuropeptides, signal transduction, and hor-              students majoring in Animal Sciences or Biological Sci-
mones in brain function. Prerequisite: 302 or Cell and Mo-            ences. Further details can be obtained from the Depart-
lecular Biology 301 or Biochemistry 301, 302. Variable                ment of Animal Sciences, 102 Terrill Hall, (802) 656-2070.
credit. Braas, May. Alternate years.
325 Advanced Neuroanatomy. Morphology of the nervous                  REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO
system. Lectures and laboratory. Regional approach to anat-           GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF
omy. Units on development, blood supply, autonomic nerv-              DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
ous system. Laboratory: brain dissection, microscopic ex-             Satisfactory scores on the general (aptitude) Graduate Rec-
amination (brain stem). Prerequisite: Neuroscience 302.               ord Examination must be presented.
Three hours. Staff. Alternate years.
342 Special Dissections in Gross Anatomy. A detailed and              REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO
independent study of a single anatomical region, utilizing            CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF
gross, microscopic, and embryologic materials. Prerequisite:          DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
301. Credit as arranged. Fonda, Szilva.                               The applicant must satisfy the prerequisites of the Graduate
381, 382 Seminar in Anatomy and Neurobiology. Re-                     College and pass the general qualifying examination ad-
search presentations and critical review of the literature in         ministered by the Department of Animal Sciences.
various areas of anatomical and neurobiological sciences.
One hour.                                                             MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
391 Master’s Thesis Research. Credit as arranged.                     The Department of Animal Sciences believes each graduate
395, 396 Special Topics in Neuroscience. A supplemen-                 program has its individual needs and must be arranged ac-
tary course to the medical neuroscience course (Neuros-               cordingly. The candidate must meet all the requirements as
cience 302) designed for graduate students which will pro-            prescribed by the Graduate College for the degree of Doc-
vide more detailed information concerning selected topics             tor of Philosophy. In addition, all courses and seminars as
in neurobiology. Prerequisite: Neuroscience 302. Variable             established by the Studies Committee must be satisfactorily
credit. Staff.                                                        met, doctoral research must be completed, and an accept-
                                                                      able dissertation written and defended. In accord with the
491 Doctoral Dissertation Research. Credit as arranged.               policy of the Animal Sciences Department, all doctoral stu-
                                                                      dents will be provided the opportunity to participate in the
Animal Sciences (ASCI)                                                Department’s undergraduate teaching program. Profi-
                                                                      ciency in a modern foreign language or computer language
Professors Plaut (Chairperson), Carew, Foss; Associate Professors     and programming is optional at the discretion of the Stud-
Gilmore, McFadden; Assistant Professors Kerr, Knapp, Mischler,        ies Committee.
Nichols; Extension Assistant Professor Greene; Extension Instructor   205 Equine Reproduction and Management. (From ASCI
Deleney; Adjunct Professors Ballard, Levine, Sniffen, Thomas.         116) In-depth investigation of equine reproduction and
Research activities in basic and applied science encompass            physiology, mare and stallion endocrinology, breeding tech-
a broad range of interests. The areas of research include             niques, processing semen, embryo transfer, parturition, neo-
nutrition; physiology; diseases and microbiology as they re-          natal foal care and marketing in the equine industry. Prereq-
late to dairy cattle.                                                 uisites: 1, 115 and instructor permission. Three hours. Davis.
                                                                      215 Physiology of Reproduction and Lactation. Funda-
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO                                         mental principles of the physiology of reproduction and
GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF                                    lactation with emphasis on, but not limited to, farm ani-
MASTER OF SCIENCE                                                     mals. Prerequisite: 141 or permission. Four hours. Kerr. Al-
An acceptable undergraduate major in the animal sciences,             ternate years.
chemistry, biology, or a related field. Satisfactory scores on        216 Endocrinology. Physiology of endocrine and auto-
the general (aptitude) Graduate Record Examination must               crine/paracrine systems and growth factors. Prerequisites:
be presented. In some of the animal health areas, a degree            Course in both biology and physiology; one course in anat-
of Doctor of Veterinary Medicine may be helpful.                      omy desirable. Three hours. Plaut. Alternate years.
                                                                      220 Lactation and Milking. The history and development
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO                                       of machine milking and dairy herd automation. Material to
CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF                                           be covered includes mammary anatomy, physiology and im-
MASTER OF SCIENCE                                                     munology as well as methods of collection and storage of
The applicant must satisfy the requirements of the Gradu-             milk of good hygienic quality. Prerequisites: 134/135, 141 or
ate College and pass the general qualifying examination               142 or permission. A chemistry course, preferably Agricul-
administered by the Department of Animal Sciences.                    tural Biochemistry 201. Three hours. McFadden.
                                                                      230 Agricultural Policy and Ethics. Examines American
MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS                                           agriculture and policies from various perspectives —
Option A – 30 credit hours of study with a minimum of 15              historical, political, ecological, technological, social, eco-
                                                                                                             BIOCHEMISTRY   | 37
nomics, and ethical. Emphasis on contemporary issues,                REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO
policy options, future developments. Prerequisites: Junior           GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF
standing or permission. Three hours. Rogers.                         MASTER OF SCIENCE OR FOR THE DEGREE OF
263 Clinical Topics in Companion Animal Medicine.                    DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
(From ASCI 163) The use of case studies in companion ani-            Satisfactory score on the Graduate Record Examination.
mal medicine to develop clinical, analytical, and diagnostic         Subject (advanced) portion not required but helpful. In ad-
skills. Prerequisites: 118, 141. Three hours. Sturgis.               dition:
264 Clinical Topics in Livestock Medicine. An advanced               Year courses in organic chemistry, physical chemistry, and
study of disease in cattle, sheep, goats and pigs; emphasiz-         physics (equivalent to Chemistry 141, 142 or 143; 144,
ing disease detection, pathobiology, treatment and preven-           Chemistry 162 and Physics 15, 16); quantitative chemistry;
tion. Prerequisites: 118,141. Four hours. Mischler.                  mathematics through differential and integral calculus, a
282 Animal Sciences Graduate Seminar. Reports and dis-               year course in a biological science.
cussions of problems and special investigations in selected
fields. One to three hours. Pankey.                                  REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO
                                                                     CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER
297, 298 Special Problems in Animal Sciences. Research               OF SCIENCE OR FOR THE DEGREE OF
activity under direction of a faculty member whose approval          DOCTOROF PHILOSOPHY
has been given. Written proposal and report are required.
Prerequisite: Permission. May enroll more than once for              Under most circumstances, meeting the requirements for
maximum of six hours. Coordinator.                                   admission as stated above will allow advancement to either
                                                                     degree program.
391 Master’s Thesis Research. Credit as arranged. Chair
permission.                                                          MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE
392 Independent Literature Research. Reading and litera-             DEGREE OF MASTER OF SCIENCE
ture research culminating in a paper on a topic of current           Thirty credit hours, 16 of which must be taken from gradu-
interest in Animal Sciences. Prerequisites: Permission. Vari-        ate courses offered by the Department of Biochemistry, in-
able hours up to six hours. Plaut.                                   cluding Biochemistry 301, 302, 303, 381, and 391 or 392.
491 Doctoral Dissertation Research. Credit as arranged.
Chair permission.                                                    Thesis Option
                                                                     Up to 14 credit hours of Master’s Thesis Research (391).
Anthropology                (See page 109.)
                                                                     Nonthesis Option
                                                                     Up to eight credit hours of Independent Literature Re-
Art    (See page 109.)                                               search (392).

                                                                     MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE
Biochemistry (BIOC)                                                  DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
                                                                     A total of 75 hours, including 20 hours from graduate
Professors Chiu, Collen, Cutroneo, Hart, Long, Mann (Chairper-       courses offered by the Department of Biochemistry includ-
son), Sobel, P. Tracy, R. Tracy, Woodworth (Emeritus); Associate     ing Biochemistry 301, 302 or 305-306, 303 and participation
Professors Francklyn, Morrical; Adjunct Associate Professor          throughout residence in Biochemistry Seminars; three
Church; Assistant Professors Berger, Daugherty, Everse, Lyons; Re-   hours from graduate courses offered by the Department of
search Associate Professors Butenas, Mason.                          Chemistry; ten additional hours from courses in physical or
Current research programs include protein structural dy-             biological sciences; 30 hours of Doctoral Dissertation
namics during muscle contraction (Berger); synthesis of              Research.
coagulation enzyme inhibitors (Butenas); regulation of
gene expression in developing and neoplastic tissues (J-F.           COURSES OFFERED
Chiu); physiology and biochemistry of thrombosis (D.                 Biochemistry 212, 213, 301-302, 303, 305-306, and 381 are
Collen); protein crystallography of plasma proteins (S.              offered annually. Advanced courses are given in alternate
Everse); thermodynamics of protein-protein and protein-              years.
nucleic acid interactions in transcriptional assemblies (M.          212 Biochemistry of Human Disease. Disorders of hemo-
Daugherty); regulation of procollagen synthesis (K.                  globin, iron bilirubin; biochemistry of diabetes, pancreati-
Cutroneo); protein-nucleic acid recognition (C.                      tis, atherosclerosis, liver and kidney dysfunction; acid-base
Francklyn); environmental, nutritional, and hormonal                 balance; gene therapy; diagnostic enzymology. Prerequisites:
modulators of pulmonary defense mechanisms (B. Hart);                Chemistry 42 or 141, Agricultural Biochemistry 201 or per-
molecular biology, cloning and expression of blood co-               mission. Three hours per semester. Hart.
agulation proteins; site-specific mutagenesis (G. Long);
protein structure by multi-dimensional high field NMR                213 Biomedical Biochemistry Laboratory. Introduction to
techniques (B. Lyons); macromolecular assembly in                    basic principles underlying biochemical analysis in areas of
blood coagulation and bone formation (K. Mann); trans-               biomedical interest. Prerequisites: Concurrent registration in
port of iron into cells by receptor mediated iron-binding            Biochemistry 212 or permission. One hour per semester.
proteins (A. Mason); enzymology of DNA replication, re-              301, 302 General Biochemistry, Parts I and II. Survey for
combination and repair (S. Morrical); thrombosis, throm-             science majors. Part I (301): chemistry, structure, metabo-
bolysis, and coronary artery disease (B. Sobel); cellular in-        lism, and function of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids; en-
teractions with coagulation proteins (P. Tracy);                     zymes, bioenergetics and respiratory processes. Part II
determination of thrombosis related cardiovascular dis-              (302): amino acids, nucleic acids, protein synthesis, cellular
ease risk factors (R. Tracy); nature of the binding of               and physiological control mechanisms. Prerequisites: Chemis-
metals to proteins, particularly the iron-binding pro-               try 141, 142 or 143, 144, and departmental permission.
teins of blood plasma (R. Woodworth).                                Three hours per semester.
38 |   BIOLOGY

303 Biochemistry Laboratory. Experimental work de-                  community assembly; population and community ecology of
signed to demonstrate important principles and to illus-            carnivorous plants; parasite-host ecology; ecology and evolu-
trate methods and techniques of modern biochemistry. Pre-           tion of plant-animal interactions; population and community
requisites: 301, 302 or 305-306, or concurrent registration         ecology of lizards; behavioral ecology; population genetics
therein, and departmental permission. One to four hours.            and molecular systematics in taxa such as Himalayan ro-
Long.                                                               dents, Polynesian black flies, and neotropical mosquitoes; ge-
305-306 Medical Biochemistry. A survey course in human              netic differentiation and evolution in structured populations;
biochemistry, with particular emphasis on medical applica-          population genetics; cytoplasmically inherited reproductive
tions. Prerequisites: For medical students only. If taken as        incompatibility; evolutionary consequences of parasite-host
M.D./Ph.D. student – Six hours. P. Tracy.                           interactions; physiological energetics of insects.
307, 308 Special Topics in Biochemistry. Areas of bio-              REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO
chemistry not treated in concurrent advanced course offer-          GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF
ings. Prerequisites: 301, 302 or 305-306; Chemistry 162. One        MASTER OF SCIENCE
to three hours per semester.
                                                                    An undergraduate major in Biology or its equivalent. Satis-
320 General Enzymology. General consideration of en-                factory scores on the Graduate Record Examination, gen-
zyme nomenclature, purification, assay, kinetics, mecha-            eral (aptitude) section. Acceptability to the faculty member
nisms, cofactors, active sites, subunit structure, allosteric       with whom the candidate wishes to do thesis research.
and regulatory properties, and control of multienzyme sys-
tems. Prerequisites: 301, 302, or 305-306; Chemistry 162.           ACCELERATED MASTER’S PROGRAM IN BIOLOGY
Three hours.
                                                                    A master’s degree in Biology can be earned in a shortened
331 Nucleic Acids. The study of structure, composition,             time by careful planning in the junior and senior years of
organization, function, synthesis, and metabolism of nu-            Biology B.S. majors at UVM. Students should discuss this
cleic acids and nucleoprotein particles and matrices in             possibility with the Department Graduate Program Director
eukaryotic organisms. Prerequisites: 301-302, 305-306. Three        as soon as they think they might be interested in the pro-
hours. Morrical.                                                    gram. The M.S. can typically be earned in one additional
371 Physical Biochemistry. Protein interaction, solubility          year. Up to six credits of undergraduate course work taken
and fractionation, electrophoresis, sedimentation, phase            in the junior and senior year can be counted towards the
rule study, diffusion, viscosity, spectrophotometry, and re-        M.S. degree requirement, including BIOL 202, 203, 205,
lated topics. Prerequisites: 301, 302 or 306; Chemistry 160 or      208, 209, 212, 217, 219, 223, 225, 238, 246, 254, 255, 263,
162. Three hours.                                                   264, 265, 267, 270, and 276.
375 Cancer Biology. Overview of cancer biology for                  To be eligible for the AMP, a student must be a declared Bi-
health science students. Foundation for cancer research.            ology B.S. major and have identified a faculty sponsor.
Lecture format; interdisciplinary viewpoint; outside lec-           Other requirements include a G.P.A. typically higher than
tures. Prerequisites: 301-302 or 305-306; under special cir-        3.1 overall and 3.3 in biology courses. Following admission,
cumstances, 212. Three hours per semester. Chiu.                    students are required to take at least 3 credit hours of un-
381 Seminar. A review of recent developments and cur-               dergraduate research. After graduation with the B.S. de-
rent literature in the various fields of biochemistry. Pre-         gree, students are eligible to become candidates for the
requisite: Departmental permission. One hour per semester.          M.S. degree. Applications and further information may be
                                                                    obtained from the Department of Biology.
391 Master’s Thesis Research. Credit as arranged.
392 Independent Literature Research. Reading and litera-            REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO
ture research culminating in a paper on a topic of current          CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF
interest in biochemistry. Credit as arranged.                       MASTER OF SCIENCE
491 Doctoral Dissertation Research. Credit as arranged.             Satisfactory completion of a qualifying examination.

                                                                    MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
                                                                    Biology Graduate Colloquia, fours hours; 11 to 18 addi-
Biology (BIOL)                                                      tional hours in biology and related fields; thesis research
                                                                    (eight to 15 hours). Each candidate must participate in the
Professors Bell, Goodnight, Gotelli, Heinrich, Schall, Stevens,     teaching of at least one undergraduate course.
Van Houten (Chairperson); Associate Professors Brody, Conn,
Davison, Kilpatrick, Vigoreaux; Assistant Professors Delay,         REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO
Murakami, Schneider; Adjunct Professors Herbers, Forehand; Ad-      GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF
junct Associate Professor Fiekers; Adjunct Assistant Professor de   MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING
Ondarza.                                                            The department offers a program leading to the degree of
Faculty research interests fall into two broad groupings: A)        Master of Arts in Teaching (see page 21). Satisfactory scores
developmental biology/cell and molecular biology/physiol-           on the Graduate Record Examination, general (aptitude)
ogy; and B) ecology/evolution/natural history. Current on-          section, are requirements for acceptance for this degree.
going research projects include: A) molecular biology of re-
ceptors; cell biology; signal transduction and development;         REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO GRADUATE
identification of novel muscle proteins by means of bio-            STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF
chemical and genetic approaches; how molecular interac-             SCIENCE FOR TEACHERS (BIOLOGY)
tions define mechanical properties of muscles; genetics of          A bachelor’s degree from an accredited institution and cer-
chemoreception and chemotactic behavior of protozoa; elec-          tification as a teacher of biology or an associated field. At
trophysiological basis of signal transduction; analysis of G        least three years of secondary school teaching. Satisfactory
protein signaling in Drosophila using genetic, molecular and        scores on the Graduate Record Examination, general (apti-
immunohistochemical approaches; B) taxonomy and natural             tude) section.
history of insects, particularly Rhysodid beetles; null models;
                                                                                                                    BIOLOGY   | 39
MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE                                 site: 104 or Biology 102. Four hours. Bell. Alternate years.
M.S.T. (BIOLOGY)                                                    209 Field Zoology. Collection, identification of inverte-
Thirty hours of course work to include a selection of               brates; September field work. Half of student’s collection is
courses in the Departments of Botany and Biology which              general, identified to family; half is one or two groups iden-
will broaden and balance the undergraduate work in biol-            tified to species. Prerequisite: 104 or Biology 102. Four hours.
ogy. At least two 200-level courses in each department.             Bell.
Courses in four of the five following areas: anatomy; mor-          212 Comparative Histology. Anatomy of tissues, chiefly
phology and systematics; genetics; developmental biology;           vertebrate. Tissue similarities and specializations of organs
and environmental biology. Up to 12 hours of 100-level              among the various groups of animals in relation to func-
courses may be used for the above requirements where ap-            tion. Prerequisite: 104. Four hours. Landesman.
proved by the advisor and the Dean. Appropriate courses
in related science departments may be used to complete              217 Mammalogy. Classification, identification, morphol-
the required 30 hours. No thesis is required; however,              ogy, evolution, and distribution of mammals. Prerequisite: Bi-
each degree recipient must complete a written and oral              ology 102. Four hours. Kilpatrick.
examination.                                                        219 Comparative and Functional Vertebrate Anatomy.
                                                                    Structure, function, and phylogeny; evolutionary and func-
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO                                       tional trends; investigation of the structure of all chordate
GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF                                  groups. Prerequisite: 104. Four hours. Kilpatrick. Alternate
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY                                                years.
Satisfactory completion of: college level courses appropri-         223 Developmental Biology. An analysis of the cellular,
ate for science majors including a year of mathematics, a           subcellular, molecular, and genetic mechanisms that oper-
year of physics, organic chemistry, at least one year of biol-      ate during oogenesis and embryogenesis in invertebrate
ogy; the Graduate Record Examination, general (apti-                and vertebrate organisms. Prerequisites: Biology 101, 103.
tude) section; and acceptability to the faculty member              Three hours. Landesman.
with whom the candidate wishes to do dissertation re-               225 Physiological Ecology. Processes by which animals
search. Deficiencies in prerequisites may be made up after          cope with moderate, changing, and extreme environments.
entering the program.                                               Prerequisites: 104 and Biology 102. Three hours. Heinrich.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO                                     238 Winter Ecology. Natural history and winter adapta-
CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF                                         tion of plants and animals of western Maine. Field work
                                                                    during winter break, oral and written reports completed
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY                                                during spring semester. Prerequisite: Permission. Three
                                                                    hours. Heinrich.
The diagnostic examination prior to registration for the
first semester; the comprehensive exam; minimum re-                 246 Ecological Parasitology. Parasite-host interactions ex-
quirement course work of 30 hours and additional courses            amined with evolutionary perspective. Topics include the ori-
as required by the advisor and Studies Committee; at least          gin of parasites, evolution of virulence, and ecological conse-
one academic year of graduate study at The University of            quences of parasitism. Laboratory includes original experi-
Vermont.                                                            ments. Prerequisite: 102. Four hours. Schall.
                                                                    254 Population Genetics. The forces that change gene fre-
MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS                                         quencies in populations are examined. Topics include
Of the 75 credit hours required for the degree, at least 30         Hardy-Weinberg-Castle equilibrium, selection, mutation, mi-
hours must be earned in courses suitable for graduate               gration, genetic drift, and quantitative genetics. Prerequisites:
credit and must include six hours of Graduate Colloquia.            102; calculus and statistics recommended. Four hours.
The selection of courses will be designated for each student        Stevens.
by his/her advisor and Studies Committee. At least 20, but          255 Comparative Reproductive Physiology. Various means
not more than 45, credits must be earned in dissertation            by which animals reproduce. Special emphasis on the em-
research. Each candidate must participate in the teaching           bryological origin and evolutionary relationships of sex cell
of at least one undergraduate course.                               differentiation. Prerequisites: 104; permission. Three hours.
                                                                    Davison.
COURSES OFFERED                                                     261 Neurobiology. Focus on molecular and cellular as-
Prerequisites for all courses: as listed, or equivalent, or by      pects of the nervous system. Electrical signaling, synaptic
permission of instructor.                                           transmission, signal transduction, neural development,
202 Quantitative Biology. Mathematical concepts applied             plasticity and diseases. Prerequisites: 103. Three hours.
to biological problems such as growth, metabolism, tem-             Murakami.
perature effects, kinetics, and graphic interpretation of           263 Genetics of Cell Cycle Regulation. Molecular events
data. Statistics will not be treated. Prerequisite: An intermedi-   during the cell cycle; mutants defective in cell cycling; com-
ate level course in biology, Math. 9, or permission. Three          parison of normal and transformed (cancer) cell cycling.
hours. Davison.                                                     Prerequisite: Biology 101 or permission. Three hours.
203 Population Ecology. Analysis of growth, regulation,             VanHouten. Alternate years.
and interrelations of biological populations in theoretical,        264 Community Ecology. Theoretical and empirical analy-
laboratory, and natural systems. Prerequisite: Biology 102.         ses of community structure. Topics include population
Three hours. Schall. Alternate years.                               growth, metapopulation dynamics, competition, predation,
205 Advanced Genetics Laboratory. Lecture/discussions               species diversity, niches, disturbance, succession, island bio-
alternated with laboratories to provide experiences with ge-        geography, and conservation biology. Prerequisites Biology
netic techniques. Bench work and data analysis are empha-           102, at least junior standing. Three hours. Gotelli.
sized. Prerequisite: Biology 101. Four hours. Van Houten.           265 Developmental Molecular Genetics. Current topics in
208 Morphology and Evolution of Insects. Interrelation-             developmental genetics explored through lectures and dis-
ships, fossil history, comparative anatomy of major insect          cussions of current literature; emphasis on molecular ap-
groups. Morphology and way of life of representatives of            proaches. Prerequisite: Biology 101. Three hours. Van
important insect orders and classes of arthropods. Prerequi-        Houten. Alternate years.
40 |   BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING

267 Molecular Endocrinology. Study of hormone action              choice. Research includes: Bioinstrumentation, Biome-
at the cellular and molecular level. Prerequisite: Biology 101.   chanics, Biomedical Imaging, Biomedical Systems and Signal
Four hours.                                                       Analysis, Clinical Engineering, Implant Design, Rehabilitation
270 Speciation and Phylogeny. Contributions of modern             Engineering, Simulation, and Biomathematics.
research in such fields as genetics, systematics, distribution,   Students in the program are generally supported by spon-
and serology to problems of evolutionary change. Prerequi-        sored research projects, participating departments and
site: Biology 101 (102 recommended). Three hours.                 training grants. Inquiries about current research and
Kilpatrick. Alternate years.                                      funding opportunities should be directed to Laurel Zeno,
281 Seminar. Review and discussion of current zoological          Vermont Space Grant Consortium, 332B Votey Bldg.,
research. Attendance required of Biology graduate stu-            Burlington, VT 05405; Phone: (802) 656-1429; Fax: (802)
dents. Seniors in zoological research programs are ex-            656-8802.
pected to enroll. Without credit.                                 Research includes: (Absher) speech signal processing,
282 Eco Lunch. Research presentations in ecology and              adaptive control systems; (Bates) biomedical signal process-
evolutionary biology. Prerequisite: Graduate standing. Zero       ing and mathematical modeling applied to the respiratory
to one hour. Schall.                                              system; (Berger) structural dynamics in motor proteins dur-
283 Ecology-Evolution Journal Club. Research presenta-            ing muscle contraction; (Beynnon) sports medicine, ankle,
tions and critical review of the current literature. Prerequi-    knee shoulder and spine biomechanics, low back pain;
site: Graduate standing. Zero hours. Goodnight.                   (Chesler) effects of mechanical stimuli on vascular physiol-
                                                                  ogy and pathology; (Clark) health care technology plan-
284 Cell Lunch. Research presentations in Cell and                ning and management, instrumentation for life sciences re-
Molecular Biology. Prerequisite: Graduate standing. Zero or       search and medical device validation; (Fleming) sports
one hour. Van Houten.                                             medicine, lower and upper extremity ligament and tendon
295, 296 Special Topics.                                          injuries, biomechanics; (Hamrell) mechanisms of sarcom-
301 Cell and Molecular Biology. Advanced survey of cell           ere function, normal and diseased heart muscle, viral myo-
organelles, their composition, origin, and the relationship       carditis; (Haugh) statistical process control and quality im-
between their structure and function. Emphasis on recent          provement, medical biostatistics and clinical trials, ortho-
literature and current controversies. Prerequisites: Chemistry    paedics and rehabilitation, low back pain, reliability estima-
142, graduate standing in biology or permission. Cross-list-      tion, time series analysis; (Hazard) spine disability risk fac-
ing: CLBI 301. Three hours. Vigoreaux.                            tors, seating design, continuous passive spinal motion, low
                                                                  back pain; (Henry) motor control of human posture and
302 Specialized Cells and Cell Processes. Current issues          movement, related to musculoskeletal injuries; (Hitt) me-
and research in the field of plant, invertebrate, mammalian       chanics of branching blood flows, microcirculatory hemo-
cell, and molecular biology. Prerequisites: 301. Cross-listing:   dynamics, artificial blood; (Huston) whole body vibration,
CLBI 302. Three hours. Schneider.                                 low back pain, electromyography; (Iatridis) soft-tissue and
371 Graduate Colloquia. Topics of current faculty and             spinal bioengineering; (Irvin) respiratory biomechanics;
graduate student interest presented in a seminar-discussion       (Johnson) sports, knee and ski injuries and knee biome-
format. Specific titles for colloquia will be listed in the       chanics; (Keller) spine mechanics, material and structural
course schedule. One hour.                                        properties of biologic tissues, orthopaedic implant biome-
381 Special Topics. Readings with conferences, small              chanics and design, skeletal growth and remodeling;
seminar groups, or laboratories intended to contribute to         (Krag) normal and degenerative disc biomechanics, spinal
the programs of graduate students in phases of zoology for        instrumentation, spinal disorders; (Lakin) applied math-
which formal courses are not available. Prerequisite: An un-      ematics, modeling intracranial pressure dynamics,
dergraduate major in zoology. Credit as arranged.                 microgravity effects on human physiology; (Laible) compu-
                                                                  tational biomechanics, analysis of flow and transport model-
391 Master’s Thesis Research. Credit as arranged.                 ing in biologic materials; (Low) regulation of smooth
491 Doctoral Dissertation Research. Credit as arranged.           muscle contractile proteins; (Maughan) molecular biophys-
                                                                  ics of muscle contraction; (Stokes) biomechanics of spine
                                                                  and spinal deformity; (Warshaw) smooth muscle physiol-
Biomedical Engineering                                            ogy, including structure/function relationship of molecular
                                                                  motors; (G. Wu) biomechanics of human postural control
(Interdisciplinary)                                               and aging, modeling, and instrumentation. (J. Wu) muscle
                                                                  mechanics, molecular mechanics, ultrasonic biosensors, ul-
The program in Biomedical Engineering is interdisciplinary        trasonic heating and enhanced anti-cancer action.
and offers the Master of Science degree. Graduate students
obtain the M.S. degree through a program administered
cooperatively by the Mechanical Engineering and Electrical        REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO
and Computer Engineering departments. The program is              GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF
directed jointly by Tony S. Keller (Mechanical Engineering),      MASTER OF SCIENCE
Dryver R. Huston (Mechanical Engineering), and Bruce D.           Students applying for admission to the graduate program
Beynnon (Orthopaedics and Rehabilitation).                        must meet the general requirements of admission of The
Participating faculty with strong commitments to bio-             University of Vermont Graduate College. Admission is com-
medical engineering research and education are from               petitive and students are selected on the basis of their scholas-
the departments of Civil and Environmental Engineer-              tic preparation and intellectual capacity. The following
ing, Electrical and Computer Engineering, Mathematics             minimum preparation is recommended:
and Statistics, Mechanical Engineering, Molecular Physi-          Biology, Chemistry: Two semesters each, or four introduc-
ology and Biophysics, Orthopaedics and Rehabilitation,            tory courses in the following subjects - anatomy, biology,
Physical Therapy, and Physics. The extensive research             biophysics, chemistry, physiology.
facilities of the participating faculty and departments are
                                                                  Engineering: Two introductory courses in one or more of
available to all graduate students enrolled in the pro-
                                                                  the following subjects - biomechanics, mechanics, thermo
gram, and the program provides the flexibility necessary
                                                                  dynamics, electrical engineering, control theory, or fluid
for students to gain competence in the area of their
                                                                  mechanics.
                                                                                                  BIOMEDICAL TECHNOLOGY      | 41
Mathematics: One course past differential equations.                  junior and senior years at UVM. Students should discuss
Physics: Two semesters of physics.                                    this possibility with the Department Graduate Program Di-
                                                                      rector as soon as they think they might be interested in this
Special arrangements may be made, on an individual basis,             program. For example, the M.S. could be earned in one
for students who are highly prepared in one area, but less well       additional year, as six credits of undergraduate courses may
prepared in another.                                                  also be counted concurrently towards the M.S. degree re-
                                                                      quirements.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO                                       To be eligible for the AMP a student must be a declared
CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF                                           major in one of the Department’s program offerings. After
MASTER OF SCIENCE                                                     application for admission to the Graduate College is ac-
Completion of any deficient admission requirements.                   cepted, up to six approved credits on concurrent under-
                                                                      graduate/graduate credit basis are taken. Eligible courses
                                                                      include BMT 242, 244, 281, 293 and a maximum of 2 cred-
MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS                                           its selected from BMT 229, 239, 249, 259 and 269. Other
Candidates for the degree of Master of Science must com-              admission requirements are a minimum G.P.A. of 2.67 in
plete 30 graduate credit hours of an approved program of              the basic science core (CHEM 23 or 31 & 32, CHEM 42 or
study, including 18-24 semester credits of graduate-level             141 & 142, ANPS 19 & 20 or BIOL 1 & 2, MATH 19 or
courses approved by the program faculty and distributed as            higher); and an overall G.P.A. of 3.0 or higher. Following
follows: Physiology and Biophysics (eight credits); engineer-         admission, students are required to take at least 3 credit
ing subspecialty (electrical, civil, or mechanical engineer-          hours of undergraduate research. After graduation with
ing), seven-11 credits; physics, mathematics or engineering           the B.S. degree, students are eligible to become a candi-
elective, three credits. In addition, the candidate must present      date for the M.S. degree. Applications and further infor-
a research thesis (six-12 credits) and pass a final oral exami-       mation may be obtained from the Graduate Program Di-
nation. Most candidates complete a six-seven credit thesis.           rector in the Department.

                                                                      COURSES OFFERED
Biomedical Technology (BMED)                                          (BMED)
Professor Huot (Director); Associate Professors Reed, Sullivan; As-   281 Molecular Applications. Lecture/laboratory course.
sistant Professors Fleming, Vichi.                                    Application of molecular biology techniques to diagnostic
The Department of Biomedical Technologies offers a Mas-               testing and biotechnology. Techniques include Northern
ter of Science degree in Biomedical Technology that pro-              and Western blot analysis, in situ hybridization, tissue cul-
vides in-depth preparation in the biomedical sciences. It is          ture, immunoassay development and use. Prerequisites:
an appropriate course of study for professionals interested           Biol. 1 and 2 or ANPS 19 and 20; Chem. 31 and 32 or 23;
in advanced clinical practice, research and development,              141 and 142 or 42. Four hours. Reed.
education or the pursuit of further graduate opportunities.
                                                                      293 Research Concepts. Discussion of research methodol-
Opportunities for research include: regulation of cell                ogy including analysis of primary scientific literature. One
growth, infectious diseases, quality control, coagulation en-         hour. Huot.
zymology, platelet immunology, and clinical projects in
Medical Laboratory Science, Nuclear Medicine Technology               (BMT)
and Radiation Therapy offered in conjunction with various
                                                                      229 Seminar: Clinical Chemistry. Discussion of recent ad-
basic science and clinical departments in the College of
                                                                      vances in clinical chemistry. One hour. Sullivan.
Medicine and the Fletcher Allen Health Care.
                                                                      239 Seminar: Hematology. Discussion of recent advances
                                                                      in hematology. One hour. Reed.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO GRADUATE
STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF SCIENCE                           242 Immunology. Concepts of the human immune sys-
                                                                      tem. Topics: cellular and humoral immunity; immuno-
Completion of an accredited baccalaureate program in Bio-             globin and T-cell receptor structure and function; autoim-
medical Technology, medical laboratory science, nuclear               munity; hypersensitivity; tumor immunology; immunodefi-
medicine technology, radiation therapy or related fields,             ciency. Prerequisites: Biol. 1 and 2 or ANPS 19 and 20. Three
and national certification or equivalent in one of these ar-          hours. Huot.
eas. A minimum of one year’s pertinent professional expe-
rience is preferred. GRE aptitude score is required.                  244 Immunology Laboratory. Laboratory exercises that
                                                                      utilize techniques which elucidate antigen-antibody reac-
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO CANDIDACY                             tions. Techniques covered include: agglutination, precipita-
FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF SCIENCE                                   tion, immunodiffusion, fluorescence, cell labeling and
                                                                      quantitation. ELISA applications. One hour. Huot.
Satisfactory completion of a two semester, graduate-level
course in Biochemistry (equivalent to Biochemistry 301-302)           249 Seminar: Immunology. Discussion of recent advances
and the comprehensive examination.                                    in immunology. One hour. Huot.
                                                                      259 Seminar: Microbiology. Discussion of recent advances
MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS                                           in microbiology. One hour. Vichi.
Thirty credits total consisting of at least the following: Bio-       269 Seminar: Immunohematology. Discussion of recent
medical Technology 381 (two credits), thesis research (six            advances and practices used in transfusion medicine. One
credits), biochemistry lecture (six credits), plus other ap-          hour.
proved graduate courses. A non-credit teaching practicum              381 Special Topics Seminar. Presentation and discussion
in the Department’s undergraduate programs is required.               of current areas of importance to professionals. Seminar
                                                                      emphasizes clinical pathophysiology, education, administra-
ACCELERATED MASTERS PROGRAM (AMP)                                     tion and research. Students, faculty and guests present top-
A master’s degree in Biomedical Technology (BMED) can                 ics of interest for analysis and discussion. One hour per se-
be earned in a shortened time by careful planning in the              mester. S/U grading.
42 |   BIOSTATISTICS

391 Master’s Thesis Research. Credit as arranged.                  Biostatistics courses numbered 201 or above (except 211,
395 Advanced Topics. Lecture, directed reading or labo-            308), and other quantitative methods courses, or (if ap-
ratory experiences on advanced or contemporary topics not          proved) courses in a specialized field of application, plus
presently included in other course offerings. Prerequisite:        six semester hours of approved thesis research (391).
Permission. One to three hours.                                    Plan B: (Nonthesis) A 33-hour degree program which in-
                                                                   cludes 30 semester hours of approved course work with at
                                                                   least 21 hours in Biostatistics/Statistics courses. This must
Biostatistics                                                      include Biostatistics 200, 221, 223, 231, 241 or 261, 321,
                                                                   323, other Biostatistics courses numbered 201 or above
                                                                   (except 211, 308), and other quantitative methods
This program is administered through the Statistics Pro-           courses, or (if approved) courses in a specialized field of
gram in close collaboration with the faculty and staff of the      application, and three semester hours of approved statisti-
Medical Biostatistics Unit of the College of Medicine (Dr.         cal research (381).
Taka Ashikaga, Director). Dr. Larry Haugh is the program
director.                                                          Under both plans, students must have or acquire a knowl-
                                                                   edge of the material in Biostatistics 201 and 211, and are
The program offers a concentration in biostatistics leading        expected to participate in the projects of the College of
to the M.S. degree. The curriculum takes full advantage of         Medicine Biometry Facility as advised, and to attend the
courses taught in the Statistics Program and includes expe-        regular colloquium series as part of their training. The
rience in a variety of health, biomedical, and related re-         comprehensive examination covers theoretical and applied
search projects in the College of Medicine. This experience        aspects acquired in the core courses of the program. Dur-
is designed to provide candidates with opportunities to use        ing the latter part of their training the students will be ex-
their academic training and work experience in defining            pected to take major responsibility for some project, includ-
research problems, formulating rational methods of in-             ing the presentation of the final report for this project.
quiry, and gathering, analyzing, and interpreting data. The
Medical Biostatistics research activities cover the full range     COURSES OFFERED
of studies that take place within an academic medicine en-
                                                                   200 Medical Biostatistics and Epidemiology. Introductory
vironment. These include population-based health surveys
                                                                   design and analysis of medical studies. Epidemiological
of various types and evaluations of health promotion pro-
                                                                   concepts, case-control and cohort studies. Clinical trials.
grams and professional education activities, such as com-          Students evaluate statistical aspects of published health sci-
munity intervention studies to prevent adolescent smoking,         ence studies. Prerequisite: Statistics 141 or 143 or 211. Three
to enable women to quit smoking, and to promote breast             hours. Cross-listing: Statistics 200.
cancer screening. They also include clinical studies of dis-
ability due to low back pain, bioengineering experiment            201 Statistical Analysis via Computer. See Statistics 201.
design and measurement studies, and clinical trials for neu-       202 Population Dynamics. See Sociology 202.
rologic diseases, as well as data from other preclinical, clini-
cal, and epidemiologic studies. Emphasis is placed on learn-       211,221 Statistical Methods I and II. See Statistics 211,
ing to perform computerized data analysis as the statistician      221.
in a research team.                                                223 Applied Multivariate Analysis. See Statistics 223.
Opportunities are also available for biostatistical and bio-       224 Statistics for Quality and Productivity. See Statistics 224.
metrical research related to problems in agriculture and
                                                                   225 Applied Regression Analysis. See Statistics 225.
the life sciences, as well as natural resources. Collaborating
faculty in these areas are available to provide consulting or      229 Survival Analysis. See Statistics 229.
research experiences. Opportunities include multivariate           231 Experimental Design. See Statistics 231.
or spatial data analyses for ongoing wildlife and water qual-
ity studies. (See also Statistics Program description.)            233 Surveys Sampling. See Statistics 233.
                                                                   235 Categorical Data Analysis. See Statistics 235.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO GRADUATE
STUDIES AND ADVANCEMENT TO CANDIDACY                               237 Nonparametric Statistical Methods. See Statistics 237.
FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF SCIENCE                                241 Statistical Inference. See Statistics 241.
An undergraduate major which provides a foundation for             253 Applied Time Series and Forecasting. See Statistics 253.
the application of statistical methodology and concepts to
                                                                   254 Sociology of Health and Medicine. See Sociology 254.
health and biomedical or agriculture/natural resource
problems. For example, premedicine majors who have de-             261, 262 Statistical Theory I, II. See Statistics 261,262.
layed their application to medical school will be well suited      308 Applied Biostatistics. Intensive introduction to the
for the program. It is anticipated that candidates will have       rationale for and application of biostatistical methods in
completed three semesters of calculus and a course includ-         planning experiments and interpreting data in the biologi-
ing matrix algebra methods. However, provisional admis-            cal, health and life sciences. Five hours. Cross-listings:
sion to the program can be given prior to the completion           Molecular Physiology and Biophysics 308, Statistics 308.
of these requirements. Computer experience is desirable.
The Graduate Record Examination is strongly advised and            321,323,324,325,329 Seminars in Advanced Statistics. See
is required of any applicant who wishes to be considered           Statistics 321, 323, 324, 325, 329.
for a teaching fellowship or research assistantship. Current       352 Modeling and Estimation of Animal Populations. See
undergraduate students at The University of Vermont                Wildlife and Fisheries Biology 352. Four hours. Cross-
should contact the program director for details on the Ac-         listing: Statistics 352.
celerated Master’s Program.
                                                                   381 Statistical Research. See Statistics 381.
MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE                                385 Consulting Practicum. See Statistics 385.
DEGREE OF MASTER OF SCIENCE
                                                                   391 Master’s Thesis Research. Credit as arranged.
Plan A: (Thesis) A 30-hour degree program which includes
24 semester hours of approved course work, with at least 21        395 Advanced Topics in Biostatistics. See Statistics 395.
hours in Biostatistics/Statistics courses. This must include
Biostatistics 200, 221, 223, 231, 241 or 261, 321, 323, other
                                                                                                                   BOTANY   | 43

Botany (BOT)                                                         earth science; and (3) ecology, the course selection to be
                                                                     determined by the student’s studies committee. Enrollment
                                                                     in the Field Naturalist Practicum (Botany 311) each semes-
Professors Barrington (Chairperson), Ullrich, Worley; Associate      ter; oral comprehensive examination the fourth semester;
Professors Hoffmann, Hughes, Tierney; Research Associate Pro-        written field research project (Botany 392) at the end of
fessor Lintilhac; Research Assistant Professors Perkins, Stratton,   the fourth semester.
Wei; Assistant Professors Harris, Molofsky; Lecturers Olivetti,
Paris.                                                               REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO
The Department is near the end of a major revision of its graduate   GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF
programs. Please contact the Department for further information.     MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING
The Botany Department has ongoing research programs                  The Department offers a program leading to the degree
in: ecology and evolution including physiological ecology of         of Master of Arts in Teaching (see page 21). Satisfactory
aquatic plants, effects of acid depositions on forest ecosys-        scores on the Graduate Record Examination general (ap-
tems, physiological ecology of acid depositions, systemat-           titude) section are requirements for acceptance for this
ics and evolution of vascular plants, biogeography; physiol-         degree.
ogy including morphogenesis and developmental biology
of embryonic plant systems, mineral nutrition, growth and            REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO
development, translocation, cellular electrophysiology,              GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF
membrane function, amino acid transport, aluminum ef-                MASTER OF SCIENCE FOR TEACHERS (BIOLOGY)
fects on cell membranes; and cell and molecular biology in-          A bachelor’s degree from an accredited institution and
cluding molecular genetics; recombinant DNA of fungi                 certification as a teacher of biology or an associated field.
and plant molecular development.                                     At least three years of secondary school teaching. Satisfac-
The Botany Department participates actively in the Cell              tory scores on the Graduate Record Examinations general
and Molecular Biology Program which provides opportu-                (aptitude) section.
nities for interdisciplinary research with other life science
departments.                                                         MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE
The Botany Department offers a multidisciplinary non-                M.S.T. (BIOLOGY)
thesis program leading to the degree of Master of Science,           Thirty hours of course work to include a selection of courses
Field Naturalist Option. Enrollment is limited to a small            in the Departments of Botany and Biology which will
number of mature, highly talented individuals who have               broaden and balance the undergraduate work in biology. At
demonstrated sustained interest in field aspects of the              least two 200-level courses in each department. Courses in
natural sciences. The program is designed to provide stu-            four of the five following areas: anatomy; morphology and
dents with: (1) a solid grounding in field-related sciences;         systematics; genetics; developmental biology; and environ-
(2) the ability to integrate scientific disciplines into a co-       mental biology. Up to 12 hours of 100-level courses may be
herent whole at the landscape level; (3) the ability to              used for the above requirement where approved by the advi-
evaluate sites from a number of perspectives and/or crite-           sor and the Dean. Appropriate courses in related science de-
ria; (4) the ability to translate scientific insights into eco-      partments may be used to complete the required 30 hours.
logically sound decisions; and (5) the ability to communi-           No thesis is required; however, each degree recipient must
cate effectively to a wide range of audiences.                       complete a written and oral examination.

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO                                        REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO
GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF                                   GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF
MASTER OF SCIENCE                                                    DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
The equivalent of a UVM major or minor in a natural or               The equivalent of a UVM major or minor in a natural or
physical science. Satisfactory scores on the Verbal and Math         physical science. Satisfactory scores on the Verbal and Math
sections of the Graduate Record Examination.                         sections of the Graduate Record Examination.

MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS                                          REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO
A total of 30 credits of course work and thesis research. A          CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF
minimum of 15 credits of course work should be in botany,            DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
other natural sciences, and supporting fields, and at least          Completion of one academic year in graduate study at The
nine credits should be in thesis research.                           University of Vermont; completion of any language re-
                                                                     quired by the student’s studies committee. The candidate
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO                                        must demonstrate ability to comprehend the contents of
GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF                                   articles in the biological sciences in a modern foreign lan-
MASTER OF SCIENCE, FIELD NATURALIST OPTION                           guage appropriate to the student specialty and approved by
An undergraduate or graduate degree in earth or life sci-            the Studies Committee.
ences is expected; additionally, a demonstrated commit-
ment to field sciences (e.g., participation in environmental         MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
and conservation organizations, workshops, field trips, re-          A total of 75 credits of course work and dissertation re-
search); strong scores on the Graduate Record Examina-               search. A minimum of 40 credits of course work should be
tion. A subject (advanced) test in biology or geology is ad-         in botany, other natural sciences and supporting fields, and
vised for students who lack an undergraduate degree in               at least 20 credits should be in dissertation research. In ad-
natural sciences. Recent college graduates are encouraged            dition, each candidate must participate in six semester
to pursue interests outside academe before application to            hours of supervised teaching.
the Field Naturalist program.
                                                                     COURSES OFFERED
MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS                                          205 Mineral Nutrition of Plants. Role of essential ele-
Thirty credit hours of courses to include at least two               ments for plant growth including classical and modern ap-
courses in each of three core areas: (1) life science; (2)           proaches to the study of ion availability and transport. Pre-
44 |   BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

requisite: 104 or equivalent. Three hours. Olivetti. Alternate    plied to the systematics, breeding, and gene engineering of
years, 2000-01.                                                   higher plants. Prerequisite: 132 or Biology 101 or equivalent.
209 Biology of Ferns. Evolutionary biology; a survey of           Three hours.
New England ferns and their phylogenetic relationships;           257 Physiology of the Plant Cell. Detailed study of photo-
current research emphasizing morphological, biogeogra-            synthesis, plant cell membrane function, and plant cell
phical, genetic, and phytochemical aspects of speciation.         growth. Prerequisites: 104; Chemistry 141, 142 or Chemistry
Prerequisites: 108; 132 or 101 recommended or equivalent.         42; Physics 11, 12 or 31, 42 or equivalents. Four hours. Alter-
Three hours. Barrington. Alternate years, 2001-2002.              nate years.
213 Plant Communities. Plant sociology; structure and or-         258 Biology of the Fungi. Taxonomy, genetics, physiology,
ganization of the plant community; sampling methods and           ecology, and economic importance of the fungi. Representa-
analysis of data; climatic and edaphic factors; field work.       tives of each major group are explored with respect to the
Prerequisite: 109 or permission. Three hours.                     above. Includes microbiological technique and laboratory
223 Fundamentals of Field Science. Pattern and process            culture of the fungi. Prerequisites: 101 or 104 or 132 or permis-
in natural systems. Weekly discussions of unifying questions      sion. Four hours. Ullrich. Alternate years.
in science with field labs teaching sampling and analysis of      261 Plant Growth and Development. Theoretical and ex-
vegetation, soils, and animals. Prerequisites: Permission.        perimental approaches to vegetative and reproductive
Three hours. Hughes.                                              merphogenesis in plants. Biophysics and biomechanics of
226 Environmental Problem Solving. Students negotiate a           cell and organ growth. Pattern formation, meristem struc-
contract, work as a team, and map and inventory forested          ture, and phyllotaxies. Prerequisites: 104, 108, or permission.
natural areas as they apply problem solving skills to Ver-        Four hours. Lintilhac. Alternate years, 2000-01.
mont environmental project. Prerequisites: Instructor permis-     281 Botany Seminar. Presentations of personal research by
sion. One to three hours.                                         faculty, graduate students, and outside guest speakers. Atten-
229 Water Relations of Plants. See Forestry 229.                  dance required of botany graduate students and seniors in
                                                                  botanical research programs. Without credit.
232 Botany Field Trip. Trips to selected environments
outside Vermont. Led by several faculty members repre-            295 Special Topics. For advanced students within areas of
senting different fields of Botany. Overall, integrated ap-       expertise of faculty and staff. Aspects. of ecology, physiology,
proach to ecology, structure, and function. One hour.             genetics, cytology, bryology, pteridology, paleobotany, photo-
Costa Rica, January 2001, 2003.                                   biology, membrane physiology, cell biology. Prerequisite: Per-
                                                                  mission. Credit as arranged.
234 Ecology of Freshwater Algae. Environmental factors
influencing distribution and seasonal succession; quantita-       301 Cell and Molecular Biology. Advanced survey of cell or-
tive methods for estimating standing crop productivity;           ganelles, their composition, origin, and the relationship be-
kinetics of algal growth; competitive and synergistic interac-    tween their structure and function. Emphasis on recent lit-
tions. Prerequisite: 160 or Biology 102 or equivalent. Three      erature and current controversies. Prerequisites: Chemistry
hours. Alternate years, 2000-2001.                                142, graduate standing in biology or permission. Three
                                                                  hours. Cross-listing: Cell and Molecular Biology 301.
241 Tropical Plant Systematics. Principles and methods of
angiosperm phylogeny. Recent systematic and evolutionary          311 Field Naturalist Practicum. Landscape analysis; plan-
research on flowering plants; survey of tropical flowering        ning and designing field projects; integrated problem solv-
plant families. Student presentations on recent research.         ing. Prerequisites: Enrollment in the Field Naturalist program.
Prerequisite: 109 or equivalent. Four hours. Barrington. Al-      Variable hours up to three.
ternate years, 2000-2001.                                         381 Selected Problems in Modern Botany. Subject matter
250 Microtechnique. Theory and practice in the prepara-           varies. Topics will stress current graduate student and staff
tion of biological materials for anatomical and cytological       research interests in a journal review or presentation-discus-
study, including histochemistry and photomicrography. Pre-        sion format. Prerequisite: Permission. One to three hours.
requisites: Introductory chemistry; some knowledge of             391 Master’s Thesis Research. Credit as arranged.
organic chemistry, anatomy, or cytology is desirable. Three       392 Master’s Project Research. Credit as arranged.
hours. Alternate years.
                                                                  491 Doctoral Dissertation Research. Credit as arranged.
251 Principles of Light Microscopy. Introduction to the
optics, construction and care of the light microscope. The-
ory of phase and interference contrast, fluorescence, and
video methods. Prerequisites: One year of Physics (six cred-      Business Administration (BSAD)
its), or permission. Alternate years. One hour. Lintilhac.        Professors Brandenburg, Grinnell, Gurdon, Hunt, Savitt,
252 Molecular Genetics: Regulation of Gene Expression in          Shirland, Sinkula; Associate Professors Averyt, Baker, Cats-Baril,
Eukaryotes. How cells control the flow of genetic informa-        Dempsey, Gatti, Jesse, Kraushaar, McIntosh, Noordewier, Parke,
tion from gene into active gene product. Distinction between      Tashman; Assistant Professors Battelle, Harrison, Ramagopal,
quiescent and active genes, mechanisms of genetic commu-          Ratnasingam.
nication/regulation. Prerequisites: Biology 101 or Agricultural   Management is the art of applying principles of the mathe-
Biochemistry 201 or Biochemistry 301, or equivalent; others       matical and social sciences to decision making in an organ-
by permission. Cross-listing: Biology 252, Cell and Molecular     izational environment characterized by uncertainty and
Biology 252. Three hours. Ullrich. Alternate years.               limited resources. The program is designed (1) to develop
254 Genetics of Fungi. Understanding the classical and            the individual’s ability to practice the art and (2) to build a
molecular genetics of fungi with respect to their contribu-       foundation that will facilitate and encourage the continu-
tion in agriculture, basic genetics, biotechnological industry,   ation of this development beyond a formal university set-
recombinant DNA and gene expression. Prerequisites: Biology       ting. Courses in the program emphasize the understanding
101 or Agricultural Biochemistry 201 or Biochemistry 301, or      and critical evaluation of conceptual and theoretical prin-
equivalents; others by permission. Cross-listing: Cell and Mo-    ciples relevant to the decision process in the functional
lecular Biology 254. Three hours. Ullrich. Alternate years.       areas of business.
256 Advanced Plant Genetics. Review of major topics in            Upon completion of the program, students will have been
higher plant genetics and cytogenetics. Designed to be ap-        exposed to each functional area, will have been required to
                                                                                           BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION      | 45
demonstrate an ability to engage in individual and group       II. Electives: Nine hours of graduate business courses
research projects, and will have demonstrated capacity to      III. BSAD 396 Business Policy
present coherently and defend their views orally and in
writing.                                                       A normal course load for full-time students is 12 hours per
                                                               semester. Part-time students typically take six hours per se-
The MBA program is accredited by AACSB – International
                                                               mester. Substantially all Core courses must be completed
Association for Management Education.
                                                               before enrollment in Advanced courses. Business Policy will
                                                               be taken during the student’s last semester in the MBA pro-
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO
                                                               gram. Successful completion of the BSAD 396 course will
GRADUATE STUDIES AND FOR ADVANCEMENT
                                                               be considered as fulfilling the Graduate College require-
TO CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF
                                                               ment that all master’s degree students pass a comprehen-
MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
                                                               sive examination in their field of specialization.
The MBA program consists of Prerequisite (basic skills),
Core, and Advanced (beyond the core) courses. A student        Students who have received undergraduate degrees in busi-
can be admitted to the Graduate College before comple-         ness within the past five years from schools accredited by
tion of Prerequisite courses, but all prerequisites must be    the AACSB are allowed to waive the Core courses and may
completed before the student is admitted to candidacy for      complete the program in one year by taking 15 hours of
the MBA degree.                                                course work per semester. Other students with academic
                                                               experience covering material in particular Core courses
All applicants must meet the general requirements for ad-      may waive such courses upon successful completion of
mission to the Graduate College. In addition to transcripts    qualifying examinations.
of prior undergraduate and graduate work, the applicant is
                                                               Course Sequencing
required to submit scores on the Graduate Management
Admissions Test. Students are selected for admission based     For full-time students needing to complete all Core (18
on high promise of academic achievement in the MBA pro-        hour) and Advanced (30 hours) courses, the usual
gram. That promise will be judged by previous academic         sequencing of courses is as follows:
work, GMAT scores, relevant work experience, writing abil-                               First Year
ity, and recommendations.                                           Fall Semester                   Spring Semester
                                                                     BSAD 305                           BSAD 308
MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS                                          BSAD 306                           BSAD 309
Students must complete all of the courses listed. Each Pre-          BSAD 307                   2 Functional Area Courses
requisite course normally will be satisfied by completion of         BSAD 340
an appropriate three hour undergraduate level course.                                Second Year
Computer usage skill may be demonstrated by appropriate            Fall Semester                 Spring Semester
experience. Prerequisite courses must be completed before      2 Functional Area Courses    2 Functional Area Courses
enrollment in Core courses. Enrollment in Advanced               2 Elective Courses              Elective Course
courses is restricted to students who have completed the                                            BSAD 396
appropriate Core course in that functional area.
                                                               For full-time students needing to complete only the
                    Prerequisite Courses                       Advanced (30 hours) courses, a typical course sequencing
                                                               is as follows:
1. Macroeconomic Principles*
2. Microeconomic Principles*                                       Fall Semester                    Spring Semester
3. Differential Calculus
4. Computer Usage                                              3 Functional Area Courses        3 Functional Area Courses
5. Statistics                                                    2 Elective Courses                  Elective Course
*BSAD 302 may be taken to fulfill both the Macroeconom-                                                 BSAD 396
ics and Microeconomics prerequisites.                          As an alternative, some students may choose to complete
                                                               two Advanced courses during the summer session (if avail-
               Core Courses (18 hours)                         able, since summer offerings are limited) in order to re-
1. BSAD 305 Fundamentals of Marketing Management               duce their regular semester program to 12 hours.
2. BSAD 306 Fundamentals of Accounting
3. BSAD 307 Organization and Management Studies                COURSES OFFERED
4. BSAD 308 Corporate Finance
5. BSAD 309 Fundamentals of Legal Environment of               222 Human Resource Management. Critical examination
   Business                                                    of contemporary problems, controversies in personnel ad-
6. BSAD 340 Production and Operations Management               ministration. Current issues, topics (affirmative action, dis-
                                                               crimination in employment) covered with more traditional
                Advanced Courses (30 hours)                    topics of wage and salary administration, etc. Prerequisites:
   (Of the 30 hours in this category, at least 24 must be in   MBA standing, 307. Three hours.
                      300-level courses)                       226 Current Issues in Management and Organizational
I. Functional Area Courses (one selected from each area):      Theory. Subjects may include training and development,
   1. Accounting and Finance (BSAD 260, 263, 266, 267,         selection and recruitment, and affirmative action. Prerequi-
      282, 285, 360, 365, 380, Special Topics)                 site: 120. One to three hours.
   2. Economic and Political Environment (BSAD 234, 337,
      Special Topics)                                          234 Canadian-U.S. Business Relations. A study of the Ca-
   3. Human Resources Management (BSAD 222, 226, 331,          nadian-U.S. bilateral relationship as it affects international
      375, 376, 379, Special Topics)                           business, emphasizing trade, investment, energy, and in-
   4. Marketing (BSAD 251, 252, 258, 352, Special Topics)      dustrial development policies. Prerequisites: Economics 11,
   5. Management Information Systems (BSAD 345, 347,           12. Three hours.
      Special Topics)                                          251 Marketing Research. The role of research in a mar-
   6. Production and Operations Management and                 keting information framework. Emphasis on survey re-
      Quantitative Methods (BSAD 270, 293, 341, 346,           search, data collection, and analysis. Experimental designs
      Special Topics)                                          also examined. Prerequisites: 150, Statistics 141. Three hours.
46 |   BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

252 Marketing Research Practicum. Market research field              and development of corporate marketing strategy. Prereq-
project. Students design survey instruments, collect and             uisite: MBA standing. Three hours.
analyze data, and present results to clients in a business en-       306 Fundamentals of Accounting. Introduction to basic
vironment. Prerequisite: 251. Three hours.                           concepts, assumptions, conventions providing foundation
258 International Market Analysis. Cultural, economic,               for developing financial statements. Analysis, interpretation
historic, and political factors affecting the analysis of for-       of the income statement, balance sheet, statement of
eign markets. Focuses on the processes by which market               changes in financial position. Prerequisite: MBA standing.
entry decisions are developed and implemented. Prerequi-             Three hours.
sites: Graduate standing; BSAD 150 or permission of instruc-         307 Organization and Management Studies. A survey
tor. Three hours.                                                    course of the principles of management and organization
260 Financial Statement Analysis. A study of the concepts            behavior. The fundamentals of planning, organizing, lead-
and techniques underlying corporate financial statement              ing, staffing, and controlling are covered. Particular atten-
analysis, with an emphasis on business equity valuation. Pre-        tion is given to organization theory and behavior, including
requisites: BSAD 180 or 308. Three hours.                            topics such as motivation, group behavior and decision
263 Accounting and the Environment. An examination of                making. All areas are covered in an international context.
the critical role of accounting in implementing and assess-          Prerequisite: MBA standing. Three hours.
ing the firm’s environmental strategy. A variety of account-         308 Corporate Finance. An introduction to financial deci-
ing issues are addressed through readings and case studies.          sion making in the firm. Decisions related to acquisition
Prerequisites: BSAD 61 or 65 or concurrent enrollment in             and allocation of funds are examined and practiced
308. Three hours.                                                    through cases and problems. Prerequisites: MBA standing,
266 Advanced Accounting. Accounting for partnerships,                306. Three hours.
special sales contracts, parent-subsidiary relationships, fidu-      309 Fundamentals of Legal Environment of Business. Gen-
ciary relationships, and governmental units. Prerequisite:           eral overview of areas of interaction between businesses and
162. Three hours.                                                    governments. Examination of governmental policy toward
267 Auditing. Independent and internal auditing. Topics              business and review of laws governing business-government
include standards, ethics, and legal responsibilities of the         interactions. Prerequisite: MBA standing. Three hours.
profession, financial statements, audit concepts, and tech-          331 Health Care Management. Addresses changing chal-
niques, and the audit option. Prerequisite: 162. Three hours.        lenges confronted by managers in health services delivery
270 Quantitative Analysis for Managerial Decisions. Con-             organizations. Examines applications and limitations of
cepts and models of operations research as applied to the            management concepts and processes in the health care
business environment. Emphasis on modeling and using so-             context. Prerequisite: MBA standing. Three hours. Cross-
lution results for managerial decision making. Extensive             listing: PA 312.
computer use required. Prerequisites: MBA standing, 304.             337 International Trade and Investment Policy. Examina-
Three hours.                                                         tion of international trade rules of the GATT and the pend-
282 Security Valuation and Portfolio Management. Ex-                 ing World Trade Organization; analysis of the impact on
amination of the investment decision process. Specific top-          domestic and international firms. Prerequisites: MBA stand-
ics include operations of equity securities markets, market          ing, 309. Three hours.
efficiency, capital asset pricing model, and portfolio man-          340 Production and Operations Management. Study of
agement. Prerequisites: MBA standing, 308. Three hours.              the operations function in manufacturing and service or-
285 Options and Futures. Presents institutional arrange-             ganizations. Design, planning, and control are examined,
ments for trading of options, futures, and swaps. Examines           with emphasis on managerial analysis and decision making.
the logic and uses of these instruments, and develops mod-           Prerequisite: One course in statistics. Three hours.
els for establishing fair market value. Prerequisites or co-requi-   341 Forecasting. Modern forecasting methods and prac-
sites: 181 and 184 or 308. Three hours.                              tices including smoothing, regression, econometric and
293 Integrated Product Development. Project-based                    Box-Jenkins models; combining forecasts and forecasting
course focusing on the entire product life cycle. Team               simulations. Professional software used for developing fore-
dynamics, process and product design, quality, materi-               casts. Prerequisite: MBA standing. One course in statistics or
als, management, and environmentally conscious manu-                 research methods. Three hours.
facturing. Prerequisite: Graduate standing. Three hours.             345 Management Information Systems. An introduction
Cross-listings: ME 265, Stat. 265.                                   to the design and implementation of management informa-
295 Special Topics. Advanced courses on topics be-                   tion systems. A theoretical framework is developed and ap-
yond the scope of existing departmental offerings. See               plied by students to an information system. Prerequisite:
Schedule of Courses for specific titles and prerequisites.           MBA standing. Three hours.
One to three hours.                                                  346 Decision-Making Models. Application of decision-
302 Business Economics. An introduction to the prin-                 making models to administrative problems. Structuring de-
ciples of economics as relevant to business decision-making.         cisions through decision trees, making choices, assessing
The use of various analytical tools are stressed through             risk, resolving conflicting objectives and overcoming orga-
their application in solving a variety of managerial prob-           nizational impediments. Prerequisites: One course in statis-
lems. Prerequisites: MBA standing or permission of MBA Pro-          tics. Three hours. Cross-listing: Public Administration 308.
gram Director. Three hours.                                          347 Analysis of Decision Support Systems. Normative
304 Managerial Economics. Application of economic,                   guidelines to design, implement, and evaluate information
mathematical, and statistical models to managerial decision          systems that support unstructured managerial tasks. The
making. Emphasis given to optimization techniques,                   guidelines are developed by analyzing information distor-
spreadsheet analyses, decision trees, and cost/benefit analy-        tion in organizations. Prerequisites: MBA standing, 307, 345.
sis. Prerequisites: MBA standing. Three hours.                       Three hours.
305 Fundamentals of Marketing Management. Acceler-                   352 Business to Business Marketing. Exploration and
ated course on marketing principles and theory. Analytical           analysis of the marketing of goods and services to organiza-
approach to study of product pricing strategies; distribu-           tions. Topics include organizational buying, market seg-
tion, communication, and promotion; consumer behavior                mentation, positioning, pricing, communication, physical
                                                                                         CELL AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY      | 47
distribution and customer services, and sales management.        An interdisciplinary program leading to M.S. and Ph.D.
Prerequisites: MBA standing, 305. Three hours.                   degrees in Cell and Molecular Biology is offered under
359 Marketing Policy. Concepts from quantitative meth-           the direction of a committee composed of faculty mem-
ods, economics, behavioral sciences applied to marketing         bers drawn from the participating departments. The pro-
management. Includes: marketing opportunities, organiz-          gram provides the flexibility necessary for students to gain
ing for marketing, planning marketing programs, control          competence in the area of their choice. The extensive
of marketing effort. Case book method. Prerequisites: MBA        research facilities of the participating departments are avail-
standing, 305. Three hours.                                      able to all graduate students enrolled in the program.
                                                                 Inquiries should be directed to the Cell and Molecular
360 Contemporary Financial Accounting and Reporting.             Biology Program Director, Anne Huot, Department of Bio-
Current financial accounting, reporting practices; focus on      medical Technology.
contemporary issues, problems. Impact of pronouncements
of Accounting Principles Board, Financial Accounting Stan-       Research includes: (Albertini) human somatic-cell genetic
dards Board, Securities and Exchange Commission, and             mutations, histocompatibility genetics (Bateman) mecha-
other bodies. Prerequisites: MBA standing, 306. Three hours.     nism of eukaryotic transcription initiation; (Berger) protein
                                                                 structural dynamics during muscle contraction; (Bond)
365 Management Accounting. Study of development, utili-
                                                                 computational studies of protein structure and evolution;
zation of accounting information for product costing and
                                                                 (Braas) molecular mechanisms regulating neuroendocrine
pricing purposes, for routine planning and control of or-
                                                                 hormone expression and function; (Budd) T-lymphocyte
ganizational activities, for decision-making purposes. Prereq-
                                                                 signal transduction and development in normal and Fas-lpr
uisites: MBA standing, 306. Three hours.
                                                                 autoimmune mice; (Burke) structure, function and applica-
375 Organization Theory. Organization theories exam-             tions of ribozymes; (Chiu) regulation of gene expression in
ined for insights into behaviors of organizations and their      developing and neoplastic tissues; (Chu) structure and pro-
members. Open systems perspective. Identification of con-        tein dynamics of heme proteins and hon-heme diiron pro-
tingencies in organization design based on human, struc-         teins; (Conn) genetics of human plasmodium transmitting
tural, technological, environmental variables. Prerequisites     anopheline mosquitoes; (Cornbrooks) nervous system de-
MBA standing, 307. Three hours.                                  velopment and regeneration; (Currier) cell-cell interac-
376 The Management of Change in Organizations. Ap-               tions in plant-microbe symbiosis (Cutroneo) regulation of
plied behavioral science perspective adopted to identify         collagen gene expression; (Doublie) crystallographic and
conceptual issues, develop diagnostic skills, examine alter-     biochemical studies of proteins involved in mRNA process-
native intervention strategies relevant to accomplishment of     ing and editing; (Everse) structure/function determination
planned changes in organizational systems. Prerequisites:        of proteins (especially blood coagulation) by x-ray crystallo-
MBA standing, 307. Three hours.                                  graphic methods; (Finette) mechanisms and clinical impor-
379 Strategic Management. Case studies of existing or-           tance of somatic mutations in children; (Fives-Taylor) cross
ganizations are used to illustrate the intellectual, social      signalling between bacterial cells and host cells;
processes of adaptation to a changing environment; strat-        (Francklyn) protein-nucleic acid recognition; structure and
egy formulation, implementation. Not offered every year.         function of RNA and RNA binding proteins especially
Prerequisites: MBA standing, completion of First-Year            aminoacyl-tRNA synthetases; (Gilmartin) regulation of
courses. Three hours.                                            mRNA processing in HIV-1, biochemistry of eukaryotic
                                                                 transcription termination; (Haeberle) molecular regulation
380 Managerial Finance. Focus on key financial decisions         of cell motility and muscle contraction; (Hart) metal toxic-
that affect the value of the firms. Topics: capital structure,   ity in the lung, pulmonary tolerance to pollutants; (Heintz)
leasing, mergers and acquisitions, capital market theories       protein - DNA interactions at eucaryotic origins of replica-
and evidence. Prerequisites: MBA standing, 308. Three hours.
                                                                 tion; eukaryotic cell cycle; (Huber) immune mechanisms of
394 Independent Readings and Research. Allows a stu-             tissue damage in viral infections; (Huot) cellular interac-
dent to pursue independent research under the direction          tions involved in regulation of growth; (Jaken) signal trans-
of a faculty member. Normally, the course will include a re-     duction through protein kinase C; (Janssen-Heininger) oxi-
search paper. Prerequisites: MBA standing, permission of the     dant-induced signalling in lung epithelium relevant to
Graduate Studies Committee. One to three hours.                  asthma; (Johnson) control of cellular morphogenesis dur-
395 Special Topics. Topics and material that may develop         ing the yeast cell cycle, role of low-molecular-weight GTP-
later into a regular course offering; in addition, it may in-    binding proteins in cell polarity; (Koh) molecular mecha-
clude topics and material offered only once. Prerequisites:      nisms of tumor suppressor gene function, mammalian cell
MBA standing, permission of the Graduate Studies Com-            cycle regulatory mechanisms; (Krag) translational research
mittee. One to three hours.                                      (deliver from lab to patient) on developing targeted thera-
                                                                 peutics for cancer patients; (Kurjan) cell-cell interactions
396 Business Policy. A case course focusing on the resolu-
                                                                 involved in yeast mating; (Lidofsky) liver cell signalling
tion of complex cases involving simultaneous solutions of
                                                                 membrane transport mechanisms of liver failure;
problems in two or more functional areas. Prerequisites:
                                                                 (Lounsbury) molecular regulation of calcium and growth
MBA standing; last semester of study. Three hours.
                                                                 factor signaling pathways, nuclear transport, and gene tran-
                                                                 scription; (Maughan) molecular mechanisms of muscle
                                                                 contraction and metabolism in Dropsophila; (May) regula-
                                                                 tion of neuropeptide expression and neurotransmitter phe-
Cell and Molecular Biology                                       notype, molecular endocrinology; (Melamede) in vitro pro-
(Interdisciplinary)                                              duction of antibodies using phage display systems in E. coli;
                                                                 (Mitchell) cytoskeletal protein metabolism and smooth
                                                                 muscle cell differentiation; (Morrical) enzymology of DNA
Participating faculty are from the following departments:        replication, recombination, and repair; (Mossman) car-
Agricultural Biochemistry; Anatomy and Neurobiology; Ani-        cinogenesis of tracheobronchial tree, pulmonary fibrosis;
mal and Food Science; Biochemistry; Biology; Biomedical          (Murakami) regulation of protein kinase C and its role in
Technology; Botany; Genetics; Medicine; Microbiology and         neuronal plasticity, differentiation and survival; (Nicklas)
Molecular Genetics; Molecular Physiology and Biophysics;         molecular analysis of mutations occurring in vivo in hu-
Obstetrics and Gynecology; Pathology; Pediatrics; Pharma-        mans exposed to genotoxicants; (Novotny) molecular ge-
cology; Physics; and Surgery.                                    netics of development in fungi; (Osol) vascular smooth
48 |   CHEMISTRY

muscle and endothelial cells regulation of diameter of resis-     techniques course approved by the Studies Committee; a
tance arteries during pregnancy and chronic hypertension;         minimum of 11 additional hours of course work. Studies
(Parsons) synaptic physiology/pharmacology, transmitter           Committee will advise course selection. Dissertation re-
actions, motor end plate, autonomic neurons; (Patlak)             search, minimum 20 credits. All students must demonstrate
structure-function studies of single ion channels;                satisfactory progress: finish minimum course work within
(Pederson) assembly and function of transcription and rep-        three years; finish cumulative exam within prescribed time
lication initiation complexes in yeast; (Rincón) signal trans-    limits; participate in seminar program.
duction and gene transcription regulation during thymic           The expected sequence for all first year students in the fall
development and T cell activation; (Rould) x-ray crystallog-      is CLBI 301, biochemistry, CLBI 381, and CLBI 391 or 491;
raphy to understand and control protein-DNA recognition;          in the spring is CLBI 302, biochemistry, CLBI 381 and
(Schneider) genetics of signal transduction in Drosophila         CLBI 391 or 491. Additional courses or substitutions are of-
development; (Sobel) dysregulation of fibrinolytic system         fered with flexibility, but must have permission of the Pro-
protein expression and atherogenesis; (Stein) characteriza-       gram Director.
tion of bacterial virulence factors that facilitate replication
within host cells; (Stevens) cellular and molecular biology       COURSES OFFERED
of tissue damage by toxic chemicals and its repair; (Sun)
insulin signal transduction and the mechanism of insulin          295 Special Topics. Credit as arranged.
resistance; (Taatjes) glycosylation reactions in the Golgi ap-    301 Cell and Molecular Biology. Advanced survey of cell
paratus; (Tierney) plant molecular biology, plant develop-        organelles, their composition, origin, and the relationship
mental biology, cell wall structure; (Tracy) molecular char-      between their structure and function. Emphasis on recent
acterization of the cell-cell and cell-protein interactions       literature and current controversies. Prerequisites: Chemistry
regulating hemostasis and thrombosis; (Ullrich) molecular         142, graduate standing in biology or permission. Three
genetics of regulatory genes and development; (Van                hours. Cross-listing: Biology 301. Mitchell.
Houten) molecular genetics, biochemistry, physiology of
chemoreceptors, calcium and other second messengers;              302 Specialized Cells and Cell Processes. Current issues
(Vichi) signal transduction pathways involved in DNA re-          and research in the field of plant, invertebrate, mammalian
pair; (Vigoreaux) functional studies of muscle proteins in        cell, and molecular biology. Prerequisite: Cell Biology 301.
Drosophila; (Wallace) biological processing of oxidative          Three hours. Cross-listing: Biology 302. Schneider.
DNA lesions, molecular analysis of repair and mutagenesis         381 Seminar. One hour.
of oxidative DNA lesions; (Ward) mechanisms of host cell          391 Master’s Thesis Research. Credit as arranged.
invasion by Toxoplasma and Plasmodium; (Yandell)
mechanisms of inherited cancer predisposition.                    395 Special Topics. Credit as arranged.
                                                                  491 Doctoral Dissertation Research. Credit as arranged.

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO
GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF
MASTER OF SCIENCE AND FOR THE DEGREE OF                           Chemistry (CHEM)
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
Biology (three semesters, including genetics), chemistry          Professors Allen, Flanagan, Geiger (Chairperson), Kuehne,
through organic, mathematics through calculus, physics            Matthews, Strauss; Associate Professors Goldberg, Leenstra, Weltin;
(two semesters), physical chemistry. Satisfactory scores (60      Assistant Professors Friestad, Gordon, Landry, Madalengoitia,
percentile) on general (aptitude) Graduate Record Exami-          Petrucci.
nation. Students who do not have all of the courses listed        Current research in organic chemistry includes design and
but who have a good academic record will be considered            synthesis of peptide mimics, applications of molecular
for admission to the program. Deficiencies may be made up         diversity to catalyst design, syntheses of medicinally valuable
after matriculation.                                              natural products, studies of the stereochemistry of C-alkyla-
                                                                  tion of α-anions, decarboxylation of geminal diesters,
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO                                   biomimetic syntheses, preparation of benzomorphans and
CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF                                       their analogues which have chemotherapeutic potential,
MASTER OF SCIENCE                                                 synthesis and reactions of hybrid organic-inorganic poly-
Completion of any deficient admission requirements.               mers, mechanistic studies of organic chemical reactions,
                                                                  and development of novel synthetic methodologies.
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF                            Physical chemistry research projects include hydrogen ab-
MASTER OF SCIENCE                                                 sorption by metals, alloys, and intermetallic compounds
Thirty hours of graduate level credit including Cell Biology      with a view toward storage of hydrogen as a fuel, theoretical
301–302 and one course in each of the following areas:            studies of the electronic structure of chemical bonds in
genetics, biochemistry (one year); a techniques course ap-        small molecules using ab initio variation calculations, chemi-
proved by the Studies Committee; cell biology seminar             cal thermodynamics, statistical mechanical modeling of
once per year; thesis research.                                   chemical systems, and the use of various types of molecular
                                                                  spectroscopy, such as fluorescence, magnetic resonance,
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO                                   and IR/Raman, to address questions of structure, bonding,
CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF                                       and dynamics in chemical and biophysical systems.
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY                                              Research in inorganic chemistry includes investigations of
Completion of any deficient admission requirements in-            the syntheses, structure, and spectroscopic properties of
cluding one semester of physical chemistry equivalent to          main-group ring systems and polymers with an emphasis on
chemistry 160.                                                    phosphazenes and borazines, electrochemical control of the
                                                                  structure and reactivity of transition metal complexes, solid
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF                            state structure by x-ray diffraction, complexes of polydentate
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY                                              ligands, physical inorganic and organotransition metal
Cell Biology 301-302, one course in each of the three             chemistry. Additional research areas include materials chem-
following areas: genetics, biochemistry (one year), and           istry, solid state chemistry, mesoporous materials, biominer-
                                                                                                            CHEMISTRY   | 49
alization, and chemical vapor deposition.                      REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO
                                                               CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF
Research in analytical chemistry includes electrochemical      MASTER OF SCIENCE
studies of transition metal complexes and organometallic
complexes, electron spin resonance studies of materials in     The requirements for admission to candidacy for the
unusual oxidation states, novel reaction of reactive com-      Master of Science degree are: (1) proficiency in three
pounds generated electrochemically under high vacuum,          areas of chemistry evidenced by the biannual qualifying
studies of factors influencing heterogeneous electron          examinations or completion of designated courses at
transfer process in nonaqueous media, studies of transient,    this university; (2) one semester of residence; (3) at
imploding plasmas as solid sample atomizers for atomic         least 15 hours of formal course work including (a) six
spectroscopy, the development of instrumentation and           hours of graduate-level courses in the chemical field of
techniques suitable for elemental analysis of nonconduct-      specialization, (b) three hours of graduate-level chemis-
ing solid samples via atomic spectrometry, the development     try courses not in the area of concentration, and (c)
and use of analytical methods using stable isotopically la-    Chemistry 381 (Seminar), and (4) maintenance of an
beled tracers and kinetic models to answer questions of hu-    overall point-hour ratio of 3.00. Students studying in
man physiology and biochemistry, and the simultaneous          the Master of Science degree program are advised to
physical and chemical analysis of individual aerosol par-      take the cumulative examinations in their specialty.
ticles, leading to the rapid, on-line and in situ determina-
tion of the physico-chemical makeup of the aerosol.            MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF
                                                               MASTER OF SCIENCE
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO GRADUATE                         The above prerequisites for admission to candidacy must be
STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF                            supplemented in either of the following two ways:
SCIENCE FOR TEACHERS (PHYSICAL SCIENCES)
                                                               Plan A: Completion of 12 hours of Masters Thesis Research
An undergraduate major in an appropriate field. Satisfac-      (Chemistry 391) and submission of a satisfactory thesis; (2)
tory scores on the general (aptitude) Graduate Record Ex-      completion of at least 30 hours of graduate credit (courses
amination. Completion of at least one full year of teaching.   and Masters Thesis Research); and (3) one additional hour
                                                               of Chemistry 381 (Seminar).
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO
CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF                          Plan B: Completion of six hours of Independent Literature
SCIENCE FOR TEACHERS (PHYSICAL SCIENCES)                       Research Project (Chemistry 395); (2) completion of at
                                                               least 30 hours of graduate credit (courses and Literature
Successful completion of Physics 128, Chemistry 141 and        Research Project); and (3) one additional hour of Chemis-
162, and Mathematics 121, or their equivalents. (These         try 381 (Seminar).
courses may have been taken at the undergraduate level, as
part of this graduate program, or credit may be obtained by    M.S. students should decide at the beginning of their
transfer or examination.)                                      program whether they will pursue Option A or Option B
                                                               and inform the Department and Graduate College of their
A program is also offered leading to the degree of Master      decisions.
of Arts in Teaching (see page 21).
                                                               REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE                            GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF
OF MASTER OF SCIENCE FOR TEACHERS                              DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
(PHYSICAL SCIENCES)
                                                               An undergraduate major in an appropriate field. Satis-
The above prerequisites for admission to candidacy             factory scores on the Graduate Record Examination
must be supplemented by: (1) completion of 30 hours            general (aptitude) section for those requesting finan-
of credit, of which at least 18 must be in Physical Sci-       cial assistance.
ences Option (A) or (B) as described below. The re-
maining 12 credits may be chosen, with the consent of          REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO
the Joint Advisory Committee, from appropriate courses         CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF
above 100 in science, engineering, mathematics, and            DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
education (credit in education courses is limited to six
semester hours); (2) successful completion of a com-           It is expected that a student will ordinarily complete the fol-
prehensive examination administered by the Joint Advi-         lowing requirements for admission to candidacy by the end
sory Committee.                                                of the second year of residence: (1) at least 15 hours of re-
                                                               search (Chemistry 491); (2) satisfactory performance in the
Physical Sciences Option (A): Nine semester hours of           cumulative examinations in the specialty field; (3) demon-
Physics numbered 128 and above, Chemistry 131 and              stration of basic competence in four fields of chemistry
six semester hours of Chemistry chosen from Chemistry          (analytical, inorganic, organic, and physical) through the
161, 231, 201, 264, and 241. This option is primarily for      biannual qualifying examinations or completion of pre-
teachers of chemistry.                                         scribed courses at The University of Vermont; (4) three
Physical Sciences Option (B): nine semester hours of           hours of teaching; (5) one year of residence; (6) the follow-
Chemistry numbered 141 and above and nine hours of             ing courses are required: Chemistry 381 (two credits), three
Physics in courses numbered above 200. This option is          semester hours of credit of advanced level work in three of
primarily for teachers of physics.                             the following five areas: analytical chemistry, inorganic
                                                               chemistry, organic chemistry, physical chemistry, and re-
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO                                  lated science. The remainder of each student’s program
GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF                             will be determined by a departmental studies committee on
MASTER OF SCIENCE                                              the basis of qualifying examination performance, back-
                                                               ground, and research interests. In the normal course of
An undergraduate major in an appropriate field. Satis-         events a student should expect to devote much of the first
factory scores on the Graduate Record Examination              year to formal course work; (7) maintenance of an overall
general (aptitude) section for those requesting finan-         point-hour ratio of 3.25.
cial assistance.
50 |   CHEMISTRY

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF                            234 Organometallic Chemistry. Systematic survey of syn-
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY                                              theses, properties, structures, bonding, reactions of both
In addition to the above requirements a student must: (1)         main group and transition series organometallic com-
complete a doctoral research project, write an acceptable         pounds. Variation of structure and stability of metal-carbon
dissertation, and defend it; (2) present a total of 75 hours      bond throughout periodic system. Prerequisite: 231. Three
of credit in course work and dissertation research, and (3)       hours. Allen, Gordon, Landry.
make an oral and written presentation of an original re-          236 Physical Inorganic Chemistry. Fundamental physical
search proposal, Chemistry 388 (at least six months prior to      basis for spectroscopic techniques, other observable phe-
the submission of the dissertation).                              nomena important to inorganic chemistry. Topics: ligand
                                                                  field theory, magnetism, magnetic resonance, Mossbauer
COURSES OFFERED                                                   spectroscopy, optical activity. Prerequisites: 161, 231. Three
Prerequisites for all courses: as listed, or equivalent, or by    hours. Allen, Gordon, Landry.
permission of instructor.                                         237, 238 Special Topics in Inorganic Chemistry. Areas of
201 Advanced Chemistry Laboratory (1-6). Laboratory               current interest involving inorganic systems such as
and discussion only. Laboratory problems requiring mod-           bioinorganic, solid state and polymers with unusual proper-
ern analytical, physical, and inorganic synthetic techniques.     ties. Credit as arranged. Allen, Gordon, Landry.
Prerequisites: 146, 221, credit for or concurrent enrollment      241 Advanced Organic Chemistry. Stereochemistry, reactiv-
in 161 or 162. Three hours.                                       ity criteria, reaction mechanisms and synthetic methods are
202 Advanced Chemistry Laboratory (0-6). Laboratory               stressed. Reactive intermediates such as carbanions, carboca-
only. Laboratory problems requiring modern analytical,            tions, carbenes, and free radicals are used to systematize
physical, and inorganic synthetic techniques. Prerequisite:       mechanistic discussions. Prerequisites: 142 or 144, 162. Three
201. Two hours.                                                   hours. Friestad, Kuehne, Madalengoitia, Strauss.
204 Chemistry of Biomolecules. Introduction to chemis-            242 Advanced Organic Chemistry. Mechanistic considera-
try and structure of biological macromolecules; examina-          tions of reactions which include enolates, additions (such
tion of mechanisms of chemical processes in biological sys-       as cyloadditions, hydroborations, etc.), annelations, oxida-
tems including enzyme catalysis, biosynthesis, regulation,        tions, rearrangements, eliminations, and approaches to
and information transfer. Prerequisites: 142 or 144. Three        multistep syntheses. Prerequisites: 241. Three hours. Friestad,
credit hours.                                                     Kuehne, Madalengoitia.
214 Polymer Chemistry. Polymer size and weight distribu-          251 Physical Organic Chemistry. Structure-reactivity rela-
tion. Kinetic models for step polymerization, addition poly-      tionships, molecular properties and their interpretation.
merization, copolymerization. Physical properties, charac-        Methods and results of investigations of mechanisms of
terization of polymers in the solid state and in solution. Pre-   common organic reactions. Prerequisites: 142 or 144, 162.
requisites: 142 or 144, 162. Three hours. Allen.                  Three hours.
221 Instrumental Analysis. Systematic survey of modern            257, 258 Special Topics in Organic Chemistry. Ad-
methods of chemical analysis. Fundamental principles and          vanced level discussion of specific topics in organic chem-
applications of spectroscopy, electrochemistry, and separa-       istry of current interest such as photochemistry, carbenes,
tion techniques. Prerequisites: Credit for or concurrent          bioorganic chemistry, magnetic resonance, etc. Credit as ar-
enrollment in 161 or 162. Three hours. Geiger, Goldberg,          ranged. Friestad, Jewett, Kuehne, Madalengoitia, Strauss.
Petrucci.                                                         262 Chemical Thermodynamics. Systematic study of the
222 Advanced Analytical Chemistry. In-depth coverage of           application of thermodynamics to chemical problems. Con-
                                                                  cepts of statistical thermodynamics introduced. Prerequisites:
selected modern instrumental methods of chemical analy-
                                                                  161, 162. Three hours. Flanagan.
sis, emphasizing most recent developments in spectroscopy,
electrochemistry, and separation techniques. Prerequisite:        263 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics. General consid-
221. Three hours. Geiger, Goldberg, Petrucci.                     eration of quantum mechanics. Development of techniques
                                                                  pertinent to the application of quantum mechanics to
224 Chemical Separations. Theory and practice of chro-            chemical problems. Prerequisites: 161. Three hours. Weltin.
matographic separations. Emphasis on gas-liquid, liquid-
liquid, and liquid-solid chromatography. Prerequisite: 221.       264 Fundamentals of Spectroscopy. In-depth discussion
Three hours.                                                      of the theory of molecular states and transitions between
                                                                  them, with applications to electronic spectroscopy. Explicit
225 Electroanalytical Chemistry. Principles of modern             treatment of vibrations in molecules. Prerequisites: 161, Math
electrochemical analysis, mainly finite current methods —         121. Three hours. Leenstra.
voltammetry, polarography, chronoamperometry, cyclic
voltammetry, double layer theory, electron transfer kinetics.     265 Statistical Mechanics. Development of statistical me-
Three hours. Geiger.                                              chanics and its application to problems of chemical inter-
                                                                  est. Prerequisites: 161, 162; 263 recommended. Three hours.
226 Analytical Spectroscopy. Principles of optical spectro-       Flanagan.
scopic methods of analysis. Emphasis on theory and
                                                                  267, 268 Special Topics in Physical Chemistry. Advanced
practice of atomic spectroscopy and new molecular spectro-
                                                                  discussion of physical chemistry and chemical physics,
scopic methods. Prerequisite: 221. Three hours. Goldberg.
                                                                  group theory, solid state, molecular orbital theory, irrevers-
227, 228 Special Topics in Analytical Chemistry. Selected         ible thermodynamics, kinetics and mechanisms, solution
topics of current interest in the area of analytical chemistry.   theory, calculations, spectroscopy. Credit as arranged.
New techniques and methodologies, especially in chemical          Flanagan, Leenstra, Weltin.
instrumentation. Credit as arranged. Geiger, Goldberg,
                                                                  285, 286 Special Topics. Selected topics of an inter-
Matthews, Petrucci.
                                                                  disciplinary nature, designed particularly for advanced
231 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. Advanced group                  undergraduate chemistry majors. Possible subjects include
theory; electronic transitions in metal complexes and spec-       environmental chemistry, chemical technology, chemical
troscopic analysis; inorganic substitution and electron trans-    economics. Offered as occasions arise. Variable credit.
fer mechanisms; homogeneous and heterogeneous catalytic
                                                                  342 Natural Products — The Alkaloids. The major classes
processes; bioinorganic chemistry. Prerequisite: 131. Three
                                                                  of alkaloids surveyed from a biogenetic point of view. Clas-
hours. Allen, Gordon, Landry.
                                                                  sical and modern degradation methods, total syntheses and
                                                                                  CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING       | 51
biosynthetic incorporation of labeled compounds. Prerequi-           REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO
site: Credit or concurrent enrollment in 242. Three hours.           CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF
Alternate years. Kuehne.                                             MASTER OF SCIENCE
344 Natural Products — The Terpenes. The chemistry of                Specific course work may be required of those who lack a
mono, sesqui, di and triterpenes, including degradations,            sufficiently strong engineering background.
structure proofs, total syntheses, rearrangement reactions,
and biogenesis. Prerequisite: Credit or concurrent enroll-           MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
ment in 242. Three hours. Alternate years. Kuehne.                   The above requirements for advancement to candidacy
363 Quantum Chemistry. Applications of quantum me-                   must be supplemented in either of the two following ways:
chanical techniques to problems of chemical interest. Pre-
requisite: 263. Three hours. Offered as occasion warrants.           Plan A: Completion of advanced courses in civil and envi-
Weltin.                                                              ronmental engineering, mathematics, and other approved
                                                                     disciplines and the completion of an acceptable master’s
381, 382 Seminar. Current problems and literature.                   thesis. At least 30 hours must be accumulated, six to nine of
One hour.                                                            them in thesis research.
388 Research Problem Conception and Solution. Inde-                  Plan B: Completion of 36 hours of advanced courses in civil
pendent origination of research problems and the methods             and environmental engineering, mathematics, and other
of their solution. Required of all doctoral candidates. Prereq-      approved disciplines.
uisite: Permission of department. This course shall be com-
pleted at least six months in advance of the Ph.D. disserta-         Students must declare which option they intend to pursue
tion defense, and in no case later than the end of the sev-          at the beginning of their program.
enth semester of graduate studies at UVM. One hour.
                                                                     REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO GRADUATE
391 Master’s Thesis Research. Credit as arranged.                    STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF
395 Independent Literature Research Project. Reading                 PHILOSOPHY
and literature research culminating in the preparation of a          An undergraduate degree in an appropriate field of study
comprehensive and critical review of a topic of current in-          and demonstrated academic performance as measured by
terest in chemistry. Credit as arranged.                             grades and satisfactory scores on the Graduate Record Ex-
491 Doctoral Dissertation Research. Credit as arranged.              amination general (aptitude) section. Applicants whose na-
                                                                     tive language is not English or who have not received their
                                                                     education in English must present satisfactory results from
                                                                     the TOEFL examination. Completed applications are due
Civil and Environmental                                              February 1.

Engineering (CE)                                                     REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO
                                                                     CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR
Professors Beliveau, Cassell, Hemenway, Laible, Pinder; Associate    OF PHILOSOPHY
Professors Dougherty , Downer, Hayden (Graduate Coordinator),        It is ordinarily expected that a student will complete the
Olson (Chairperson); Assistant Professors Hession, Sadek; Research   following requirements for advancement to candidacy
Assistant Professor Rizzo.                                           prior to the end of the second year in the program: (1)
Graduate programs in Civil and Environmental Engineer-               one year of residency at UVM; (2) teaching experience in
ing that lead to the Master of Science and Doctor of Phi-            one course; (3) at least 12 credit hours of research; (4) at
losophy degrees are offered. The curricular and research             least 15 credit hours of course work at the graduate level
programs emphasize engineering related to environmental              acceptable to the student’s Studies Committee; (5) satis-
issues; in addition, biomechanical, structural, geotechnical,        factory performance on a comprehensive examination
and transportation studies are possible at the master’s level.       that includes a written part and an oral part; and (6) satis-
                                                                     factory record of performance in courses and in teaching
Research includes groundwater pollution and optimal                  and research assignments.
remediation design, indoor air pollution and related health
effects, computational methods for high-performance com-             MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE
puters, circulation and contaminant transport in lakes and           OF DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
estuaries, environmental restoration, hazardous waste man-
agement and landfill siting, mathematical modeling of                In addition to advancement to candidacy, the student must
chemical and mechanical processes in the spine, and dy-              (1) present at least 75 credit hours in approved course work
namic behavior of structures.                                        and research (including those required for advancement to
                                                                     candidacy), of which at least 35 credit hours are in research
Generally, enrollment in the Ph.D. program is limited to             and six credit hours are in course work in disciplines ancil-
full-time students.                                                  lary to Civil and Environmental Engineering; and (2) write
                                                                     and successfully defend an acceptable dissertation.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO
GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF                                   COURSES OFFERED
MASTER OF SCIENCE
                                                                     210 Airphoto Interpretation. Aerial photographic inter-
A bachelor’s degree and the approval of this Department.             pretation; principles of stereoscopic viewing, identification
Satisfactory scores on the Graduate Record Examination               of airphoto features related to landform, vegetation, drain-
general (aptitude) section. International students whose             age, soils, topography; use of airphoto interpretation in soil
native language is not English or who have not received              identification. Three hours.
their education in English are required to submit satisfac-
tory results from the TOEFL examination. Completed ap-               220 Introduction to Finite Element Analysis. Introduction
plications are due February 1.                                       to finite element analysis; applications in solid mechanics,
                                                                     hydrodynamics, and transport; analysis of model behavior;
                                                                     Fourier analysis. Computer project required. Prerequisites:
                                                                     Computer programming, linear algebra, and PDE’s, or per-
                                                                     mission of instructor. Three hours.
52 |   CIVIL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING

226 Civil Engineering Systems Analysis. Linear program-           sites: Math. 121 or equivalent, programming experience or
ming, dynamic programming, network analysis, simulation;          permission.
applications to scheduling, resource allocation, routing and      280 Applied Soil Mechanics. Use of soil mechanics in
a variety of civil engineering problems. Prerequisites: Senior    evaluation of building foundations, braced excavations,
or graduate standing in CEE or instructor’s permission.           earth structures; lateral earth pressures, pile foundations,
Three hours. Sadek.                                               caisson foundations, slope stability, and construction prob-
248 Hazardous Waste Management Engineering. Manage-               lems. Prerequisite: 180 or equivalent. Three hours.
ment of hazardous and industrial waste from generation to         282 Engineering Properties of Soils. Study of soil proper-
disposal; pollution prevention within industry; waste mini-
                                                                  ties influencing engineering behavior of soils; soil min-
mization, recovery, reuse, treatment technologies; environ-       eralogy, physiochemical concepts, plasticity properties,
mental regulations, risk assessment, costs and public policy;
                                                                  permeability, and compaction; laboratory study of soil
group projects. Prerequisite: senior standing in engineering      index properties, permeability, compaction tests. Prereq-
or sciences. Three hours. Hayden.
                                                                  uisite: 180 or equivalent. Three hours.
251 Environmental Facilities Design — Wastewater. De-             283 Designing with Geosynthetics. Geotextiles, geogrids,
sign wastewater conveyance and treatment facilities; sewage-
                                                                  geonets, geomembranes, geocomposites, geopipes; design
treatment plant design, and equipment selection. Prerequi-        for separation, reinforcement, filtration, drainage, erosion
site: 151 or equivalent. Three hours.
                                                                  control, liners. Applications in transportation, drainage,
252 Industrial Hygiene. Industrial hygiene problems; ef-          solid waste containment. Material testing, behavior. Prerequi-
fects of pollutants on health; threshold limit values, and        sites: 180 or permission. Three hours.
emphasis on the engineering, evaluation of the hazard and         290 Engineering Investigation. Independent investigation
control techniques. Prerequisites: Chemistry 5 and Physics 25
                                                                  of a special topic under the guidance of a staff member.
or equivalent. Three hours.                                       Preparation of an engineering report is required. Three
253 Air Pollution. Sources of air pollution, methods of           hours.
measurement, standards, transport theory and control tech-        295 Special Topics. Special topics in recently developed
niques used. Emphasis on source measurement and con-
                                                                  technical areas. Prerequisite: Senior or graduate enrollment.
taminant control design. Prerequisites: Chemistry and Math.       Hours and credits as arranged.
21 or equivalent. Three hours.
                                                                  304, 305 Advanced Engineering Analysis I, II. See Me-
254 Environmental Quantitative Analysis. Chemistry and            chanical Engineering 304, 305. Prerequisites: Math 271 or
microbiology of water quality management, diffusion equili-
                                                                  Math 230; CE 304 for CE 305. Three hours. Cross-listings:
bria, reaction kinetics, acids and bases, colloids, enzymes,      ME 304, 305; Math 275, 276.
bacterial physiology, pollution indicator organisms. Prereq-
uisites: Permission. Four hours.                                  321 Engineering Computations on Advanced Architec-
                                                                  tures. Engineering computations using multiprocessing
255 Physical/Chemical Processes for Water & Wastewater
                                                                  computers, concurrent processing, algorithms for numeri-
Treatment Theory and application of physical/chemical             cal approximation of differential equations, linear systems.
processes for treating water and wastewater; reactor dynam-
                                                                  Programming projects required. Three hours.
ics, mass transfer, absorption, ion exchange, precipitation/
coagulation, sedimentation, filtration, membrane pro-             360 Advanced Hydrology. Application of statistics to engi-
cesses; bench-scale and pilot-scale experimentation. Prereq-      neering hydrology; concept, use of instantaneous unit hy-
uisites: 150, 151, 154 or equivalent or permission. Three         drograph; study of runoff models; flow through porous me-
hours. Hayden.                                                    dia; design techniques for water resources projects. Prerequi-
                                                                  sites: 260, Math. 271 or permission. Three hours. Offered as
256 Biological Processes for Water & Wastewater Treat-
                                                                  occasion warrants.
ment. Theory and application of biological processes for
treating industrial and domestic wastewaters and contami-         365 Contaminant Hydrogeology & Remediation. Practi-
nated groundwater; microbiological considerations; aerobic        cal, theoretical aspects of contaminant hydrogeology, ad-
and anaerobic processes; reactor design, in-situ                  vances in technologies, mass transport and transformation
bioremediation; bench-scale and pilot-scale experimenta-          in saturated and vadose zones; movement, distribution, and
tion. Prerequisites: 151 and 154 or equivalent or permission.     remediation of nonaqueous-phase liquids. Prerequisites: 265
Three hours. Hayden.                                              or with instructors permission. Three hours.
259 Measurement of Airborne Contaminants. Quantify-               366 Numerical Methods for Surface Water Processes. De-
ing airborne contaminants from processes and ambient              velopment of the governing equations for geophysical hy-
levels. Laboratories demonstrate calibration and measure-         drodynamics/transport, shallow water equations, analysis
ment, stack sampling, and ambient air monitoring, and             and implementation of finite element/finite difference
specific contaminant generation and measurements. Pre-            computational algorithms. Prerequisites: 220. Three hours.
requisite: 252 or 253 or permission. Three hours.                 372 Matrix Methods in Structural Dynamics. Matrices,
260 Hydrology. The basic theory of precipitation, runoff,         eigenvalue problems, forced vibration, wave propagation.
infiltration, and groundwater; precipitation and runoff           Prerequisite: 171 or permission. Three hours. Cross-listing:
data; and application of data for use in development of wa-       Mechanical Engineering 330.
ter resources. Prerequisite: 160, Statistics 141 or equivalent.   390 Advanced Topics in Civil and Environmental Engi-
Three hours.                                                      neering. Special topics to intensify the programs of gradu-
261 Open Channel Flow. Application of basic laws of fluid         ate students in civil and environmental engineering. Hours
mechanics to flow in open channels; channel design, transi-       and credits to be arranged.
tion structures: riprap, culverts; gradually-varied flow prob-    391 Master’s Thesis Research. Credit as arranged.
lems including flood plain, floodway studies. Prerequisite:       395 Advanced Special Topics. Advanced topics in recently
160 or equivalent. Three hours.                                   developed technical areas. Hours and credits as arranged.
265 Groundwater Hydrology. Principles of groundwater              491 Doctoral Dissertation Research. Credit as arranged.
hydraulics, well characteristics, aquifers; and use of numeri-
cal methods to solve groundwater flow problems. Prerequi-
                                                                                    CLASSICS / COMMUNICATION SCIENCES        | 53

Classics (CLAS)                                                      Schlunk. Alternate years.
                                                                     227 Greek Lyric Poetry. A study of early Greek personal,
Emeritus Professors Bliss, Davison, Gilleland, Schlunk; Professors   elegiac, and choral poetry from Archilochus to Pindar, in-
Ambrose, R.H. Rodgers, B. Saylor Rodgers (Chairperson); Assis-       cluding Sappho and Alcaeus, Simonides and Bacchylides.
tant Professors Bailly, Usher; Adjunct Assistant Professors          Prerequisites: Two years of college Greek or equivalent.
Cirignano, Kling.                                                    Three hours. Schlunk. Alternate years.
Current research interests include Homer; Mycenaean                  295, 296 Advanced Special Topics. Advanced special top-
and Homeric Greece; Greek and Latin lyric and elegiac                ics or seminars in Greek beyond the scope of existing
poetry; Greek drama; the Attic orators; ancient literary             formal courses. Prerequisite: Permission. Credit as arranged,
criticism; Greek and Roman philosophy and intellectual               maximum of six hours for graduate students.
History; Greek and Roman historiography; Greek and
Latin Prose; Cicero; Virgil; Latin epic; Petronius, satire;                                   LATIN (LAT)
Greek and Roman technological authors; Roman history;                203 Republican Prose. Extensive reading in Caesar and
Roman Imperial Families; Mythology; Archaeology; Medi-               Sallust, and in the speeches of Cicero. Three hours. B.
eval studies.                                                        Saylor Rodgers. Alternate years.
                                                                     204 Epic Poets. Extensive reading in Lucretius, Virgil,
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO GRADUATE                               Ovid, and others. Three hours. Ambrose, Schlunk. Alter-
STUDIES IN GREEK AND LATIN FOR THE DEGREE                            nate years.
OF MASTER OF ARTS
                                                                     227 Roman Lyric Poets. Selections from the works of
An undergraduate major or minor or the equivalent; a                 Catullus, Horace, Propertius, Tibullus. Three hours. R.
reading knowledge of a modern foreign language, usually              Rodgers. Alternate years.
French, German, or Italian.
                                                                     251 Roman Letters. Letters of Cicero, Horace, and Pliny.
MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS                                          Three hours. Bailly. Alternate years.
Eighteen hours of advanced courses in Greek and Latin, six           252 Comedy. Two plays of Plautus and Terence. Study of
hours of which must be 381; six additional hours in Greek            the precursors of this literary form. Three hours. Ambrose.
and Latin, History, or Philosophy; thesis research (normally         Alternate years.
six hours). Comprehensive examinations in Greek and                  253 Roman Oratory. Selections from Cicero’s De Oratore,
Latin translation, at least one modern foreign language,             Orator, Brutus, and from his speeches. Historical develop-
Greek and Roman history, and literature and philology are            ment of forensic and other rhetorical canons. Three hours.
required. In addition to course work, students will have a           B. Saylor Rodgers. Alternate years.
reading list of authors in Greek and Latin.                          255 Historians of the Empire. Augustus, Res Gestae; Tacitus,
Those who expect the department’s recommendation to go               Annals, I-IV; selections from Suetonius and Ammianus
on for a Ph.D. elsewhere must show competence in both                Marcellinus. Three hours. B. Saylor Rodgers. Alternate years.
German and French by the end of their first year of gradu-           256 Satire. Selections from Horace and Persius; Juvenal,
ate study.                                                           Petronius. Study of the development of this literary form.
                                                                     Three hours. R. Rodgers. Alternate years.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO GRADUATE                               271 Silver Latin. Extensive reading of post-Augustan
STUDIES IN LATIN AND/OR GREEK FOR THE                                authors not included in other advanced courses. Three
DEGREE OF MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING                                 hours. R. Rodgers. Alternate years.
A program in teaching of Latin and/or Greek leading to               295, 296 Advanced Special Topics. Advanced special top-
the degree of Master of Arts in Teaching (see page 21) and           ics or seminars in Latin beyond the scope of existing formal
to licensure, is also offered in conjunction with the College        courses. Prerequisite: Permission. Credit as arranged, maxi-
of Education. Satisfactory scores on the general (aptitude)          mum of six hours for graduate students.
Graduate Record Examination are prerequisite for accep-
tance to candidacy for this degree.                                                  GREEK AND LATIN (GKLT)
COURSES OFFERED                                                      300 Proseminar. Introduction to philology. Students will
                                                                     normally take this their first semester. Three hours. Ambrose.
                        GREEK (GRK)
                                                                     381 Seminar. Intensive study at the graduate level of
201 Greek Orators. Selected speeches of Lysias and                   Greek and Latin authors not read in the candidate’s under-
Demosthenes. Three hours. B. Saylor Rodgers. Alternate               graduate program. Credit as arranged.
years.
                                                                     391 Master’s Thesis Research. Credit as arranged. Nor-
202 Greek Comedy. Two plays of Aristophanes. Three                   mally total six hours.
hours. Ambrose. Alternate years.
203 Greek Historians. Thucydides, Books I and II; selec-
tions from Herodotus and Xenophon’s Hellenica. Three
hours. B. Saylor Rodgers. Alternate years.                           Communication Sciences (CMSI)
204 Greek Tragedy. Sophocles, Antigone, and Euripides,
Medea, or two equivalent plays. Three hours. Ambrose. Al-            Professors Guitar (Chairman), McCauley, Prelock; Associate Pro-
ternate years.                                                       fessor Roberts; Clinical Faculty: Belin, Bruce, Reville, Smith.
205 Greek Philosophers. Dialogues of Plato with attention            The faculty does research in speech and language develop-
to language and dialectical method; Aristotle, Xenophon              ment and disorders, and sociolinguistics.
or Presocratic philosophers may be read. Three hours.                The Master of Science degree program in Communication
Bailly. Alternate years.                                             Sciences and Disorders is accredited for speech-language pa-
206 Greek Epic. Reading in the Iliad and Odyssey. Prob-              thology by the Council on Academic Accreditation of the
lems of epic composition and language together with                  American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA).
mythological and historical background. Three hours.                 The Eleanor M. Luse Center for Communication: Speech,
54 |   COMMUNICATION SCIENCES

Language, and Hearing which shares quarters with the De-           COURSES OFFERED
partment and is a primary practicum site, holds accreditation      Prerequisites for all courses: as listed, or equivalent, or by
from the Professional Services Board of ASHA in both               permission of instructor.
Speech Pathology and Audiology. Students are required to
fulfill academic requirements for the Certificate of Clinical      208 Cognition and Language. Study of cognition and lan-
Competence-Speech Language Pathology of the American               guage in terms of mental representation models; contem-
Speech-Language-Hearing Association. All students are su-          porary models of memory, as well as capacity theories of
pervised by clinically certified members of the faculty and        language comprehension and production. Prerequisites: Psy-
staff of the Eleanor M. Luse Center and affiliated practicum       chology 109 or 110 or Statistics 111 or 141 or permission.
sites.                                                             Three hours. Cross-listing: Psychology 208.
                                                                   215 Cognition and Aging. Changes in both sensory and
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO                                      cognitive aspects of aging, including changes in vision,
GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF                                 hearing, perception, learning, and memory. Prerequisites:
MASTER OF SCIENCE                                                  208 or permission. Three hours. Cross-listing: Psychology
Baccalaureate degree from an accredited institution; satis-        215.
factory performance on the general (aptitude) Graduate             271 Audiological Assessment. Examination of basic para-
Record Examination. Completion of courses equivalent to            meters in measurement of hearing. Pure tone testing,
CMSI 80 (Introduction to Linguistics), CMSI 90 (Phonetics),        masking, impedance, and speech evaluations. Prerequisite:
CMSI 94 (Development of Spoken Language), CMSI 101                 105 or permission. Three hours.
(Speech Science) or a course in speech anatomy or physiol-         272 Auditory Habilitation of Hearing Impaired Children.
ogy, CMSI 164 (Structure of the English Language) or a             Survey of the handicapping effect of hearing disorders on
course in syntax or morphology, CMSI 281 (Cognitive Neu-           the developing child and the principles of rehabilitation
roscience) or an equivalent neuroscience course and a              utilized for treatment of this disorder. Prerequisites: Fifteen
course in statistics. In order to be accepted into the program,    credits in CMSI, including 94, 271 or equivalent. Three
applicants must have completed or be currently enrolled in a       hours.
sufficient number of prerequisite courses so that they will
have no more than one outstanding course at the time of            281 Cognitive Neuroscience. The structure and organiza-
their admission. Students are also required to complete 25         tion of the human central nervous system as related to
observation hours obtained according to guidelines provided        higher cognitive and linguistic behaviors. Prerequisite: Nine
by the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association be-            credits in CMSI at the 200 level. Three hours.
fore they arrive on campus in order to facilitate their clinical   282 Medical Speech-Language Pathology. Overview of
training.                                                          populations and terminology specific to practice within
                                                                   medical settings. Topics include motor speech, aphasia, de-
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO                                    mentia swallowing, laryngectomy/voice, cognition, and tra-
CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF                                        cheostomy/ventilator dependence. One hour.
MASTER OF SCIENCE                                                  283 Swallowing Disorders. Introduction to normal and
Satisfactory completion of the written comprehensive exami-        disordered swallowing function across the life span includ-
nations. Students will not be admitted to candidacy if practi-     ing etiologies, signs/symptoms of dysphagia, diagnostic
cum grades are incomplete. Students may write the compre-          procedures and treatment within an interdisciplinary
hensive examination only in or following that semester in          model. Three hours.
which they will have completed 30 semester credits of gradu-       284 Augmentative Communication. An introduction to de-
ate study and 300 hours of supervised clinical practicum and       velopment and selection of augmentative/alternative com-
four credits in clinical study.                                    munication strategies and systems for persons with severe
                                                                   communication challenges. Three hours. Favro.
MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
                                                                   285 Collaborative Intervention within School Settings. In-
All students are required to complete 48 credit hours.             troduction to a transdisciplinary approach to collaborative,
These hours will include ten required CMSI courses: 283            curriculum-based assessment and intervention for students
Swallowing Disorders, 284 Augmentative Communication,              with special needs in school settings. Three hours. Prelock.
310 Preparation and Management of Speech and Language              287 Early Language and Communication Intervention. Re-
Evaluation and Therapy, 380 Research Methods, 384 Ar-              search in normal and disordered language, cognition, and
ticulation/phonologic Disorders, 385 Voice Disorders, 386          social development is applied to interventions for children,
Adult Neuropathologies, 387 Language Disorders, 388 Stut-          birth to age 5, with language and communication prob-
tering, and 389 Aphasia. In addition, students are required        lems.
to take a total of 6 credits of CMSI 291/292 Clinical Study.       291, 292 Clinical Study. Supervised practicum experi-
                                                                   ences with children and adults presenting disorders of
Thesis Option                                                      speech, hearing, and language. Prerequisite: Permission.
The student will complete 42 credit hours of graduate level        Credit as arranged.
courses and six additional credits for conducting the re-          293, 294 Seminar. Prerequisite: Permission. Variable credit.
search leading to an M.S. thesis.
                                                                   295, 296 Advanced Special Topics. Advanced courses of
Nonthesis Option                                                   siminars on topics beyond the scope of existing departmen-
                                                                   tal offerings. See Schedule of Courses for specific titles.
All students choosing this option will complete the 48             310 Preparation and Management of Speech and Lan-
credit hours required for the degree. Those students               guage Evaluation and Therapy. Principles of behavioral ob-
who choose a Research Presentation as their nonthesis              servation, analysis and modification as they apply to the as-
option will complete at least 42 credit hours of graduate          sessment and remediation of communication disorders. Pre-
level courses and 6 additional credits (CMSI 392) for              requisite: Permission. Three hours. Bruce.
conducting research.
                                                                   311 Interdisciplinary Leadership Training for Health Pro-
                                                                   fessionals: Research Seminar I. Seminar exploring interdis-
                                                                   ciplinary process and collaborative teaming, cultural com-
                                                                          COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT AND APPLIED ECONOMICS            | 55
petence, and family-centered care as they relate to                      Vision:
neurodevelopmental and related disabilities. Prerequisites:              CDAE is a center of excellence that contributes to the devel-
Permission of instructor. Variable one to three hours.                   opment of sustainable communities.
Prelock. Cross-listings: ECHD 295, EDSP 295, FNS 295,
                                                                         Mission:
GRNU 296, PA 395, PSY 380, PT 381, SWSS 380.
                                                                         The Department of Community Development and Applied
312 Interdisciplinary Leadership Training for Health Pro-                Economics (CDAE) promotes sustainable community devel-
fessionals: Research Seminar II. Seminar exploring inter-                opment through its commitment to interdisciplinary teach-
disciplinary process and collaborative teaming, cultural                 ing, applied research and outreach. CDAE courses and field
competence, and family-centered care as they relate to                   experiences provide students with a foundation in applied
neurodevelopmental and related disabilities. Prerequisites:              economics, skills in communication, critical thinking and
Permission of instructor. Variable one to three hours.                   problem solving, and an awareness of social, civic and envi-
Prelock. Cross-listings: ECHD 295, EDSP 295, FNS 295,                    ronmental responsibility. CDAE research expands knowl-
GRNU 296, PA 395, PSY 380, PT 381, SWSS 380.                             edge of the social, economic and environmental factors that
380 Research Methods in Communication Disorders. Em-                     affect our communities, small businesses, the agricultural
pirical research methodology as applied to the study of nor-             sector and consumers. CDAE outreach works to improve the
mal and deficient speech, language, and hearing processes.               quality of life and economic opportunities in Vermont and
Students analyze data statistically and write a research pro-            around the world.
posal. Three hours. McCauley.                                            The Department offers a Master of Science Degree in CDAE.
381, 382 Advanced Readings. Readings, with conferences,                  Research includes dairy and horticultural production and
intended to contribute to the programs of graduate stu-                  marketing, international demand analysis, consumer-related
dents in phases of communication science and disorders                   issues, community and economic development, retailing,
for which formal courses are not available. Credit as ar-                family-owned business, tourism, food, small business, and in-
ranged, up to three hours each semester.                                 ternational development.
383 Seminar in Language/Learning Disabilities. Theories
of language/learning disabilities relevant to diagnosis and              REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO GRADUATE
treatment are reviewed. Recent research and identifica-                  STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF SCIENCE
tion/management procedures are also stressed. Prerequisite:              a. GPA = 3.0 or equivalent from Bachelor’s Degree
387, or permission. Three hours.                                         b. GRE Total > 1350, with a minimum of 400 in each of the
384 Articulation-Phonological Disorders. Etiology, diag-                 three areas: Verbal, Quantitative, and Analytical.
nosis, pathology, and habilitation and rehabilitation of ar-             c. TOEFL score > 550 written test or 213 computer test for
ticulation of speech. Prerequisite: Permission. Three hours.             international students whose native language is not English
McCauley.                                                                or who have not received their education in English.
385 Voice Disorders. Study of normal and abnormal                        REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO CANDI-
laryngeal anatomy and physiology as they relate to diagno-               DACY FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF SCIENCE
ses and treatment of a wide variety of vocal pathologies. Pre-
requisite: Permission. Three hours. Belin.                               Specific course work may be required of those who lack
                                                                         calculus, statistics and/or economics background.
386 Adult Neuropathologies. Etiology, pathology, diagno-
sis, and principles of rehabilitation of CNS pathologies af-             MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
fecting communication. Emphasis on motor speech disor-
ders and cognitive consequences of traumatic brain injury.               The degree requires a total of 30 credit hours, of which 24 are
Prerequisites: 281, 389 or equivalent. Three hours.                      from advanced courses in CDAE and other related fields plus
                                                                         six hours of thesis research. A written comprehensive exami-
387 Language Disorders. Identification, evaluation, and                  nation and an oral defense of the thesis are also required. A
rehabilitation procedures for children with language dis-                student’s thesis research is often an integral part of the
abilities. Prerequisite: 94. Three hours.                                faculty-led, ongoing research projects in the Department.
388 Stuttering. Study of adult and child fluency disorders               Students in the graduate program must have a 3.00 grade
which focuses upon symptomatology, etiology, diagnosis,                  point average to remain a degree candidate. A student may be
and rehabilitation of stuttering patients. Prerequisite: 94.             dismissed from the Graduate College if two or more grades
Three hours. Guitar.                                                     below a “B” are received.
389 Adult Aphasia. Study of linguistic and cognitive im-
pairments associated with stroke and other types of neuro-               Core Course Requirements
pathologies in the adult patient. Emphasis on rehabilitation             Four core courses and graduate research seminars are re-
strategies, principles, and procedures. Prerequisite: 281.               quired for each graduate student:
Three hours.                                                             1. CDAE 354 — Advanced Microeconomics: Theory of the
391 Master’s Thesis Research. Credit as arranged.                        consumer, theory of the firm, perfect and imperfect com-
392 Non-Thesis Research. Variable credit.                                petition, welfare economics, uncertainty and selected topics
                                                                         in economic policy.
                                                                         2. CDAE 351 — Research Methods: Procedures of devel-
                                                                         oping a research project, applications of economic theory
Community Development and                                                and analytical tools in empirical economic research.
                                                                         3. One additional course in quantitative or qualitative
Applied Economics (CDAE)                                                 analysis to be approved by the Studies Committee (e.g., Sta-
                                                                         tistics 225: Applied Regression Analysis; Statistics 223: Ap-
Professors Halbrendt (Chair); Professor Kolodinsky; Associate Pro-       plied Multivariate Analysis; EDFS 347: Qualitative Research
fessors Ferreira, Ford, Pelsue, Petrillo, Schmidt, Sullivan; Assistant   Methods).
Professors Liang, Wang; Lecturers Ashman, Patterson; Extension           4. One course in community development to be approved
Associate Professor Trent; Extension Assistant Professor Carlson;        by the Studies Committee (e.g., CDAE 205: Rural Commu-
Visiting Professor Schramm; Emeriti Associate Professors Bloom,          nities in Modern Society; CDAE 218: Community Organiza-
Fife; Emeritus Extension Associate Professor Harris.                     tion and Development)
                                                                         5. CDAE 392 – Graduate Seminars. Each student is re-
56 |   COMPUTER SCIENCE

quired to complete three hours of this course. Students            processes with a focus on policy instruments; links be-
should enroll for one hour in each of three semesters.             tween agriculture and the rest of the economy; data
                                                                   requirements; and activity preparation, evaluation, and
COURSES OFFERED                                                    implementation. Prerequisite: 171 or permission. Three
                                                                   hours. Ford. Alternate years with 272.
205 Rural Communities in Modern Society. Changing
structure, dynamics of rural social organization in the context    287 Spatial Analysis. (See Geography 287.) Three hours.
of modernization and urbanization. Emphasis on rural com-          295 Special Topics. Lectures or readings on contemporary
munities in the U.S. Three hours. Schmidt. (Cross-listed as        issues in Community Development and Applied Economics.
Sociology 205.)                                                    Enrollment may be more than once, up to 12 hours.
207 Markets, Food, and Consumers. Learn how produc-                351 Research Methods. Developing research projects with
ers, processors, wholesalers, cooperatives, retailers, consum-     the scientific methods; evaluating alternative literature re-
ers, and governments affect the movement of food and fiber         view, sampling, surveying, and analytic methods; and report-
products through the production-marketing chain. Prerequi-         ing the results. Prerequisite: Three hours of statistics. Three
site: 61 or equivalent. Three hours. Alternate years.              hours.
208 Agricultural Policy and Ethics. An examination of              354 Advanced Microeconomics. Principles and applications
American agriculture and policies from various perspectives        of advanced microeconomics: consumer and market de-
— historical, political, ecological, technological, social, eco-   mand, firm and market supply, perfect and imperfect mar-
nomic, and ethical. Emphasis on contemporary issues, policy        kets, partial and general equilibrium, and policy analysis.
options, and future development. Prerequisites: 61 or equiva-      Prerequisites: 254 or equivalent. Three hours. Wang.
lent, permission. Three hours. Rogers (Animal Sciences).
                                                                   391 Master’s Thesis Research. Credit as arranged.
218 Community Organization and Development. Com-
munities as changing sociocultural organizational complexes        392 Graduate Seminars. Report and discuss research
within modern society. Problems of formulation, imple-             projects and findings of graduate students and faculty, and
mentation of alternative change strategies. Three hours.           offer workshops on selected topics in community develop-
Schmidt. (Cross-listed as Sociology 207).                          ment and applied economics. May enroll more than once for
                                                                   up to three hours. Prerequisite: Graduate standing. One hour.
237 Economics of Sustainable Agriculture. Comparative
economic analysis of small vs. large scale, full- vs. part-time    395 Special Topics. Lectures or readings on contempo-
farming, traditional vs. alternative agricultural systems, spe-    rary issues in Community Development and Applied Eco-
cialization vs. diversification, and issues in agricultural        nomics at the graduate level. Prerequisite: Graduate standing.
sustainability. Prerequisites: 61 or equivalent. Three hours.      Three hours.
Pelsue. Alternate years.
253 Macroeconomics for Applied Economists. Explore mac-            Computer Science (CS)
roeconomic principles and concepts as they affect individuals
and businesses in local, regional, national, and global eco-       Professor Colbourn; Associate Professors Snapp, Wu, Xue; Assis-
nomics. Prerequisites: Economics 11, and CDAE 61 or equiva-        tant Professors Damon, Lee; Research Assistant Professor and Lec-
lent. Three hours. Spring.                                         turer Eppstein; Lecturers Cohen, Douglas, Erickson, Redmond.
254 Microeconomics for Applied Economists. The study               Research areas include algorithm design and analysis, com-
of economic choices of individuals and firms, and the analysis     binatorial design, combinatorial optimization, computa-
of competitive and noncompetitive markets. Emphasis on             tional biology, computer networks, database design and
application of intermediate microeconomic theory. Prerequi-        management, data mining and knowledge discovery, neural
sites: 61 or equivalent. Mathematics 19, or permission. Three      networks, parallel and scientific computing, pattern recog-
hours. Fall. Wang.                                                 nition, and software engineering. More detailed informa-
264 Price Analysis and Forecasting. Supply-demand re-              tion, including recent articles and technical reports can be
lationship and price determination, price uncertainty              obtained from the faculty pages of the department’s web
and risk, futures and option contracting, market struc-            site, http://www.cs.uvm.edu.
ture and performance, quantitative price forecasting
methods and applications. Prerequisites: 254, Math 19, or          REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO
permission; computer science and statistics helpful. Three         GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF
hours. Spring.                                                     MASTER OF SCIENCE
266 Small Business Decision-Making. Applications of                A bachelor’s degree in computer science or a related disci-
quantitative methods in analysis of small business deci-           pline, and satisfactory scores on the Graduate Record Ex-
sions. Topics include incremental analysis, uncertainty,           amination general (aptitude) section are required for ad-
inventory policies, queuing theory applications, and math-         mission. Students should also demonstrate that they have
ematical programming. Prerequisites: 166, 167, or equiva-          taken the following courses: two courses that treat system-
lent. Three hours. Wang.                                           atic program development in a high level language (CS 21
                                                                   and 26, or equivalent), one course in computer system or-
267 Small Business Planning. Instruction and guidance              ganization and assembly language programming (CS 101,
in the actual process of preparing a business plan. Stu-           or equivalent); one course in either programming lan-
dents prepare a business plan including a market analysis;         guages (e.g., CS 103) or data structures (e.g., CS 104), two
and legal, financial, and operational plans. Prerequisites:        courses in differential, integral, and multivariate calculus
85, 266, or equivalent. Four hours.                                (Math 21, 22, or equivalent), one course in linear algebra
272 Seminar on World Food Problems and                             (Math 124, or equivalent), and one course in applied prob-
Policies. Review of recent books and periodical litera-            ability (Stat 151, or equivalent).
ture; discussion and written or oral reports on topics of          International students whose native language is not English
contemporary interest. Prerequisites: Permission. Three            or who have not received their education in English are re-
hours. Ford. Alternate years with 273.                             quired to submit satisfactory results from the TOEFL ex-
                                                                   amination.
273 Agricultural Planning and Project Development.
Agricultural sector planning and project development
                                                                                                    COMPUTER SCIENCE     | 57
ACCELERATED MASTER’S PROGRAM IN                                  Database recovery. Prerequisites: 100, 104, 101 recom-
COMPUTER SCIENCE (AMP)                                           mended. Three hours.
The Accelerated Master’s Program (AMP) in Computer               205 Software Engineering. Treatment of software engi-
Science allows students with strong ability and motivation       neering problems and principles, including documenta-
to complete a bachelor and a master’s degree in computer         tion, information hiding, and module interface specifica-
science within five years. It is expected that students en-      tion syntax and semantics. Requires participation in a team
rolled in this program will pursue a master’s thesis on origi-   project. Prerequisites: 100, 104. Three hours.
nal research commencing in the summer following their
senior year.                                                     222 Computer Architecture (3-0). Architecture of comput-
                                                                 ing systems. Control unit logic, input/output processors
The first four years of the AMP consist of a complete un-        and devices, asynchronous processing, concurrency, paral-
dergraduate program in Computer Science, satisfying the          lelism, and memory hierarchies. Prerequisites: 101, EE 131.
curricular requirements for either the Bachelor of Science       Three hours.
in Computer Science (BS/CS), the Bachelor of Science in          224 Analysis of Algorithms (3-0). Introduction to both
Computer Science and Information Systems (BS/CSIS), or           analytical experimental techniques in algorithm analysis.
the Bachelor of Arts in Computer Science (BA/CS). Dur-           Basic algorithm design strategies. Introduction to complex-
ing the fourth year, a student in the AMP has dual status,       ity theory. Prerequisites: 103, 104, Math. 173. Three hours.
being an undergraduate student in Computer Science, and          Cross-listing: Math. 224.
simultaneously a first-year graduate student in Computer
                                                                 243 Theory of Computation (3-0). Introduction to the
Science. Up to six credit hours of courses taken during an
                                                                 theoretical foundations of computer science. Models of
AMP student’s senior year can be applied simultaneously
                                                                 computation. Church’s thesis and noncomputable prob-
towards the bachelor’s and master’s degree requirements.
                                                                 lems. Formal languages and automata. Syntax and seman-
These courses must be approved in advance by the Direc-
                                                                 tics. Prerequisite: 104. Three hours. Cross-listing: Math. 243.
tor of Graduate Studies in Computer Science.
                                                                 251 Machine Intelligence. Introduction to methods for re-
Undergraduates interested in the AMP should discuss this         alizing intelligent behavior in computers. Knowledge repre-
option with the Director of Graduate Studies in Computer         sentation, planning, and learning. Selected applications
Science during their junior year.                                such as natural language understanding and vision. Prerequi-
                                                                 sites: 103 and 104. Three hours.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO
CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF                                      256 Neural Computation. Introduction to artificial neural
MASTER OF SCIENCE                                                networks, their computational capabilities and limitations,
                                                                 and the algorithms used to train them. Statistical capacity,
Specific course work may be required of those who lack a         convergence theorems, back propagation, reinforcement
sufficiently strong computer science background.                 learning, generalization. Prerequisites: Math 124 (or 271),
                                                                 Stat 151, programming skills, and graduate standing or in-
MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS                                      structor permission. Three hours.
Thesis Option                                                    260 Parallel Algorithms and Programming Techniques.
Thirty hours of which six to nine hours are thesis research,     Taxonomy of parallel computers, basic concepts for paral-
the remainder being course work.                                 lel computing, effectiveness and scalability, parallel algo-
                                                                 rithms for a variety of problems, message-passing program-
Nonthesis Option                                                 ming paradigm and data-parallel languages. Prerequisites:
Thirty-three hours of course work.                               104 or permission. Three hours.
Students in both options must take or have completed the         265 Computer Networks. Introduction to the theoretical
equivalent of the core sequence: Computer Science 201, 202,      and pragmatic principles of computer networking and cli-
222, 224, and 243; and must take additional graduate level       ent-server computing. Topics include: Local Area Networks;
courses in Computer Science, or related areas with depart-       the Internet; ATM technology; TCP programming. Prerequi-
mental permission, to fulfill the credit hour requirements.      sites: 101, 104. Three hours.
Students in both options must also pass a written compre-        266 Network Security and Cryptography. Security and se-
hensive exam, that covers the core sequence and all of its       crecy in a networked environment. Cryptography: public
prerequisites.                                                   and private key. Authentication: trusted agents, tickets.
                                                                 Electronic mail and digital signatures. Privacy and national
COURSES OFFERED                                                  security. Prerequisites: 104, Math 124 or 271. Three hours.
Prerequisites for all courses: as listed, or equivalent, or by   274 Computer Graphics. Graphical representations of two
permission of instructor.                                        and three dimensional objects on color raster display. Line
201 Operating System (3-0). Supervisory and control soft-        generation, region filling, geometrical transformations, hid-
ware for multiprogrammed computer systems. Processes             den line and surface removal, rendering techniques. Prereq-
synchronization, interprocess communication, scheduling,         uisites: 104, Math 121, Math 124 or 271. Three hours.
memory management, resource allocation, performance              294 Independent Readings and Research. Independent
evaluation, object-oriented systems, case studies. Prerequi-     readings and investigation under the direction of a faculty
sites: 103, 104. Three hours.                                    member. Prerequisite: Departmental permission. Three
202 Compiler Construction (3-0). Practice in design and          hours.
implementation of translators for ALGOL-like languages.          295 Special Topics in Computer Science. Lectures on ad-
Regular and context-free grammars, parsing, code genera-         vanced topics. Prerequisites: Departmental permission. Three
tion for stack and register machines. Interpreters. Run-time     hours.
storage administration for block-structured languages. Pre-      303 Advanced Topics in Programming Environments and
requisites: 103, 243. Three hours.                               Languages. Object-oriented, functional, or procedural pro-
204 Database Systems. Techniques for processing very             gramming languages, language design, parsing, translation,
large collections of data. Secondary storage. Database de-       compilation, interpretation, programming and runtime en-
sign and management. Query languages and optimization.           vironments. May be repeated for credit with instructor per-
                                                                 mission. Prerequisites: 103, 202. Three hours.
58 |   EDUCATION

316 Advanced Topics in Computational Science. Topics                The College of Education and Social Services offers numer-
chosen from engineering and scientific applications, visual-        ous opportunities for graduate study in preparation for spe-
ization, large-scale data analysis. May be repeated for credit      cial competencies in a variety of fields which include
with instructor permission. Prerequisites: Varies by semes-         practica, research problems, and in-service relationships
ter, instructor permission required. Three hours.                   with cooperating school systems and social service agencies.
321 Advanced Topics in Computer Architecture (3-0). Topics          The programs in various areas of specialization are de-
from computer architecture, network architecture, array and         scribed below.
vector processors, memory hierarchies. May be repeated for          Satisfactory performance on the Graduate Record Examina-
credit with instructor permission. Prerequisite: 222. Three         tion (GRE) General Test is required for consideration for
hours.                                                              assistantships and fellowships in all programs.
331 Advanced Topics in Database and Knowledge Base                  Aptitude test scores are not required for admission to the
Systems (3-0). Topics chosen from database design, knowl-           Doctor of Education program and for Master of Education
edge based systems, object-oriented and relational systems,         programs except the program in Higher Education and
data models, knowledge representation. May be repeated              Student Affairs (HESA). The HESA program (see page 62)
for credit with instructor permission. Prerequisites: 204, 224.     accepts either GRE scores or scores from the Miller Analogies
346 Advanced Topics in Theory of Computation (3-0).                 Test (MAT).
Topics from complexity theory, analysis of algorithms, for-         The Master of Science in Counseling program (see page 61)
mal languages, combinatorial and geometric algorithms,              and the Master of Social Work program (see page 104) both
and theory of databases, networks, distributed algorithms.          require satisfactory performance on the Graduate Record
May be repeated with instructor permission. Prerequisites:          Examination (GRE) General Test.
224, 243. Three hours.
351 Advanced Topics in Pattern Analysis and Artificial
Intelligence (3-0). Topics chosen from pattern analysis,            DOCTOR OF EDUCATION IN EDUCATIONAL
clustering, neural networks, planning, natural language             LEADERSHIP AND POLICY STUDIES
understanding. May be repeated for credit with instructor           A Doctor of Education (Ed.D.) degree is offered in Educa-
permission. Prerequisites: 224, 351. Three hours.                   tional Leadership and Policy Studies. This is an applied
361 Advanced Topics in Systems Software (3-0). Topics               research based program for professionals serving in educa-
chosen from operating systems, distributed or parallel soft-        tional management positions in schools and school-related
ware systems, real-time systems, experimental systems, soft-        organizations; e.g. state departments of education, profes-
ware engineering. May be repeated for credit with instruc-          sional associations, higher education, and human service
tor permission. Prerequisites: 201, 222. Three hours.               agencies.
363 Advanced Topics in Computer System Performance                  Program emphases include: the design and implementation
(3-0). Topics chosen from models of computer and operat-            of educational research; policy studies; adaptation of theo-
ing system performance and queuing systems. May be re-              retical constructs and models related to leadership and change
peated for credit with instructor permission. Prerequisites:        in educational and social service settings; knowledge and
201, Statistics 151. Three hours.                                   skills in interorganizational relationships; budget and strate-
                                                                    gic planning and program evaluation.
365 Advanced Topics in Network Design and Analysis.
Topics chosen from network design, network protocols,               This program has been designed to respond to the expanding
network algorithms, and network performance. May be re-             demands placed on leaders in educational and human
peated for credit with instructor permission. Prerequisites:        service organizations where they are increasingly expected to
224, 265. Three hours.                                              design and supervise local research and varied evaluative
                                                                    studies; interpret and apply recent national research find-
374 Advanced Topics in Computer Graphics and Visual-                ings; analyze and apply governmental regulations and court
ization. Topics chosen from computer graphics and visual-           decisions; develop organizational responses to emerging so-
ization, such as rendering, hidden surface removal, anima-          cial expectations; organize and lead staff development pro-
tion, data visualization. May be repeated for credit with in-       grams; understand and apply broad-based economic prin-
structor permission. Prerequisites: 224, 274. Three hours.          ciples and social and fiscal policy; develop and manage
391 Master’s Thesis Research. Credit as arranged.                   budgets; assess and respond to the psychological needs of
394 Independent Study. Independent readings and inves-              educational consumers; employ effective interpersonal man-
tigation under the direction of a faculty member. Prerequi-         agement and decision-making skills.
site: Permission. Credit as arranged (three to six hours).
                                                                    PREREQUISITES FOR ADMISSION TO
395 Advanced Topics in Computer Science (3-0). Subject              GRADUATE STUDIES
will vary from year to year. May be repeated for credit. Pre-
requisite: Permission. Three hours.                                 Applicants must possess a master’s degree or equivalent, from
                                                                    an accredited institution and a cumulative grade-point aver-
                                                                    age of 3.00 for previous graduate study. Other requirements
                                                                    include a representative scholarly writing sample and a resume.
Education                                                           Students applying for graduate fellowships and/or assistant-
                                                                    ships are required to demonstrate satisfactory scores on the
Professors Emeriti Boller, Burrell, Carlson, Conrad, Ducharme,      Graduate Record Examination (GRE).
Fishell, Gobin, Hood, Hunt, Larson, Leggett, Letteri, Peterson,
Ponzo, Reagin, Rippa; Professors Abruscato, Agne, Clarke,           Students admitted to graduate studies must complete success-
Fitzgerald, Fox, Griffin, Hasazi, Lipson, Nash, Paolucci-           fully a core of study consisting of courses in research, founda-
Whitcomb, Shiman, Stevenson, Tarule, Williams; Associate Dean       tional, and policy studies, and organizational change and
Richardson; Associate Professors Capone, Erb, Glesne, Goldhaber,    leadership. Upon such completion and submission of a quali-
Hunter, Manning, Meyers, Mosenthal, Rathbone, Shelton,              fying paper, students will be considered for candidacy for the
Wessinger; Assistant Professors Aiken, Burdett, Coffey, Connolly,   degree. Students must also pass a written comprehensive
Geroski, Kasser, Salembier, Weinstock; Research Associate Profes-   examination prior to the award of the degree of Doctor of
sors Cloninger, Giangreco, Proulx; Research Assistant Professors    Education.
Edelman, Furney, Hamilton, Welkowitz; Lecturer Nichols.
                                                                                                                      EDUCATION     | 59
PREREQUISITES FOR ACCEPTANCE TO CANDIDACY                              degree of Master of Education, no more than nine hours credit
FOR THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF EDUCATION                                  will be accepted in partial fulfillment of degree requirements
Satisfactory completion of all core requirements and the               for courses taken prior to acceptance to the Graduate College.
qualifying paper will satisfy the prerequisites for acceptance         Comprehensive Examination
to candidacy.
                                                                       A comprehensive examination is required. However, it may be
Requirements for the degree of Doctor of Education include a mini-     written, oral, or both. The choice of the examination format
mum of 56 semester credit hours of doctoral studies completed at UVM   will be made by faculty members in the area of specialization
following formal admission to the program with the following distri-   after consultation with the advisor and the candidate.
bution.
                                                                          a. The written comprehensive examination will cover the
15 semester hours in the core courses (minimum)                              field of education with emphasis on the area of special-
21 semester hours general distribution (minimum)                             ization.
Dissertation Research — 20 semester hours (minimum).
                                                                          b. The oral comprehensive examination will emphasize
All course credit hours beyond the core are distributed in                   the area of specialization.
educational leadership, research, critical perspectives, orga-
nizational change and selected specialty content areas.                All examinations are taken on the University campus in Burl-
                                                                       ington. Only one re-examination is permitted for any final
TRANSFER OF CREDIT                                                     comprehensive examination. It is the responsibility of the
                                                                       candidate to schedule the required examination with the
A maximum of nine (9) semester hours may be accepted in                College of Education and Social Services. Since each program
transfer from an accredited graduate program. Transfer                 has different options for meeting the oral and written compre-
credit may be completed prior to admission to the Doctor of            hensive requirements, candidates must contact the respective
Education Program provided that the credit is approved by              program chairperson or advisor regarding program policy.
the student’s Studies Committee and that the credit conforms
to all other Graduate College requirements.                            Thesis Option
                                                                       If the thesis option is elected, there must be an oral or written
RESIDENCY REQUIREMENT                                                  comprehensive examination prior to the oral examination in
The residency requirement for the Doctor of Education                  defense of the thesis.
(Ed.D.) degree consists of the following:
                                                                       REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO
   1. Completion of the five core courses (15 semester hours),         GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE
      and                                                              OF MASTER OF EDUCATION
   2. Completion of 12 semester credit hours of coursework             Eighteen hours of Education and related areas or appropri-
      during two contiguous semesters beyond the core.                 ate professional certification. The Education courses prereq-
For further requirements concerning Studies Committees,                uisites may not apply to the Higher Education and Student
Research and Dissertation, and the Dissertation Defense                Affairs Administration, Educational Leadership, or Interdis-
Examination Committee, refer to “General Requirements for              ciplinary Major Program in the Department of Integrated
the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy,” page 21.                          Professional Studies. This is particularly true of persons seek-
                                                                       ing positions which do not require public school certification.
Application deadline is May 1.
Detailed information on the course of study is available from          MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
Program Director, Susan Hasazi, Professor, The University of           Eighteen hours in courses in Education numbered above 200,
Vermont, Office of the Dean, College of Education and Social           including a minimum of six graduate hours in the founda-
Services, 311 Waterman Bldg., Burlington, VT 05405-0160.               tions of education,* 12 additional hours in approved courses
                                                                       or six additional hours and thesis research; a year of successful
MASTER OF EDUCATION                                                    experience in teaching or in a related educational activity.
The graduate program of each student admitted to candidacy             *This requirement no longer applies to the program in Special Educa-
for the degree of Master of Education is planned and super-            tion.
vised by an advisor in the respective program area. Program
planning is based upon the student’s undergraduate curricu-            CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS
lum, professional experience, and aims and purposes in                 The following certificate programs are offered for post-bacca-
pursuing the master’s degree. Before the degree is awarded,            laureate study by the College of Education and Social Services.
the candidate must have completed one year of successful               They do not lead to a graduate degree and are not offered by
teaching experience or other educational service. This re-             the Graduate College. Interested persons are encouraged to
quirement may be fulfilled by satisfactory completion of stu-          contact directly the Dean’s Office of the College of Education
dent teaching, an internship, or a practicum.                          and Social Services for further information.
Each program must include a minimum of either 30 semester              POST-BACCALAUREATE TEACHER
hours of approved course work or 24 hours earned in courses            PREPARATION PROGRAM
and six hours in thesis research. Contingent on a candidate’s
background and interests and on program specification,                 The Post-Baccalaureate Teacher Preparation Program is de-
additional credit hours may be required. If a student’s prepa-         signed for individuals who have a bachelor’s degree from an
ration is inadequate to begin study at the graduate level,             accredited four-year institution and who want to become
additional undergraduate courses will be required. Each                licensed to teach in Vermont. The basic program fulfills the
Master of Education degree program must include a mini-                professional education requirements for state licensure. Ar-
mum of six semester hours of graduate work in the founda-              eas and levels of licensure include: Grades K-12 — art, music,
tions of education unless this requirement or its equivalent           physical education; Grades K-6 (elementary) — general el-
has been met previously. Graduate courses which currently              ementary education, physical education; Grades 7-12 (sec-
fulfill this requirement include: EDFS 203, 204, 205, 206, 209,        ondary) — English, foreign language, mathematics, physical
255, 302, 303, 314, 347, 352, 354, and EDSS 313 and EDLS 377.          education, science, social studies.

To insure effective planning of a graduate program for the             Applicants to the Post-Baccalaureate Teacher Preparation
                                                                       Program must meet the following entrance criteria.
60 |    EDUCATION

   1. Hold a bachelor’s degree from an accredited institu-          gration specialist, and intensive special education. A mini-
      tion of higher education.                                     mum of 30 credit hours of course work is required.
   2. Possess a general education background based on those
      studies known as liberal arts which embrace the broad         DEPARTMENTS
      areas of a social and behavioral sciences, mathematics,       I. Education:
      biological and physical sciences, the humanities, and         The Department of Education offers several programs of
      the arts.                                                     instruction:
   3. Demonstrate a commitment to the teaching profes-              Curriculum and Instruction. This master’s program is designed
      sion.                                                         to develop leadership in such educational settings as teach-
   4. Have obtained an overall GPA of 2.5 in undergraduate          ing, curriculum theory, curriculum development, and re-
      course work.                                                  lated areas of research for elementary and secondary public
                                                                    and private school settings. Areas of focus within the M.Ed. in
   5. For elementary candidates: Previous course work must
                                                                    addition to those described in detail below include elemen-
      include 30 semester hours in a single liberal arts aca-
                                                                    tary or secondary education, information technology, and
      demic area to meet Vermont licensure requirements.
                                                                    health/physical education. The program is also appropriate
   6. For secondary candidates: Previous course work must           for those with instructional roles in human services agencies.
      include 30 semester hours in one of the academic areas        Programs are developed to provide a comprehensive back-
      listed below to meet Vermont state licensure require-         ground in fields basic to instruction and curriculum develop-
      ments for the major academic concentration.                   ment as well as the application of that knowledge to a special-
       Majors: Biological science, chemistry, earth science,        ized field. They include courses aimed at the examination
       English, French, geography, German, history, Latin,          and improvement of instructional practices in elementary
       mathematics, physical science, physics, Spanish.             and secondary schools, and understanding of curriculum
       Broad Field Majors: Natural science, social studies, envi-   theory and the application of curriculum development. Op-
       ronmental studies.                                           portunities for independent study and research are encour-
                                                                    aged in all specializations.
   7. For secondary candidates: Have obtained a GPA of 2.5
                                                                    Within Curriculum and Instruction, the Licensure Master of
      in the academic area in which licensure is desired.
                                                                    Education program for secondary teachers is designed for
The Post-Baccalaureate curriculum includes both under-              those students who aspire to earn both a master’s degree and
graduate and graduate courses. Nine graduate credits may            a license to teach in public secondary schools. The program
apply toward the M.Ed. degree at UVM, contingent on                 particularly welcomes students from UVM and northeastern
acceptance into the Graduate College.                               colleges and universities majoring in arts and sciences, agri-
The deadline for applications is April 1 for the next aca-          culture and natural resources who have completed majors in
demic year. Course work begins during the summer or fall,           humanities, the arts, social sciences, science and mathemat-
depending upon the area of licensure. Applications are              ics. Students will become licensed to teach in grades seven
accepted and considered only once each year with updated            through twelve in one academic year and two summers. With
informational materials and application forms available in          additional study an endorsement for the middle grades may
January. Requests for further information about the PBTP            be earned.
Program and application forms may be obtained by contact-           UVM students who are in their third year of study for a
ing the PBTP Coordinator, Department of Education, 533              Bachelor’s degree may apply to the Accelerated Licensure
Waterman Building.                                                  Master of Education program. These students, when ac-
                                                                    cepted, may complete nine semester hours, six of which may
CERTIFICATE OF ADVANCED STUDY                                       be counted towards the minimum requirements for the
A Certificate of Advanced Study (sixth-year certificate), a 30-     Master’s degree. Application forms and further information
to 36-graduate credit hour program beyond the master’s              may be obtained from the Department of Education.
degree, is offered in the following fields:
                                                                    Inquiries regarding this program should be addressed to
   a. Educational Leadership. A program designed to pre-            Roberta Dunning, Department of Education.
      pare administrators and planners for public schools,
      educational and social agencies, and middle manage-           Work at the graduate level draws upon other divisions of the
      ment positions in higher education.                           University, thus enabling the College to develop strong pro-
                                                                    grams of professional education which include academic
   b. Counseling. Individuals who have completed a master’s         offerings in the various teaching fields in elementary and
      degree in Counseling or a related field are eligible for      secondary education. Degree concentrations, in addition to
      admission to the C.A.S. program. The program is de-           those listed below, can be developed on an interdisciplinary
      signed to further develop skills in counseling, consulta-     basis responding to student strengths and needs.
      tion, and program planning and coordination. Inquiries
      about the Counseling program can be addressed to the          Courses in professional education include: 207, 209, 211, 217,
      Coordinator of the program in 72 University Heights,          218, 225, 226, 227, 228, 241, 244, 245, 248, 256, 257, 259, 261,
      (802) 656-3888.                                               270, 271, 321, 333, and 343.
   c. Integrated Studies. A program designed for students           Inquiries regarding these programs should be addressed to
      who have completed their master’s degree and are              Darlene Nelligan.
      interested in exploring a self-designed, integrated pro-      Educational Leadership. This program is designed to pre-
      gram of study drawing upon graduate level experiences         pare leaders for public schools, educational and social agen-
      currently provided by departments of Integrated Pro-          cies, and middle management positions in higher education.
      fessional Studies and Education of the College of Edu-        The M.Ed. program for licensure usually requires 30 to 36
      cation and Social Services. The program does not lead         credit hours of courses including seminars, or area intern-
      to any type of state licensure.                               ships, and research experiences. The Certificate of Advanced
The Program in Special Education offers the Certificate of          Study (C.A.S.) Program usually requires 30 to 36 credit hours
Advanced Study to students with appropriate master’s de-            of study beyond the M.Ed. requirements.
grees in the following areas: consulting teacher/learning           Courses with an administration/planning focus include: 264,
specialist, early intervention, essential early education, inte-
                                                                                                                   EDUCATION     | 61
266, 268, 280, 332, 333, 334, 335, 336, 337, 353, 354, 355, 356,      have State of Vermont approved licensure endorsement
and 358.                                                              tracks, and successful completion leads to a licensure en-
Inquiries regarding this program should be addressed to               dorsement for special education in Vermont. Students seek-
Professor Susan Hasazi.                                               ing admission to a licensure endorsement track must meet
                                                                      additional requirements. The program requires EDSP 301
Educational Studies. The Foundations of Education faculty             and 387 and the appropriate sections of 310 and 311, as well
offer graduate courses in foundations of education and a              as a full year internship. Additional courses are required
master’s degree in Educational Studies. The degree program            specific to each area for a usual total of 36 hours. Contact the
is a research and scholarship based program for students              Special Education Program for assistance with questions on
from a diversity of educational fields including instruction,         admissions requirements.
administration, policymaking and analysis, social services,
                                                                        Consulting Teacher. Students are prepared to collaborate
state departments of education, allied educational profes-
                                                                      with families, educators and other professionals in the design,
sions (counselors, health care personnel, journalists), school
                                                                      implementation and evaluation of instruction for learners
boards, and international education. Students study past,
                                                                      with mild to moderate disabilities in integrated regular el-
present, and future educational problems and practices from
                                                                      ementary or secondary classrooms.
the perspectives of the several disciplines; and they make
cross disciplinary connections to discover the themes com-              Essential Early Education. Students are prepared to provide
mon to all the disciplines as well as to the theory and practice      individualized, family-centered special education services to
of education. Students study the process of making profes-            young children with disabilities and their families through
sional judgments about educational practice that include              both direct and collaborative delivery systems coordinated
ethical, political, historical, literary, cultural, and social con-   with social service agencies in integrated home, preschool
siderations. They strive to understand more profoundly not            and community settings in rural areas.
only the “what” and the “how” of the education professions,              Intensive Special Education. Students are prepared to pro-
but the “why” as well.                                                vide direct and collaborative instruction to learners with
Students in this program learn how to become competent                severe disabilities on the basis of identified activities, skills,
scholars and researchers in the field of education by knowing         adaptations and transitions needed for learners to function in
the pertinent literature, staying abreast of the latest policy        current and future integrated school, home and other com-
developments in the field, and communicating this informa-            munity environments, with services involving learners’ par-
tion effectively to various audiences through competent,              ents and a variety of professional disciplines.
discipline-based research, publication, and teaching. Stu-               Literacy and Special Education. The purpose of this concen-
dents also strive to acquire the values, understandings, and          tration is to prepare elementary and middle level educators in
skills necessary to advance a conception of the good society          the field of reading and special education. These educators
which includes respect for human dignity, a belief in human           help promote student success both through their specific
rights, and an ethic of service to others.                            knowledge of assessment, planning and remediation, as well
The master’s degree in Educational Studies is tailored to the         as their ability to work efficiently with teams of students,
intellectual and professional interests of the student. Stu-          parents and teachers to collaboratively plan and deliver an
dents plan their course of study with a faculty advisor in the        integrated system of services. Graduates of the program earn
program. Students are urged to elect courses and organize             the Master’s of Education Degree or a Certificate of Advanced
their research around problems of interest to them.                   Study and are recommended for professional licensure and
                                                                      endorsement as a reading teacher/coordinator and consult-
Courses applicable to the Educational Studies Program
                                                                      ing teacher/learning specialist in the State of Vermont.
include: 204, 205, 206, 209, 255, 302, 303, 314, 322, 347, 352,
and 354.                                                              Courses in reading and special education include: 222, 301,
Inquiries regarding this program should be addressed to               310, 311, 322, 323, 375, 376,
Professor David Shiman.                                               Inquiries regarding this concentration should be addressed
Reading and Language Arts. The purpose of this program area           to Professors Marjorie Lipson or George Salembier.
is to prepare teachers and specialists in the field of reading.       In addition, a Certificate of Advanced Study (sixth-year cer-
Classroom teachers, reading specialists or consultants, super-        tificate) (see page 59) with a usual total of 36 credit hour
visors, administrators are responsible for developing pro-            program may be arranged for applicants who have already
grams which will enable every student to attain their maxi-           earned a Master’s degree.
mum proficiency in the use of reading and language. To meet
                                                                      Additional information on the above should be requested
this end, several courses have been devised which focus on
                                                                      from the Program Coordinator.
classroom reading instruction and reading difficulties.
Through the Reading Center, students also have opportuni-
                                                                      II. Integrated Professional Studies:
ties for laboratory experiences as well as for research and
study in reading, literature, and language arts.                      Counseling Program (Master of Science). This degree program
                                                                      provides professional preparation for individuals who wish to
Courses in reading and language arts include: 222, 223, 234,          work as counselors in schools, colleges, or community, men-
375, 376, 378, and 379.                                               tal health or social service agencies. The program is accred-
Inquiries regarding this program should be addressed to               ited by the council for the Accreditation of Counseling and
Professor Marjorie Lipson.                                            Related Educational Programs (CACREP). It meets the re-
Special Education. This master’s program is designed to               quirements set by the State of Vermont Department of Edu-
prepare students to collaborate with families, educators,             cation for preparing school counselors (K-12) for licensure in
and other professionals and service agencies in the develop-          Vermont and the academic requirements set by the Vermont
ment, implementation and evaluation of instructional pro-             Board of Allied Mental Health Practitioners for preparing
grams and supports for learners with disabilities in inte-            clinical mental health counselors for licensure in Vermont.
grated school and community settings. The program re-                 To achieve professional competence, students are expected
quires that students have appropriate professional experi-            to become knowledgeable and skilled in the following areas:
ence. Three primary areas of emphasis within the program              dynamics of human growth and development; social and
are Consulting Teacher/Learning Specialist, Essential Early           cultural foundations; theory and practice of helping relation-
Education and Intensive Special Education. All three areas            ships; group dynamics and leadership; lifestyle and career
62 |    EDUCATION

development; appraisal techniques; research and evaluation;               (Please visit our website for HESA program information at http://
professional orientation; administrative and planning con-                www.uvm.edu/~uvmhesa.)
cepts; personal growth and development (including self-                   Inquiries regarding this program should be addressed to
awareness, interpersonal relations, and physical and mental               Professor Kathleen Manning.
health). Supervised internship in an appropriate field setting
is of major importance in the program.                                    Interdisciplinary Major. This degree program is for students
                                                                          who wish to pursue an individually designed, integrated
The specific composition of students’ programs, designed
                                                                          program of study. The program draws primarily from gradu-
with the assistance of a faculty advisor, is based on University,
                                                                          ate courses in Educational Leadership, Counseling, Higher
College, and Program requirements as well as the individual
                                                                          Education and Student Affairs Administration, and Educa-
student’s background, current needs and desires, and future
                                                                          tional Studies but may include courses from other depart-
goals. Learning experiences consist of a balance between
                                                                          ments within the College and the University. A minimum of
theory and supervised practice.
                                                                          36 credit hours is required for completion of the program.
The Counseling Program offers three specialty tracks: school              The program is ideally suited for persons whose personal and
counseling, community counseling, and mental health coun-                 professional development requires a combination of course
seling. Students may also select the dual track option which              work not readily available in other graduate programs, or for
includes preparation in two specialty tracks. Fifty-one hours             individuals who plan to assume new or emerging roles in the
of credit are required for completion of the school counsel-              fields of education or social and human services.
ing track and the community counseling track. Sixty credit                Applicants should have a clear understanding of how the
hours are required for the mental health counseling track.                Interdisciplinary Program will serve their career goals. For
(Note: School counselor licensure in Vermont requires that the indi-      this reason, major emphasis in admissions is placed upon the
vidual have at least a 30-credit-hour liberal arts concentration at the   applicant’s Statement of Purpose. Applicants are strongly
undergraduate level.) Successful completion of the program is             encouraged to contact the Department of Integrated Profes-
based on the demonstration of appropriate knowledge, rel-                 sional Studies, 72 University Heights, prior to making appli-
evant skills, and personal characteristics, as well as the accu-          cation for admission. Detailed information about the pro-
mulation of credits.                                                      gram and admissions criteria will be supplied upon request.
In addition to the general application procedures, a resume               Inquiries regarding this program should be addressed to
and a group interview are required of each qualified appli-               Professor Robert Nash.
cant. For a more detailed description of the program, contact
Department of Integrated Professional Studies, Counseling                 III. Social Work (See page 104.)
Program, 72 University Heights, Burlington, VT 05405-0972
(802-656-3888). (Please visit our website for Counseling Program
information at http://www.uvm.edu/~uvmhesa.)                              COURSES OFFERED
Higher Education and Student Affairs Administration. The gradu-           The College of Education and Social Services offers the
ate program in Higher Education and Student Affairs Admin-                following courses on a program basis. Departmental permis-
istration is designed to prepare professionals to apply human             sion is required for enrollment.
development, organizational, and counseling principles to                 200 Contemporary Issues. Designed so that its content
their work with students in higher education. Graduates of                and structure may accommodate special issues not espe-
the master’s degree program possess substantial knowledge                 cially appropriate within the boundaries of an existing
in human development, administration and planning, orga-                  course. Prerequisites: Twelve hours in education and related
nizational development, higher education policy, and coun-                areas. One to six hours. (ECSP, EDCO, EDEL, EDFS,
seling. Graduates assist colleges and universities in attaining           EDHE, EDHI, EDLI, EDLP, EDLS, EDPE, EDSC, EDSP,
the goals of higher education by serving as policy makers,                EDSS)
student service providers, educators, activities programmers,
                                                                          295 Laboratory Experience in Education. Supervised field
consultants, and administrators.
                                                                          work designed to give students experience in specialized ar-
The curriculum, including learning modules, practica in-                  eas for their professional development. Prerequisite: Permis-
ternships, and graduate assistantships, combine to integrate              sion of the Coordinator of Professional Laboratory Experi-
conceptual knowledge with administrative practice. This cur-              ences. One to six hours. (EDCO, EDEL, EDFS, EDHE,
riculum enables all students in the program to gain an                    EDHI, EDLI, EDLP, EDLS, EDMU, EDPE, EDSC, EDSP,
understanding of the student affairs profession, concepts of              EDSS)
college student development, history of American higher                   319 Internship for Specialized Personnel in Education.
education, professional ethics, research competencies, and                Students will undertake an approved internship in an insti-
the administration of American colleges and universities. An              tution which reflects the particular area of interest and
array of 60 practicum internships in student affairs offices and          needs of the student. Prerequisite: Permission. Credit as ar-
academic departments helps students to integrate their con-               ranged. (EDCO, EDEL, EDHE, EDHI, EDLI, EDLP, EDLS,
ceptual knowledge with student affairs practice.                          EDPE, EDSC, EDSP, EDSS)
Students in the higher education and student affairs graduate             380 Professional Problems in Education. Designed to
program typically hold a 20 hour per week graduate assistant-             cover selected educational problems in depth. The major
ship in student affairs offices, residential life, or academic            emphasis will be on intensive and critical analysis of the lit-
support units. Stipends cover tuition and fees for 20 credit              erature and practice in a given area. Three hours. (EDCO,
hours of study each year and a bimonthly salary.                          EDEL, EDFS, EDHE, EDHI, EDLI, EDLP, EDLS, EDPE,
Courses required for the M.Ed. degree in Higher Education                 EDSC, EDSP, EDSS)
and Student Affairs include: 297, 360, 361, 362, 375, 380, 383,           382 Teaching Internship. Supervised teaching experi-
385, 387, and 395. Forty credit hours are required for the                ences on a full-time basis, with related seminars in teaching
M.Ed. degree.                                                             subject. Prerequisite: Permission of coordinator of Profes-
There is also a Higher Education concentration in the Educa-              sional Laboratory Experiences. Three to eight hours.
tional Leadership and Policy Studies doctoral degree (Ed.D.)              (EDEL, EDHE, EDPE, EDSC, EDSP, EDSS)
which requires the same core courses (see Ed.D.) and a                    391 Master’s Thesis Research. Thesis topic must be ap-
program of studies focusing on the administration in higher               proved by a faculty committee. Credit as arranged. (EDCO,
education.                                                                EDEL, EDFS, EDHE, EDHI, EDLI, EDLP, EDLS, EDPE,
                                                                                                              EDUCATION    | 63
EDSC, EDSP, EDSS)                                                 Refinement of personal philosophy, theory of counseling,
397 Problems in Education. Individual work on a research          and implementation in practice. Prerequisites: Graduate stand-
problem selected by the student in consultation with a staff      ing or permission. Three hours.
member. Prerequisite: Twelve hours in education and related       375 Laboratory Experience in Counseling. Students learn
areas; endorsement by a sponsoring faculty member. One            and practice basic counseling skills and techniques. Video-
to six hours. (EDCO, EDEL, EDFS, EDHE, EDHI, EDLI,                taped practice sessions are supervised by course instructor.
EDLP, EDLS, EDPE, EDSC, EDSP, EDSS)                               Prerequisites: 374. Counseling majors only. Three hours.
                                                                  376 Chemical Dependency: Etiology & Treatment. Devel-
 ECSP—EARLY CHILDHOOD SPECIAL EDUCATION                           opment (self, family, trauma) and resolution of chemical
310, 311 Curriculum and Technology in Special                     dependency. Cognitive-behavioral, psychoanalytic, systemic
Education. See EDSP 310,311.                                      and eclectic orientations. Experiential psychotherapy tech-
                                                                  nique and project required. Prerequisites: Graduate standing
386 Teaching Internship: Management of Learning
                                                                  or permission. Three hours. Cross-listing: Psychology 259.
Environments for the Disabled. See EDSP 386.
                                                                  377 Diversity Issues in Counseling. Students examine per-
                 EDCO—COUNSELING                                  sonal, cultural, political, and social factors affecting a di-
                                                                  verse range of people with focus on developing appropriate
220 Developmental Perspectives in Counseling. Survey of
                                                                  and effective counseling skills. Prerequisites: Permission.
major and emerging theories of human development and
                                                                  Three hours.
application of theoretical concepts to self and others from
a counseling perspective. Prerequisites: Graduate standing.       380 Professional Problems in Counseling. Covers selected
Others by permission.                                             counseling and counseling-related problems in depth.
                                                                  Major emphasis on interpersonal and critical analysis of the
291 Special Topics in Counseling. Special issues in coun-         literature and practice in a given area. Three hours.
seling, administration and planning, social work or higher
education not appropriate to content of existing courses.         381 Counseling for Career and Lifestyle Development. An
Courses reflect the social services orientation of the Depart-    exploration of the theories, assessment instruments, counsel-
ment of Integrated Professional Studies. Variable credit.         ing techniques, and issues most relevant in counseling for
                                                                  career and lifestyle development. Prerequisites: 374, 375 and
310 Counseling Strategies for Teachers. Counseling strate-        Graduate standing or permission. Three hours.
gies appropriate for use in the classroom for class manage-
ment assessment and utilization of different learning styles,     383 Counseling Practicum. Introductory supervised expe-
and promotion of positive behavior change. Prerequisite: Per-     rience in counseling in a field setting. Includes 100 hours
mission. Three hours.                                             working as a counselor with a minimum of 40 hours of
                                                                  direct service experience. Prerequisites: 220, 374, 375, 392
340 Developmental Guidance in Schools. An introduction            and permission. Variable one to two hours.
to the role of the school counselor including developmen-
tal guidance program planning and implementation, con-            384 Internship in Counseling. Supervised counseling ex-
sultation, crisis intervention, parent education and ethical      perience in a field setting with direct client work. Pre-
issues. Prerequisites: Counseling majors or permission. Three     requisites: 220, 374, 375, 383, 392, and permission. Variable
hours.                                                            hours, one to six. May be repeated up to 13 hours depend-
                                                                  ing on option.
344 Counseling Children and Adolescents. Students learn
theories and will practice counseling children and adoles-        386 Organizational Development for Counseling and Re-
cents: assessment, intervention planning, and play therapy,       lated Services. The concept and practice of organization
client-centered, behavioral, cognitive, Gestalt, Adlerian and     development, analysis of and laboratory experience in the
Transactional Analysis approaches. Prerequisites: EDCO 374-       utilization of intervention methodologies. Prerequisite: Per-
Counseling Theory and Practice, EDCO 375-Laboratory Ex-           mission. Three hours.
perience in Counseling, Counseling Majors or permis-              387 Therapeutic Psychopharmacology for Counselors. In-
sion. Three hours.                                                troduction to neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and phar-
350 Professional Issues in Counseling. A seminar in which         macology as they pertain to mental health counseling.
professional, ethical, and legal issues facing counselors in      Course also covers commonly prescribed medications, ethi-
schools and mental health settings are addressed through          cal issues and the referral process. Prerequisites: 360 or pro-
reading, research, presentation, and discussion. Prerequisites:   gram permission. Three hours.
Graduate standing or permission. Three hours.                     388 Family Counseling: Systems. Theory and process of
351 Using Tests in Counseling. Exploration of tests and           counseling with families, including family theory and cur-
testing process used in counseling and school settings. In-       rent family therapy orientations and intervention skills. In-
cludes necessary statistics. Experience in taking, adminis-       cludes practice of counseling interventions. Prerequisites: 220,
tering, interpreting various tests; study projects for applica-   374, permission. Three hours.
tion to any setting. Prerequisites: Graduate standing or          389 Family Counseling: Interventions. Supervised practice
permission. Three hours.                                          in family counseling. Prerequisites: 388, permission. Three
360 Diagnosis & Treatment Planning in Counseling. Psy-            hours.
chosocial, sociocultural, and historical definitions of devi-     390 Advanced Counseling Seminar. Analysis and practice
ant behaviors; assessment and diagnosis of mental illness         of advanced counseling skills with focus on new develop-
according to DSM-IV categories; treatment modalities; re-         ments. Emphasis on integration of theory and technique
ferral processes and prevention strategies. Prerequisites:        into a consistent counseling model. Prerequisites: 374, 375,
Graduate standing or permission. Three hours.                     and permission. Three hours.
361 The Practice of Mental Health Counseling. Introduc-           392 Group Dynamics: Theory and Experience. Encounter
tion to issues, needs, models and sociopolitical factors          group experiences for prospective counselors providing in-
present in community and private-practice mental health           creased awareness of self and models relating to others.
counseling, with an emphasis on prevention and wellness.          Theory, practice of group dynamics. Prerequisites: Graduate
Prerequisites: Graduate standing or permission. Three hours.      standing and permission. Three hours.
374 Counseling Theory and Practice. Theoretical and prac-         393 Advanced Group Counseling. Group leadership skills
tical approach to understanding the counseling process.           are developed, practiced, and refined through in-class ex-
64 |   EDUCATION
periences that focus on feedback exchange, group tech-           376 Laboratory Experiences in Reading and Related Lan-
niques, ethical issues, and group theory. Prerequisites: 220,    guage Instruction. Approaches for prevention, correction
374, 375, 392 and permission. Three hours.                       of reading and written language difficulties. Supervised
394 Special Topics in Counseling. Special issues in counsel-     teaching of individuals and/or small groups experiencing
ing, administration and planning, social work, higher edu-       reading and language problems. Apprenticeships in read-
cation not appropriate to content of existing courses. Prereq-   ing instructional programs. Prerequisite: 375. Three hours.
uisite: Permission. Variable credit.                             378 Advanced Study and Research in Reading and Re-
397 Independent Study in Counseling. Individual work             lated Language Arts. Survey of research, comparison and
in counseling or counseling related area selected by             evaluation of emerging programs design and development
student in consultation with faculty. Must follow Uni-           of projects in reading. Prerequisite: Fifteen hours in educa-
versity and program criteria. Prerequisite: Permission. One      tion including nine hours in the field of reading and lan-
to six credit hours.                                             guage education or permission. Three hours.
                                                                 379 Seminar in Reading Instruction. Study of reading
399 Program Completion Seminar. Students are aided in            relative to total curriculum. Significant trends, concepts re-
preparation of a scholarly paper to be presented and dis-        lated to specific problems, programs in reading and lan-
cussed in seminar and submitted for publication review.          guage arts instruction; role of supervisor and reading con-
Prerequisites: Counseling majors in final or next to final       sultant. Prerequisite: Fifteen hours of education including
semester and permission. One hour.                               nine hours in the field of reading and language education
                                                                 or permission. Three hours.
           EDEL—ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
222 Cultivating Children’s Literacy in the Elementary/                               EDFS—FOUNDATIONS
Middle School Classroom. Contemporary research and
practice related to the development of strategic, motivated,     203 Social, Historical and Philosophical Foundations of
and independent readers and writers. Emphasis on inte-           Education. Critical examination of central educational/so-
grating reading and writing within collaborative environ-        cial issues and values with special emphasis on the struggle
ments. Prerequisites: Twelve hours in education and/or re-       for justice and equality. Themes include schooling and so-
lated areas including an introductory course in reading or       cial class, race, and gender; the purposes of education; and
permission. Three hours.                                         the responsibilities of teachers. Prerequisite: Enrollment in
                                                                 teacher licensing program. Three hours. Glesne, Nash,
234 Literature and Language for Children and Youth.              Shiman.
Characteristics, interests, reading habits of children and
youth; selection, evaluation of literature. Organizing book      204 Seminar in Educational History. Selected topics in
units for teaching literature, for content areas. Emphasis       history of education. Education in democratic and authori-
on development of oral, written expression. Prerequisite:        tarian social orders. Topics: education of women, black
Twelve hours in education and related areas or permission.       heritage, American higher education in transition. Pre-
Three hours.                                                     requisite: Twelve hours in education and related areas or
                                                                 permission. Three hours.
241 Science for the Elementary School. Examination of
elementary school science programs. Emphasis on methods          205 History of American Education. Educational princi-
and materials relating to construction, use of science units     pals and practices in the U.S. as they relate to the main cur-
for children in grades K–6. Prerequisites: Twelve hours in       rents of social history. Key ideas of historic and contempo-
education and related areas, or permission. Three hours.         rary significance. Prerequisite: Twelve hours in education
                                                                 and related areas or permission. Three hours.
244 Social Studies in the Elementary School. Study of litera-
ture, research, and problems in teaching social studies in       206 Comparative Education. Examines educational chal-
the elementary school. Prerequisite: Twelve hours in educa-      lenges confronting countries around the world. Explores
tion and related areas. Three hours.                             issues related to sustainable development, diversity, citizen-
                                                                 ship, and justice in formal and nonformal educational con-
256 Methods and Materials in Elementary School Math-             texts. Prerequisite: Twelve hours in education and related ar-
ematics. Evolution of mathematical concepts, notations.          eas. Three hours.
Meaning of numbers, number-systems. Theory underlying
fundamental operations, metric measurements, analysis of         209 Introduction to Research Methods in Education and
modern approach to mathematics. Manipulative approach            Social Services. Seminars and research projects. Methods of
to teaching mathematics. Prerequisite: Twelve hours in edu-      historical, descriptive, experimental, quasi-experimental,
cation and related areas. Three hours.                           field studies, and survey research. Three hours.
270 Kindergarten Methods and Organization. Objectives,           255 School as a Social Institution. Examination of the
organization, curriculum, methods and materials, and rela-       school and related social institutions, focus on themes, in-
tionships of kindergarten preschool experiences. Prerequi-       cluding: social class, race, ethnicity, socialization, role of
site: Twelve hours in education and related areas. Three         the family, social change. Prerequisite: Twelve hours of edu-
hours.                                                           cation and related areas. Three hours.
271 Kindergarten Education with Laboratory Experi-               302 Philosophy of Education. Critical examination of key
ences. Designed to acquaint the prospective kindergarten         beliefs and values in current philosophies of helping, e.g.
teacher with educational research conducted by Piaget,           phenomenological, behavioral, holistic, as practiced in a va-
Bruner, Montessori, and others with experiences provided         riety of educational and social service institutions. Prereq-
for working with children of kindergarten age. Prerequisite:     uisite: Twelve hours in education and related areas. Three
Twelve hours in education and related areas. Three hours.        hours.
375 Literacy Assessment: Understanding Individual Dif-           303 The Ethics of Helping Relationships. Clarification of
ferences. Designing and using assessment strategies to im-       ethical dimensions of professional rights and obligations
prove and adapt instruction. Identify, evaluate, and docu-       for educators, counselors, administrators, other helping
ment literacy development, emphasizing students at risk of       professionals. Examination of selected ethical controversies
reading failure. Prerequisite: EDEL 222 or permission. Three     currently facing the helping professionals. Prerequisite:
hours.                                                           Twelve hours in education and related areas. Three hours.
                                                                                                               EDUCATION    | 65
314 Modes of Inquiry. A critical analysis of the various            360 Higher Education in America. Critical, contemporary
conceptual and methodological foundations of theory and             overview of the American university. Implications of con-
practice in education and the human services. Prerequisites:        flicting value philosophies for theory, practice of higher
Twelve hours in education and related areas. Three hours.           education. Three hours.
322 The Challenge of Multiculturalism for Education and             361 The (Un)Changing Academy. This course examines
Social Institutions. Critical analysis of social, historical, and   the historical trends that have shaped higher education and
philosophical dimensions of multiculturalism. Examination           the tensions around stability and change affecting colleges
of identity, empowerment, and justice and their relation-           and universities. Prerequisites: graduate student standing.
ships to educational/social policies and practices. Prerequi-       Three hours.
sites: Twelve hours in education and related areas. Three           362 College Students in America. Examination of the diver-
hours. Shiman                                                       sity of college students today, and the developmental issues
347 Qualitative Research Methods. Introduces students to            arising during the college experience. Three hours.
qualitative methods as a research paradigm and develops
skills in ethnographic techniques of field observation, inter-      375 Cultural Pluralism in Higher Education. This course
viewing, and data analysis. Out-of-class fieldwork required.        explores cultural pluralism philosophies, racial identity
Prerequisite: Master’s or doctoral level standing or permis-        development, racial incidences, and educational practices
sion. Three hours. Glesne.                                          related to racism and diversity for implementation in
                                                                    higher education. Prerequisites: Graduate standing. Three
352 Aesthetic Education and Social Justice. Exploration of          hours.
art that deepens understanding of educational and social
problems. Focus on artists who challenge dominant pow-              383 Higher Education Administration and Organization.
ers. Incorporates democratic perspectives on art and aes-           Introduction to concepts of administration and organization
thetics. Prerequisite: Twelve hours in education and related        as applied to contemporary higher education setting. Char-
areas. Three hours.                                                 acteristics of organizations, dynamic elements of administra-
                                                                    tion, and theories and processes of change. Three hours.
354 Anthropological Perspectives on Education and
Social Services. Examination of formal and non-formal               385 Student Affairs Profession. Overview of the work of
education as means to produce and alleviate cultural con-           the student affairs profession, including philosophical base,
flict. Incorporates an autobiographical approach to study-          historical development, current practices, and future
ing socio-cultural implications of schooling and social ser-        trends. Prerequisite: Enrollment open only to Higher Educa-
vices. Emphasis on Third World situations. Prerequisite:            tion and Student Affairs students. Three hours.
Twelve hours in education and related areas. Three hours.           387 Seminar in Higher Education. Designed for graduate
369 Ethics in Educational and Social Services Admin-                students concentrating in programs in Higher Education.
istration. Critical examination of theories of ethical deci-        Analysis and discussion of current issues and problems in
sion making. Implications for leadership in educational, so-        higher education. One to three hours.
cial service settings. Ethical investigation utilizing research,    395 Laboratory Experience. Practica internships, offered
scholarship, actual incidents, case studies, role playing. Pre-     in various University departments and offices, enable stu-
requisite: Ed.D. students have priority. Three hours.               dents to integrate conceptual knowledge with professional
455 Social Processes and Institutional Change. Critical             practices. Prerequisite: Graduate standing in HESA. Two
analysis of theory and research related to justice, caring,         hours.
and change in education and other social institutions. Fo-          397 Problems in Higher Education. Research project re-
cus: ideology, diversity, and management of knowledge. Pre-         quired for M.Ed. in HESA. Two hours.
requisite: Doctoral level standing. Three hours.                    491 Dissertation Research. Credit as arranged. Prerequi-
                                                                    sites: Ed.D. candidates with approved higher education
             EDHE—HEALTH EDUCATION                                  concentration. One to twelve hours.
208 School Health Programs. Organization of the total
school health program. Problems and administration in the                            EDLI—LIBRARY SCIENCE
area of school environment, health services, health educa-
tion, and school-community relationship. Prerequisite: 46 or        272 Managing School Library Media Centers. Overview of
equivalent. Three hours.                                            administrative issues, including development of policies
                                                                    and procedures, budget preparation, personnel administra-
211 Community Health Education. Government and vol-                 tion, and public relations. Focus on information technology
untary agencies’ sociological, historical, educational, envi-       and literacy. Prerequisite: Twelve hours in education and re-
ronmental, and medical influences. Role of community                lated areas, or permission. Three hours. Schubert.
health educator in these influences and major American
health concerns. Prerequisite: EDHE 46 or equivalent. Three         273 Organizing School Library Media Center Collections.
hours. Pahnos.                                                      Introduction to cataloging of print and non-print materials,
                                                                    Dewey Decimal Classification, application of microcomput-
220 Stress Management for Health Professionals. Physio-             ers to catalog and circulation services. Prerequisite: 272 or
logical, psychological, and sociological aspects of stress.         equivalent. Three hours. Lanius, MacLennan.
Theory, practices, teaching techniques, and application
relevant to teaching students and/or clients. Prerequisites:        274 Designing Instruction for School Library Media Cen-
EDHE 46 or equivalent. Three hours. Pahnos.                         ters. Designing library instruction for integration with cur-
                                                                    ricula and collaborating to create effective lessons. Issues
              EDHI—HIGHER EDUCATION                                 surrounding active learning, critical thinking, learning
                                                                    styles, and assessment are examined. Prerequisite: 272 or
297 Learning Module. Learning modules may vary each                 equivalent. Three hours. Reit.
semester as the need to address topics arises. Learning
modules are 5 week classes. One hour.                               275 Developing School Library Media Center Collections.
                                                                    Evaluating and selecting books, periodicals, audiovisuals,
332 Adult Development and Education. Critical examina-              software, and other materials for full range of student ages
tion of research on adult learners in higher education, de-         and ability levels. Maintaining collection, weeding, using in-
velopment theory, and reentry issues facing older students.         terlibrary loan, and dealing with censorship. Prerequisite: 272
Analysis and application of proposals for new adult-ori-            or equivalent. Three hours. Greene.
ented educational programs. Three hours.
66 |   EDUCATION

276 Information Sources and Services for School Library          337 Political Processes in Education and Social Service
Media Centers. Helping students and teachers find infor-         Organizations. Political and operational relationships be-
mation using print, online, CD-ROM and other resources.          tween schools, agencies, and other organizations at all gov-
Developing interview skills and selecting materials for el-      ernmental levels. Policy development, working with policy
ementary and secondary core collections. Prerequisite: 272 or    boards, and coordinating organizational and community
equivalent. Three hours. Brew, Philbin.                          activities. Three hours.
277 Information Technologies for School Library Media            352 Analysis of Educational and Social Service Organ-
Centers. Selecting, using, and maintaining full range of         izations. Organizations as open or closed systems; examina-
media equipment, including audiovisual and computer              tions of goals, power, conflict, leadership, decision-making
based systems. Designing and improving presentation facili-      roles, communication; diagnosing causes of organizational
ties for media. Prerequisites: 272 or equivalent. Three hours.   problems; factors aiding, impeding organizational change.
Brew, Ross, Whitby.                                              Three hours.
                                                                 353 Seminar in Organizational Leadership. Roles, func-
       EDLP – LEADERSHIP AND POLICY STUDIES                      tions, relationships and responsibilities in maintaining and
264 Evaluation in Education and Social Services. For edu-        changing organizations; leadership styles and behavior;
cational and social service personnel. Overview of the state-    trends and issues impacting on organizations. Three hours.
of-the-art of evaluation, emerging concepts, related models.     354 General and Social Systems Theory. General Systems
Potential applications to settings; systematic data analysis.    Theory is analyzed in terms of its utility for examining
Prerequisite: Twelve hours in education or permission. Three     social systems, macrosystems analysis of research, planning,
hours.                                                           and interdisciplinary dialogue. Three hours.
266 Educational Finance. National, state, and local prac-        355 System Analysis and Planning. An analysis of and ex-
tices in educational financing and taxation; educational         perience with planning theories and techniques that derive
policies and incentives in funding; other revenue sources;       from General Systems Theory. Three hours.
financial expenditure procedures. Prerequisite: Twelve hours
in education or permission. Two to three hours.                  356, 357 Seminar in Futurism and Planning. Knowledge,
                                                                 values, attitudes relating to concepts about the future; alter-
268 Educational Law. Legal basis for education. State and        native futures, trend analysis, goal setting; planning processes
Federal statutes; related court cases; Attorney General opin-    applied to educational and social service organizations. Six
ions; Special Education procedures; Vermont State Board          hours (each semester can be taken independently).
and State Education Department policies; regulations. Pre-
requisite: Twelve hours in education or permission. Two to       358 Seminar in Community Education. The seminar par-
three hours.                                                     ticipants will analyze the Community Education process, re-
                                                                 late the process to community development, and develop
280 School Business Management. Analysis of basic man-           strategies for the planning and implementation of Commu-
agement concepts applied to administering schools. Topics        nication Education. Three hours.
include leadership/management trends, types of budgets,
risk management, planning, and other personnel and busi-         367 Human Behavior in Education Systems. This course
ness operations issues. Prerequisite: Twelve hours in educa-     will enable students in the Doctorate in Education program
tion. Three hours.                                               to understand and assess human behavior as it affects and is
                                                                 affected by education systems. Prerequisite: Ed.D. students
291 Special Topics in Organizational and Human Re-               have priority. Three hours.
source Development. Special issues in counseling, admini-
stration and planning, social work, or higher education          372 Leadership and the Creative Imagination. Leadership
not appropriate to content of existing courses. Courses          in societal organizations as presented in literature, other
will reflect the social services orientation of the Depart-      media. Students will demonstrate abilities to integrate lead-
ment of Education. Variable hours.                               ership theory, principles, personal beliefs, practices with
                                                                 literary and other media models. Prerequisite: Ed.D. students
332 Seminar in Administration and Planning. Opportunity          have priority. Three hours.
for students to experience, apply selected administration
and planning concepts, skills through seminar and selected       386 Organization and Human Resource Development. The
simulations of public school and social service organiza-        concept and practice of organization development, analy-
tional settings. Three hours.                                    sis of and laboratory experience in the utilization of inter-
                                                                 vention methodologies. Prerequisite: One course relating to
334 Effecting and Managing Change in Educational and             human relations and one course relating to organizations
Social-Service Organizations. Change processes and mod-          or equivalent, or permission. Three hours.
els, the dynamics of change within the organization, and
external factors affecting change. Managerial, leadership,       387 Collaborative Consultation. (See EDSP 387.)
and organizational factors and conditions impacting on in-       409 Applied Educational Research. Introduction to philo-
novations; change phases of initiation, implementation,          sophical and methodological foundations of interpretive
and institutionalization. Prerequisite: Twelve hours of gradu-   and empirical-analytic research with emphasis on systems
ate study. Three hours.                                          change. Preparation of critical readers and synthesizers of
335 Staff Evaluation and Development. Supervisory roles,         research studies. Prerequisite: Doctoral level standing. Three
behavior, responsibilities, and relationships in educational     hours.
and social service organizations; processes for evaluating       431 Advanced Seminar in Organizational Leadership.
the performance, promoting the development of staff, and         Students inquire into new theories on leadership and the
increasing organization effectiveness. Three hours.              cognitive processes that define the intentions, values, be-
336 Curriculum Management in Educational and Social              liefs, and future perspectives of themselves as leaders. Pre-
Service Organizations. Approaches to coordinating and            requisite: Doctoral level standing. Three hours.
managing curriculum or programs at the classroom, de-            432 Advanced Seminar in Organizational Change and Hu-
partment, or organizational level; examination of factors ef-    man Resource Development. Students inquire into new
fecting design and delivery of curriculum; developing cur-       theories, themes, and multicultural dimensions of organiza-
riculum guides and assessment methods. Prerequisites: 18         tions. Strategies for managing human resources, structural
hours of education and related areas or appropriate profes-      issues, and future trends in organizations are analyzed. Pre-
sional certification. Three hours.                               requisite: Doctoral level standing. Three hours.
                                                                                                              EDUCATION    | 67
437 Seminar on Education Policy. An examination of the             uisites: 166, ECHD 62 or 63, or equivalent. Three hours.
nature and function of education policy, emphasizing the           241 Seminar in Physical Education and Athletics. Exami-
structure and processes in education policy formulation            nation and analysis of contemporary issues and trends in
and implementation. Prerequisite: Doctoral level standing.         physical education and athletics not especially appropriate
Three hours.                                                       within the boundaries of an existing course. Prerequisite:
491 Doctoral Dissertation Research. Credit as arranged.            Twelve hours in physical education and related areas. Vari-
                                                                   able credit (two to four hours).
                EDLS—LEARNING STUDIES                              253 Curriculum Design in Health and Physical Education.
212 Child and Adolescent Psychology. Children and                  Philosophy, techniques of curriculum innovation in health
adults are emerging individuals. Impacts of sociocultural          and physical education. Inter-relationships between student
ethics, values, institutions on individuals. Topics: human         needs and interests, teaching methodology, evaluative pro-
needs, values, self concept, personal freedom, bureaucratic        cedures, community involvement, administrative organiza-
society, cross-cultural issues. Prerequisite: Twelve hours in      tion patterns. Prerequisites: 104, 105, 46, 155 or equivalent.
education and/or related areas. Three hours.                       Three hours.
377 Seminar in Educational Psychology. Personal values,            260 Adaptive Physical Education. Recognition, preven-
attitudes, beliefs related to learning. Psychological research     tion, correction of functional, structural deviations from
of the teaching-learning process. Research use in analysis of      normal body mechanics. Organization of programs
educational processes. Applications for educational set-           adapted to needs of handicapped individuals in both spe-
tings. Prerequisite: Twelve hours in education and related         cial class and mainstreamed settings. Prerequisite: 155, 104,
areas. Three hours.                                                105 or equivalent teaching experience. Three hours.

               EDMU—MUSIC EDUCATION                                            EDSC—SECONDARY EDUCATION
240 Musical Creativity in the General Music Class. Design-         207 Adolescent Learning from a Behavioral and Cognitive
ing a course of study for the general music class. Develop-        Perspective. Indepth examination of cognitive learning
ing musical concepts and perception through individual             theory and its background in behavioral and other learning
differences. Prerequisite: Permission. Three hours.                theories, with application to teaching in a secondary set-
243 Recent Trends in Music Education. Study of recent              ting. Prerequisites: Acceptance to licensing program. Three
thought and practices in music education. Examination of           hours. Clarke, Fishell, Letteri, Parks.
current trends. Prerequisite: Permission. Credit variable, one     209 Practicum in Teaching. Working with teachers and
to four hours.                                                     students in a secondary school, licensing candidates will as-
253 Practicum in Music Education. Current methodology              sess the needs of students, document effects of direct ser-
in music education for music specialist and classroom              vice and the need for new curriculum. Prerequisites: 203, 207
teacher. Each year emphasis in a different area of con-            or concurrent enrollment. Three hours. Clarke, Erb,
centration. Prerequisites: Teaching experience, or permis-         Fishell, Sandoval.
sion. Credit variable. Course may be taken for one to four         215 Reading in the Secondary School. Design of methods
hours each semester and may be repeated for a maximum              and materials for integrating reading and learning skills in
of eight hours.                                                    content instruction. Focus on learning support for at risk
290 Basic Concepts in Music Education. Disciplinary back-          learners. Prerequisites: 203, 207, 209 or concurrent enroll-
grounds, historical and philosophical foundations; funda-          ment. Three hours. Clarke, Lang, Mekkelsen.
mental consideration of the functions of music in the              216 General Methods for Secondary Teachers. Develop-
schools; development of a personal philosophy. Three hours.        ment of teaching methods for secondary instruction, adapta-
390 Organization and Administration of Music Education.            tion to learning styles, models of teaching with design, lesson
Study of the organization and administration of vocal and          planning and assessment, with focus on cross-disciplinary col-
instrumental music in the public schools. Prerequisites:           laboration. Prerequisites: 203, 207, 209 or concurrent enroll-
Teaching experience or permission. Three hours.                    ment. Three hours. Clarke, Erb, Fishell, Griffin, Gross.
                                                                   217 Secondary School Curriculum. Principles and prob-
              EDPE—PHYSICAL EDUCATION                              lems in curriculum development. An analysis of recent cur-
201 Administration of Athletic Program. Background for             ricular innovations in American secondary schools. Pre-
effective administration of the athletic program of schools.       requisite: Twelve hours of education and related areas.
Include scheduling, budgeting, management, equipment,              Three hours.
policy, public relations, and education justification. Prerequi-   223 Reading Programs in Secondary Schools and Colleges.
site: Twelve hours of education and psychology. Three hours.       Relationship of reading to learning study of organization, in-
203 Principles of Physical Education. Principles basic to          structional procedures, and materials for developing reading
sound philosophy of physical education for appraisal of his-       improvement programs for secondary and college students;
torical development; relationship to health education, rec-        reading in content areas. Prerequisite: Twelve hours in educa-
reation, and other areas; foundation and functions of physi-       tion and/or related areas or permission. Three hours.
cal education. Prerequisites: Admission to the program and         225 Teaching Social Studies in Secondary Schools. In-
permission. Three hours.                                           cludes multiple teaching modes, questioning techniques,
220 Sport in Society. Examines sport as a social institu-          micro-teaching laboratory, analysis of historical content to
tion, emphasizing interrelationships between sport and the         determine students’ prerequisite cognitive skills and proc-
social context in which it exists; analyzes functions and dys-     esses for construction of historical scenarios. Prerequisite:
functions of sport in contemporary society. Prerequisites: So-     Twelve hours of education and related areas. Three hours.
ciology 1 or 19, or equivalent. Three hours. Wessinger.            226 Teaching Internship. Collaboration with professional
240 Principles of Motor Learning and Human Perform-                teachers in design and implementation of effective instruc-
ance. Nature of motor learning; factors affecting motor            tion, with special focus on developing programs in a high
learning (motivation, emotion, stress); concepts of transfer,      school setting. Prerequisites: 203, 207, 209, 215, 216 and Spe-
retention; alternatives in teaching, coaching methodologies        cial Methods. Eight to twelve hours. Agne, Clarke, Erb,
based upon applied principles in motor learning. Prereq-           Fishell, Griffin, Gross, Sandoval.
68 |   EDUCATION

227 Teaching Science in Secondary Schools. Considera-              abilities. Prerequisite: Permission and introductory behavior
tion of science curricula and instructional strategies for         analysis course. Three hours.
grades 7–12. Topics may include: teaching science as prob-         275 Developing Vocational Instruction for Students with
lem solving, research in science teaching, affective edu-          Special Needs. Development of instructional strategies for
cation through science. Prerequisites: Twelve hours in educa-      including students with disabilities in vocational education.
tion and related areas or permission. Three hours.                 Procedures for developing, implementing, and evaluating
228 Literature in the Junior-Senior High School Curric-            individualized vocational plans. Prerequisite: Admission to an
ulum. (Literary Criticism for Teachers.) Three hours.              approved teacher certification program or permission.
229 Communicative Arts in Secondary Schools. (Teaching             Three hours.
English in Secondary Schools.) Three hours.                        280 Assessment in Special Education. Course covers assess-
230 Teaching for Results. Analysis of planning, curriculum,        ment knowledge and skills essential for special educators,
design, teaching, evaluation and classroom management              including test selection, administration and scoring, and
from the perspective of research and practice. Special focus       legal issues related to special education assessment. Prerequi-
on the student with special needs. Prerequisites: Concurrent       sites: Admission to Graduate Program in Special Education
enrollment in 226. Three hours. Agne, Clarke, Erb, Fishell.        or permission of instructor. Three hours.
257 Teaching Mathematics in Secondary Schools. Con-                290 Meeting the Curriculum Needs of All Students. Study
temporary secondary school mathematics curricula and in-           of curriculum and technology areas related to the develop-
structional strategies for grades 7–12. Topics may include         ment, adaptation, and assessment of all students focusing
problem solving, research in mathematics education, use of         on students with academic and behavioral challenges. Pre-
calculators and computers, manipulatives, and evaluation.          requisite: Permission. Three hours.
Prerequisites: Twelve hours in education and related areas or      296 Special Education Practica for Classroom Teachers.
permission. Three hours.                                           Credit as arranged.
259 Teaching Foreign Language in the School. (Secon-               297 Curriculum for Individuals with Disabilities. Students
dary.) Three hours.                                                develop and implement an objectives-based curriculum for
282 Seminar for Prospective Teachers of English. (See              learners with learning disabilities, mental retardation, behav-
English 290.)                                                      ior disorders, and/or multidisabilities. Prerequisite: Permission.
294 Seminar for Prospective Teachers of Communica-                 298 Special Education Practicum. Students provide direct
tions. (See Communication Sciences 294.)                           instruction for six learners with learning disabilities, mental
                                                                   retardation, behavior disorders, and/or multidisabilities. Pre-
                                                                   requisite: Permission. Credit as arranged.
               EDSP—SPECIAL EDUCATION
                                                                   301 History and Systems of Services for Individuals with
201 Foundations of Special Education. Examination of               Disabilities. Historical and current trends in treatment of
historical, current trends in the treatment of individuals         individuals with disabilities, including effects of litigation,
with disabilities, including the effects of litigation, legisla-   legislation, economic consideration in education, voca-
tion, and economic considerations on educational and resi-         tional, residential service delivery systems. Prerequisite:
dential service delivery systems. Prerequisite: Twelve hours in    Acceptance as candidate for M.Ed. degree in special educa-
education and related areas, or permission. Three hours.           tion, or permission. Three hours.
207 Cooperative Learning. Theoretical and experiential             302 Physical and Developmental Characteristics of Indi-
instruction in procedures to increase social acceptance and        viduals with Multidisabilities. Normal development — birth
academic achievement of exceptional learners in main-              through six years, developmental disorders, disabilities.
stream settings through cooperative learning. Prerequisite:        Medical, health considerations for multidisabled. Manage-
Permission. Three hours.                                           ment of multidisabilities learner through employment of
216 Meeting the Curriculum and Instructional Needs of              appropriate handling, positioning, feeding, toileting proce-
All Students. Introduction to curriculum and instruction           dures. Prerequisite: Permission. Three hours.
for all students with a focus on individuals who present aca-      310, 311 Curriculum and Technology in Special Edu-
demic and behavioral challenges. Emphasis on assessment,           cation. Curricular and assessment areas essential to educa-
evaluation, curriculum, instruction, theories of learning          tion of students with disabilities. Development, adaptation
and social development. Prerequisite: Permission. Three            of curricula and assessment in early education, elementary
hours. Salembier, Williams.                                        and secondary and adult levels for mild, moderate, and se-
217 Instruction for Individuals with Severe Disabilities.          vere disabilities. Prerequisite: Permission. Three hours.
Individualized instruction for learners with severe disabili-      312, 313 Advanced Behavior Principles in Special Edu-
ties emphasizing objectives, assessment, task analysis, and        cation. A survey on behavior theory and research applica-
behavior analysis. Prerequisite: Permission. Three hours.          tions for learners with learning disabilities, mental retarda-
221 Family Centered Services for Children with Special             tion, behavior disorders, and multidisabilities. Prerequisite:
Needs. An in-depth study of families of children with spe-         Acceptance to M.Ed. program or permission. Three hours.
cial needs; family ecology; interaction and life cycle. Devel-     316 Research Seminar in Special Education. Research
opment and implementation of family/professional col-              which addresses key issues in special education is reviewed
laboration strategies. Practicum required. Prerequisites: Per-     and evaluated. Students write and present a research review
mission. Three hours. Fox, Yuan.                                   with attention to practitioner needs. Prerequisites: EDSP 301,
224 Meeting the Instructional Needs of All Students. Stu-          310, 312, a course in quantitative research design. Three
dents apply principles of learning and social development          hours.
to improve academic and social skills of all individuals with      317 Design and Evaluation of Education for Individuals
a focus on academic and behavioral challenges. Prerequisites:      with Severe Disabilities. Students analyze, adapt curricula
Permission of instructor. Three hours.                             for severely disabled, utilizing knowledge of normal, abnor-
228 Advanced Instruction for Individuals with Severe Dis-          mal motor development, feeding techniques, adaptive,
abilities. Students apply advanced principles of behavior          prosthetic devices, medial aspects, parent professional part-
analysis in the development and implementation of instruc-         nership, socialization, normalization, legal aspects. Prerequi-
tional programs for learners with moderate and severe dis-         site: Permission. Three hours.
                                                                                                ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING     | 69
319 Internship for Specialized Personnel in Education.            skills, reasoning, thinking skills. Prerequisites: Computer Sci-
Approved internship reflecting student’s interest and             ence 3 or equivalent, permission. Three hours.
needs. Competency-based instruction in development, im-           248 Educational Media. Modern instructional aids, theory
plementation of effective programs for learners eligible for      and practice, educational media related to psychology of
special education services. Prerequisite: Permission. Credit as   teaching and learning. Prerequisite: Twelve hours in educa-
arranged.                                                         tion and related areas. Three hours.
320 Laboratory Experience in Education: Educational               261 Current Directions in Curriculum and Instruction.
Programming for Students with Severe Disabilities. Stu-           Current trends, issues, literature, programs, and organiza-
dents identify, evaluate severely disabled learners, demon-       tional activities in fields of curriculum and instruction em-
strate competency in handling, positioning, feeding. Cur-         phasizing areas of individual concern. Focus on elementary
rent skill levels assessed, educational programs designed,        and secondary school levels. Prerequisite: Twelve credits in
including objectives, teaching/learning procedures, evalua-       education or equivalent. Three hours.
tion, measurement. Prerequisites: Master’s degree or equiva-
lent, permission. Three hours.                                    309 Interdisciplinary Seminar: Social Policy, Education,
                                                                  Social Services. Introduction to interdisciplinary study; the
322 Internship in Special Education: The Triadic Model            field of policy analysis and social change. Core academic
of Consultation. Competency-based instruction in oral and         experience for Interdisciplinary Majors. Prerequisites: Inter-
written communication, consultation, and workshop level           disciplinary majors; others by permission. Three hours.
training is provided. Students apply the consultation model
in an educational setting. Prerequisites: EDSP 310, 312 or        313 Statistical Methods in Education and Social Services.
permission. Variable credit. One to three hours. Cravedi-         Basic concepts of descriptive and inferential statistics. Top-
Cheng, Salembier, Williams.                                       ics: frequency distributions; measures of central tendency,
                                                                  dispersion; correlation, hypothesis testing. Application of
323 Internship in Special Education: Systems Develop-             concepts to educational situations. Three hours.
ment. Competency-based instruction in planning for system
level development and change. Students apply systems the-         321 School Improvement: Theory and Practice. Analysis
ory in an educational setting. Prerequisites: EDSP 310, 312 or    of research and practices pertinent to improvement of
permission. Variable credit. One to three hours.                  American schools. Student assignments include synthesis
                                                                  papers and site-specific research projects derived from
384 Teaching-Internship in Special Education: Course De-
                                                                  course studies. Prerequisite: Twelve hours of graduate study
velopment and Implementation. Instruction in developing
                                                                  in education. Four to six hours.
competency-based courses in special education for inservice
teacher training. Practicum involves team teaching with           333 Curriculum Concepts, Planning and Development.
University special education faculty. Prerequisites: Certifica-   Overview of conceptions of curriculum for elementary and
tion as a Consulting Teacher/Learning Specialist and per-         secondary education; examination of contemporary cur-
mission. Six hours.                                               riculum trends, issues; processes for initiating, planning,
                                                                  developing curriculum activities and programs. Prerequisite:
385 Teaching Internship: Advanced Systems Development
and Management in Special Education. Competency-based             Twelve hours of education or permission. Three hours.
instruction in developing and adapting technological pro-         336 Professional Writing. Problems in writing faced by
grams for advanced system-level change. Prerequisite: EDSP        professionals in educational and human service settings.
319 (six hours), permission. Three to six hours.                  Students write reports, critiques, reviews; analyze examples
386 Teaching Internship: Management of Learning Envi-             of published work; receive detailed critiques of their work.
ronments for the Disabled. Implementation of data-based           Three hours.
individualized education in one-to-one, small group, and          343 The Study of Teaching. Study of the art and science
large group instruction for severely disabled student(s) in       with emphasis on students’ own teaching. Current research
special or regular classrooms. Prerequisites: EDSP 217, 290,      on teaching and self-study are major foci. Prerequisites:
228 or permission. Variable credit.                               Twelve hours of education, teaching experience. Three
387 Collaborative Consultation. Adult development and             hours.
group dynamics theory provide the knowledge base for col-         363 Seminar in the Analysis of Curriculum and Instruc-
laborating with parents and teachers to meet the diverse          tion. A case study analysis of the design, implementation,
needs of students with disabilities. Three hours. Fitzgerald.     and evaluation of selected curricular and instructional im-
Cross listings: EDLP 387, EDSS 387.                               provements. Prerequisites: Ed.D. students have priority.
                                                                  Three hours.
                    EDSS — EDUCATION                              349 Quasi-Experimentation in Education and Social Ser-
211 Educational Measurements. The essential principles            vices. Quasi-experimental designs are analyzed, compared,
of measurement in education. Topics include validity, relia-      and contrasted with “true experiments.” Strategies for ad-
bility, principles of test construction, item analysis, and       dressing threats to the validity of quasi-experiments are
analysis of standardized tests as they apply to the classroom.    studied. Design exemplars are evaluated. Prerequisite: EDSS
Prerequisite: Twelve hours in education and related areas.        313, or Psychology 340, or Statistics 211, or equivalent.
Three hours.                                                      Three hours.
215 The Gifted Child. Three hours.                                387 Collaborative Consultation. (See EDSP 387.)
238 Teaching with a Global Perspective. Approaches to
teaching global and multicultural issues: justice and human           HDFS — HUMAN DEVELOPMENT AND FAMILY
rights, peace, and the environment. Development of cur-                              STUDIES
riculum materials. Links between local and global con-                            (See page 109.)
cerns. Prerequisite: Twelve hours of education and related
areas. Three hours. Conrad, Shiman.
245 Applications of Microcomputers in Elementary and              Electrical Engineering (EE)
Secondary School Curricula. For elementary, secondary
educators with experience in simple programming. Design           Professors Absher, Mirchandani, Oughstun, Williams; Professors
of instructional procedures, integrating computers into           Emeritus Anderson, Evering, Roth; Associate Professors Titcomb,
school curriculum. Use of computer software to teach basic        Varhue; Assistant Professor Lecky.
70 |   ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy programs are          cepts. Prerequisite: 171 or permission. Three hours.
offered. Candidates normally have obtained the Bachelor          209 Transient Phenomena (3-0). Complex variable basis
of Science degree in Electrical Engineering prior to appli-      of Laplace and Fourier Transforms; applications to tran-
cation for admission but other applicants are encouraged         sient behavior of lumped and distributed parameter sys-
to consider the program if they have extensive background        tems, root locus. Nyquist criterion, two-dimensional field
in mathematics and the basic sciences. In such cases, it may     problems. Prerequisites: 4, Math. 121 or equivalent. Three
be necessary for a student to complete the entrance qualifi-     hours.
cations without receiving credit toward graduate studies.
The general requirements for admission as outlined under         210 Introduction to Control Systems (3–0). Analysis and
the “Regulations of the Graduate College” must be met. Ar-       design of continuous and discrete time control systems; sta-
eas of research expertise are control systems, biomedical        bility signal flow, performance criteria, classical and state
engineering, test engineering, computer engineering, solid       variable methods, simulation design tools, computer-based
state physical electronics, electro-optics, information pro-     realizations. Prerequisites: 171 or permission. Three hours.
cessing, communication theory, semiconductor materials,          221 Principles of VLSI Digital Circuit Design (2-3). The
devices and integrated circuits (VLSI).                          design, layout, and simulation of VLSI digital circuits. Em-
                                                                 phasis on custom, laboratory design; typical topics will in-
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO                                    clude memory, PLA, ALU, and elemental arithmetic cir-
GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF                               cuits. Prerequisites: 121, 131, 163 or equivalent. Three hours.
MASTER OF SCIENCE                                                222 Principles of VLSI Analog Circuit Design (3–0). The
An accredited bachelor’s degree in an appropriate field.         design, layout and simulation of VLSI analog circuits. Em-
                                                                 phasis on small signal models and circuits used in opera-
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO                                  tional amplifiers. Prerequisites: 121, 163, permission. Three
CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF                                      hours. Staff.
MASTER OF SCIENCE                                                224 Principles of VLSI System Design (2–3). Survey of
An accredited bachelor’s degree in electrical engineering        VLSI design. Architecture and partitioning of functions.
or equivalent education.                                         Design for testability. Simulation including timing. Synthe-
                                                                 sis. Design verification, manufacturing interface. Required
MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS                                      team project and report. Prerequisites: 221 or instructor per-
Advanced courses in electrical engineering, physics, com-        mission. Three hours.
puter science, and mathematics (18 to 24) with at least 15       227 Biomedical Measurements, Instrumentation, and Sys-
credit hours appropriately distributed in approved areas of      tems (3–0). Biomedical and clinical engineering in research,
study in the Electrical and Computer Engineering                 industry, and healthcare institutions. Measurement tech-
Department; thesis research (six to 12 hours).                   niques and instrumentation. Integrated biomedical monitor-
Although a thesis is normally required in the program lead-      ing, diagnostic, and therapeutic systems. Corequisites: 121,
ing to the M.S. in Electrical Engineering, the thesis may be     Physiology and Biophysics 101, and permission. Three hours.
waived with departmental approval, in favor of additional        228 Sensors (3–0). Sensor design, interrogation and imple-
courses. In such cases, the student will be expected to have     mentation. A wide variety of electrical, electronic, optical,
considerable professional experience, or to submit high          mechanical, and cross-disciplinary devices. System designs,
quality technical reports as evidence of professional            measurement techniques and methodologies. Prerequisites:
maturity.                                                        Senior standing in Engineering or Physics. Three hours.
                                                                 231 Digital Computer Design I (3-0). Hardware organiza-
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO                                    tion and realization, hardwired and microprogrammed
GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF                               control units, interrupt and I/O systems. A hardware de-
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY                                             sign language is introduced and used for computer design.
A master’s degree in electrical engineering or the equi-         Prerequisites: 131, and either 134 or CS 101 or permission.
valent.                                                          Three hours.
                                                                 232 Digital Computer Design II (3-0). Memory designs,
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO                                  error control, high-speed addition, multiplication, and division,
CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF                                      floating-point arithmetic, cpu enhancements, testing and design
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY                                             for testability. Prerequisite: 231. Three hours.
Successful completion of Ph.D. comprehensive exami-              233 Microprocessor-Based              Systems    and Applications
nations.                                                         (3–3). Basic principles of mini-microcomputers; A/D; D/A;
The majority of students will have completed a core pro-         channels, magnetic devices, display devices, mechanical devices;
gram comprising graduate courses before taking the com-          interface designs of analog systems to mini/microcomputers;
prehensive examination.                                          principles of microprogramming; bit-slice-based microcomput-
                                                                 ers. Prerequisite: Permission. Computer Science 101 desirable.
MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE                              Four hours.
DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY                                   241 Electromagnetic Theory I (3-0). Maxwell-Lorenz theory
At least 45 credit hours in courses and seminars and 20          emphasizing uniqueness and conservation laws. Potential theory
credit hours in dissertation. Four courses are to be chosen      with applications to boundary value problems, Green’s function
from a major area of concentration and two from a minor.         techniques, multipole expansions, and numerical methods. Pre-
The requirements specified under the “Policies of the            requisites: 141; Math 272 recommended. Three hours.
Graduate College” must also be met. A total of 75 credit         242 Electromagnetic Theory II (3-0). Macroscopic Maxwell
hours is required.                                               theory, boundary conditions and dispersion relations for spatio-
                                                                 temporal fields. Electromagnetic wave propagation, reflec-
COURSES OFFERED                                                  tion and transmission, guides waves, radiation, scattering
201 Linear System Theory (3-0). Basic concepts in system         and diffraction phenomena. Prerequisite: 241 or permission.
theory; linear algebra; state space representation; stability;   Three hours.
controllability; and observability. Applications of these con-   245 Lasers and Electro-Optical Devices (3-0). A theoreti-
                                                                                                    ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING     | 71
cal description of light-matter interactions in photon emit-         ware; PC and Unix-based software. Prerequisites: 270 recom-
ting resonant cavities and a practical understanding of la-          mended, 275. Four hours.
ser design and operation. Prerequisite: 142, permission.             277 Image Analysis and Pattern Recognition (3-0). Image,
Three hours.                                                         shape, and texture analysis. Statistical pattern recognition
246 Engineering Optics (3-0). Applications of optics to the          methods. Pattern recognition and computer vision tech-
solution of engineering problems. Optical signal process-            niques for machine parts recognition and automatic visual
ing, fiber optic sensors, integrated optics. Prerequisites: 245      inspection. Prerequisite: 276. Three hours.
or permission. Three hours.                                          281 through 284 Seminars (1-0). Presentation and discus-
247 Physical Optics I (3-0). Fundamental properties of               sion of advanced electrical engineering problems and cur-
the optical field. Molecular optics and the Ewald-Oseen ex-          rent developments. Prerequisite: Graduate engineering en-
tinction theorem. Foundations of geometrical optics. Dif-            rollment. One hour.
fraction and aberration theory. Prerequisites: 142 or Physics        285 Engineering Design Analysis and Synthesis (3-0). Ad-
214.                                                                 vanced engineering problem solving, analytical tech-
248 Physical Optics II (3-0). Partially coherent light and           niques and simulations involving control systems, digital
the Van-Cittert Zerike theorem. Rigorous diffraction theory,         electronics, computer hardware and software; technical
the optics of metals and crystal optics. Prerequisite: 247.          writing and documentation emphasized. Prerequisite: Per-
250 Test Engineering (3–0). Parametric, structural, func-            mission. Three hours.
tional, characterization and stress testing of components            295 Special Topics. Formulation and solution of theoreti-
and subsystems. Test methods, strategies, planning, and              cal and practical problems dealing with electrical circuits,
economics. Test equipment hardware and software. Prereq-             apparatus, machines, or systems. Prerequisites: 4, permission.
uisites: 121, 131. Three hours.                                      Three hours.
251 Digital System Testing and Testable Design (3–0).                310 Digital Control Systems (3–0). Digital control system
Circuit failures, fault models, testing and test pattern gen-        analysis and design using transform, algebraic, and state
eration, logic and fault simulation, design for testability,         space methods. Sampled data systems, stability, quantiza-
scan design, test interfaces, design for built-in self-test. Pre-    tion effects, sample rate selection, computer-based realiza-
requisite: 131. Three hours.                                         tion. Prerequisites: 210 or permission. Three hours.
261 Solid State Materials and Devices I (3-0). Energy band           312 Introduction to Optimal Control Systems (3-0). Opti-
theory, effective mass, band structure effect on electronic          mal control problem formulation and solution; including
properties of solids. Transport of electrons and holes in            the calculus of variations, Pontryagin’s maximum principle,
bulk materials and across interfaces. Homojunctions,                 Hamilton-Jacob theory, dynamic programming, and com-
heterojunctions, Schottky barriers. Prerequisite: 163 or             putational methods. Prerequisite: 210. Three hours.
equivalent. Three hours.                                             314, 315 Nonlinear System Theory (3-0). Basic nonlinear
262 Solid State Materials and Devices II (3-0). Multi-               methods including computational and geometrical tech-
junction and interface devices. Heterostructure and optical de-      niques for analysis of nonlinear systems. Describing func-
vices. Dielectric and optical properties of solids. High-frequency   tion methods and bifurcation and catastrophe theory. Sen-
and high-speed devices. Prerequisite: 261. Three hours.              sitivity and stability considerations. Prerequisite: 201 or Math.
266 Science and Technology of Integrated Circuits (3-0).             230. Three hours.
Science and technology of integrated circuit fabrication, in-        338 Semiconductor Device Modeling and Simulation (3-0).
teraction of processing with material properties, electrical         Analysis and application of computer models for semicon-
performance, economy, and manufacturability. Prerequisites:          ductor process and device simulation. Strategies for devel-
163 or 261 and concurrent registration in 164 or 262.                opment of device models for circuit simulation. Prerequisites:
Three hours.                                                         262, permission. Three hours.
270 Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes (3-0).               340, 341 Special Topics in Electromagnetic Field Theory
Probability theory, random variables, and stochastic pro-            (3-0). For advanced students in the field of electromagnet-
cesses. Response of linear systems to random inputs. Appli-          ism. Topics selected from special interests of staff with lec-
cations in electrical engineering. Prerequisite: 171 or equiva-      tures and readings from current literature. Three hours.
lent. Three hours. Cross-listing: Statistics 270.                    352 Advanced Semiconductor Device Physics and Design
271 Least Squares Estimation and Filtering (3-0). Founda-            (3-0). MOSFET, bipolar, and CMOS device parameters,
tions of linear and nonlinear least squares estimation,              their characterization, and their relation to process tech-
smoothing and prediction, computational aspects, Kalman              nology. Description and use of computer-aided process and
filtering, nonlinear filtering, parameter identification, and        device models. Prerequisite: 262. Three hours. Alternate
adaptive filtering. Prerequisites: 201, 270. Three hours. Cross-     years. Spring semester.
listing: Statistics 271.                                             354 MOS Analog Integrated Circuit Design (3-0). Analysis
274 Introduction to Wavelets and Filter Banks (3-0). Con-            and design of MOS analog integrated circuits. Each student
tinuous and discrete-time signal processing. Continuous              will design, layout, test, and document an analog integrated
wavelet transform. Series expansion of continuous and dis-           circuit using computer-aided-design techniques. Prerequi-
crete-time signals. Perfect reconstruction, orthogonal and           sites: 338, 339. Three hours.
biorthogonal filter banks. Wavelets from filters. Prerequisites:     365 Optical Properties of Solids (3-0). Optical and opto-
171, or instructor permission. Three hours.                          electronic properties of semiconductors. Applications to
275 Digital Signal Processing and Filtering (3-3). Sam-              photodetectors, solar cells, light emitting diodes and lasers.
pling, aliasing, and windowing. FIR and IIR filters. DFT and         Prerequisites: 242, 262, Physics 273. Three hours.
FFT. Linear predictive coding. Vocoders. Digital simulation          366 Solid State and Semiconductor Theory I (3-0). Energy
and implementation using real-time processors and evalu-             band theory for electrons and phonons in crystalline solids.
ation modules. Prerequisites: 171, permission. Four hours.           Brillouin zones. Conservation laws. Elements of statistical
276 Image Processing and Coding (3-3). Image enhance-                mechanics. Transport properties. Applications to semicon-
ment techniques by point and spatial operations. Data com-           ductor electronics. Prerequisites: 261, Physics 273 or Chemis-
pression techniques to include scalar quantization, entropy          try 263. Three hours.
coding, transform and sub-band coding. Labs on PC hard-              373, 374 Digital Communication (3-0). Source entropy
72 |   ENGINEERING PHYSICS / ENGLISH

and channel capacity; signal representation; optimal detec-         Demonstrated ability to program scientific or technical
tor for Gaussian channels; digital modulation/demodula-             problems in Fortran, or an equivalent language.
tion schemes; error probability; block/convolutional codes;
Viterbi algorithm; real channels. Prerequisites: 174, 270, 373      MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
for 374. Three hours.                                               Thesis Option
378 Special Topics in Statistical Communication and Re-             Completion of 30 credits of study approved by the Studies
lated Fields. Coding for communication or computer sys-             Committee, which must include Physics 341, 342, and 362,
tems, pattern recognition and learning machines, artificial         not fewer than six credits in graduate engineering courses,
intelligence, etc., selected from special interests of staff with   and six credits in Physics 391 (thesis research). This option
lectures and readings from current literature. Prerequisite:        requires submission of a thesis based on an independent
Permission. Three hours.                                            investigation demanding the application of physical prin-
391 Master’s Thesis Research. Credit as arranged.                   ciples to a real or simulated engineering problem approved
395 Advanced Special Topics. Advanced topics of current             by the Studies Committee.
interest in electrical engineering. Prerequisites: Permission.      Nonthesis Option
Credit as arranged.
                                                                    Students who are offered the nonthesis option must elect to
491 Doctoral Dissertation Research. Credit as arranged.             replace the requirement of Physics 391 with Physics 381, 382.
                                                                    Examinations
The following courses are offered infrequently but may be
taught when sufficient student interest is demonstrated.            All students are required to pass the regularly offered Phys-
                                                                    ics Comprehensive Examination, administered annually
272 Information Theory. Three hours.                                circa the end of May. Students submitting a thesis (Physics
317, 318 Theory of Optimum Control Systems. Three                   391) must pass the usual Thesis Examination.
hours.
319, 320 Special Topics in Control System Theory.
Three hours.                                                        English (ENG)
345 Electromagnetic Antennas and Propagation. Three
hours.                                                              Professors Bradley, Broughton, Eschholz, Fulwiler, Gutman,
                                                                    Huddle, Magistrale, Rosa, Shepherd, Stephany (Graduate Advi-
367 Solid State and Semiconductor Theory II. Three
                                                                    sor), Thompson, Warhol (Chairperson); Associate Professors
hours.
                                                                    Barnaby, Baruth, Edwards, Kete, Losambe, Simone, Stanton,
                                                                    Sweterlitsch, Winter; Assistant Professors King, Schnell, Scott,
                                                                    Welch, Won.
Engineering Physics
                                                                    The research interests of the faculty of the Department of
A program of advanced study in physics and engineering to           English and library resources permit graduate students to
prepare students for research and development positions in          undertake thesis subjects in virtually all fields of the disci-
mission-oriented organizations. Advanced courses in both            pline.
physics and engineering are required as is a comprehensive
examination and a thesis based upon the application of              REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO GRADUATE
physical principles to a real or simulated engineering prob-        STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF ARTS
lem. A nonthesis option is available to students who have           An undergraduate major in English or its equivalent; satis-
already demonstrated ability to perform research and re-            factory scores on the general (aptitude) Graduate Record
port the results in written and oral form.                          Examinations; demonstration of proficiency in writing by a
                                                                    detailed statement concerning the purpose in pursuing
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO                                       graduate study in English. If admitted conditionally the stu-
GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF                                  dent must complete satisfactorily a stipulated number of
MASTER OF SCIENCE                                                   hours (usually six) of graduate level work.
Students with an accredited bachelor’s degree in computer
                                                                    REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO
science, engineering, applied mathematics, or physics are
                                                                    CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF
normally considered for admission to the program. Submis-
                                                                    MASTER OF ARTS
sion of scores on the general (aptitude) Graduate Record
Examination is required.                                            Satisfactory completion of 18 hours of appropriate credit.

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO                                     MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE
CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF                                         DEGREE OF MASTER OF ARTS
MASTER OF SCIENCE                                                   Thesis Option
The student is expected to have completed the following             Completion of 24 hours of course work, including five of the
courses: Math. 271, 272 (applied mathematics), ME 50 or             following six: 320, 330, 340, 350, 360, and 370 or 201-296; and
Physics 211 (intermediate mechanics), ME 101 (materials             at least nine additional hours (at least three of these nine in
engineering), Physics 265, ME 41, or ME 115 (thermal sci-           English or Humanities, at most six in related fields). Candi-
ence), Physics 213, 214 or EE 143, 144 (electromagnetism),          dates must submit a customized reading list, pass a compre-
Physics 273 (quantum mechanics), Physics 242 or EE 263,             hensive exam based on it, and complete six additional hours
264 (solid state physics).                                          by writing an acceptable thesis and defending it successfully
                                                                    (ENG 391).
Since these are prerequisites to the degree program, and
not the program itself, any of these course prerequisites           Nonthesis Option
may be replaced by a demonstration of equivalent know-
                                                                    Completion of 30 hours of course work, including five of the
ledge of their content, to the satisfaction of the Studies          following six: 320, 330, 340, 350, 360, and 370 or 201-296; and
Committee.                                                          at least fifteen additional hours (at least nine of these in
                                                                                                                      FRENCH    | 73
English or Humanities, at most six in related fields). Candi-      curriculum; collaborative learning; literature and composi-
dates must pass a three-part comprehensive examination             tion. Three hours.
based on set Departmental reading lists, and must receive a
                                                                   350 Survey of Literary Theory and Criticism. Introduc-
grade of B+ or better on two seminar papers submitted to an
                                                                   tion to contemporary approaches, including marxist, femi-
ad hoc faculty Reading Committee (ENG 392).
                                                                   nist, psychoanalytic, structuralist, deconstructionist, reader-
Both Options                                                       response, new-historicist, and/or post-colonial literary theory.
                                                                   Three hours.
All M.A. candidates in English must demonstrate a reading
knowledge of a foreign language by examination or by               360 Seminar: Special Topics. Topic varies, based on fac-
advanced coursework.                                               ulty research. Representative topics: orality and literacy in
                                                                   medieval literature; feminist theory; anthropological ap-
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO                                      proaches to literature; narrative theory and Victorian novels.
GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF                                 Three hours.
MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING                                         370 Principles of Literary Research. Methods of literary
See page 21.                                                       study, research, and scholarship, including bibliographic,
                                                                   manuscript, and archival work. Three hours.
MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE                                391 Master’s Thesis Research. Credit as arranged.
DEGREE OF MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING
                                                                   392 Seminar Paper Review. Zero hours.
Thirty credit hours of course work; 24 in English (including
five of the following six: English 320, 330, 340, 350, 360, and    397 Special Readings and Research. Directed individual
370 or 201-296; and at least nine additional hours of course       study of areas not appropriately covered by existing courses.
work in English or Humanities – up to six of these in a related    Permission of Graduate Director. Not to exceed three hours.
field), plus a comprehensive examination in English. Addi-
tional requirements in Education will differ for those already
licensed to teach (at least 6 credit hours) and for those not      Environmental Studies                         (See page 109.)
licensed to teach (up to 33 credit hours). See page 21 for
further details.
                                                                   Forestry
COURSES OFFERED
At the 200 level, the Department of English offers several         For descriptions of the M.S. Program in Forestry, see
seminars each semester which are numbered as described             NATURAL RESOURCES, page 87.
below. The specified topics vary each semester, depending
on the instructors assigned. Graduate students must obtain         French (FREN)
the permission of the Director of Graduate Studies in En-
glish to enroll in 200-level courses and will only participate     Professors Carrard , Kuizenga, Senécal, Van Slyke, Whatley (Direc-
in these undergraduate seminars under special circum-              tor of Graduate Studies); Associate Professor Crichfield; Assistant
stances.                                                           Professor Whitebook.
201, 202 Seminar in English Language or Critical Theory.           Opportunities for thesis research in French and French Ca-
211, 212 Seminar in Composition and Rhetoric.                      nadian literature and culture are offered in all periods,
                                                                   from the Middle Ages through the 20th Century.
221, 222 Seminar in Literature to 1800.
241, 242 Seminar in 19th Century Literature.                       REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO GRADUATE
251, 252 Seminar in 20th Century Literature.                       STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF ARTS
281, 282 Seminar in Literary Themes, Genres, and Folklore.         AND MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING
290 Seminar for Prospective Teachers of English. Ap-               An undergraduate major in French or equivalent. Satisfac-
proaches to teaching composition, literature, and the Eng-         tory scores on the general (aptitude) Graduate Record
lish language in secondary school. Three hours.                    Examinations.
295, 296 Advanced Special Topics. Advanced special-top-
                                                                   MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
ics seminars in English beyond the scope of existing formal
courses. Prerequisites: Graduate or advanced undergraduate         Master of Arts
standing. Permission. Three hours.                                 Twenty-four credit hours of course work, including the
                                                                   Graduate Humanities Seminar and EDSC 259 (Teaching
At the 300 level, enrollment is restricted to students with        Foreign Language in the Schools). In addition, six hours of
graduate standing. Permission of the Director of Graduate          directed research, with the following options:
Studies in English is required for enrollment. Topics vary              Plan A: Thesis research (six hours)
each semester. Courses may be repeated for credit, when                 Plan B: Two research papers (six hours)
the subject matter differs.                                        Candidates must pass an examination in four areas of
320 Seminar: Major Author. In-depth study of the works,            their study.
critical reception, and context of an author writing in English.   Master of Arts in Teaching
Representative topics: Chaucer; Shakespeare; Milton; Austen;       If you are already a licensed teacher: Twenty-one credit
Dickinson; Morrison. Three hours.                                  hours in French (including the Graduate Humanities Semi-
330 Seminar: Literary Period. Advanced survey of authors,          nar) and a comprehensive examination, plus six credit
themes, genres, and/or cultural context in a British or Ameri-     hours in education courses.
can literary period. Representative topics: British Renais-        If you do not presently have licensure: Twenty-one credit
sance; Restoration and Eighteenth Century; Victorian; Ameri-       hours in French (including a 3-credit interdisciplinary
can Renaissance. Three hours.                                      Graduate Humanities Seminar) and a comprehensive ex-
340 Studies in Rhetoric and Composition. Introduction to           amination. In addition, thirty hours of professional educa-
current issues in the field. Representative topics: Rhetorical     tion course work, including a year’s internship in a Profes-
theory; gender, class, and composing; writing across the           sional Development School, production of a Licensure
                                                                   Portfolio, and Teacher Licensure.
74 |   GEOGRAPHY

COURSES OFFERED                                                    275, 276 20th Century Literature. Selected topics dealing
The following courses are available for graduate credit. For       with poetry and/or narrative related either to an historical
more detailed information on specific courses, consult with        period or a literary movement. Three hours. Carrard.
the department chairperson and the course instructor.              277 Topics in 20th Century French Theatre. Subjects may
                                                                   include: le théâtre traditionnel, le théâtre “de l’absurde”, le théâtre
                      French Language                              de la marge, a combination of all the above. Each may be re-
209 Advanced Grammar. Comparative grammatical study                peated up to six hours. Three hours.
centered on the specific problems encountered by Anglo-            285 Québec Literature I. A study of contemporary (1960–
phones in written and spoken French. Three hours.                  1985) major works of fiction, poetry, and drama. Authors
Carrard, van Slyke.                                                studied include Anne Hébert, Michel Tremblay, Jacques
211 History of the French Language. The development of             Godbout, Gaston Miron. Three hours. Senécal.
French through sound and structure, from late Latin                289 African Literature of French Expression. Study of
through the twelfth century. Alternate years. Three hours.         West African poetry, theatre, novel, and civilization as an
Whitebook.                                                         expression of the Black experience in the language of the
215 Methods of Text Analysis. Introduction to proce-               French colonizer. Three hours.
dures and terminology used in analysis of texts of various         290 Contemporary French Thought: The Linguistic Model.
genres. Three hours. Carrard.                                      Study of the model of structural analysis established by
216 Stylistics. Study of idiomatic difficulties faced by           Saussure and its adaptation to other domains of contempo-
people who learn French; translation; analysis of the vari-        rary thought such as anthropology, psychoanalysis and phi-
ous “levels of speech” in French, with their stylistic features.   losophy. Taught entirely in French. Three hours. Van Slyke.
Three hours. Carrard.                                              292 Topics in French Culture. In-depth study of a major
                                                                   aspect of French culture. See Schedule of Courses for spe-
      French and Francophone Literature and Culture                cific offering. Prerequisites: FREN 191, or HIST 135, or HIST
                                                                   136, or permission of instructor. Three hours.
225 Medieval French Literature. First semester; Old
French Language; 12th century epics, e.g. La Chanson de            293 Québec Culture. Sociocultural study of the French
Roland, Le Pélerinage de Charlemagne, Breton lays; Marie de        civilization of Canada. Three hours. Senécal.
France. Three hours. Whitebook.                                    295, 296 Advanced Special Topics.
226 Medieval French Literature. Second semester: Ro-               297, 298 Advanced Readings and Research.
mances: Chrétien de Troyes, Guillaume de Lorris and Jean           391 Master’s Thesis Research. Credit as arranged.
de Meung; lyric poetry, Machaut; Pisan; Charles d’Orléans;
farces and miracles. Prerequisite: 225. Three hours. Whitebook.
235 Literature of the French Renaissance. Readings in fic-         Geography (GEOG)
tion, poetry, and essays: Rabelais; the lyric poets Louise
Labé, Ronsard, and Du Bellay; the tales of Marguerite de           Professor Seager (Chair); Associate Professors Barnum, Hannah;
Navarre; Montaigne. Three hours. Kuizenga, Whatley.                Assistant Professors Carmody, Dupigny-Giroux, Elder, Wemple.
245 The Baroque Age, 1600–1650. The literature after               Faculty research interests include most systematic aspects of
France’s civil wars, up to the triumph of classicism: reli-        geography, especially from an historical perspective. Tech-
gious, lyric, and political poetry; idealistic, picturesque and    nique interests are in cartography, remote sensing, and
fantastic novels; baroque drama; Pascal. Three hours. Whatley.     quantitative methods. Regional interests and field experi-
246 Seventeenth Century Prose. Creation of the modern              ences are almost world-wide in scope.
novel, evolution of psychological and ethical writing. Topics
include women writers, the moralistes, memoirs, relation-
                                                                   REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO GRADUATE
ships between socio-political structures and literary produc-
                                                                   STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF ARTS
tion. Three hours. Kuizenga.
                                                                   Evidence of a strong interest in geography. Satisfactory
247 Seventeenth Century Theatre. Works of Corneille,
                                                                   scores on the general (verbal and quantitative) portion of
Molière and Racine studied in the context of the evolution
                                                                   the Graduate Record Examination.
of seventeenth century thought. Three hours. Kuizenga.
255 18th Century Literature. Writers of the early Enlight-         REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO CANDI-
enment. Possible topics: the impact of the new science; the        DACY FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF ARTS
literary reflection of new social types; the “pursuit of happi-
                                                                   Twelve semester hours or its equivalent in geography and
ness.” Three hours. Whatley.
                                                                   supporting courses in related fields or demonstrated profi-
256 18th Century Literature. Rousseau, Diderot, Laclos,            ciency in geography which would be assurance of success in
Sade: the generation before the Revolution. Possible topics:       graduate study.
the attempts to define “natural man;” the relationship be-
tween the arts and morality, between liberty and libertin-         MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
ism. Three hours. Whatley.
                                                                   Twenty-one hours in geography courses including 201, 287,
265 Romanticism, Symbolism, Decadence in 19th Century              or a reading knowledge of a foreign language, and six
Literature. Evolution of the idealist tradition: the Romantic      hours of thesis research (391); nine additional hours in ge-
movement (Staël, Chateâubriand, Sand, Hugo, Musset,                ography or a related field. For additional information,
Flaubert); the Symbolists (Baudelaire, Verlaine, Rimbaud,          please write to the Graduate Program Coordinator, Depart-
Mallarmé); fin de siècle Decadents (Huysmans). Three               ment of Geography.
hours. Crichfield.
266 Revolution and Reaction in 19th Century Narrative.             REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO
Study of the representations of major social issues of the         GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF
period, such as power, class, money and women. Represen-           MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING
tative authors: Balzac, Flaubert, Sand, Stendhal, Zola.            See page 21.
Three hours. Van Slyke.
                                                                                                                 GEOLOGY     | 75
                                                                    Research programs include environmental geology, geo-
COURSES OFFERED                                                     morphology, and water resources; sedimentary, igneous
                                                                    and metamorphic environments and structural evolution of
Admission to the following courses for graduate credit re-          the northern Appalachians. Specific faculty interests in-
quires the approval of the Graduate Program Coordinator             clude geologic history and recent sedimentation in the
in geography.                                                       Lake Champlain Basin, processes and chronology of glacia-
202 Research Methods. A systematic overview of the art              tion, stable and cosmogenic isotopic studies, water quality
and science of geographical inquiry. This seminar examines          and pollutant transport, tectonic evolution of deformed
key research and methodological approaches in the disci-            continental margins, petrofabric and structural analysis of
pline. Prerequisites: Nine hours in geography. Three hours.         deformed rocks, stratigraphy and sedimentary environ-
203 Contemporary Geographic Thought in Context. A                   ments of lower Paleozoic sandstones and carbonates.
survey of paradigms and issues in contemporary geography.
Attention paid to the social and historical contexts of geo-        REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO
graphic thought. Prerequisites: Nine hours in geography or          GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF
permission of instructor. Three hours.                              MASTER OF SCIENCE
210 Special Topics in Regional Geography. Specialized               An undergraduate major in an appropriate field: 12 semes-
study of a particular region. Prerequisite: Permission. Three       ter hours in geology; satisfactory scores on the general (ap-
hours.                                                              titude) Graduate Record Examination. Year courses in
                                                                    chemistry, physics or biology, and calculus or in an ap-
216 Biogeography. Processes and patterns of distribution,           proved ancillary science strongly recommended.
domestication, and human utility of plant and animal spe-
cies and communities in varying environmental and histori-          REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO
cal contexts. Prerequisite: Nine hours in geography or              CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF
biology. Three hours.                                               MASTER OF SCIENCE
233 Rural Planning. Study of rural, regional, water, and            Satisfactory completion of one year of graduate study plus a
natural resource planning concepts and principles. Field            comprehensive examination.
exercises in plan evaluation, carrying capacity, agricultural
land protection, growth control. Prerequisite: 61 or equiva-        MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE
lent. Three hours. Cross-listing: Community Development             DEGREE OF MASTER OF SCIENCE
and Applied Economics 233.
                                                                    Thesis and advanced courses in geology must total at least
242 Problems in Physical Geography. Three hours.                    30 semester hours, including at least one 300-level course.
261 Problems in Vermont Geography. Three hours.                     Advanced courses in related sciences are encouraged and
270 Problems in Human Geography. Three hours.                       may be substituted for some selected geology courses on
                                                                    approval by the departmental advisor. All students must
278 Gender, Space and Environment. Examination of the               complete successfully a course in field geology before
ways in which human relationships to both the built envi-           graduation. This can be satisfied by Geology 201, or a com-
ronment and the natural environment are mediated by                 parable course at another institution, or recognized experi-
gender. Prerequisites: At least nine hours in Geography or          ence with a state survey, U.S. Geological Survey, an oceano-
Women’s Studies and permission. Three hours.                        graphic institute, a geolimnological group or industry.
281 Problems in Cartography. Special laboratory projects.           Satisfactory completion will be determined by the Depart-
Prerequisite: 81 or equivalent. Three hours.                        mental Studies Committee.
285 Remote Sensing and Environmental Problems. Re-
search projects in remote sensing; application of multispec-        REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO
tral data for environmental studies. Prerequisite: 85 or            GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF
equivalent. Three hours.                                            MASTER OF SCIENCE FOR TEACHERS
287 Spatial Analysis. (Same as Community Development                1. A bachelor’s degree from an accredited institution;
and Applied Economics 287.) Analysis of spatial pattern             2. Certification as a teacher of a physical or natural science;
and interaction through quantitative models; introduction           3. Satisfactory scores on the Graduate Record Examination
to measurement, sampling, and covariation in a spatial                 (general portion).
framework. Prerequisite: Graduate standing in geography or
planning. Three hours.                                              REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO
                                                                    CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF
295, 296 Advanced Special Topics. Advanced courses or               MASTER OF SCIENCE FOR TEACHERS
seminars beyond the scope of existing departmental offer-
ings. Three hours.                                                  Satisfactory completion of one year of graduate study plus
                                                                    departmental recommendation.
297, 298 Readings and Research. Credit as arranged.
300 Graduate Tutorial. Readings and research on topics              MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF
arranged individually by students with instructors; atten-          MASTER OF SCIENCE IN TEACHING (GEOLOGY)
dance in appropriate undergraduate courses may be re-               Thirty hours of course work that will strengthen the
quired. Prerequisite: Permission. Three hours.                      student’s background in earth science. Up to 12 hours of
391 Master’s Thesis Research. Credit as arranged.                   100-level courses may be chosen if applicable. Course work
                                                                    may be chosen from supporting subject areas as well as
                                                                    from geology. Each student, in conference with an advisor,
Geology (GEOL)                                                      will develop a program suited to his/her needs and back-
                                                                    ground. No thesis is required; however, each degree recipi-
                                                                    ent must complete a general written or oral examination.
Professors Bucke (Emeritus), Cassell, Hunt (Emeritus), Mehrtens;
Associate Professors Bierman, Doolan (Chairperson), Drake; Assis-   A program is also offered leading to the degree of Master
tant Professors Klepeis, Lini, Rushmer; Lecturer Wright; Adjunct    of Arts in Teaching (see page 21).
Lecturer Mora-Klepeis; Outreach Coordinator Massey.
76 |   GERMAN

COURSES OFFERED                                                    hours. Doolan.
201 Advanced Field Geology (1–6). Advanced field map-              278 Principles of Aquatic Systems. (See Natural Re-
ping techniques, analysis of field data, preparation of geo-       sources 278.) Three hours.
logical maps and reports. Prerequisite: 260 or equivalent.         295, 296 Special Topics. Special topics or seminars in
Three hours. Doolan, Klepeis, Mehrtens.                            Geology beyond the scope of existing formal courses. Maxi-
230 Advanced Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology (3–3).              mum of six hours toward graduate degree.
Application of phase equilibria, elemental and isotopic            301, 302 Introduction to Graduate Studies in Geology.
data, and textural interpretations to problems in igneous          For first year graduate students in Geology. Includes orien-
and metamorphic petrology, stressing modern theories of            tation to faculty, abstract and grant writing, comprehensive
tectonics and petrogenesis. Prerequisites: 131 or equivalent.      exams, talk preparation and scientific method in the Geo-
Four hours. Doolan, Rushmer.                                       sciences. Prerequisites: Graduate standing in Geology. One
233 Environmental Isotope Geochemistry. Course focuses             hour. Staff.
on stable isotope chemistry of low temperature processes           350 Paleogeography. Paleopositions of continents and the
occurring on and near the earth surface. Divided in three          distribution of land areas and ocean basins through geo-
parts: lecture, laboratory, and seminar. Prerequisites: Intro-     logic time in the context of plate tectonics. Prerequisite: Per-
ductory Chemistry. Three hours. Lini.                              mission. Three hours. Mehrtens.
234 Global Biogeochemical Cycles. Integrated perspective           351 Surface Processes and Quaternary Geology Seminar.
on biogeochemical cycles describing the transformation             Discussion and critique of scientific literature pertaining to
and movement of chemical substances in the natural envi-           Earth surface history and processes. Critical examination of
ronment, as seen on the global context. Prerequisites: Intro-      author’s methods, data, and assumptions. Student-led dis-
ductory Chemistry. Three hours. Lini.                              cussions. Specific focus changes yearly. Prerequisites: Gradu-
235 Geochemistry of Natural Waters. Basic concepts of              ate standing in Science, Natural Resources or Engineering
chemical equilibria applied to natural waters, including           or permission. One to three hours. Bierman.
thermodynamics, pH, oxidation-reduction, weathering, and           352 Environmental Geology Seminar. Geologic con-
solution equilibria. Prerequisites: 110, Chemistry 1, 2 or per-    straints on environmental problems including: groundwa-
mission of instructor. Three hours. Drake.                         ter flow, contaminant transport, slope stability, climate
240 Tectonics. Application of igneous and metamorphic              change, sedimentation, deforestation and earthquake haz-
petrology to problems in tectonophysics, including petro-          ards. Extensive readings and student-led discussions. Prereq-
chemistry of the earth’s crust and upper mantle and the in-        uisites: Graduate standing in Science, Natural Resources or
ternal structure of orogenic belts. Prerequisite: 101, 102, or     Engineering or permission. One to three hours. Bierman.
permission. Three hours. Doolan, Rushmer.                          360 Structural Analysis of Deformed Rocks. Mechanisms
241 Clastic Depositional Systems. Selected readings and            of rock deformation; fracture phenomena and analysis;
field studies emphasizing the interpretation of clastic sedi-      fault zone characteristics; fold generation analysis. Stress
mentary deposits including transportation, processes of            and strain interpretation of deformational features in rocks
sedimentation, and geomorphology of ancient and recent             and minerals. Field work. Prerequisite: 260 or equivalent.
sedimentary environments. Prerequisites: 153 or equivalent.        Four hours. Klepeis.
Three hours. Mehrtens. Alternate years.                            361 Advanced Structural Geology. Selected topics in ana-
243 Clastic Petrology Laboratory. The study of clastic             lytical structural geology. Prerequisite: 260 or equivalent.
rocks in hand specimen and thin section. Prerequisite: Con-        Three hours. Klepeis.
current enrollment in 241. One hour. Mehrtens.                     371 Advanced Readings. Readings and research problems
245 Carbonate Depositional Environments. Paleoenviron-             intended to contribute to the program of graduate students
mental analysis of carbonate rocks including selected read-        in areas of geology for which formal courses are not avail-
ings, field investigations, and petrographic studies. Prerequi-    able. Prerequisite: Graduate standing in geology. One to
site: 153 or equivalent. Three hours. Mehrtens. Alternate          three hours.
years.                                                             391 Master’s Thesis Research. Credit as arranged.
247 Carbonate Petrology Laboratory. The study of car-
bonate rocks in hand specimen and thin section. Prerequi-
site: Concurrent enrollment in 245. One hour. Mehrtens.            German (GERM)
255 Geohydrology (3–3). Field-based projects examine hy-
drologic processes in geologic context: precipitation, run-        Professors Mahoney, Mieder (Chairperson), Schreckenberger, Scrase.
off, groundwater, rivers, and hillslope stability. Data analy-
sis, writing, and practical approaches to water-related envi-      Current research interests include GDR literature; history
ronmental problems. Prerequisites: Major in Science of Engi-       of the German language; medieval literature; literature of
neering or permission. Four hours. Bierman.                        the 18th, 19th, and 20th centuries; and folklore.
260 Structural Geology (3–3). Rock deformation, descrip-           REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO GRADUATE
tion, and geometry of structural types, and the interpreta-        STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF ARTS
tion of structures of all sizes in terms of finite strain and
causal stress fields. Prerequisite: 101, 110, Physics 11 or per-   An undergraduate major in German, including a year
mission. Four hours. Klepeis.                                      course in literature and a year course in advanced composi-
                                                                   tion and conversation or the equivalent. Satisfactory scores
272a, b Regional Geology. 272a (one credit): Discussion            on the Graduate Record Examinations general (aptitude)
of the geology of a selected region of North America; 272b         section.
(three credits): A four-week summer field trip to the area in
question. Prerequisites: 101, 110; 272a for 272b or equivalent.    MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
Four hours.
                                                                   Thirty hours of graduate level courses including German
273 Geology of the Appalachians. Origin of mountain                281, 282 or 295, 296; additional courses in German, which
belts; the Appalachian mountain system discussed in terms          may include two advanced courses in a related field (six
of tectonics and geologic processes active in modern conti-        hours), thesis research (six to 12 hours).
nental margins. Prerequisites: 101, 131 or equivalent. Three
                                                                                                                GERMAN    | 77
The department also offers a program leading to the de-            155 or 156 and one other 100 level course or permission.
gree of Master of Arts in Teaching (see page 21). Satisfac-        Three hours. Mieder. Alternate years.
tory scores on the Graduate Record Examination general             252 Faust. Focus on one of the major themes of world lit-
(aptitude) section are prerequisite to acceptance to candi-        erature. Readings include the “Volksbuch” of 1587, and
dacy for this degree.                                              works by Marlowe, Goethe and Thomas Mann. Prerequisites:
                                                                   155 or 156 and one other 100 level course or permission.
COURSES OFFERED                                                    Three hours. Alternate years.
201 Methods of Research and Bibliography. Introduction             263 German Romanticism. Study of major works by
to tools and methods of research, including major biblio-          authors such as Friedrich Schlegel, Novalis, Brentano,
graphical sources, reference works, dictionaries, editions,        Hoffmann, and Eichendorff in their literary, artistic, philo-
and journals concerned with German literature, language,           sophical, and socio-political contexts. Prerequisites: 155 or
and folklore. Prerequisites: Two 100 level courses or permis-      156 and one other 100 level course or permission. Three
sion. Three hours. Mieder. Alternate years.                        hours. Mahoney. Alternate years.
202 Expository Writing. Improvement of writing skills              264 German Lyric Poetry. The lyric genre and the histori-
through work with authentic texts from different content           cal development of German poetry from the age of Goethe
areas (literature, media, science, business). Emphasis on          to the present. Prerequisites: 155 or 156 and one other 100
stylistic development and sophisticated vocabulary-building.       level course or permission. Three hours. Scrase. Alternate
Prerequisites: Two 100 level courses or permission. Three          years.
hours. Mieder, Schreckenberger. Alternate years.
                                                                   271 Proverbs. Diachronic and synchronic survey of Ger-
213 History of the German Language. Historical and lin-            man proverbs, proverbial expressions, and wellerisms, em-
guistic development of the German language from                    phasizing their use and function in literature, art, mass me-
Indo-European to the present, with emphasis on sound               dia, advertisements and oral communication. Prerequisites:
shifts, the l6th century, and the modern age. Prerequisites:       155 or 156 and one other 100 level course or permission.
155 or 156 and one other 100 level course or permission.           Three hours. Mieder. Alternate years.
Three hours. Mieder. Alternate years.
                                                                   273 German Intellectual Movements. A survey of develop-
214 Middle Ages. Analysis and discussion of several                ments in art, music, philosophy, and social thought from
“Minnesang” poets (esp. Walther and Neidhart), the                 the Enlightenment to 1945, with particular attention to
Nibelungenlied, the courtly epics Erec, Parzival and Tristan,      their impact on German literature. Prerequisites: 155 or 156
and the satirical epic Helmbrecht. Prerequisites: 155 or 156 and   and one other 100 level course or permission. Three hours.
one other 100 level course or permission. Three hours.             Mahoney. Alternate years.
Mieder. Alternate years.
                                                                   275 Fin-de-Siècle. Prevalent literary and intellectual move-
225 Goethe. Study of Goethe’s accomplishments in po-               ments at the turn of the 20th century in their historical,
etry, drama, and the novel during major phases of his liter-       socio-political, and cultural contexts. Study of Nietzsche,
ary career: “Sturm und Drang,” Classicism, and Romanti-            Freud, Rilke, Hofmannsthal, Schnitzler, and Mann. Prerequi-
cism. Prerequisites: 155 or 156 and one other 100 level            sites: 155 or 156 and one other 100 level course or permis-
course or permission. Three hours. Mahoney. Alternate              sion. Three hours. Schreckenberger. Alternate years.
years.
                                                                   276 Brecht and the Modern Drama. Brecht’s revolution-
226 Schiller. Major attention will be paid to Schiller’s de-       ary concept of “epic theatre” in theory and practice and its
velopment as a dramatist (from Die Räuber to Wilhelm Tell)         influence on subsequent dramatists, including Dürrenmatt,
as well as to his contributions to German Classicism. Prereq-      Frisch, Handke, Hochhuth, Müller, and Weiss. Prerequisites:
uisites: 155 or 156 and one other 100 level course or permis-      155 or 156 and one other 100 level course or permission.
sion. Three hours. Mahoney. Alternate years.                       Three hours. Alternate years.
237 19th-Century Prose. Literary and stylistic analysis of         278 GDR Fiction. GDR fiction in its literary, historical,
prose works by Tieck, Kleist, Stifter, Gotthelf, Droste-           and social contexts, with reference to major developments
Hülshoff, Storm, Keller, and Hauptmann with emphasis on            in the GDR from 1949-89. Prerequisites: 155 or 156 and one
Romanticism, Poetic Realism, and Naturalism. Prerequisites:        other 100 level course or permission. Three hours. Scrase.
155 or 156 and one other 100 level course or permission.           Alternate years.
Three hours. Mieder. Alternate years.
                                                                   279 The German Short Story After 1945. Aesthetic and
238 19th-Century Drama. Analysis of plays by Tieck,                thematic evolution of the short story and its relation to his-
Kotzebue, Kleist, Büchner, Grillparzer, Nestroy, Hebbel,           torical, political, and cultural developments from 1945 to
and Hauptmann. Consideration of traditional Viennese               the present. Prerequisites: 155 or 156 and one other 100 level
“Volkstheater” and the period’s major literary movements.          course or permission. Three hours. Schreckenberger. Alter-
Prerequisites: 155 or 156 and one other 100 level course or        nate years.
permission. Three hours. Alternate years.
                                                                   281 Seminar on Literary Genre, Period, or Theme. Study
247 German Literature from 1890 to 1945. Naturalism,               of a literary genre, period, or theme through close readings
Symbolism, Expressionism and subsequent trends through             of representative texts supplemented by lectures and re-
readings of authors such as Hauptmann, Rilke, Kaiser,              ports on socio-cultural context. May be repeated. Prerequi-
Kafka, Mann, and Brecht. Prerequisites: 155 or 156 and one         sites: 155 or 156 and one other 100 level course or permis-
other 100 level course or permission. Three hours.                 sion. Three hours. Alternate years.
Schreckenberger, Scrase. Alternate years.
                                                                   282 Seminar on a Particular Author or Authors. Study of
248 Contemporary German Literature. Literary move-                 author(s) through close readings of representative texts
ments and their major representatives from 1945 to the             supplemented by lectures and reports on the works’
present, including relevant socio-political, intellectual, and     socio-cultural context. May be repeated. Prerequisites: 155 or
cultural aspects. Prerequisites: 155 or 156 and one other 100      156 and one other 100 level course or permission. Three
level course or permission. Three hours. Schreckenberger,          hours. Alternate years.
Scrase. Alternate years.
                                                                   295, 296 Advanced Special Topics. Advanced courses or
251 German Folklore. Verbal folklore genres (fairy tales,          seminars on topics beyond the scope of existing depart-
legends, folk songs, and proverbs) treated in their relation       mental offerings. See Schedule of Courses for specific titles.
to literature, mass media, and popular culture. Prerequisites:
                                                                   391 Master’s Thesis Research. Credit as arranged.
78 |   HISTORIC PRESERVATION

Historic Preservation (HP)                                            COURSES OFFERED
                                                                      200 History of American Architecture. Study of architec-
Associate Professor Visser (Interim Director); Lecturer McCullough;   tural history to gain fluency in the stylistic terms so essential
Distinguished Visiting Faculty Gilbertson, Lang.                      to historic preservation and to public support for conserv-
                                                                      ing our architectural heritage. Prerequisites: HP majors only.
An interdisciplinary graduate program leading to a Master             Cross-listing: History 201 and ENUS 295. Three hours.
of Science in Historic Preservation is offered by the His-            McCullough.
tory Department in cooperation with the Departments of
                                                                      201 History on the Land. Identifying and interpreting evi-
Art, Geography, Community Development and Applied
                                                                      dence of the cultural forces – early settlement patterns,
Economics, and the Environmental Studies Program. En-                 transportation, industry, agriculture, planning, conservation
rollment is limited to a small number of qualified partici-           – that have shaped our land, buildings, towns and cities. Pre-
pants who are seeking an intensive, community-oriented                requisites: HP majors only. Cross-listing: History 201 and
educational experience which effects a balance between                ENVS 295. Three hours. McCullough.
academic and professional training. As its underlying phi-
losophy, the program recognizes the diverse contribu-                 202 Special Topics. Courses are offered under this num-
tions, both high-style and vernacular, that every genera-             ber in specialized areas of historic preservation through
tion has made to the built environment and views his-                 Continuing Education. Three hours.
toric preservation as a form of management which                      204 Historic Preservation: Development Economics. Sur-
keeps these contributions in balance. The program is                  vey of economic, financial aspects of real estate develop-
designed to develop future leaders to help foster eco-                ment pertaining to preservation and adaptive use (market
nomic growth through the stewardship of historic re-                  studies, proformas). Field trips. Actual proposal develop-
sources and to provide a focus within northern New                    ment for under-utilized historic properties. Prerequisites:
England for research on and public awareness of the                   HP majors only. Others enroll in Evening Division offering.
region’s outstanding built environment. The program                   Three hours. Lang.
has been certified as meeting standards for professional              205 Historic Preservation Law. Legal issues in conserva-
training established by the National Council for Preser-              tion of the built environment. Basic legal techniques for
vation Education.                                                     protection of historic structures (historic districts, protec-
                                                                      tive legislation, easements, covenants). Study of significant
Applicants desiring financial aid may be nominated for
                                                                      court decisions. Prerequisites: HP majors only. Others enroll
Graduate College Fellowships or for Graduate Teaching                 in Evening Division offering. Three hours. McCullough.
Fellowships in the History Department.
                                                                      206 Researching Historic Structures and Sites. Methods
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO GRADUATE                                for researching historic structures and sites using archival
STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF                                   and physical evidence, deciphering archaic building tech-
SCIENCE IN HISTORIC PRESERVATION                                      nologies, and documenting structures through profes-
                                                                      sional reports, architectural photography, measured draw-
(1) A baccalaureate degree with a major in a preservation-            ings. Prerequisites: HP majors or by permission. Three
related field such as architecture, architectural history,            hours. Cross-listing: History 195-C. Visser.
history, planning, business administration, economics, en-
                                                                      301 Historic Preservation Contemporary Practice. De-
gineering, interior design, law, or environmental studies.
                                                                      tailed study of current historic preservation practice
(2) Applicants must take the general (aptitude) portion of
                                                                      through field trips, seminars with practicing professionals;
the Graduate Record Examination and submit a sample                   technical training in architectural taxonomy, environ-
independent research paper, design project, or other                  mental impact review, funding solicitation, preservation
evidence of preservation-related professional ability. Al-            agency administration. Prerequisite: HP majors only. Six
most all successful applicants have spent at least a year             hours. Gilbertson, McCullough, Visser, and distinguished
in a preservation-related job or volunteer work after the             visiting lecturers.
baccalaureate.
                                                                      302 Community Preservation Project. Third-semester
                                                                      graduate students apply developed professionals skills to
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO
                                                                      actual community preservation problems. Projects include
CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF
                                                                      strategy development, securing and allocating funds, re-
MASTER OF SCIENCE
                                                                      search, advocacy, and implementation. Prerequisites: 301, HP
Admission to this highly competitive program constitutes              majors. Three hours. McCullough, Visser.
acceptance to candidacy as well.
                                                                      303 Internship. Participants will devote a semester to pres-
                                                                      ervation within an appropriate institution or agency. Prereq-
MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE
                                                                      uisite: HP majors only. Three hours. Visser.
MASTER OF SCIENCE
                                                                      306 Architectural Conservation I. An examination of the
(1) Thirty-six credit hours of course work. A minimum of
                                                                      physical properties of historic building materials, their dete-
33 credit hours (including an internship or thesis) must be
                                                                      rioration mechanisms, and strategies for assessing condi-
taken in historic preservation. (2) A written comprehensive
                                                                      tions, conserving and rehabilitating historic resources. Lec-
examination given during the third semester. (3) An in-
                                                                      ture and lab. Prerequisites: HP majors or by permission.
ternship in a preservation agency, or a written thesis. This
                                                                      Three hours. Visser.
may be undertaken upon completion of two or three se-
mesters of concentrated course work. At the conclusion of             307 Architectural Conservation II. A continuation of Archi-
the internship, an oral presentation describing work accom-           tectural Conservation I, emphasizing an integrated examina-
plished will be given before a jury of practicing profession-         tion of historic preservation through lectures, seminars, and
als for evaluation. (4) Historic Preservation 200, 201, 204,          field and laboratory research projects. Prerequisite: 306. Three
205, 206, 301, 302, 306, 307 and 303 or 391 are required              hours. Visser.
courses for the degree. Students also take one elective un-           391 Master’s Thesis Research. Total of six hours required.
less they elect to do a thesis instead of an internship. For
                                                                      395 Special Topics. Credit as arranged. Visser.
the thesis option, a total of six credit hours is required for
HP391.                                                                397 Special Readings and Research. Credit as arranged.
                                                                                                                      HISTORY   | 79

History (HST)                                                         221, 222 Seminar in Ancient History. Selected aspects of
                                                                      Near Eastern, Greek, or Roman history (e.g. trade and colo-
Professors Emeriti Daniels, Davison, Felt, Hand, Liebs, Metcalfe,     nization, imperialism, social and political institutions, cul-
Schmokel, Schultz, Spinner, Stout; Professors Andrea, Grinde (Di-     tural and intellectual developments). Three hours.
rector ALANA Studies Program), Hutton, Overfield, Seybolt,            Rodgers.
Steffens, Stoler, Youngblood (Chairperson); Associate Professors      224 Seminar in Medieval Europe. Selected topics on Eu-
Brown, Coleman (Director of Graduate Studies), Gustafson,             rope from the fall of Rome to the Renaissance. Three
Rodgers, True, Visser (Interim Director, Historic Preservation Pro-   hours. Andrea.
gram); Assistant Professors Huener, Massell, McIsaac, Stilwell;       225 Seminar in Early Modern Europe. Selected topics on
Adjunct Assistant Professors Feeney; Lecturer McCullough.             European history from the Renaissance to the French Revo-
The History Department offers a comprehensive program                 lution. Three hours. Overfield, Steffens.
of courses in the history of the Western Hemisphere, Euro-            226, 227 Seminar in Modern Europe. Three hours.
pean history, and non-Western history.                                Huener, Hutton, Steffens.
                                                                      228 Seminar on Popular Culture. History of the attitudes
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO GRADUATE
                                                                      of ordinary people towards everyday life in European soci-
STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF ARTS
                                                                      ety from the Middle Ages to the present. Three hours.
AND MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING
                                                                      Hutton.
Applicants should have an undergraduate major in history,
                                                                      237 Seminar in Russian History before 1917. Selected top-
or in a related field of the social sciences or humanities            ics in Russian intellectual, social, and cultural history focus-
with the equivalent of a minor in history. They must take             ing on the period 1825–1917. Three hours. Youngblood.
the Graduate Record Examination and submit with the ap-
plication a sample of writing, such as a research paper done          238 Seminar in Soviet History. Selected topics in Soviet
in the course of undergraduate study.                                 social and cultural history from the Bolshevik Revolution to
                                                                      the death of Stalin (1917–53). Three hours. Youngblood.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO                                       240 Comparative Slavery: An Historical Perspective. His-
CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF                                           tory of Slavery from a comparative perspective, including
MASTER OF ARTS                                                        Classical Antiquity, Islam and the Middle East, Africa, Latin
Each student’s Studies Committee will certify admission to            America, and the Southern United States. Prerequisites:
candidacy when it has approved a course of study (which               Twelve hours of history. Three hours. Stilwell.
may include remedial work such as courses in appropriate              241 Seminar in African History. Topics in African history.
foreign languages) and a tentative thesis topic.                      Generally, the seminar will focus on one of three themes:
                                                                      Islam, Slavery, or Urbanism. Prerequisites: Twelve hours of
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO                                       history. Three hours. Stilwell.
CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF                                           250 Seminar in East Asian History. Topics in the history of
MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING                                            East Asia. Three hours. McIsaac.
See page 21.                                                          252 Seminar on China. Selected topics in the history of
                                                                      China. Three hours. McIsaac.
MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE
                                                                      261, 262 Seminar in Latin American History. Selected top-
DEGREE OF MASTER OF ARTS
                                                                      ics in Latin American History. 261: Early Latin America;
Thirty hours in History, including six hours of thesis re-            262: Modern Latin America. Three hours. Dungy.
search. Candidates for the MA in history must pass a com-
                                                                      265 Seminar in Canadian History. Topics in 19th and
prehensive exam in two areas of historical knowledge
                                                                      20th-century Canadian history: national development, re-
(choice of oral or written), then complete a masters’ thesis
                                                                      gionalism, multiculturalism, and international relations.
and defend it in an oral examination.
                                                                      Three hours. Massell.
                                                                      271, 272 Seminar in U.S. Social History. Topics in U.S.
ACCELERATED MASTER’S PROGRAM (AMP)
                                                                      Social History. 271: to the Civil War; 272: Civil War to the
History majors in their third year of undergraduate stand-            Present. Three hours. Gustafson.
ing at UVM may apply to the department for the AMP in
                                                                      273, 274 Seminar in Modern U.S. History. Selected topics
history. Students accepted into the program will during
                                                                      in U.S. history, among them foreign relations, the role of
their senior year work simultaneously on their B.A. and
                                                                      the presidency, World War II, and the Cold War. Three
M.A. requirements, toward which they may count up to six
                                                                      hours. Gustafson, Stoler.
concurrent credits. Application forms and further informa-
tion may be obtained from the Director of Graduate Stud-              277 Colonial Origins of American Society. How European
ies, Department of History.                                           patterns of life and systems of belief eroded in 17th and
                                                                      18th century America and evolved into a distinctly Ameri-
COURSES OFFERED                                                       can society. Three hours.
The specific subject matter of each seminar will vary accord-         278 Colonial Origins of U.S. Government. Evolution of
ing to the instructor’s interests. Graduate work in seminars,         government (local to national levels) from English back-
however, generally consists of extensive reading in the sec-          ground through establishment of the U.S. Constitution,
ondary literature of the field and the application of that            emphasizing political and constitutional aspects of the
material in a major research paper.                                   American Revolution. Three hours.
201 History on the Land. (Same as Historic Preservation               284 Seminar in Vermont History. Topical approach to
201.) Three hours. McCullough.                                        Vermont history through original research utilizing primary
                                                                      sources available at UVM, the Vermont Historical Society,
209, 210 Seminar in Global History. Selected topics on
                                                                      and the Vermont State Archives. Three hours. Brown.
the nature and results of interactions among the world’s
peoples. History 209: to 1500, History 210: since 1500.               285 Seminar in History of Science. Selected topics in the
Three hours. Andrea, Overfield.                                       history of science. Three hours. Steffens.
80 |   MATERIALS SCIENCE

287 Seminar in Historiography. Topics and methods in                ACCELERATED MASTER’S PROGRAM IN
contemporary historical writing. Three hours. Hutton,               MATERIALS SCIENCE (AMP)
Youngblood.                                                         The program offers an Accelerated Masters Program lead-
295, 296 Special Topics Seminar. Seminars on topics be-             ing to both B.S. and M.S. degrees in five years. The pro-
yond the scope of existing departmental offerings. See              gram is open to undergraduate chemistry, physics, electri-
Schedule of Courses for specific titles. Three hours.               cal engineering, and mechanical engineering majors. Inter-
300 Graduate Tutorial. Readings and research in a spe-              ested students should contact the Materials Science Direc-
cific area; topics to be individually arranged; attendance in       tor by the beginning of their junior year.
appropriate undergraduate courses may be required (see
undergraduate catalogue). Prerequisite: Permission. Variable        REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO
credit.                                                             GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF
                                                                    MASTER OF SCIENCE
301 Introduction to Graduate Study in History. Historical
methods, philosophy of history, the history of history writ-        A bachelor’s degree in physics, chemistry, metallurgy, engi-
ing. Three hours.                                                   neering, materials science, or mathematics. Applicants with
                                                                    other backgrounds will be evaluated individually.
351 Proseminar in American Cultural History. Intended
primarily for students in Historic Preservation, but open to        MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
other graduate students. Three hours.
                                                                    The above requirements for admission must be supple-
391 Master’s Thesis Research. Required of all candidates            mented in either of the following ways:
for the M.A. Normally arranged for two semesters at three
hours each.                                                         Plan A
397 Special Readings and Research. Directed individual              With Thesis: 30 graduate credit hours of an approved pro-
study of areas not appropriately covered by existing courses.       gram of study including at least 18 credit hours of course
Variable credit.                                                    work; completion of at least one three-credit hour course in
                                                                    each of the following categories; solid state theory, quantum
                                                                    mechanics, applied mathematics, and materials properties of
                                                                    solids; satisfactory completion of a comprehensive examina-
Humanities             (See page 110.)                              tion, and satisfactory completion of an M.S. thesis including
                                                                    its defense at an oral examination.
                                                                    Plan B
International Studies                     (See page 110.)
                                                                    Without Thesis: 30 credit hours of an approved program of
                                                                    study; completion of at least one three-credit hour course in
                                                                    each of the following categories: solid state theory, quantum
Materials Science                                                   mechanics, applied mathematics, and materials properties of
                                                                    solids, and satisfactory completion of a comprehensive exami-
(Multidisciplinary)                                                 nation.

Steering Committee Members: Director W. Varhue (Electrical
                                                                    REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO
Engineering); D. Durham (Mechanical Engineering); W. Leenstra
                                                                    GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF
(Chemistry); J.R. Wu (Physics). Faculty: Professors Allen, Ander-
                                                                    DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
son, Flanagan, Smith, Von Turkovich; Associate Professors Ander-
son, Clougherty, Durham, Keller, Leenstra, Titcomb, Varhue, Wu,     An accredited master’s degree (or equivalent) in physics,
Yang; Assistant Professor Hitt.                                     chemistry, metallurgy, engineering, mathematics, or mate-
                                                                    rials science.
Participating faculty are from the following departments:
Computer Science and Electrical Engineering, Civil and              REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO
Environmental Engineering, Mechanical Engineering,                  CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF
Physics, and Chemistry.                                             DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
The program in Materials Science is multidisciplinary. It is        Successful completion of a Ph.D. comprehensive examina-
involved with the mechanical, electrical, chemical, and             tion in Materials Science and demonstrated competence in
physical properties of materials — primarily solids — and           computer programming. The comprehensive examination
applications of these materials. It is multidisciplinary in the     includes the areas of quantum mechanics, solid state the-
sense that it combines the theoretical and experimental             ory, applied mathematics, thermodynamics, and materials
capabilities of a variety of disciplines and applies them to        properties of solids.
the solution of complex scientific and engineering prob-
lems. Problems such as corrosion, analysis and synthesis of         MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
electronic materials, development of bulk and thin film
electronic devices and integrated circuits, optimization of         In addition to the above, the following are required:
mechanical properties of structural materials, and failure          A minimum of 75 graduate credit hours including a mini-
analysis are typical examples requiring such an interdiscipli-      mum of 20 in dissertation research. An overall grade-point
nary approach. The course program gives a broad back-               average in graduate courses of 3.25 or better. Completion
ground in materials. It also provides flexibility allowing          of at least one three-credit hour course in each of the fol-
specialization in particular areas of interest.                     lowing categories: solid state theory, quantum mechanics,
                                                                    applied mathematics, thermodynamics and kinetics, and
The program in Materials Science offers the Master of Sci-          one course in each of two categories dealing with materials
ence degree and the Doctor of Philosophy degree. Each               properties of solids. Satisfactory completion of a Ph.D dis-
student must meet the general requirements for admission            sertation including its defense at an oral examination.
as outlined under the Regulations of the Graduate College.
Students in the program are sponsored by the participating          COURSES OFFERED
department which best reflects the students’ backgrounds
                                                                    The program of Materials Science will offer a thesis or disser-
and interests.
                                                                    tation research course each semester. All other courses in a
                                                                                                           MATHEMATICS    | 81
student’s program are offered by the individual departments        credit towards these nine hours. In both options students
— primarily Chemistry, Electrical Engineering, Mathematics,        must also select a minor concentration consisting of at least
Mechanical Engineering, Physics, and Statistics.                   three approved hours of advanced mathematics comple-
391 Master’s Thesis Research. Credit as arranged.                  mentary to the major area. With approval of the student’s
                                                                   advisor up to six hours of courses outside mathematics may
491 Doctoral Dissertation Research. Credit as arranged.            be used to fulfill the major, minor, or degree requirements.

                                                                   REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO
Mathematics (MATH)                                                 CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF
                                                                   DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
Professors Archdeacon, Ashikaga, Burgmeier, Colbourn, Cooke,       Successful completion of four qualifying examinations,
Dinitz (Chair), Dummit, Foote, Golden, Gross, Haugh, Lakin,        three written and one oral, in one of the areas of concen-
Oughstun, Pinder, Sands, Son, Wilson, Wright; Research Professor   tration.
Aleong; Associate Professors Bentil, Buzas, Mickey, Snapp, Yang,
Yu; Lecturers Johansson, Karstens, Kost, Lawlor, MacPherson,       MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE
Morency, Puterbaugh, Read.                                         DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
The Department of Mathematics offers programs towards              Each student must complete the four qualifying exams and
the Master of Science, Master of Science in Teaching,              an approved plan of study including at least 75 credit hours
Master of Arts in Teaching, and the Doctor of Philosophy           in course work or dissertation research. The student is re-
in Mathematical Sciences. There are two areas of concen-           quired to write a doctoral dissertation and pass a final oral
tration: pure mathematics and applied mathematics. The             defense of that dissertation. The Department requires two
programs emphasize the interaction between these two ar-           semesters of college-teaching experience. Students are ex-
eas and the common role of scientific computation. Stu-            pected to demonstrate appropriate proficiency in the use of
dents can take courses common to both areas, enabling              computers. There is no formal language requirement.
them to gain an appreciation of the mathematical tech-
niques and the connections between theory and applica-             REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO
tions.                                                             GRADUATE STUDIES AND ADVANCEMENT
The department offers an Accelerated Master’s Program              TO CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF
(AMP) leading to a B.S. and M.S. degree in five years. In-         MASTER OF SCIENCE FOR TEACHERS
terested students should contact the department by the             A bachelor’s degree from an accredited institution and cer-
end of their sophomore year.                                       tification as a teacher of mathematics. Experience teaching
Department research interests include classical analysis,          secondary school mathematics. Satisfactory scores on the
harmonic analysis, Fourier analysis, approximation theory,         Graduate Record Examination.
algebra, number theory, graph theory, combinatorics, fluid
mechanics, biomathematics, differential equations, numeri-         MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE
cal analysis, and modeling.                                        DEGREE OF MASTER OF SCIENCE FOR TEACHERS
                                                                   Thirty hours of course work in mathematics. With the ap-
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO                                      proval of their advisor, students may choose courses from
GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF                                 the 100-level or from closely related fields. The student
MASTER OF SCIENCE AND DOCTOR OF                                    must pass an oral comprehensive examination. No thesis is
PHILOSOPHY                                                         required.
Because of the breadth of pure and applied mathematics,
it is recognized that applicants for admission will have di-       REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF
verse backgrounds. Admission requirements are therefore            MASTER OF ARTS IN TEACHING
flexible. Applicants should have demonstrated strength in          Thirty hours of course work, including at least 21 in math-
either pure or applied mathematics, a bachelor’s degree            ematics and six in education. Students must be certified to
with a major in mathematics or a closely related discipline,       teach. With the approval of their advisor, students may
and satisfactory scores on both the general and subject            choose courses from the 100-level or from closely related
(mathematics) sections of the Graduate Record Exam-                fields. The student must pass an oral comprehensive exami-
ination.                                                           nation in mathematics and additional required examina-
                                                                   tions in education. No thesis is required.
MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE
DEGREE OF MASTER OF SCIENCE                                        COURSES OFFERED
Each student must complete one of the following options:           207 Probability Theory. (Same as Statistics 251.)
a. Twenty-four semester hours of acceptable graduate cred-         221 Deterministic Models in Operations Research. The
   its in advanced mathematics courses; six semester hours of      linear programming problem. Simplex algorithm, dual
   thesis research culminating in a master’s thesis, or            problem, sensitivity analysis, goal programming. Dynamic
                                                                   programming and network problems. Prerequisites: 124; 121
b. Thirty semester hours of acceptable graduate credits in         desirable or equivalent. Three hours.
   advanced mathematics courses; no thesis required.
                                                                   222 Stochastic Models in Operations Research. Develop-
Under either option students must take, or acquire the             ment and solution of some typical stochastic models.
knowledge of the content in, the courses Math 331 and              Markov chains, queueing problems, inventory models and
333, and must satisfactorily complete at least four 300-level      dynamic programming under uncertainty. Prerequisites: 207
mathematics courses and the seminar 382. In both options           or Statistics 151, or permission. Three hours.
students must select a major concentration from among the
areas: Analysis, Algebra, Applied Mathematics, or Discrete         224 Analysis of Algorithms. (Same as Computer Science
Mathematics. The concentration shall consist of at least           224.) Prerequisites: CS 103, 104; Math 173.
nine approved hours in advanced mathematics courses in             230 Ordinary Differential Equations. Solutions of ordi-
the respective area, three of which must be at the 300-level;      nary differential equations, the Laplace transformations, se-
students in option b. may count the six hours of thesis            ries solutions of differential equations. Prerequisites: 121,
82 |   MATHEMATICS

corequisite 124 or permission of instructor. Credit will not    273 Combinatorial Graph Theory. Paths and trees, con-
be granted for more than one of the courses 230 or 271.         nectivity, Eulerian and Hamiltonian cycles, matchings,
Credit will not count toward a graduate degree in Math-         edge and vertex colorings, planar graphs, Euler’s formula
ematics. Three hours.                                           and the Four Color Theorem, networks. Prerequisite: 52 or
236 Calculus of Variations. Necessary conditions of             54 or permission. Three hours.
Euler, Legendre, Weierstrass, and Jacobi for minimizing         274 Numerical Linear Algebra. Direct and iterative
integrals. Sufficiency proofs. Variation and eigenvalue         methods for solving linear equations, least square factor-
problems. Hamilton-Jacobi equations. Prerequisite: 230.         ization methods, eigenvalue computations, ill-condition-
Three hours. Alternate years.                                   ing and stability. Prerequisite: 237. Three hours.
237 Introduction to Numerical Analysis. Error analysis,         275, 276 Advanced Engineering Analysis I, II. See Me-
root-finding, interpolation, least squares, quadrature, lin-    chanical Engineering 304, 305. Prerequisites: 271 or 230;
ear equations, numerical solution of ordinary differential      275 for 276. Cross-listings: Mechanical Engineering 304,
equations. Prerequisites: 121, and 124 or 271, knowledge of     305; Civil Engineering 304, 305.
computer programming. Three hours.                              295 Special Topics. Lectures, reports, and directed read-
238 Numerical Differential Equations. Numerical solu-           ings on advanced topics as announced. Prerequisite: Permis-
tion of differential equations: initial-value and boundary-     sion. Credit as arranged. Offered as occasion warrants.
value problems; finite difference and finite element meth-      330 Advanced Ordinary Differential Equations. Linear
ods. Prerequisites: 237, either 230 or 271 recommended.         and nonlinear systems, approximate solutions, existence,
Three hours.                                                    uniqueness, dependence on initial conditions, stability,
240 Fourier Series and Integral Transforms. Fourier             asymptotic behavior, singularities, self-adjoint problems.
series, orthogonal functions, integral transforms, and          Prerequisite: 230. Three hours.
boundary value problems. Prerequisite: 230 or 271. Three        331 Theory of Functions of Complex Variables. Differ-
hours.                                                          entiation, integration, Cauchy-Riemann equations, infi-
241 Analysis in Several Real Variables I. Properties of         nite series, properties of analytic continuation, Laurent
the real numbers, metric spaces, infinite sequences and         series, calculus of residues, contour integration, meromor-
series, continuity. Prerequisites: 121, 124. Three hours.       phic functions, conformal mappings, Riemann surfaces.
242 Analysis in Several Real Variables II. Differentiation      Prerequisite: 242. Four hours.
in Rn, Riemann-Stieltjes integral, uniform convergence of       332 Approximation Theory. Interpolation and approxi-
functions, Inverse and Implicit Function Theorems. Prereq-      mation by interpolation, uniform approximation in
uisite: 241. Three hours.                                       normed linear spaces, spline functions, orthogonal poly-
243 Theory of Computation. (Same as Computer Sci-               nomials. Least square, and Chebychev approximations,
ence 243.) Prerequisite: CS 104.                                rational functions. Prerequisites: 124, 237. Three hours.
251 Abstract Algebra I. Basic theory of groups, rings,          333 Theory of Functions of Real Variables. The theory
fields, homomorphisms, and isomorphisms. Prerequisites:         of Lebesgue integration, Lebesgue measure, sequences of
124 or instructor’s permission . Three hours.                   functions, absolute continuity, properties of LP–spaces.
                                                                Prerequisite: 242. Four hours.
252 Abstract Algebra II. Modules, vector spaces, linear
transformations, rational and Jordan canonical forms.           335, 336 Advanced Real Analysis. L2–spaces, LP–spaces;
Finite fields, field extensions, and Galois theory leading to   Hilbert, Banach spaces; linear functionals, linear opera-
the insolvability of quintic equations. Prerequisite: 251.      tors; completely continuous operators (including symmet-
Three hours.                                                    ric); Fredholm alternative; Hilbert-Schmidt theory; uni-
                                                                tary operators; Bochner’s Theorem; Fourier-Plancherel,
255 Elementary Number Theory. Divisibility, prime               Watson transforms. Prerequisites: 333; 335 for 336. Three
numbers, Diophantine equations, congruence of num-              hours.
bers, and methods of solving congruences. Prerequisite: 52
or 54. Three hours.                                             339 Partial Differential Equations. Classification of equa-
                                                                tions, linear equations, first order equations, second order
257 Topics in Group Theory. Topics may include ab-              elliptic, parabolic, and hyperbolic equations, uniqueness
stract group theory, representation theory, classical           and existence of solutions. Prerequisites: 230, 242. Three
groups, Lie groups. Prerequisite: 251. Three hours. Alter-      hours.
nate years.
                                                                351 Topics in Algebra. Topics will vary each semester
260 Foundations of Geometry. Geometry as an axiom-              and may include algebraic number theory, algebraic ge-
atic science; various non-Euclidean geometries; relation-       ometry, and the arithmetic of elliptic curves. Repeatable
ships existing between Euclidean plane geometry and             for credit with permission. Prerequisite: 252. Three hours.
other geometries; invariant properties. Prerequisite: 52 or
54. Three hours.                                                353 Point-Set Topology. Topological spaces, closed and
                                                                open sets, closure operators, separation axioms, continu-
264 Vector Analysis. Gradient, curl and divergence,             ity, connectedness, compactness, metrization, uniform
Green, Gauss and Stokes Theorems, applications to phys-         spaces. Prerequisite: 241. Three hours.
ics, tensor analysis. Prerequisites: 121, and 124 or 271.
                                                                354 Algebraic Topology. Homotopy, Seifert-van Kampen
Three hours.
                                                                Theorem; simplicial, singular, and Cech homology. Prereq-
271 Applied Mathematics for Engineers and Scientists.           uisite: 353. Three hours.
Matrix theory, Linear Ordinary Differential Equations.          373 Topics in Combinatorics. Topics will vary each se-
Emphasis on methods of solution, including numerical            mester and may include combinatorial designs, coding
methods. No credit for mathematics majors. Credit will          theory, topological graph theory, cryptography. Prerequi-
not be granted for more than one of 230 or 271.                 sites: 251 or 273 or permission. Three hours.
Corequisite: 121 or equivalent. Three hours.
                                                                382 Seminar. Topical discussions with assigned reading.
272 Applied Analysis. Partial differential equations of         Required of M.S. degree candidates. One hour.
mathematical physics, calculus of variations, functions of a
                                                                391 Master’s Thesis Research. Credit as arranged.
complex variable, Cauchy’s Theorem, integral formula,
conformal mapping. Prerequisite: 230 or 271. Three hours.       395 Special Topics. Subject will vary from year to year.
                                                                                                 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING        | 83
May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Permission. Credit        MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE
as arranged.                                                        DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
491 Doctoral Dissertation Research. Credit as arranged.             The degree of Doctor of Philosophy requires of candidates
                                                                    a minimum of 75 credit hours to be earned in course and
                                                                    in dissertation research. At least 40 credit hours must be
Mechanical Engineering (ME)                                         earned in courses and seminars and a minimum of 25
                                                                    credit hours must be earned in dissertation research. Can-
Professors Beliveau, Flanagan, Hundal, Huston, Wu; Associate
                                                                    didates must be able to comprehend the literature of their
Professors Durham, Keller; Assistant Professors Chester, Hitt,
                                                                    field in at least one foreign language provided it is required
Iatridis; Research Professor Stokes; Research Associate Professor
                                                                    for their dissertation work. The requirements specified un-
Beynnon.
                                                                    der “Policies of the Graduate College” must also be met.
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy programs are
offered. Candidates holding degrees other than those in             COURSES OFFERED
Mechanical Engineering are encouraged to apply. In such             203 Machinery Analysis and Synthesis. Kinematic and
cases, it is normally necessary for students to complete the        kinetic analysis of two and three dimensional machines;
entrance qualifications without receiving credit toward             kinematic synthesis; electromechanical and servo mecha-
their graduate studies. In all courses, general requirements        nisms; application to robotic mechanisms. Three hours.
for admission, as outlined under the Regulations of the             207 Biomechanics I. Introduction to the structure and
Graduate College, must be met. Areas of research interest           mechanics of the musculoskeletal system. Application of
include biomechanics; combustion; computer-aided design,            mechanics to bone, tendon, ligaments and other biological
continuum mechanics; design methodology, fluids mechan-             materials. Prerequisites: Graduate standing in ME, or permis-
ics; heat transfer; manufacturing processes; mechanical and         sion. Three hours.
thermal processing of metals; physical and mechanical met-
                                                                    208 Biomechanics II. Introduction to biomaterials and
allurgy; solidification; vibrations.
                                                                    the mechanical behavior of bioviscoelastic fluids or solids.
An Accelerated Master’s Program (AMP) is available for              Prerequisites: 207 or permission. Three hours.
students majoring in Mechanical Engineering. Further de-            209 Biofluid Dynamics (3-0). Fluid dynamics of human
tails can be obtained from the Department of Mechanical             physiology. Circulatory and respiratory mechanics, steady
Engineering, 201 Votey Building, (802) 656-3320.                    and unsteady laminar flow, pulse wave reflections, curved
                                                                    and collapsible tube flow, turbulence. Prerequisites: 143 or
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO                                       equivalent. Three hours.
GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF
MASTER OF SCIENCE                                                   234 Mechanical Vibrations. Analysis, measurement, and
                                                                    control of mechanical vibrations; SDOF, MDOF, and rotat-
An accredited bachelor’s degree in Mechanical Engineer-             ing systems, forced, free, and random vibrations. Prerequi-
ing or its equivalent.                                              sites: 111 or graduate standing in engineering or physical
                                                                    sciences. Three hours.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO
                                                                    235 Turbomachinery Vibration Analysis and Testing. Vi-
CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF
                                                                    bration in rotating machines; vibration measurement tech-
MASTER OF SCIENCE                                                   niques; machinery condition and degradation; condition
One semester of satisfactory performance in graduate                monitoring and predictive maintenance; industrial vibra-
courses.                                                            tion techniques including proximity probes, accelerom-
                                                                    eters, FFT analyzer. Prerequisite: 244. Two hours.
MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE                                 241 Combustion Processes. Combustion thermodyna-
DEGREE OF MASTER OF SCIENCE                                         mics; chemical kinetics; laminar flames, premixed and
The above prerequisites for acceptance to candidacy must            diffusion; turbulent flames; ignition, explosion, and detona-
be supplemented in either of two ways.                              tion; droplet combustion; flame spread; large scale fires;
                                                                    rocket combustion. Three hours.
Plan A
                                                                    242 Advanced Engineering Thermodynamics I. Founda-
Completion of advanced courses in mechanical engineering;           tions of statistical mechanics. Gases and Crystals. Chemical
mathematics, other approved courses and six to nine hours of        equilibrium. Irreversible processes. Prerequisite: Permission.
thesis research for a total of 30 hours.                            Three hours.
Plan B                                                              243 Inviscid Flow (3–0). Eulerian and Lagrangian descrip-
Completion of 30 credit hours of advanced courses in me-            tions of motion. Potential flow. Thin-airfoil theory and nu-
chanical engineering, mathematics, and other approved               merical methods. Linear wave theory. Flow stability. Linear-
courses in lieu of thesis.                                          ized subsonic and supersonic flow.
                                                                    244 Introduction to Turbomachinery Analysis. Funda-
Students should decide which option they intend to pursue
                                                                    mental turbomachinery principles of fluid mechanics, ther-
at the beginning of their program. Part-time students nor-
                                                                    modynamics, and structural analysis; basic equations and
mally use Plan B.                                                   computational techniques for analysis and evaluation of
                                                                    turbomachinery. Prerequisites: 243 and Math. 271. Two
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO                                       hours.
GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY                                                245 Advanced Heat Transfer I. Transient heat conduc-
                                                                    tion; integral methods; convection; formulation and solu-
An accredited master’s degree in mechanical engineering             tion; boiling, condensation; radiant heat exchange in en-
or its equivalent.                                                  closures and with emitting-absorbing gases, advanced view
                                                                    factors. Prerequisite: Permission. Three hours.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO
CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF                                         246 Centrifugal Compressors. Fluid dynamic and thermo-
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY                                                dynamic principles of centrifugal compressor design and de-
                                                                    sign practice; limits of stable operation and instability predic-
Successful completion of the Ph.D. comprehensive written            tion and control. Prerequisite: 244. Two hours.
examinations.
84 |   MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

247 Centrifugal Pumps. Centrifugal pump design prin-              324 Special Problems in Heat Transfer. Advanced topics
ciples and practice; performance limits; cavitation; design       in heat transfer in which there is a particular student and
tools and pump design optimization. Prerequisite: 244. Two        staff interest. Three hours.
hours.                                                            325 Special Problems in Materials. Advanced topics in be-
248 Turbomachinery Special Topics. Content in axial               havior of materials in which there is a particular student
fans/compressors; axial, radial or steam turbines; CFD, dy-       and staff interest. Three hours.
namics/rotordynamics, or materials for turbomachinery;
                                                                  330 Matrix Methods in Structural Dynamics. Matrices,
power plant or refrigeration cycle developments; turbo-
                                                                  eigenvalue problems, forced vibration, wave propagation.
charged and compound IC-engines. Prerequisite: 244. One
                                                                  Three hours. Cross-listing: Civil Engineering 372.
or two hours.
252 Mechanical Behavior of Materials. Elastic and plastic         332 Engineering Elasticity. Tensors, complex variables,
behavior of single crystals, polycrystals; dislocations;          variational methods. Three hours.
approximate plastic analysis; anisotropic materials; hard-        333 Stress Analysis (Theory and Experiment) (3–0).
ness; fractures; fatigue; damping; creep, and surface phe-        Theory and experimental method of measuring static and
nomena. Prerequisites: 101, permission. Three hours. Credit       dynamic stress and strain. Three hours.
for 252 or 272 – not both.                                        336 Continuum Mechanics (3–0). Tensors, conservation
253 Corrosion of Materials. Corrosion principles: electro-        laws, field equations for solids and fluids. Three hours.
chemical, environmental, and metallurgical aspects. Corro-        338 Advanced Dynamics. Application of Lagrange’s equa-
sion testing. Corrosion prevention. Seawater corrosion. Bio-      tion, Hamilton’s principle to mechanical systems. Systems
logical corrosion. Material selection. Prerequisite: 101 or       with constraints. Matrix formulation of problems in kine-
equivalent. Three hours. Credit for 253 or 273 – not both.        matics, dynamics. Stability of linear, nonlinear systems.
255 Advanced Engineering Materials. Phase diagrams.               Three hours.
Thermodynamics of crystals, alloys. Defects. Phase transfor-      342 Advanced Combustion. Equations of reacting mix-
mations. Heat treatment of steels. Prerequisites: Senior or       tures; modeling of steady and unsteady combustion, homo-
graduate standing or permission. Three hours.                     geneous/heterogeneous systems; ignition, explosions,
257 Composite Materials. Fibers, matrices. Unidirectional         detonations; combustion aerodynamics: turbulence, swirl,
and short fiber composites. Experimental characterization.        sprays. Prerequisite: 241 or equivalent. Three hours.
Prerequisite: 101 or equivalent. Three hours. Credit for 257      343 Advanced Fluid Dynamics. Stress in continuum; kine-
or 277 – not both.                                                matics, dynamics; potential fields; Wing theory; Navier-
265 Integrated Product Development. Project-based                 Stokes equation; hydrodynamic stability; turbulence; lami-
course focusing on the entire product life cycle. Team dy-        nar, turbulent boundary layer theory; transient flows; free
namics, process and product design, quality, materials,           laminar, turbulent flows; mixing. Three hours.
management, and environmentally conscious manufactur-             344 Advanced Engineering Thermodynamics II. Micro-
ing. Cross-listings: BSAD 293, Stat 265.                          scopic thermodynamics; Maxwell-Boltzmann, Bose-Einstein,
281, 282 Seminar. Presentation and discussion of ad-              Fermi-Dirac statistics; kinetic theory of gases; transport
vanced mechanical engineering problems and current de-            properties, compressed gases, liquids, solid states; chemical
velopments. One hour.                                             systems; irreversible processes; fluctuations. Three hours.
283 Laboratory Techniques for Turbomachinery Develop-             345 Advanced Heat Transfer II. Generalized equation of
ment. Instruments and transducers for performance, flow,          heat conduction; classical integral transforms, approximate
and structural measurements in turbomachinery; the role           solutions; thermal boundary layers; forced and free convec-
of test data in design and development; experimental data         tion; condensation, boiling, ablative cooling; radiation, sta-
acquisition and processing. Prerequisite: 244. Two hours.         tistical theory; mass transfer. Three hours.
295 Special Topics. Special topics in recently developed          346 Advanced Gas Dynamics. Compressible flow in ducts;
technical areas. One to three hours with instructor approval.     friction, heat transfer; shock waves; small perturbation
301 Introduction to Biomedical Engineering (3–0). Intro-          theory; high speed flows; transonic, supersonic, hypersonic
duction to basic biomedical engineering science; biomedi-         flows; methods of characteristics. Aerodynamic heating;
cal computing and pattern recognition, biomedical instru-         rarified gas flows. Three hours.
mentation and signal analysis, biomechanics, biomaterials,        371 Advanced Engineering Design Analysis and Synthesis.
rehabilitation engineering, physiological transport phe-          Application of fundamental concepts, principles of advanced
nomena, intelligent systems. Three hours.                         mathematics, physics, mechanics, electricity, thermodyna-
304, 305 Advanced Engineering Analysis I, II. Problems in         mics, fluid dynamics, heat transfer, and decision-making
analysis in engineering, including ordinary and partial differ-   processes to design, analysis, synthesis of complex engineer-
                                                                  ing systems. Four hours.
ential equations, special functions, matrices, tensor analysis,
variational calculus, complex variables, perturbation meth-       372 Systems Engineering. Advanced course in systems en-
ods. Prerequisites: Math. 271 or Math. 230; ME 304 for ME         gineering, reliability, maintainability, safety, and human
305. Three hours. Cross-listings: CE 304, 305; Math 275, 276.     factors engineering. Case studies. Prerequisites: 371 or per-
                                                                  mission. Three hours.
320 Special Problems in Elasticity. Advanced topics in the
theory of elasticity in which there is a particular student       373 Integrated Mechanism Design Analysis. Application
and staff interest. Three hours.                                  of system analysis, rigid body dynamics, finite elements, fa-
                                                                  tigue analysis and structural dynamics to an integrated ap-
321 Special Problems in Fluid Mechanics (3–0). Advanced           proach to mechanisms design. Prerequisites: 371 or permis-
topics in fluid mechanics in which there is a particular stu-     sion. Three hours.
dent and staff interest. Three hours.
                                                                  391 Master’s Thesis Research. Credit as arranged.
322 Special Problems in Dynamics. Advanced topics in dy-
namics in which there is a particular student and staff inter-    395 Advanced Special Topics. Advanced topics in recently
est. Three hours.                                                 developed technical areas. Prerequisite: One to three hours
                                                                  with instructor approval.
323 Special Problems in Thermodynamics. Advanced top-
ics in thermodynamics in which there is a particular student      491 Doctoral Dissertation Research. Credit as arranged.
and staff interest. Three hours.
                                                                                MICROBIOLOGY AND MOLECULAR GENETICS           | 85

Microbiology and Molecular                                          REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO
                                                                    CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF
Genetics (MMG)                                                      DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
                                                                    Completion of one full year of graduate study at The Uni-
Professors Albertini, Bramley, Burke, Fives-Taylor, Heintz, No-     versity of Vermont, satisfactory performance on teaching as-
votny, Schaeffer, Wallace (Chairperson); Associate Professors       signments, successful completion of the Department core
Finette, Francklyn, Gilmartin, Johnson, Morrical, Pederson,         curriculum and qualifying exam, and approval of the
Tierney; Assistant Professors Doublié, Lewis, Stein, Thali, Ward;   student’s thesis advisor and Studies Committee, the Faculty
Research Associate Professors Bateman, Raper; Research Assistant    of the Department of Microbiology and Molecular Genet-
Professors Bond, Froeliger, Heckman, Melamede, Meyer; Lecturers     ics, and the Dean of the Graduate College.
Silverstein, Tessmann.
Research activities include: Mutagenic mechanisms in hu-            MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE
man populations; the enzymology and regulation of cellular          DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
DNA replication and repair; molecular mechanisms of ge-             Seventy-five total credits to include at least 30 credit hours
netic recombination; structural biology and proteins and            of Dissertation Research (MMG 491) and at least 30 course
DNA; cell cycle control of transcription and DNA replication        credits, including the Microbiology and Molecular Genetics
in eukaryotes; regulation and enzymology of RNA poly-               core curriculum (six course credits each in Biochemistry,
merase II transcription; enzymology and atomic structure of         Genetics, and Microbiology); at least four credits in Cur-
mammalian cell mRNA processing factors; molecular basis of          rent Topics in Molecular Genetics (MMG 310); other ap-
tRNA recognition; ribozyme structure and enzymology; sig-           proved courses such that at least 20 course credits are taken
naling networks that regulate morphogenesis in yeast; isola-        from courses offered by the Department of Microbiology
tion and regulation of mating type genes in Schizophyllum;          and Molecular Genetics; teaching assignments as arranged
plant growth and development; molecular mechanisms of               by Department; proficiency in computer applications;
bacterial adhesion and pathogenesis; molecular and cellular         qualifying exam; successful completion of dissertation.
mechanisms of host-pathogen interactions; and bacterial
transformations of organic pollutants.                              COMBINED MEDICAL COLLEGE AND GRADUATE
                                                                    COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO                                       Qualified students, following acceptance into the medical
GRADUATE STUDIES FOR EITHER THE MASTER OF                           college, may simultaneously enroll in the Graduate College
SCIENCE OR THE DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY                                 for a Master of Science or Ph.D. degree program in Micro-
DEGREES                                                             biology and Molecular Genetics. The program would be
MMG normally accepts only applicants for the Ph.D. pro-             developed with concurrence of the Dean for Student Af-
gram. However, UVM undergraduate students may apply                 fairs in the College of Medicine.
for the Accelerated Master’s Program. Other students who
wish to apply to the M.S. program should contact the indi-          COURSES OFFERED
vidual faculty member with whom they wish to study. One             201 Molecular Cloning Lab. Intensive advanced labora-
year of biological science; one year physics (equivalent of         tory course in the fundamentals of recombinant DNA tech-
Physics 11 and 12); one year of inorganic chemistry and             nology through the isolation and characterization of a
one year of organic chemistry (equivalent of Chemistry 1, 2,        unique gene. Prerequisite: 102 or equivalent. Three hours.
141 and 142), mathematics through calculus (equivalent of           Fall semester.
Math 19 and 20); additional courses required by the De-
partment depending on the aims of the student. A student            203 Mammalian Cell Culture in Molecular Biology. The
may be admitted pending satisfactory completion of one or           basic principles and techniques of mammalian cell culture,
two of the above courses during the first semester(s) of            as well as cell and mammalian molecular genetics. Prerequi-
graduate study. Satisfactory scores on the general aptitude         site: Permission of coordinator. Four hours. Coordinator:
portion of the Graduate Record Examination. Subject GRE             Schaeffer. Alternate years. Spring 2001, 2003.
tests are recommended but not mandatory.                            211 Prokaryotic Molecular Genetics. The organization,
                                                                    replication, and expression of genes in prokaryotes, focus-
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO                                     ing on the genetics of Escherichia coli and its viruses. Prereq-
CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF                                         uisite: Introductory Microbiology, Biochemistry, Genetics,
MASTER OF SCIENCE                                                   and/or Cell Biology courses. Three hours. Coordinator:
Applicants may be accepted concurrent with admission, or            Novotny. Fall semester.
candidacy may be deferred pending a period of satisfactory          220 Environmental Microbiology. The activities of micro-
graduate study at The University of Vermont. Acceptance             organisms, primarily bacteria, in air, soil, and water. Prereq-
to candidacy is granted only to those students who have             uisite: A previous course in microbiology. Three hours.
met all undergraduate course prerequisites.                         Lewis. Alternate years, Spring 2001, 2003.
                                                                    222 Clinical Microbiology. Comprehensive study of hu-
MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE                                 man pathogenic microorganisms and their disease states in
DEGREE OF MASTER OF SCIENCE                                         humans, which includes pathogenic bacteriology, medical
Thirty total credits to include six credit hours of Disserta-       mycology, and virology. Laboratory sessions provide practi-
tion Research (MMG 391) and 24 course credits, includ-              cal experience in handling and identifying these patho-
ing the Microbiology and Molecular Genetics core cur-               gens. Prerequisite: 65 or 101 or equivalent. Four hours. Coor-
riculum (six course credits each in Biochemistry, Genet-            dinator: Tessmann. Spring semester.
ics, and Microbiology); at least two credits in current Top-        223 Immunology. Analysis of the immune response with
ics in Molecular Genetics (MMG 310); other approved                 respect to structure and function of immunoglobulins and
courses such that at least 16 course credits are taken from         the T cell receptor, tolerance, innate and adaptive immu-
courses offered by the Department of Microbiology and               nity, the Major Histocompatibility Complex, hypersensitiv-
Molecular Genetics; qualifying exam; successful comple-             ity states, transplantation, cancer, and AIDS. Prerequisite:
tion of dissertation.                                               Permission of Coordinator. Three hours. Coordinator:
                                                                    Silverstein. Alternate years, Fall 2001, 2003.
86 |   MOLECULAR PHYSIOLOGY AND BIOPHYSICS

225 Eukaryotic Virology. An in-depth analysis of eukary-             sodium and calcium channels, cholinergic and adrenergic
otic virus-mammalian cell interactions emphasizing mecha-            receptor function, and the neurochemical correlates of hy-
nisms by which viruses modulate gene expression in                   peractive behavior and hypertension in rodent models; car-
infected cells. Prerequisite: 101 or 102, or equivalent. Three       diovascular regulation, including changes in pregnancy and
hours. Coordinators: Gilmartin, Silverstein, Thali. Alternate        changes in cation transport associated with human hyper-
years, Fall 2000, 2002.                                              tension.
254 Protein: Nucleic Acid Interactions. Structure of DNA             Except under special circumstances, admission and award
and RNA, and the structure and assembly of nucleoprotein             of financial support will be restricted to Ph.D. applicants.
complexes will be described using examples from prokary-
otes, yeast, viruses, and mammalian cells in culture. Prerequi-
site: 211 or equivalent, Agricultural Biochemistry 201 or            REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO
Biochemistry 301 and 302 or equivalent. Three hours. Co-             GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF
ordinator: Pederson. Alternate years, Spring 2001, 2003.             MASTER OF SCIENCE
295 Special Topics. Supervised investigations in microbi-            Satisfactory performance on general (aptitude) section of
ology or molecular genetics. Prerequisite: Coordinator’s per-        Graduate Record Examination. Year courses in biology, or-
mission. Credit as arranged.                                         ganic chemistry, and physics. These requirements must be
302 Medical Microbiology. Fundamentals of pathogenic                 completed by the end of the first year of residency.
microbiology emphasizing mechanisms of disease produc-
tion and mechanisms of resistance to infection. The ecol-            REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO
ogic rather than taxonomic approach is stressed. Primarily           CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF
for medical students. Prerequisite: Departmental permission.         MASTER OF SCIENCE
Four hours. Coordinator: Silverstein. Spring semester.               Satisfactory completion of basic courses and comprehensive
310 Graduate Seminar. Seminar to focus on specific issues            exam; formation of studies committee.
at the forefront of current research in molecular genetics.
Meetings will involve student presentation and discussion of         MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS FOR
research articles. Prerequisite: Permission of Coordinator.          MASTER OF SCIENCE
Two hours.                                                           MPBP 301, 303, 308, 323; Biochemistry 301–302; other
312 Yeast Molecular Genetics. The use of lower eukary-               graduate courses as arranged (three hours minimum);
otes, such as the yeasts Saccharomyces cerevisiae and Schizosac-     thesis research (six to 15 hours).
charomyces pombe, as model genetic systems to answer ques-
tions of basic biological importance. Prerequisite: Introduc-        REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO
tory Microbiology, Biochemistry, Genetics and/or Cell and            GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF
Molecular Biology, and permission of Coordinator. Three              DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
hours. Coordinator: Johnson. Alternate years, Spring 2000,           Biology, one year; chemistry, organic and physical; physics,
2002.                                                                one year; mathematics, through calculus. These require-
320 Cellular Microbiology. Utilizes primary literature to            ments must be completed by the end of the first year of
explore the cellular and molecular basis of microbial patho-         residency. Satisfactory performance on general (aptitude)
genesis, with an emphasis on pathogenic bacteria and pro-            section of Graduate Record Examination. A master’s de-
tozoan parasites. Three hours. Stein, Thali, Ward. Alternate         gree is not a prerequisite for the Ph.D. degree.
years, Spring 2002, 2004.
                                                                     REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO
332 Critical Reading. Students will participate in group
                                                                     CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF
discussions to critically evaluate and interpret the experi-
                                                                     DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
mental data from one assigned paper from the scientific lit-
erature per week. Prerequisite: Permission of coordinator.           Satisfactory completion of basic courses and comprehensive
One hour. Coordinator: Gilmartin. Fall Semester.                     exam; formation of dissertation committee.
391 Master’s Thesis Research. Credit as arranged.
                                                                     MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
491 Doctoral Dissertation Research. Credit as arranged.
                                                                     MPBP 301, 303, 308, 323; Biochemistry 301–302; in addi-
                                                                     tion, 21 elective credits, six of which must be in the Depart-
                                                                     ment; dissertation research, minimum 20 hours. Other re-
Molecular Physiology and                                             quirements are flexible and will be determined for each in-
                                                                     dividual after consultation with the Studies Committee.
Biophysics (MPBP)
                                                                     COURSES OFFERED
Professors Alpert, Evans, Irvin, Low, Lowey, Nelson, Osol, Patlak,
Poehlman, Warshaw (Chair); Associate Professors Bentil, Berger,      301 Medical Physiology and Biophysics. Function in the
Haeberle, Trybus; Assistant Professors Dostmann, Schneider,          whole human organism, and at the cellular, tissue, and or-
Seigal, Van Buren; Research Professors Bates, Maughan; Research      gan levels, considered biologically and physically. Prerequi-
Associate Professor Mulieri; Research Assistant Professor Rovner.    site: Permission of department chair. Eight hours.
                                                                     302 Neuroscience. A correlated presentation of the neu-
Specific areas of research involve: the molecular basis of
                                                                     roanatomy and neurophysiology of mammalian CNS. Same
contraction in smooth, skeletal and cardiac muscle, includ-
                                                                     course as Anatomy 302. Prerequisite: Permission. Four hours.
ing muscle mechanics, energetics, molecular biology, con-
                                                                     Anatomy and Physiology staff.
tractile protein biochemistry and regulation, electrophysiol-
ogy, excitation-contraction coupling, and protein synthesis          303 Special Topics in Physiology. Topics of current inter-
and turnover; cellular and mechanical regulation of lung             est to the individual faculty will be covered in depth during
function, including properties of cells in vascular, bronchial       individual, 6-week long minicourses of one credit hour
and alveolar tissue; control of cellular growth and differen-        each, offered in succession throughout the calendar year.
tiation, including regulation of gene expression by growth           Each topic will be repeated approximately every two years.
factors, hormones and mechanical stretch; chemical signal-           Format will include lectures, reports, and directed readings.
ing in cellular communication, including kinetics of single          Prerequisites: 301; permission of individual faculty.
                                                                                                       NATURAL RESOURCES      | 87
308 Biometrics and Applied Statistics. Introduction to the          section. Acceptability to a potential faculty advisor holding
rational use and evaluation of statistical methods in plan-         an appointment in the School of Natural Resources.
ning experiments and interpreting biological data. Biomet-
rics laboratory included. Course limited to 12 students. Pre-       REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO
requisites: Math. 110 or equivalent, and permission. Five           CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF
hours. Fall.                                                        DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
310 Molecular Basis of Biological Motility. Molecular               It is ordinarily expected that a student will complete the fol-
basis of muscle contraction, and cellular motility. Topics in-      lowing requirements for advancement to candidacy prior to
clude: muscle energetics and mechanics, biochemistry of             the end of the second year in the program: (1) one year of
motility, and regulation of contractile proteins. Lectures          full-time graduate study in residence at The University of
and conferences. Prerequisites: 301; Biochemistry 301, 302;         Vermont; (2) teaching experience in one course; (3) at
permission. Three hours. Warshaw. Alternate years.                  least 12 credit hours of research; (4) at least 15 credit hours
313 Seminar on Endocrine Physiology. Devoted to a study             of course work at the graduate level acceptable to the
of current problems in endocrine research with major em-            student’s Studies Committee; (5) satisfactory performance
phasis on the molecular mechanism of action of hormones.            on a comprehensive examination; and (6) a dissertation
Prerequisites: 301; Biochemistry 301, 302; permission. Three        proposal accepted by the student’s Studies Committee.
hours. Low. Alternate years.
                                                                    MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
323 Principles and Elements of Biomedical Instrumenta-
tion. Laboratory skills for modern molecular physiology.            The student must (1) present at least 75 credit hours in ap-
Topics: basic electrophysics; transducers; molecular con-           proved course work and research, including not less than 20
cepts and manipulation; the computer as a laboratory in-            and not more than 35 credit hours in research; (2) have a
strument. Lectures and laboratory. Prerequisite: Permission.        reading knowledge of a foreign language or an experience
Five hours. Patlak. Alternate years.                                living in or working with another foreign or domestic culture
                                                                    (approved by the SNR Graduate Studies Committee); and
381 Seminar. Presentation and discussion by advanced                (3) satisfactorily complete and defend the dissertation.
students, staff, and invited speakers, of current topics in
physiology. No credit will be given, but students are ex-
pected to participate.                                              Forestry (M.S.)
391 Master’s Thesis Research. Credit as arranged.                   Professors Bergdahl, DeHayes, Donnelly, Newton; Associate Profes-
                                                                    sors Hughes, Wang; Research Assistant Professor Scherbatskoy; Ex-
491 Doctoral Dissertation Research. Credit as arranged.             tension Associate Professors Bousquet, McEvoy.
                                                                    The goal of this Master of Science Program is to provide
Music       (See page 110.)                                         graduate students with advanced training in forestry science
                                                                    and the opportunity to further their knowledge and profi-
                                                                    ciency in some specialized aspect of forestry. The faculty
Natural Resources                                                   has research interests which span the broad areas of biom-
                                                                    etry, ecology, genetics, tree improvement, management, pa-
                                                                    thology, physiological ecology, policy and administration,
The School of Natural Resources offers a Doctor of Philoso-         remote sensing, and silviculture.
phy in Natural Resources and four master’s degree pro-
grams: the Master of Science in Forestry, the Master of Sci-        REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO
ence in Natural Resource Planning, the Master of Science            GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF
in Water Resources, and the Master of Science in Wildlife           MASTER OF SCIENCE (FORESTRY)
and Fisheries Biology.
                                                                    Undergraduate degree in forestry or in a discipline related
                                                                    to the intended specific field of study. Satisfactory scores on
Natural Resources (Ph.D.)                                           the general (aptitude) portion of the Graduate Record
                                                                    Examination.
Professors Bergdahl, Capen, Cassell, DeHayes, Donnelly, Man-
ning, McIntosh, Newton, Ventriss; Associate Professors Bierman,     MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
Gilbert, Hirth, Hudspeth, Hughes, Kaza, Kuentzel, Levine,
Morrissey, Richardson, Stokowski, Wang, Watzin; Assistant Profes-   The Forestry degree has two options.
sors Ginger, Marsden; Research Associate Professors Livingston,     Plan A
Parrish; Research Assistant Professor Scherbatskoy.                 (Thesis Option) Requires 15 to 24 credit hours of advanced
The Ph.D. program provides the opportunity for focused,             forestry and related courses, including NR 378, a comprehen-
in-depth research in any of the specialties of the school,          sive examination, six to 15 hours of thesis research, and an
while fostering an interdisciplinary appreciation and per-          oral defense of the thesis. A student’s thesis research is often
spective through course work and interactions with ecologi-         an integral part of ongoing research projects.
cal, physical, and social scientists in an integrated academic
setting. Students can develop programs in areas such as pol-        Plan B
lution ecology, recreation and tourism, conservation biol-          (Project Option) Requires at least 24 credit hours of ad-
ogy, and environmental policy, as well as any of the tradi-         vanced forestry and related courses, including NR 378, a
tional natural resource disciplines featured in our Masters         comprehensive examination, three to six hours for a project
programs (see below).                                               pertinent to the student’s area of specialization, and an oral
                                                                    defense of the project. The project is typically a forest re-
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO                                       sources management plan, a major paper, or a series of
GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF                                  papers.
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
While an undergraduate degree in a discipline appropriate           Natural Resource Planning (M.S.)
to the field of study will be considered, applicants with a
Master of Science degree are preferred. Satisfactory scores         Professors Capen, Manning, Newton, Ventriss; Associate Professors
on the Graduate Record Examination general (aptitude)               Gilbert, Hirth, Hudspeth, Kaza, Kuentzel, Livingston, Morrissey,
88 |     NATURAL RESOURCES

Richardson, Schmidt, Stokowski, Wang, Watzin; Assistant Profes-   Water Resources (M.S.)
sor Ginger; Research Assistant Professor Scherbatskoy.
                                                                  Professors Cassell, McIntosh; Associate Professors Bierman,
This interdisciplinary program prepares students for profes-      Hughes, Levine, Morrissey, Wang, Watzin; Assistant Professors
sional careers with public agencies and private organiza-         Hession, Marsden; Research Associate Professor Livingston; Ad-
tions engaged in various aspects of environmental and             junct Professor Rosen.
natural resource planning and management. It provides
theoretical and practical course work and experiences for         The Master of Science in Water Resources is designed to
those seeking to be environmentally-sensitive, resource-          provide students with an advanced understanding of water
based planners and managers (town planners, regional              quantity and quality in the natural environment and with
planners, environmental regulation officials) as well as          the skills and methodologies to analyze and solve technical
those seeking a broad natural resource education in such          problems concerning the effects of human activities on wa-
areas as: ecology and applied ecology; environmental law,         ter quality and quantity. Current areas of research emphasis
policy, and administration; environmental economics; envi-        include ecotoxicology; integrating dynamic and spatial
ronmental education and interpretation; recreation man-           models; nonpoint source pollution; stream and lake ecol-
agement and tourism; management information systems               ogy; systems approaches to water resource modeling; water
(especially GIS), environmental studies, resource conserva-       quality modeling; and watershed processes.
tion, and sustainable development. Integrated resource
management involving interdisciplinary problem-solving            REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO
teams is stressed in most courses.                                GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF
Efforts of faculty in the School of Natural Resources with        MASTER OF SCIENCE (WATER RESOURCES)
the above specialties are augmented by those of colleagues        Undergraduate degree in an appropriate discipline and
in related fields at UVM, including the Field Naturalist,         satisfactory scores on the Graduate Record Examination,
Public Administration, and Historic Preservation programs         general (aptitude) section.
and the Center for Rural Studies. The academic program is
further enriched by visiting faculty made up of leading Ver-      MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
mont planners and resource managers.
                                                                  The Water Resources degree requires 15 to 24 credit hours
The program focuses on several concepts: seeking syner-           of course work in water resources and related fields, includ-
gism between ecological concerns and economic health,             ing NR 378; a comprehensive examination, six to 15 credits
considering the capacity of the land to support appropriate       of thesis research, and an oral thesis defense.
development (designing with nature as opposed to stress-
ing technological solutions for transforming nature to meet
human needs), understanding the “sense of place,” under-          Wildlife and Fisheries Biology (M.S.)
standing human institutions and behavior, and technical
implementation (with emphasis on Geographic Informa-              Professor Capen; Associate Professors Hirth, Levine, Watzin; Assis-
tion Systems).                                                    tant Professor Marsden; Research Associate Professor Parrish.
                                                                  The Master of Science program is designed to provide a
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO                                     vehicle for a wildlife or fisheries biologist to develop re-
GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER                         search abilities and pursue a specialized course of study.
OF SCIENCE (NATURAL RESOURCE PLANNING)                            Current areas of research emphasis include applied avian
Undergraduate degree in an appropriate field in the sci-          ecology, behavioral ecology, big game management, non-
ences, social services, or humanities/fine arts; satisfactory     game wildlife populations, and freshwater fisheries ecology.
scores on the Graduate Record Examination, general (apti-
tude) section; and three letters of recommendation attest-        REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO GRADUATE
ing to the candidate’s academic potential for graduate work       STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF
and motivation for pursuing this degree. Most successful          SCIENCE (WILDLIFE AND FISHERIES BIOLOGY)
applicants to this highly competitive program have had past       Undergraduate degree in wildlife and fisheries biology or
experience in an environmental or natural resource-related        management or in the biological sciences. Satisfactory
job, internship, volunteer work, or international travel.         scores on the Graduate Record Examination, general (apti-
                                                                  tude) section.
MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
The Natural Resource Planning program offers two op-              MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
tions.                                                            The Wildlife and Fisheries Biology degree requires 15 to 24
Plan A                                                            credit hours of course work in wildlife and related fields,
                                                                  including NR 378, a comprehensive examination, six to 15
(Thesis Option) Requires at least 24 credit hours of course       hours of thesis research, and an oral defense of the thesis.
work in related fields (including five hours of core courses      The Studies Committee may require additional under-
and NR 378), a comprehensive examination, six hours of            graduate preparation without credit toward the degree in
thesis research, and an oral defense of the thesis.               instances of perceived deficiency.
Plan B
                                                                  COURSES OFFERED
(Project Option) Requires at least 24 credit hours of course                            FORESTRY (FOR)
work in related fields (including five hours of core courses,
NR 378, and three distributive courses), a comprehensive          205 Mineral Nutrition of Plants. (See Plant and Soil Sci-
examination, six credit hours of project research, and an         ence 205.)
oral defense of the project.                                      222 Advanced Silviculture. Scientific bases for selected
Irrespective of the plan chosen, students in the Natural          silvicultural practices. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
Resource Planning Program usually are in residence for            Three hours. Alternate years, contact School.
two years.                                                        225 Tree Structure and Function. Basic anatomy and
                                                                  physiology of trees and other woody plants, emphasizing
                                                                  their unique structural and physiological adaptations to the
                                                                                                     NATURAL RESOURCES      | 89
environment. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Three         252 Visual Resource Planning and Management. Investi-
hours. Scherbatskoy.                                               gates the theories and principles of aesthetics related to
228 Ecosystem Ecology. Examination of structure and                landscape perception, and their applications to visual im-
function of ecosystems (emphasizing terrestrial), using a          pact assessment and scenic resource planning. Three
systems approach. Laboratory sessions involve modeling             hours.
and data analysis. Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2, Chemistry 3,       255 Field Methods in Water Resources. Techniques used
Forestry 120, Natural Resources 140, Math 19, Physics 11;          in field assessment of water quality in rivers and lakes. Case
or equivalent. Two hours. Wang. Alternate years, contact           studies on the LaPlatte River and Lake Champlain. Sam-
School.                                                            pling strategies, field measurements and data evaluation.
231 Integrated Forest Protection. Integration of concepts          Extensive field work. Prerequisite: NR 102 or equivalent basic
of forest protection using a holistic ecological approach to       course in water. Three hours. McIntosh.
forest pest management. Detection, population dynamics,            260 Wetlands Ecology and Management. Structure, dy-
evaluation, prediction, and pest management conside-               namics and values of natural and artificial wetlands; wet-
rations. Prerequisites: 133, 134 or permission. Three hours.       lands management and issues. Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2,
Bergdahl. Alternate years, contact School.                         an upper level ecology course. Three hours. Levine.
242 Advance Forest Biometry. Advanced principles of esti-          261 Wetlands Ecology Laboratory. Field and laboratory
mation, prediction, inventory, and evaluation of forest re-        experience related to wetlands ecology and management.
sources. Use of system analysis techniques in natural re-          One weekend trip. Prerequisites: Previous or concurrent en-
source management. Prerequisite: NR 140 or permission.             rollment in 260. One hour. Hirth.
Three hours. Newton. Alternate years, contact School.              262 International Problems in Natural Resource Manage-
272 Sustainable Management of Forest Ecosystems. Prin-             ment. Discussion of problems associated with the manage-
ciples of long-term planning and plan implementation in            ment of natural resources which have international implica-
support of sustainable forestry; adaptive management;              tions. Topics may include deforestation, desertification,
biodiversity and ecosystem health; major management plan-          fisheries, wildlife, refuses, fuelwood, pollution. Prerequisite:
ning project. Prerequisites: 122, Natural Resources 205, con-      Permission. Three hours. Hudspeth.
current or prior enrollment in 123.                                270 Toxic and Hazardous Substances in Surface Waters.
285 Advanced Special Topics. Advanced special topics               The fate of toxic and hazardous pollutants, including trace
courses or seminars in forestry beyond the scope of existing       elements and organics, in surface waters; effects on human
formal courses. Prerequisites: Graduate or advanced under-         health and aquatic biota. Prerequisites: NR 102 or equivalent;
graduate standing and permission. Credit as arranged.              Biology 1; Chemistry 23, 42; senior standing. Three hours.
382 Seminar in Research Planning. (See Natural Re-                 McIntosh. Cross-listing: Geology 270.
sources 382.) One hour.                                            275 Natural Resource Planning: Theory and Methods. In-
385 Selected Problems in Forestry. Advanced readings, or           vestigates theoretical development of natural resource plan-
a special investigation dealing with a topic beyond the            ning. Studies planning methods appropriate to protection
scope of existing formal courses. Prerequisites: Permission.       and use of scenic, recreational, forest, agriculture, and his-
Credit as arranged.                                                toric resources and ecologically sensitive areas. Prerequisite:
                                                                   Permission. Three hours.
391 Master’s Thesis Research. Credit as arranged.
                                                                   276 Water Quality Analysis and Interpretation. Selected
392 Master’s Project Research. Credit as arranged.                 aspects of water chemistry and bioassay as related to surface
                                                                   and ground waters. Laboratory analysis of water quality
                NATURAL RESOURCES (NR)                             parameters and data interpretation. Prerequisites: One
220 Landscape Ecology. Study of pattern, process and               course in calculus, chemistry, and statistics, or equivalent.
dynamics in the landscape. Considers the role of landscape         Three hours. Cassell. Cross-listing: Geology 276.
pattern in determining habitat quality and ecosystem func-         278 Principles of Aquatic Systems. Study of physical,
tion. Prerequisites: One biology, one ecology course, or equi-     chemical and biological principles as related to rivers,
valent. Two hours. Wang.                                           streams and lakes. Description of dynamic behavior of these
235 Legal Aspects of Planning and Zoning. Comparison               systems using simulation techniques. Prerequisites: NR 170 or
of Vermont planning and zoning law with that of other              equivalent (or as a co-requisite), Math 19, Physics 11, Chem
states. Case studies in planning, zoning, and land use con-        23, 26 or equivalent; senior standing. Three hours. Cassell.
trols. Prerequisite: Permission. Three hours.                      Cross-listing: GEOL 278.
240 Wilderness and Wilderness Management. See Recrea-              279 Watershed Management Hydrology. Fundamental el-
tion Management 240. Three hours. Manning.                         ements of hydrology and contaminant transport in water-
244 Quantitative Assessments of Natural Resources. Prin-           sheds. Application of dynamic stimulation techniques. Dis-
ciples associated with inventorying selected natural re-           cussion of new technologies for watershed management.
sources. Survey of measurement and estimation techniques           Prerequisites: NR 170 or equivalent (or as a corequisite),
for land, timber, wildlife, fisheries, surface water, and recre-   Math 20, Physics 11, Chem 23, 26 or equivalent, senior
ation. Prerequisites: One course in statistical methods, one       standing. Three hours.
200-level natural resource course, permission of instructor.       280 Stream Ecology. Physical, chemical and biological as-
Three hours. Newton.                                               pects of stream ecosystems. Impacts of human activities
250 Limnology. Ecology of lakes and reservoirs, including          such as agriculture, forestry and water withdrawal.
their origin, physics, chemistry and biology, and the effects      Bioassessment techniques using macroinvertebrates and
of anthropogenic perturbations. Prerequisites: An ecology          fish. Prerequisites: 1 year biology, 1 year chemistry, NR 104 or
course, a college-level chemistry course. Three hours.             250. Three hours.
Levine.                                                            285 Advanced Special Topics in Natural Resource Plan-
251 Limnology Laboratory. Field and laboratory experi-             ning. Advanced special topics in natural resource planning
ence in limnology, including sampling techniques, physical         beyond the scope of existing formal courses. Prerequisites:
measurements and analysis of chemical and biological               Permission. Credit as arranged.
samples. Prerequisites: Previous or concurrent enrollment in       360 Environmental Sociology. An in-depth exploration of
250. One hour. Levine.                                             how sociologists understand the relationship between a)
90 |   NURSING

the physical environment’s effects on society, and b)                    WILDLIFE AND FISHERIES BIOLOGY (WFB)
society’s effects on the natural environment. Prerequisite:       232 Ichthyology. Biology of fishes. Study of the structure
Graduate Standing or permission. Fall, alternate years.           and function of systems; behavior and ecology of modern
Three hours. Kuentzel.                                            fishes. Prerequisites: Zoology 104 or 219 or equivalent, WFB
361 Politics of Landscape, Place, and Nature. Seminar ex-         161. Three hours. Alternate years, contact School.
ploring the social and political construction of nature, em-      273 Terrestrial Wildlife. Integration of ecological prin-
phasizing how natural resources and environment are de-           ciples, wildlife biology, land use, and human dimensions in
fined through social relationships in particular landscapes       wildlife. Emphasis on development and maintenance of ter-
and places. Two hours. Ginger.                                    restrial wildlife habitat, and population regulation of terres-
370 Special Topics in Aquatic Toxicology. Discussions of          trial species. Prerequisites: 150, 174 or equivalent. Three
the current literature in aquatic toxicology. Prerequisites:      hours. Hirth.
Concurrent enrollment in 270, graduate student standing.          274 Terrestrial Wildlife Laboratory. Laboratory and field
One hour. McIntosh.                                               experience related to terrestrial species and management
375 Natural Resource Planning: Laboratory. Experiential           of their habitat. Field project required. Prerequisite: Previous
laboratory applying natural resource planning theory and          or concurrent enrollment in 273. One hour. Hirth.
methods to local or regional issues. Students conduct a           275 Wildlife Behavior. Behavior and social organization
planning exercise for a town or region. Prerequisites: To be      of game and nongame species as they pertain to population
taken concurrently with 275. One hour.                            management. Prerequisites: One year of biology, an ecology
378 Integrating Analyses of Natural Resource Issues.              course, 74 or 174 recommended, or equivalent. Three
Seminar contrasting epistemologies and ontologies of natu-        hours. Hirth.
ral resource disciplines. Applications from fields such as        279 Marine Ecology. Structure and function of major ma-
ecology, policy, sociology, engineering, and ethics. Prerequi-    rine communities, including open ocean, benthos, coral
site: Graduate standing. Two hours. Ginger, Wang.                 reefs, and estuaries. Emphasis on unique ecological insights
380 Seminars in Natural Resources. Presentation and dis-          gained in the marine environment. Prerequisites: Biology 1
cussion of advanced problems, research, and current topics        and 2, an ecology course, or instructor permission. Three
in natural resources by faculty, graduate students, and out-      hours. Watzin.
side guest speakers. Prerequisites: Permission. 0.5 hours/se-     285, 286 Advanced Special Topics. Credit variable.
mester, maximum two hours. School of Natural Resources
faculty (Chairman of Curriculum Committee).                       352 Modeling and Estimation of Animal Populations.
                                                                  Modeling and analysis of animal population dynamics, as
382 Seminar in Research Planning. Discussions of the              influenced by environmental, ecological, and management
planning and activities associated with graduate student          factors; estimation of population size, density, survivorship,
projects and research. Prerequisite: Permission. One hour.        reproduction, and migration. Prerequisites: Math. 19; NR 140
Forcier, Newton.                                                  or Statistics 211; an ecology course. Four hours. Cross-list-
384 Independent Studies in Natural Resources. Readings,           ing: Statistics 352.
with conferences, to provide graduate students with back-         387, 388 Graduate Special Problems. Advanced readings
grounds and specialized knowledge relating to an area in          or special investigation dealing with a topic beyond the
which an appropriate course is not offered. One to three          scope of existing formal courses or thesis research, culmi-
hours.                                                            nating in an acceptable paper. Prerequisite: Permission.
385 Special Topics in Natural Resources. Graduate topics          Credit as arranged.
and material that may eventually develop into a regular           391 Master’s Thesis Research. Credit as arranged.
course offering; in addition, it may include topics and mate-
rial presented only once. Prerequisite: Permission. Credit as
arranged.
                                                                  Nursing (GRNU)
391 Master’s Thesis Research. Credit as arranged.
392 Master’s Project Research. Credit as arranged.                Rambur (Dean); Professors Hamel-Bissell, Winstead-Fry; Associ-
491 Doctoral Dissertation Research. Credit as arranged.           ate Professors Carr, Cohen, Green-Hernandez, Maltby, Welch; As-
                                                                  sistant Professors Botter (Interim Associate Dean), Canales, Mor-
                                                                  ris, Sowan. (List of Adjunct Faculty available in the School of
            RECREATION MANAGEMENT (RM)
                                                                  Nursing).
235 Outdoor Recreation Planning. The planning of large
wildland areas for outdoor recreation. Emphasis on the            The Master of Science in nursing prepares professional
planning process relative to the leisure time use of natural      nurses to assume leadership roles within the discipline of
resources. Prerequisites: Advanced undergraduate or gradu-        nursing in a variety of settings, to expand knowledge of
ate standing in Recreation Management or permission.              nursing, develop expertise in a specialized area of nursing
Four hours. Stokowski.                                            and acquire the foundation for doctoral study and contin-
                                                                  ued professional development.
240 Wilderness and Wilderness Management. History,
philosophy, and management of wilderness, national parks,         The tracks/majors offered are: Adult Health Nursing, Ad-
and related areas. Prerequisite: 235 or permission. Three         vanced Population Focused Nursing (Community Health
hours. Manning.                                                   Nursing) and Primary Health Care Nursing. Upon comple-
                                                                  tion of the Adult or Advanced Population Focused Nursing
255 Environmental Interpretation. Philosophy, principles,         tracks/majors, graduates are eligible to take the ANA and
and techniques of communicating environmental values,             AANP certification examination for Adult or Community
natural history processes, and cultural features to visitors to   Health Clinical Nurse Specialist. Upon completion of the
recreational settings through the use of interpretive media.      Primary Health Care Nursing track/major, graduates are
Prerequisite: 235 or permission. Four hours. Hudspeth.            eligible to take the ANA certification examination for Adult
                                                                  or Family Nurse Practitioner.
             WATER RESOURCES (WR)                                 Current research interests of the faculty include: rural
391 Master’s Thesis Research. Credit as arranged.                 health issues, women’s health issues, determinants of
                                                                                                                    NURSING    | 91
healthy aging, health promotion, caring, feminist theory,           and development across the lifespan. Socioeconomic, de-
ethical decision making, advanced practice framework, de-           mographic, and political influences will be examined. Pre-
terminants of leadership, alcohol and drug use within a             requisites: 310. Three hours.
community health context, patient classification, program           310 Nursing Theory. Exploration of the concepts, concep-
evaluation, suicide, women’s mental health, psychosocial            tual frameworks, and theories in nursing. Analysis of the current
concerns of consumers and health care providers, multidi-           nursing theories with emphasis on the relationship between
mensional healing, therapeutic touch, diabetes, cancer,             theory and practice. Prerequisite: Permission. Three hours.
and client self-teaching tools.
                                                                    315 Nursing Issues and Health Care Trends. Issues ger-
                                                                    mane to contemporary nursing are explored. Forces influ-
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO                                       encing health care organizations are discussed with respect
GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF                                  to concepts of management, leadership, change, and nurs-
MASTER OF SCIENCE                                                   ing roles. Prerequisite: Permission. Three hours.
A bachelor’s degree with a major in nursing, preferably             320 Nursing Research: Application of Qualitative Meth-
with a grade point average of 3.00 or better including a            ods. Study of purposes, methods, and strategies underlying
basic course in statistics. Eligible for licensure as a regis-      historical and philosophical principles, and the implemen-
tered nurse in Vermont. Satisfactory scores on the Gradu-           tation of qualitative research in nursing. Prerequisite: Permis-
ate Record Exam. Three letters of recommendation from               sion. Three hours.
persons who can assess your potential for graduate work.
RN’s with a bachelor’s degree in another field may be ad-           324 Nurse as Administrator – Theory. This course is a
mitted upon successful completion of the Bridge Process             critical study of the knowledge and skills necessary to exer-
(a means to assess prior nursing knowledge). Current                cise effective leadership in contemporary and dynamic
UVM nursing undergraduates may be eligible to apply for             health care systems. Prerequisites: 310, 315, and 300 or 320.
the Accelerated Master’s Program.                                   Three hours.
                                                                    326 Nurse as Administrator: Practicum. (0–9)* Provide
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO                                     student with opportunity to integrate administrative theory,
CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF                                         operations and research in a variety of settings. Practicum is
MASTER OF SCIENCE                                                   structured according to the needs of the individual to pro-
Under most circumstances, meeting the requirements for              vide knowledge, skills essential for the nurse administrator.
admission as stated above will allow advancement to candi-          Pre/corequisite: 324. Three hours.
dacy. Students who appear to be marginal in meeting admis-          328 Curriculum and Instruction in Nursing. Study of the
sion requirements may be required to satisfactorily complete        development, implementation and evaluation of curricula
certain courses before acceptance as a degree candidate.            in collegiate and nursing service education. Prerequisite: 310,
                                                                    315, and 300 or 320. Three hours.
MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS                                         330 Theory and Practicum in Adult Health Nursing I.
                                                                    (3–9)* Examination of concepts and theories essential to
Credit hour requirements vary depending on track and in-            the assessment, diagnosis, and clinical decision making in
clude thesis (6 credits) or project (3 credits) and successful      adult health nursing. Class and clinical placement. Prerequi-
completion of written comprehensive exam.                           sites or Corequisite: 300, 305 and 310. Six hours. Alternate
                                                                    years, 1999–2001. *(class hours-clinical hours.)
COURSES OFFERED
                                                                    331 Theory and Practicum in Adult Health Nursing II.
* (Class hours – clinical hours.)                                   (3–9)* Analysis and evaluation of nursing concepts based
296, 396 Special Topics in Graduate Nursing. Topics of              upon theories, research and the practice of adult health
interest to graduate nursing which are based on theory, re-         nursing. Class and clinical placement. Prerequisite: 330.
search or advanced practice. Course content will deal with          Corequisite: 315 and 320. Six hours. Alternate years, spring
topics beyond the scope of existing formal courses or thesis        2000 and 2002.
research. Prerequisite: Permission. One to six hours.               332 Theory and Practicum in Adult Health Nursing III.
300 Nursing Research – Application of Quantitative Meth-            (2–12)* Application and synthesis of concepts relevant to
ods. Study of philosophical assumptions, purposes and               advanced practice in adult health nursing, with emphasis
methods of quantitative research. Study of statistics and use       on role development. Class and clinical placement. Prerequi-
of quantitative research in nursing. Knowledge and skills           sites: 331 and one elective. Six hours. Alternate years, fall
related to the research process are applied to delineate a          2000 and 2002.
nursing problem and to develop a plan for its study. Prereq-        333 Advanced Health Assessment. (2–2)* Development of
uisites: Basic statistics course and permission. Three hours.       advanced knowledge and skills in systematic collection, or-
305 Pathophysiology. Focus on physiologic and patho-                ganization, interpretation, and communication of data nec-
physiologic aspects of disease. Emphasis on biochemical             essary for formulation of nursing and medical diagnoses.
mechanisms associated with selected disease states which            Lab fee required. Prerequisites: 305 or permission. Three
occur across the lifespan. Prerequisite: Permission. Three hours.   hours.
306 Pharmacotherapeutics I. Indepth examination of the              334 Theory and Practicum in Primary Health Care I,
pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of select drugs.              (3–9)* Provides the theoretical basis for primary care for
Attention to and ethical and legal standards of prescriptive        well women and children. Emphasis placed on comprehen-
authority. First section of a 2-semester course. Prerequisites:     sive health promotion, illness prevention and health main-
305 strongly recommended. Three hours.                              tenance. Prerequisites: 305, 310, 333. Pre/corequisites: 306, 300,
307 Pharmacotherapeutics II. Continuation of 306.                   315, or 320. Six hours.
Indepth examination of the pharmacokinetics and pharma-             335 Theory and Practicum in Primary Health Care II.
codynamics of select drugs. Attention to ethical and legal          (3–12)* Focuses on the assessment, diagnosis, management
standards of prescriptive authority. Prerequisites: 306. Two        and evaluation of complex responses of individuals and
hours.                                                              families to commonly encountered acute and chronic
308 Family Focused Advanced Practice Nursing. Focus on              health conditions. Prerequisite: 334. Pre/corequisites: 300, 315,
assessment of family health within the context of culture           or 320. Seven hours.
92 |   NUTRITION AND FOOD SCIENCES

340 Theory and Practicum in Advanced Population-Fo-                     term management of obesity, factors effecting the nutri-
cused Nursing I. (3–9)* Overview of factors related to ad-              tional status of children, milk chemistry and cheese tech-
vanced population-focused nursing with special emphasis                 nology (i.e., structure, function, and properties of mozza-
on the determinants of health of populations. Prerequisites:            rella and goat's milk cheese), chemistry and processing of
300, 310, and Statistics 200. Six hours.                                infant formula, food microbiology, food material science,
341 Theory and Practicum in Advanced Population-Fo-                     mathematical modeling of biological processes important
cused Nursing II. (3–9)* Examines advanced practice roles               to foods and cheese rheology.
in population-focused nursing related to strategies for                 For more information, contact Professor Robert S. Tyzbir,
change in the health of populations. Prerequisites: 315, 320,           Chair of the Department of Nutrition and Food Sciences,
and 340. Six hours.                                                     315 Terrill Hall, 656-3374 or e-mail rtyzbir@zoo.uvm.edu.
342 Theory and Practicum in Advanced Population-Fo-                     A Master of Arts in Teaching degree program is also of-
cused Nursing III. (3–9)* Examines theoretic frameworks                 fered in Family and Consumer Sciences. This degree en-
and strategies for evaluating the effectiveness of population           hances an in-service teacher's content expertise or leads to
-focused health services. Prerequisite: 341. Six hours.                 initial licensure. With appropriate elective courses this de-
348 Practicum in Nursing Education. (0–9)* A practicum                  gree can provide endorsements for teaching Science and
provides opportunity to investigate the roles and functions             Health in addition to licensure for Family and Consumer
of the teacher in higher education and/or nursing service               Sciences. For more information, contact Professor Valerie
settings. Builds on the theory studied in GRNU 328 and                  Chamberlain, Department of Nutrition and Food Sciences,
focuses on the interactive nature of the teaching-learning              106 Terrill Hall, 656-0035 or 656-3374.
process. Prerequisites: 330 or 340; pre/corequisite 328. Three hours.
363 Theory and Practicum in Primary Health Care III                     REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO
(Adults). (2.5–19.5)* Focuses on the continued refinement               GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF
of critical thinking related to diagnostic and ethical judge-           MASTER OF SCIENCE
ments and therapeutic interventions in providing primary                An undergraduate major in nutrition, dietetics, food sci-
care to adolescents and adults. Prerequisites: 335. Nine hours.         ence, or a science-related field. Satisfactory scores on the
364 Theory and Practicum in Primary Health Care III                     Graduate Record Examination, general (aptitude) portion.
(Family). (2.5–22.5)* Focuses on the continued refinement
of critical thinking related to diagnostic and ethical judg-            MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
ments and therapeutic interventions in providing primary                Thirty hours including six to fifteen hours of thesis re-
care to individuals and families. Prerequisite: 335. Ten hours.         search. Twenty-one hours should be earned in the field of
390 Master’s Project. Self-designed clinical paper or inno-             specialization; nine hours may be selected from related ar-
vative production pertinent to advanced nursing practice.               eas; courses is statistics, Research Methods in Nutrition and
Prerequisites: 331, 335 or 341 and permission of academic ad-           Food Sciences, and Nutrition and Food Sciences Seminar
visor. Credit as arranged.                                              are required.
391 Master’s Thesis Research. Prerequisites: 331, 335 or                COURSES OFFERED
341 and approval of Studies Committee. Six hours.
                                                                        Prerequisites for all courses: as listed, or equivalent, or by permis-
395 Independent Study in Graduate Nursing. Individual                   sion of instructor.
work in graduate nursing with a base of theory, research, or
advanced practice. Student in consultation with faculty                 201 Fermented Dairy Foods (3-3) Fundamental processes
sponsor devises objectives, plan of work, and evaluation for            involved in the manufacture of domestic and imported
designated credit hours. Prerequisites: Permission of aca-              cheese varieties and other cultured dairy foods. Acquired
demic advisor and sponsoring faculty. One to six hours as               knowledge of manufacturing procedures applied at pilot
arranged. Graduate Nursing Faculty as selected by student.              plant level. Prerequisites: a course in organic chemistry,
                                                                        AGBI 201, or permission. Four hours. Kindstedt. Alternate
                                                                        years.
                                                                        203 Food Microbiology (3-3) Desirable and undesirable ac-
Nutrition and Food Sciences (NFS)                                       tivities of bacteria in foods. Mechanisms of food-borne in-
                                                                        fection and intoxication. Laboratory methods to enumerate
Professors Carew, Chamberlain, C. Donnelly, Johnson, Kindstedt,         and identify microorganisms associated with food. Prerequi-
Poehlman, Ross, Tyzbir (Chairperson); Associate Professors Chen,        sites: a course in biochemistry. Four hours. S. Donnelly.
Guo, Harvey-Berino, Pintauro, Sheard; Assistant Professor Clark;        206 Principles of Food Engineering (3-3) Engineering fun-
Extension Instructor Berlin; Lecturers Gagne, Geiger, Pritchard;        damentals involved in food industry. Conservation of mass
Adjunct Assistant Professor S. Donnelly.                                and energy; thermodynamics; fluid mechanics; conduction,
The department mission is to study the relationship be-                 convection, and psychometrics; and drying. Prerequisites:
tween nutrition, food science, health and fitness (preven-              Math 19 or instructor's permission. Four hours. Chen.
tive nutrition) and between diet and disease (therapeutic               Alternate years.
nutrition). Faculty research encompasses both basic and                 208 Sensory Evaluation of Foods. Nature of sensory re-
applied or community aspects of human nutrition and food                sponses to flavor, color, aroma, taste and texture of foods;
science and technology. Research is being conducted on:                 relation of sensory data to instrumental measurements; sta-
the impact of attitudes and behaviors toward eating and ex-             tistical analyses and interpretation of sensory data. Prerequi-
ercise on body size, shape and composition, the elucidation             sites; Physics, Statistics 111, 141 or instructor’s permission.
of arrhythmogenicity of long-chain acyl-carnitines in hu-               Four hours. Chen.
mans, factors effecting energy intake and expenditure in
aging, developing web-based interactive multimedia tools                222 Curriculum Development in the Human Sciences (3-0)
for use in teaching and research, inter-generational nutri-             Basic principles of curriculum development applied to
tion program development, developing behavior modifica-                 human sciences education. Unique characteristics and con-
tion programs to improve individual eating behaviors and                tributions of human science education as related to educa-
the nutritional status, health, and fitness of communities,             tional, economic, and sociological trends. Three hours.
testing the effectiveness of Internet support on the long               Chamberlain. Spring (odd number years).
                                                                                                             PATHOLOGY    | 93
223 Methods of Education in the Human Services (3-0) Plan-        360 Research Methods in Nutrition and Food Sciences (1-6)
ning and presenting of appropriate methods, media, and            Advanced research methods, including grant preparation,
materials for audiences in community, school, and institu-        Institutional Review Board requirements, data analysis and
tional settings emphasizing interpersonal communication           presentation, and selected techniques in advanced nutri-
and group process skills. Three hours. Chamberlain. Fall.         tional biochemistry. Prerequisites: AGBI 201, 202 or equiva-
224 Evaluation Techniques in the Human Sciences (3-0)             lent. Four hours. Pintauro. Spring.
Test, questionnaire, and interview schedule construction          391 Master’s Thesis Research. Credit as arranged.
and other non-testing means of evaluation. Usability, objec-
tivity, validity, reliability, and discrimination of evaluation
instruments. Selected sociometric techniques and evalua-
tion in affective domain. Three hours. Chamberlain. Spring
                                                                  Obstetrics and Gynecology
(even numbered years).                                            (See page 110.)
238 Food Service Systems Management. Organization and
administration of food service systems including principles       Orthopaedic Surgery (See page 110.)
of production, accounting management decisions, commu-
nications, and legal responsibilities, specific to quantity
food production. Emphasis on problem solving. Prerequi-
sites: 138, Business Administration 120. Three hours. Gei-
                                                                  Pathology (PATH)
ger. Spring.                                                      Professors Bovill (Chairperson), Cooper, Hardin, Heintz, Huber,
243 Advance Nutrition (3-0) Study of nutrients and their          Jaken, Leiman, Mossman, Pendlebury, Stevens, Tracy, Winn,
specific functions in metabolic process integrating cellular      Yandell; Associate Professors Beatty, Kida, Lunde, MacPherson,
physiology, biochemistry, and nutrition. Prerequisites: 43,       Morrow, Mount, Taatjes, Tindle, Waters, Weaver; Assistant Pro-
AGBI 201 or equivalent, ANPS 19 or equivalent. Three              fessors Adams, Allen, Antley, Cook, Evans, Gibson, Harmon,
hours. Sheard. Spring.                                            Ichimura, Li, Janssen-Heininger, Koh, Moes, Suppan, Tam,
253 Food Safety and Regulation (3-0) Comprehensive                Tang, Timblin, Tuthill, Zhang.
study of the relationships between food processing and            Research interests are in the fields of anatomic, clinical,
preservation, food toxicology, and the scope, applicability,      and experimental pathology. Current studies include histo-
and limitations of U.S. food laws. Prerequisites: AGBI 201 or     chemistry, connective tissue pathology and biochemistry,
equivalent. Three hours. Pintauro. Spring.                        electron microscopy, neoplasia, teratology, immunopathol-
260 Diet and Disease (3-0) Examination of the physiologic,        ogy, virology, and lung diseases.
biochemical, and psychosocial basis of several disease states
with application of the normal and therapeutic food and           REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO
nutrition principles associated with treatment. Prerequisites:    GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF
53, 123, 143, 243. Three hours. Ross. Fall.                       MASTER OF SCIENCE
261 Clinical Nutrition (3-0) Applications of clinical nutri-      Satisfactory undergraduate or graduate course work in
tion including practice experiences in interviewing, nutri-       chemistry and the biological sciences. Microbiology and
tional assessment and counseling, case studies, and in            immunology are also recommended but not required. Satis-
depth discussions of current controversies in the dietary         factory scores on the Graduate Record Examination,
management of specific diseases. Prerequisites: 260 or con-       general (aptitude) section. Persons interested in a Ph.D.
currently enrolled. Three hours. Sheard. Fall.                    program may wish to consider the interdisciplinary
262 Community Nutrition (3-0) Analysis of current pro-            program in Cell and Molecular Biology in which Pathology
grammatic and policy approaches addressing the major nu-          participates.
trition-related health problems in the U.S. Emphasis on
program planning, marketing, and evaluation of commu-             MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
nity nutrition services. Prerequisites: 260 and senior stand-     Anatomy 311 (three hours), Pathology 305 (three hours),
ing. Three hours. Johnson. Spring.                                Biochemistry 301–302 (six hours); additional approved
263 Nutritional Biochemistry (3-0) Comprehensive study            courses; thesis research (six to 15 hours).
of metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids, and protein empha-
sizing diet inducted, hormone mediated changes in me-             COURSES OFFERED
tabolism, nutritional and metabolic interrelationships, and       295 Special Topics. Prerequisite: Permission. Credit as ar-
dietary abnormalities (e.g. diabetes, alcoholism, starvation      ranged.
and obesity). Prerequisites: 243 or instructor's permission.      301 General Pathology. An introductory study of the basic
Three hours. Tyzbir. Spring.                                      mechanisms and principles of cell injury, inflammation and
295 Special Topics Lectures, laboratories, readings, or           repair, neoplasia, aging, immunological, nutritional, ge-
projects relating to contemporary areas of study. Enroll-         netic and environmental diseases, and coagulation disor-
ment may be more than once, maximum of 12 hours in 195            ders as they affect cells, tissues, and the human patient. Lec-
and 295 combined. Prerequisite: Departmental permission.          ture and Lab (gross and microscopic). For medical stu-
Variable credit.                                                  dents. Prerequisite: Permission. Histology recommended.
                                                                  Three hours.
296 Field Experience Professionally-oriented field experi-
ence under joint supervision of faculty and business or           302 Systemic Pathology. Introduction to diseases, and
community representative. Maximum of 15 hours in 196              their effects on virtually all organ systems. Emphasis is on
and 296 combined. Prerequisite: Departmental permission.          correlation of gross and microscopic pathology with clinical
Variable credit.                                                  laboratory medicine, and the patient’s signs and symptoms.
                                                                  Prerequisites: 301, permission. Eight hours.
350 Nutrition and Food Sciences Seminar (1-0) Review of
recent developments in nutrition and food science re-             305 Molecular Mechanisms of Environmental Disease. Ba-
search. Prerequisites: 243 and instructor's permission. One       sic state-of-the-art survey of pathobiological mechanisms for
hour. Pintauro. Fall/Spring.                                      graduate and postdoctoral students who are not candidates
                                                                  for M.D. degree, advanced medical students, and pathology
                                                                  residents. Prerequisites: Required: basic background in chem-
94 |   PHARMACOLOGY / PHYSICAL THERAPY

istry including biochemistry. Desirable: microbiology in-            COURSES OFFERED
cluding fundamental immunology, physiology, histology,               272 Toxicology. The biology of environmental intoxi-
permission. Three hours.                                             cants and of drug abuse. Ecologic and physiologic conse-
306 Lab – Pathology of Environmental Disease.                        quences of the dissemination of agricultural, industrial, and
                                                                     medicinal chemicals. Prerequisites: Organic chemistry and
375 Special Topics in Molecular Pathobiology. Three in-
                                                                     background in biology. Three hours.
dependent, rotating one-semester modules concerning
coronary heart disease, DNA replication, and control of cell         290 Topics in Molecular and Cellular Pharmacology.
cycle. Based on critical review of primary literature. Prerequi-     Focus on basic principles, drug interactions with receptors,
sites: Biochemistry 301, 302. Three hours. DNA replication           membranes, synapses, neurotransmitters, macromoles,
module – Heintz, Cell Signaling - Janssen-Heininger, Com-            cytoskeleton, ion channels and pumps, and mechanisms of
puter-Assisted Microscopy and Image Analysis, Taatjes, Can-          drug resistance. Prerequisites: Organic chemistry, biochemis-
cer Genetics – Koh.                                                  try, biology. Three hours.
391 Master’s Thesis Research. Investigation of a research            301 Medical Pharmacology. The chemical and biologi-
topic under the direction of an assigned staff member, cul-          cal properties of drugs. Prerequisite: Permission. Six hours.
minating in an acceptable thesis. Credit as arranged.                302, 303 Pharmacological Techniques. Experiments con-
395 Special Topics in Pathology: Immunopathology. An                 ducted under supervision in the areas of drug metabolism,
in-depth analysis is planned into the role of the immune             modes of drug action, physiochemical properties of drugs,
system in disease processes. Discussions center on current           bioassay, and toxicology. Prerequisite: Permission. Two
                                                                     hours, by arrangement.
and controversial areas of immunopathology. Prerequisites:
Immunology desirable. Two hours.                                     328 Introduction to Medicinal Chemistry. Important
                                                                     classes of drugs are surveyed. Emphasis is placed on rela-
                                                                     tionships between physicochemical properties and pharma-
                                                                     cologic activity; synthetic aspects are considered. Prerequisite:
Pharmacology (PHRM)                                                  Chemistry 131-132, or permission. Three hours. McCormack.
                                                                     372 Special Topics. Topics of current interest and impor-
Professors Branda, Brayden, Grunberg, Mawe, May, McCormack,
                                                                     tance in pharmacology are considered in depth through
Nelson (Chairperson), Osol, Patlak, Scollins; Associate Professors   presentations by staff, students, and visiting scientists. Prereq-
Cooper, Lidofsky, Mischler, Penar; Assistant Professors Cipolla,     uisite: Permission. Credit variable, one to three hours.
Damon, Dostmann, Lounsbury, Morielli, Segal, Wellman; Re-
search Assistant Professors Bonev, Heppner; Adjunct Professor        373 Readings in Pharmacology. Intensive directed read-
Tritton; Adjunct Assistant Professor Bress; Visiting Professors      ing in one area of pharmacology. Pharmacology students
                                                                     must choose a topic outside thesis research area. Term pa-
Lederer, Standen; Visiting Associate Professor Hesechler; Visiting
                                                                     per and seminar on selected topic required. Prerequisite:
Assistant Professors Laher, Santana.
                                                                     Permission. Two hours, by arrangement.
This degree program involves development of a broadly                381 Seminar. Current developments in pharmacology are
based background in biomedical science followed by inten-            presented for discussion by students. Prerequisite: Permis-
sive laboratory research in the chosen area of specializa-           sion. One hour.
tion. Primary research interests of the faculty include: Car-
diovascular Pharmacology (ionic basis of vascular smooth             391 Master’s Thesis Research. Credit as arranged.
muscle function, neurovascular communication, gene tran-             491 Doctoral Dissertation Research. Credit as arranged.
scription and smooth muscle cell proliferation), Signal
Transduction (protein nuclear transport, signaling by pro-
tein kinases), and Pharmacokinetics of anti-AIDS and anti-           Philosophy             (See page 111.)
cancer drugs (chemical determinants of therapeutic activ-
ity, natural products as anti-cancer agents). World Wide
Web page: http://pharmweb.med.uvm.edu.
A pre- and postdoctoral training program in clinical phar-
                                                                     Physical Therapy (PT)
macology of anticancer drugs is offered in cooperation with
the Vermont Cancer Center.                                           Associate Professors Held (Chair), Henry, Reed, Wu, Zimny; Clinical
                                                                     Professor Nelson; Clinical Associate Professor O’Rourke; Clinical
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO GRADUATE                               Assistant Professor Sands.
STUDIES FOR THE DEGREES OF MASTER OF                                 The Department of Physical Therapy offers two master’s
SCIENCE AND DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY                                     degree programs: the Master of Physical Therapy (MPT), the
Year courses in biology, organic chemistry, physics, analytic        professional entry-level program; and the Master of Science
geometry and calculus; physical chemistry and/or a reading           in Movement Sciences and Rehabilitation, the post-profes-
knowledge of one foreign language may be additional pre-             sional program for physical and occupational therapists and
requisites, depending on the requirements of the research            other rehabilitation specialists.
supervisor; and acceptable scores on the general (verbal,
quantitative) section of the Graduate Record Examination.            Physical Therapy (MPT)
                                                                     The MPT professional entry-level program contains course
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE                                         work related to the science and art of physical therapy prac-
MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE                                             tice including the basic sciences of anatomy, physiology
Pharmacology 301, 302, 303, 381, 391; supporting courses             and neuroscience, the clinical sciences of pathophysiology
in biochemistry and physiology.                                      and pharmacology related to sensorimotor function, and
                                                                     the applied sciences of exercise, physical agents, orthotics
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE                                         and environmental modification. Principles of research,
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE                                          education, administration, and ethical practice in multi-cul-
                                                                     tural settings will be addressed throughout this curriculum.
Physiology and Biophysics 301; Biochemistry 301, 302; Phar-
macology 301, 302, 303, 328, 381, 491; Biometrics and                Students will acquire necessary knowledge, skills, and be-
Applied Statistics 308.                                              haviors through case studies and practice which integrate
                                                                     basic and clinical sciences, professional practice and critical
                                                                                                          PHYSICAL THERAPY     | 95
inquiry in a progression from the foundational sciences            scores of the Graduate Record Examination. A minimum
and clinical care issues, to an integration of health care         score of 1500 on the aptitude portion is expected.
practice, research and policy issues.
The full-time Clinical Education Program (PT 232, 333,             MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
334, 335, 336) is an integral part of the curriculum, offer-       Satisfactory completion of 86 credits of graduate courses in
ing the student opportunities to apply knowledge, skills and       physical therapy, including 5 credits in Anatomy, 5 credits
behaviors in the clinical setting. The program is widely af-       in Neuroscience, 6 credits in Physiology, and 21 credits of
filiated throughout the U.S., but focused in the Northeast.        full-time Clinical Education.
Students affiliating will be responsible for the cost of medi-
cally required vaccinations, transportation and living ex-
penses (including room and board) during the full-time             Movement Sciences and Rehabilitation (MVSR)
clinical experiences. The first two full-time experiences,         We are not accepting applications for the Academic Year, 2000-2001.
one for two weeks, and the second for four weeks, will be          The Master of Science Degree Program is designed for gradu-
completed at the same clinical site. These will be located         ate physical and occupational therapists or other rehabilita-
within a commutable distance from Burlington. The last             tion specialists who desire to expand and enhance their
three full-time experiences each will be eight weeks in            scientific knowledge and professional skills in a scholarly
length. All students in the program are required to carry          environment in preparation for practicing as an advanced
professional liability insurance prior to enrolling in the         clinician. The advanced clinician is a practitioner with in-
clinical education experience. Students should plan their          depth knowledge who can act as a mentor, coach, advocate,
finances to include these expenses. The affiliations will be       and resource for providers and consumers by demonstrating
scheduled as indicated in the curriculum plan unless insuf-        competent advanced clinical judgment and skill, as well as
ficient clinical sites are available; in that case, students may   competent teaching skill, and by promoting research as a
be required to complete clinical affiliation requirements in       critical reader and contributor. The core of the program
an alternate time period. Upon completion of the pro-              focuses on the scientific basis of normal and abnormal move-
gram, graduates will be eligible to sit for the national pro-      ment. It is accompanied by courses within a professional
fessional licensure examination.                                   practice sequence, as well as a research sequence which will
                                                                   culminate in the completion of a thesis. The program is
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO GRADUATE                             designed to accommodate practicing clinicians who wish to
STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF                                pursue part-time or full-time graduate studies.
PHYSICAL THERAPY
                                                                   REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO GRADUATE
There are two routes of entry into the MPT program. First,         STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF SCIENCE
students who have entered The University of Vermont in
one of the following majors may apply during their junior          Graduate of an accredited entry level educational program in
year to enter the MPT program in their senior year: all ma-        physical or occupational therapy or, other rehabilitation
jors in the College of Arts and Sciences; Nutrition and Food       specialties, with a minimum GPA of 2.67 (B-) desired. Sub-
Sciences or Biological Sciences in the College of Agricul-         mission of scores of the Graduate Record Examination. A
ture and Life Sciences. Students will be advised by faculty        minimum score of 1500 on the aptitude portion is expected.
in their undergraduate major as well as in Physical Therapy        Three letters of reference, at least one each from professional
so that they can complete the requirements for that major          and educational sources. Official transcript, completion of
in three years. If admitted to Physical Therapy in their se-       application form, completion of health form. At least two
nior year, they will be awarded the baccalaureate degree in        years of clinical practice as a physical or occupational thera-
their undergraduate major after the successful completion          pist or other rehabilitation specialist. Current knowledge of
of their first year of study in Physical Therapy. Thus, the to-    statistics, neuroscience, and biomechanics which may be
tal length of study for these students will be 6 years. The        demonstrated by prerequisite courses within the last five years
MPT program will also be open to applicants who have al-           or satisfactory performance on equivalency tests in each of
ready completed baccalaureate, masters or doctoral de-             these areas. (Appropriate courses on campus, or self-study
grees in other disciplines. Their course of study will be          guides will be recommended for anyone who does not initially
three academic years.                                              meet these standards.) A personal interview during which
                                                                   clearly defined educational goals and objectives for graduate
                                                                   study are discussed as they are reflected in the application and
PREREQUISITES TO THE MPT PROGRAM                                   supportive documentation. These goals will be discussed in
Students must have completed 2 semesters of college chem-          relationship to departmental resources and goals to deter-
istry, with labs, including introduction to organic chemistry;     mine whether personal and departmental objectives are con-
2 semesters of college physics, with labs; and 1 semester of       gruent and compatible.
college math at the pre-calculus level minimally, with calcu-
lus preferred, prior to enrollment in the MPT program.             MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
                                                                   Completion of 36 credits of graduate courses in movement
ADMISSIONS REQUIREMENTS                                            sciences and rehabilitation, including six credits of thesis
Minimum GPA of 2.67 in college level courses. Compe-               research and six credits of approved electives. Completion of
tence in conveying ideas in an organized manner, critical          a practicum in one of the following areas: teaching, clinical
thinking and logic, and writing as demonstrated in a writ-         specialty, management, and consultation. Completion of a
ing sample. Excellent interpersonal and communication              comprehensive written exam is required prior to the initia-
skills as evidenced by life and community experience. Com-         tion of the masters thesis research. In addition to the exam,
mitment to the profession of physical therapy, as assessed         the student must defend the research proposal in an oral
by volunteer or work experience in PT settings. Three let-         presentation.
ters of reference, at least one each from professional and
educational sources. Official transcript, completion of ap-        COURSES OFFERED
plication form, completion of health form. For students                         PHYSICAL THERAPY (PT)
who will have completed a minimum of a baccalaureate de-
gree prior to enrolling in the MPT program, submission of          201 Clinical Science and Practice Seminar I. Group fo-
96 |   PHYSICAL THERAPY

rum where students learn, analyze and discuss scientific,             333      Clinical Education II. 4-week clinical experience
clinical and professional issues related to individuals with          providing opportunities for integration of didactic informa-
non-complex conditions of the peripheral musculoskeletal              tion and clinical skills and involvement and responsibility for
system. Three hours. Nelson.                                          safe, effective, comprehensive patient care. Prerequisites: 232.
202 Clinical Science and Practice Seminar II. Forum to                Co-requisites: 315, 323, 341, 355. Two hours. Nelson, Sands.
learn, analyze and discuss scientific, clinical and profes-           334     Clinical Education III. 8-week full-time experience
sional issues related to individuals with non-complex condi-          integrating didactic information with clinical skills in one of
tions involving the cardiopulmonary system and spinal mus-            three treatment settings. Focus: critical thinking, problem
culoskeletal problems. Prerequisite: 201. Two hours. Sands.           solving, and application of skills. Prerequisites: 232, 333. Four
211 Clinical Skills Laboratory I. Laboratory to practice              hours. Nelson, Sands.
observational, verbal, written and psycho-motor skills of PT          335, 336 Clinical Education IV and V. Two 8-week, full-time
examination, evaluation, and management of patients with              clinical experiences integrating didactic information and
non-complex conditions of the musculoskeletal system.                 clinical skills. Practice and refine skills attitudes and behav-
Two hours. Zimny.                                                     iors. A variety of clinical settings is required. Prerequisites: 232,
212 Clinical Skills Labs II. Laboratory to practice skills in         333, 334 (and 335 for 336). Six hours each. Nelson, Sands.
PT examination, evaluation, and management of patients                341 Clinical Science and Practice and Seminar III. Large
with non-complex conditions involving the cardiopulmo-                group forum to learn, analyze, and discuss scientific, clinical,
nary system and spinal musculoskeletal problems. Two                  and professional practice issues related to peripheral neuro-
hours. Henry.                                                         logic, metabolic, and multiple systems impairment and dis-
221 Tutorial I - Clinical Care Issues I. Tutorials to investi-        abilities. Prerequisites: 201, 202. Co-requisites: 315, 323, 333,
gate, apply and integrate relevant basic and social sciences          355. Four hours.
applied to persons with non-complex conditions involving              342 Clinical Science and Practice Seminar IV. Learn
primarily peripheral joint problems of the neuromusculo-              analyze and discuss scientific, clinical and professional
skeletal system. Two hours. Wu.                                       practice issues regarding individuals with systems prob-
222 Tutorials II. Tutorials where students investigate, ap-           lems, using patient/family centered approach. Prerequisites:
ply and integrate foundational sciences as applied to pa-             201, 202, 341. Co-requisites: 316, 324, 355. Four hours. Held.
tients with non-complex conditions involving the cardiopul-
monary system and spinal musculoskeletal problems. Two                343 Clinical Science and Practice Seminar V. Explore
hours.                                                                global/societal aspects of health care delivery, focusing on
                                                                      role of physical therapist as consultant, interdisciplinary health
232 Clinical Education I. Two week clinical experience to             team member, and advocate in health care. Prerequisites: 201,
understand the role of the physical therapist. Exposure to            202, 341, 342. Co-requisites: 316, 325, 334. Four hours.
comprehensive patient care; examinations, intervention,
discharge planning, and outcome assessment. One hour.                    MOVEMENT SCIENCES AND REHABILITATION
Nelson, Sands.                                                                         (MVSR)
255 Professional Behaviors. Assessment of students’ pro-              300 Research Tutorial. Through seminars, actual research
fessional behaviors by faculty, based upon generic abilities          participation, informal discussions, and individual advise-
and the expected stage of development, examined within                ment, the student will develop a proposal for thesis research.
all courses during the semester. Zero hours. Held.                    Explore instrumentation, experimental design, and logistics
315 Clinical Skills Laboratory III. Students practice obser-          of research. One to three hours. Held.
vational, verbal, written, manual, and intellectual skills in PT      304 Professional Practice Practicum. Practicum experience
examination, evaluation, and management of peripheral                 in a clinical specialty, teaching, management or consultation.
neuro-musculo-skeletal, metabolic and multiple systems im-            Companion seminar to analyze and assess practicum experi-
pairments and disabilities. Prerequisites: 211, 212. Co-requisites:   ence. Prerequisites: Public Administration 312, 315 or 395
323, 341, 333, 355. Four hours.                                       (Health Policy). Two to three hours, variable. Held.
316 Clinical Skills Laboratory IV. Students practice obser-
                                                                      311 Motor Function and Dysfunction: Muscle. Structure,
vational, verbal, written, manual, and intellectual skills in PT
                                                                      function, biomechanics, plasticity, measurement of muscle
examination, evaluation, and management of individuals
                                                                      characteristics, muscle performance in relation to develop-
with various neurological conditions. Prerequisites: 211, 212,
                                                                      ment, aging, nutrition, activity, pathology, elasticity, viscosity
315. Co-requisites: 324, 342, 355. Four hours. O’ Rourke.
                                                                      and responses to therapeutic interventions. Three hours. Wu.
317 Clinical Skills Laboratory V. Therapeutic approaches to           312 Motor Function: Connective Tissue. Structure, func-
pain, restoration of function and movement, assistive tech-           tion, plasticity and biomechanics of connective tissues will be
nology, training and education, patient advocacy, and coordi-         studied relative to development, aging, nutrition, activity,
nation of care throughout the life span. Prerequisites: 211, 212,     pathology, compressive and tensile forces, and therapeutic
315, 316. Co-requisites: 325, 334, 343. Three hours.                  intervention. Three hours. Henry.
323 Tutorial III. Small group tutorials to investigate, apply         313 Motor Function and Dysfunction: Energetics & Clini-
and integrate the relevant foundational sciences pertaining           cal Application of Exercise Physiology. Utilization of meta-
to persons with peripheral neuro-musculo-skeletal, meta-              bolic energy on molecular, cellular and whole organism
bolic and multiple systems impairments and disabilities. Pre-         levels. Quantification of work capacity and energy expendi-
requisites: 221, 222. Four hours.                                     ture with orientation to clinical situations. Prerequisite: 311.
324 Tutorial IV. Small group tutorials to investigate, apply          Two hours. Reed.
and integrate the relevant foundational sciences pertaining
                                                                      314 Motor Function and Dysfunction: Movement Science.
to persons with various neurological conditions. Prerequisites:
                                                                      Motor Learning, motor control, and recovery of function;
221, 222, 323. Co-requisites: 316, 342, 355. Four hours. Held.
                                                                      their alterations with pathology, age, sex, and experience;
325 Tutorials V. Explore inter-relationships between clinical         and implications for therapeutic intervention. Prerequisites:
conditions, health, politics, culture, ethics and professional-       311 or permission. Four hours. Held.
ism, focusing on role of physical therapists as consultant,
patient advocate and health team member. Prerequisites: 221,
222, 323, 326. Co-requisites: 316, 334, 343. Three hours.
                                                                                                                        PHYSICS   | 97
381 Special Topics Seminar. Topics of interest to graduate             are concerned with theories of X-ray scattering, of X-ray
physical therapists based on theory, research or advanced              optical properties, and of X-ray optical elements.
practice. Content will go beyond the scope of existing                 Opportunities for collaborative research with other Univer-
courses or thesis research. May be repeated for credit.                sity departments and groups include those with Chemistry,
Prerequisites: Advisor and instructor permission. Two to three         the Materials Science Program, Molecular Physiology and
hours.                                                                 Biophysics, the Cell and Molecular Biology Program, Com-
391   Master’s Thesis Research. Credit as arranged.                    puter Science and Electrical Engineering, Civil and Environ-
                                                                       mental Engineering, and Mechanical Engineering, Medical
397 Special Readings and Research. Directed individual                 Radiology, and Geology.
study of areas not appropriately covered by existing courses.
Prerequisites: Advisor and sponsoring faculty permission. One          The Department participates in two doctoral programs: Ma-
to three hours.                                                        terials Science and Cell and Molecular Biology.
                                                                       Laboratory facilities for work in biophysics and condensed
                                                                       matter physics are supplemented by computational facilities.
Physics (PHYS)                                                         Within the Department itself are PCs in variety and several
                                                                       UNIX workstations.
Professors Emeriti Arns, Brown, Detenbeck, Nyborg, Scarfone; Profes-
sors Rankin, Smith, Wu (Chairperson); Associate Professors Ander-      REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO
son, Clougherty, Sachs (Emeritus), Spartalian, Yang; Assistant         GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF
Professor Chu.                                                         MASTER OF SCIENCE
The Department of Physics offers research opportunities in             Undergraduate majors in science, engineering, or mathe-
astrophysics, biophysics, condensed matter physics, and the            matics are considered for admission to the program. Satis-
physics of materials.                                                  factory scores on the Graduate Record Examination (gen-
                                                                       eral and subject section) are required.
Astrophysical research centers on experimental radio as-
tronomy, with particular emphasis on pulsars and the inter-            REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO
stellar medium. Observations are carried out using major               CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF
instruments of the U.S. National Observatories and generally           MASTER OF SCIENCE
involve computer analysis and interpretation.
                                                                       Physics 211, 213, and 273; two additional semester courses
Research in biophysical ultrasound is directed toward an               in physics above the sophomore level; two semester courses
understanding of the physical principles involved when ultra-          in mathematics above the sophomore level.
sound interacts with living systems. This often involves col-
laboration with the College of Medicine. Acoustical and                MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE
optical tweezers permit manipulating single cells without              DEGREE OF MASTER OF SCIENCE
touching them. New forms of ultrasonic transducers and
biosensors are being developed in collaboration with Electri-          A total of 30 credit hours including a minimum of six hours
cal Engineering, as part of the Materials Science Program.             of thesis research and at least nine hours of Physics courses
                                                                       numbered over 300.
Biophysical research includes studies on the development
and employment of novel uses of in situ atomic force micros-           The Department also offers programs leading to the de-
copy for biological applications, specifically high-resolution         grees of Master of Science in Engineering Physics, Master
structural studies of membrane proteins, investigation of the          of Arts in Teaching, and Master of Science for Teachers of
packing of genetic materials on bilayer membranes, and                 Physical Science. As a participant in the Materials Science
studies on how DNA-bilayer interactions affect the use of              program, the Department sponsors candidates for the
cationic lipids as gene-delivery means. Other studies to better        degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in
understand the structure and assembly kinetics of biological           Materials Science. Details are available elsewhere in the
membranes focus on the physical properties of lipid layers             catalogue and also from the Physics Department.
employing in situ atomic force microscopy, fluorescence
imaging, and differential scanning calorimetry.                        COURSES OFFERED
                                                                       201, 202 Experimental Physics. Experiments in classical
Other research in biological physics and protein dynamics
                                                                       and modern physics. Each student selects laboratory experi-
involves combining the detail of atomic-resolution X-ray
                                                                       ments appropriate to his/her background and interests.
crystallography with the sensitivity of optical and IR spectros-
                                                                       Prerequisites: 42 and Math. 121 or equivalent. Three hours
copy. We have access to a state-of-the-art protein crystallogra-
                                                                       per semester, four semesters maximum.
phy diffractometer and make regular trips to synchrotrons in
the US and Europe. Computational facilities for structural             211 Mechanics. Newtonian dynamics of particles and sys-
biology include several SGIs and a 12-node Beowulf parallel-           tems of particles, with applications to problems of special
processor Linux cluster.                                               importance, such as driven and coupled harmonic oscilla-
                                                                       tors and central field trajectories. Prerequisites: 42, and Math.
Theoretical and computational research programs in con-                121. Three hours.
densed matter physics deal with electronic, optical, lattice-
dynamical, thermodynamic, surface, and magnetic proper-                213 Electricity and Magnetism. Fundamental principles of
ties of metals, semiconductors, superconductors, laser crys-           electricity and magnetism; electrostatic fields, and magnetic
tals, and biological materials. Some of the general approaches         fields of steady currents. Electric and magnetic properties
include the analytical and numerical methods of self-consis-           of matter and electromagnetic energy relationships. Prereq-
tent band theory, crystal-field theory, multiple-scattering            uisites: 42; Math. 121. Three hours. Credit not granted for
theory, Green’s function formalism, and density-functional             more than one of PHYS 213 or EE 141.
theory.                                                                214 Electromagnetism. An introduction to time-depend-
Theoretical studies of the optical properties of materials             ent electromagnetic fields. Maxwell’s equations in space
include the electronic structure of defect complexes in ionic          and matter. Electromagnetic waves and radiation. Prerequi-
crystals, the application of subtracted dispersion relations to        site: 213. Three hours. Credit not granted for more than
optical data analysis, and the separation of inter- and intra-         one of PHYS 214 or EE 142.
band effects in the infrared spectra of metals. Related studies        222 Biological Physics. Physical laws, processes, and inter-
98 |   PLANT AND SOIL SCIENCE

actions pertaining to biological systems. Prerequisites: 12 or 42,   solids, free electron theory of metals, and band theory. Pre-
Math 121, permission. Three hours. Spartalian, Wu, Yang.             requisites: 214, 265, 273 or their equivalents; permission.
242 Introduction to Solid State Physics. Introduction to             Three hours.
crystal structures, reciprocal lattices, lattice vibrations. Ther-   351 Seminar in Physics of Materials. For research stu-
mal properties of solids and free electron theory of metals          dents in the field of the physics of materials. Lectures, re-
and semiconductors. Elementary band theory. Prerequisite:            ports, and directed readings related to the research for
128 or equivalent. Three hours.                                      the department and the field generally. May be repeated
257 Modern Astrophysics. Stellar structure and evolution,            for credit with departmental approval. Prerequisite: Permis-
compact objects, the interstellar medium, galactic struc-            sion. Credit as arranged. Offered as occasion warrants.
ture, gravitational theory, cosmology, the formation of our          362 Quantum Mechanics II. Mathematical and physical
solar system, and terrestrial life. Prerequisites: One year cal-     foundations of nonrelativistic quantum mechanics from the
culus-based physics course. Math. 121 strongly recommend-            unifying point of view of Dirac. Symmetry operations and
ed, or equivalent. Three hours.                                      the algebraic structure of quantum mechanics are empha-
258 Relativity. Development of Einstein’s theory of spe-             sized. Prerequisite: 273. Three hours. Alternate years.
cial relativity. Lorentz transformation, time dilation, length       381, 382 Problems in Engineering Physics. Directed read-
contraction, mass variation, relative velocities. Introduction       ings and independent study in one or more topics in engi-
to four-dimensional space. Concepts of general relativity.           neering physics, leading to a written report and an oral pre-
Applications selected from astrophysics, elementary par-             sentation. Four to six hours. Graduate credit only.
ticles, etc. Prerequisite: 128 or equivalent. Three hours.           391 Master’s Thesis Research. Credit as arranged.
264 Nuclear and Elementary Particle Physics. Introduc-               491 Doctoral Dissertation Research. Credit as arranged.
tion to theoretical and experimental aspects of nuclear and
elementary particle physics. Prerequisites: 128, and junior
standing, permission. Three hours.
265 Thermal Physics. Thermodynamics, kinetic theory,
                                                                     Plant and Soil Science (PSS)
statistical mechanics. Prerequisites: 128 or 42, 22, Math. 121
or equivalent. Three hours. Alternate years.                         Professors Aleong, Magdoff, Murphy, Parker; Assistant Professors
                                                                     Starrett, Tignor; Extension Professors Berkett, Gotlieb (Chairper-
273 Quantum Mechanics l. Introduction to nonrelativistic             son), Perry; Extension Associate Professors Bosworth, Jokela; Ex-
quantum mechanics. Schroedinger equation and applica-                tension Assistant Professor Garcia; Research Associate Professor
tions to simple systems. Prerequisites: 128, 211. Three hours.       Brownbridge; Research Assistant Professors Ross, Skinner; Lecturer
295, 296 Special Topics. Lectures, readings, or laboratory           Harper; Research Associate Gouli.
studies. Format and subject matter at the instructor’s discre-       Current research projects are concerned with the solution
tion. Prerequisite: Permission. Credit as arranged.                  of horticultural and agronomic problems with special em-
301 Mathematical Physics. Introduction to basic mathe-               phasis on environmental physiology, soil chemistry, pasture
matical methods of theoretical physics; vector and tensor            management, plant nutrition, and pest management. Areas
analysis, partial differential equations, orthogonal func-           of research include winter hardiness of fruits, and woody
tions, complex variables and variational techniques. Prereq-         and herbaceous ornamentals; cultural and environmental
uisites: 211, 214. Three hours. Alternate years.                     interrelationships as they affect plant growth, crop adapta-
305 Teaching of College Physics. Instructional strategies            tion, and variety; pasture production and marginal land uti-
and techniques with application to the teaching of labora-           lization; crop establishment and soil productivity; mycor-
tories and recitations. Prerequisites: Undergraduate degree          rhizal fungi; soil chemistry of the rhizosphere; redox reac-
in physics and permission. One hour, repeatable to maxi-             tions in soils; the behavior of heavy metals; compost and or-
mum of two hours.                                                    ganic matter research; behavior of nitrogen in the soil; nu-
                                                                     trient availability to plants; agricultural waste management;
311 Advanced Dynamics. Classical mechanics presented                 biological control of insects, disease, and weeds; integrated
as the basis of the concepts and methods of modern phys-             pest management for control of insects, diseases, and
ics. Variational, Lagrangian, and Hamiltonian formulations,          weeds. A student’s thesis research will be an integral part of
canonical transformations, continuous systems. Prerequisite:         the on-going research efforts of the department.
211. Three hours. Alternate years.
313 Electromagnetic Theory. Development of Maxwell’s                 REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO
theory of electromagnetism emphasizing its physical basis            GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF
and the modes of mathematical description. Prerequisite:             MASTER OF SCIENCE
214. Three hours. Alternate years.                                   An undergraduate major in an appropriate agricultural, en-
321 Seminar in Theoretical Physics. For research students            vironmental, biological, or physical science. Satisfactory
interested in pursuing topics of general and departmental            scores on the Graduate Record Examination, general (apti-
research interest in theoretical physics. Prerequisite: Permis-      tude) section.
sion. Offered as occasion warrants. Credit as arranged.
323 Seminar in Contemporary Physics. Topics of current               REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO
interest in physics to be offered as student and faculty inter-      CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF
est warrants. May be repeated for credit with departmental           MASTER OF SCIENCE
approval. Prerequisite: Permission. Credit as arranged.              Satisfactory completion of one academic year of graduate
331 Seminar in Biological Physics. For research students             study in the Department of Plant and Soil Science, and a
in the field of biological physics. Lectures, reports, and di-       written or oral comprehensive examination. The decision
rected readings related to the research of the Department            on the type of comprehensive exam will be made by the
and the field generally. May be repeated for credit with de-         major professor after consultation with the student.
partmental approval. Prerequisite: Permission. Credit as ar-
ranged. Offered as occasion warrants.                                MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
341, 342 Solid State Physics. Introduction to crystal sym-           Eighteen to 22 hours in Plant and Soil Science and closely
metry and the reciprocal lattice. Crystal binding and lattice        related fields; satisfactory participation in seminars during
vibrations. Thermal, electrical, and magnetic properties of          residency; thesis research (six to 12 hours).
                                                                                                                PSYCHOLOGY      | 99
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO                                      266 Soil Water Movement (2-3). Mathematical modeling
GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF                                 and physical principles of the soil-water-plant interaction and
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY                                               its relationship to environmental and agricultural issues. Pre-
A Master of Science degree in an appropriate agricultural,         requisites: 161, one semester of physics or permission. Three
environmental, biological, or physical science. Satisfactory       hours. Ross. Alternate years, 2001-02.
scores on the Graduate Record Examination, general (apti-          269 Soil and Water Pollution and Bioremediation. Exam-
tude) section.                                                     ines key issues in pollution of soil and water. Topics include
                                                                   type of pollutants, their reactions in soil and water, pollution
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO                                    prevention and bioremediation. Three hours. Magdoff. Al-
CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF                                        ternate years, 2001-02.
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY                                               281 Seminar. Presentation and discussion of papers on se-
Satisfactory completion of two academic years of graduate          lected topics of current interest by students and staff. Prereq-
study in the Department of Plant and Soil Science at The           uisite: Permission. One hour. Spring semester.
University of Vermont. With the approval of the Dean of            297 Special Topics. Lectures, laboratories, readings, field
the Graduate College and the Department of Plant and Soil          projects, surveys, or research designed to provide specialized
Science, a master’s degree may be accepted in partial fulfill-     experience in horticulture, agronomy, soils, entomology,
ment of this requirement.                                          and integrated pest management. Prerequisite: Permission.
Satisfactory completion of a written and oral qualifying doc-      One to three hours.
toral examination as prescribed by the Department.                 301 Plant Science Colloquium. Graduate student and staff
                                                                   discussion of current research topics in plant science. One
MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS                                        hour.
The course requirements are as follows: a total of at least 40     302 Soil Science Colloquium. Graduate student and staff
credit hours of which a minimum of 30 must be taken in             discussion of current research topics in soil science. One
Plant and Soil Science and closely related disciplines (e.g.       hour.
botany, chemistry, forestry, microbiology, and biochemistry,       381 Graduate Special Topics. Advanced readings and dis-
geology). Satisfactory participation in seminars during resi-      cussion of horticulture, crops, or soils research literature.
dency is required. All master and doctoral students must take      Three hours.
part in the Department’s undergraduate teaching program.           391 Master’s Thesis Research. Credit as arranged.
COURSES OFFERED                                                    491 Doctoral Dissertation Research. Credit as arranged.
205 Mineral Nutrition of Plants. See Botany 205. Alternate
years, 2000-01.
210 Ecological Soil Management. Applying basic ecological
                                                                   Psychology (PSYC)
concepts and principles to practical soil management. Will
cover integrated strategies for building healthy soils, includ-    Professors Emeriti Albee, Ansbacher; Professors Achenbach, Bickel,
ing management of biological, physical and chemical prop-          Bond, Bouton, Bronstein, J. Burchard, Compas, Crockenberg, Gor-
erties. Prerequisites: 161 or permission. Three hours. Magdoff.    don, Guitar, Higgins, Howell (Chairperson), Hughes, Joffe, Kapp,
Alternate years, 2000-01.                                          Lawson, Leitenberg, Miller, Musty, Rosen, Rothblum, L. Solomon;
                                                                   Associate Professors S. Burchard, Hasazi, Kessler, Leff, Yadav; As-
215 Weed/Crop Ecology. Weed identification, reproduc-
                                                                   sistant Professors Falls, S. Solomon.
tion, ecological relationships with crops, and integrated man-
agement. Prerequisites: 11, 161 or permission. Three hours.        Additional clinical, research, and adjunct faculty supervise stu-
Alternate years, 2000-01. Murphy.                                  dents in clinical and research placements.
217 Pasture Production and Management. Physiological               The Ph.D. Program in General/Experimental psychology
and ecological relationships of pasture plants, effects of graz-   admits students in three broad specialty areas (“clusters”):
ing livestock on them, grazing management effects on live-         Biobehavioral Psychology; Basic and Applied Social Psychol-
stock and pastures; emphasis on French Voisin system. Prereq-      ogy; and Basic and Applied Developmental Psychology.
uisites: 11, 161 or permission. Three hours. Murphy.
                                                                   The Ph.D. program in Clinical Psychology places equal em-
221 Tree Fruit Culture (2-3). Theory and practice of mod-          phasis on research and clinical training. The clinical pro-
ern commercial fruit science. Nutrition and cultural re-           gram is fully accredited by the American Psychological As-
sponses to various management practices. Prerequisites: 11,        sociation.
161 or permission. Three hours. Garcia. Alternate years,
2000-01.                                                           Further information about both programs can be obtained
                                                                   by requesting a copy of the department’s graduate studies
232 Biological Control (2-2). Describes the role of biologi-       brochure from the Chairperson of the Department of Psy-
cal control agents in the regulation of insects, related           chology. The brochure can also be accessed electronically:
arthropods and weeds, and their application and limitations.       http://www.uvm.edu/~dhowell/PsychAtUVM/Depart-
Prerequisites: Intermediate course in entomology or relevant       ment.html. This contains details of requirements, funding
experience. Three hours. Brownbridge. Alternate years 2000-        opportunities, clinical and research facilities, specialty ar-
01.                                                                eas, ongoing research, and faculty, as well as general infor-
261 Soil Morphology Classification and Land Use (2-4).             mation about the University and the area.
Field techniques that describe soil properties, formation and
classification. The principles and processes of soil genesis,      Applicants must apply for the Ph.D. degree only. Students
and land use classification systems and land use challenges.       whose goal is a terminal master’s degree are not accepted.
Prerequisite: 161 or permission. Three hours. Harper. Alter-       The application deadline for admission is January 15.
nate years, 2000-01.
                                                                   REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO
264 Chemistry of Soil and Water (3-3). An environmentally          CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF
oriented study of the colloidal chemistry of soil and its inter-   MASTER OF ARTS
faces with roots, water, and air. Prerequisites: 161, two semes-
ters chemistry or permission. Four hours. Ross. Alternate          A major or its equivalent in undergraduate psychology in-
years, 2000-01.                                                    cluding courses in statistics and experimental psychology;
100 |   PSYCHOLOGY
satisfactory scores on the Graduate Record Examination,          mammalian nervous system, emphasizing neurological cor-
including the subject (advanced) subtest in Psychology.          relates of sensory experience and perception. Individual
                                                                 laboratory experience. Prerequisite: 109. Four hours. Kapp.
MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS                                      222 Selected Topics in Behavioral Neuroscience. Selected
Twenty-four hours of psychology courses and seminars, in-        topics examining the role of the central nervous system in
cluding Psychology 301, 302, 340, 341; Proseminar; thesis        determining behavior, including innate behaviors, arousal,
research for six credits. The requirements of the specific       motivation, learning, and memory. Prerequisites: 121 or 221.
courses (301, 302, 340, 341) may be exempted by examina-         Three hours. Falls, Kapp, Musty.
tion. There is no foreign language requirement.                  223 Psychopharmacology. Effects of drugs (both medical
                                                                 and recreational) on behavior. Topics such as drug effects
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO                                    on learning, memory, motivation, perception, emotions,
GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF                               and aggression. Prerequisites: 109, 121 or 222. Three hours.
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY                                             Musty.
A major or its equivalent in undergraduate psychology in-        230 Advanced Social Psychology. Advanced survey of cur-
cluding courses in statistics and experimental psychology;       rent research on the behavior of individuals in social situa-
satisfactory scores on the Graduate Record Examination,          tions. Prerequisite: 109 or 130. Three hours. Miller.
including the subject subtest in Psychology. A telephone in-
terview is required of top applicants to the Clinical Program.   231 Psychology of Women. Psychological theories about
                                                                 women and research on women’s roles. Biological, person-
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO                                  ality, cognitive, and developmental factors considered. Pre-
CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF                                      requisite: One psychology course at the 100 level. Three
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY                                             hours. Bond, Rothblum.
For the General/Experimental Program, satisfactory com-          233 Psychology of Experience and Creativity Enhance-
pletion of minimum degree requirements for Master of             ment. Explores psychological processes for developing crea-
Arts degree or equivalent; for the Clinical Program, satisfac-   tive thinking and for enhancing the quality of conscious ex-
tory performance of the Ph.D. comprehensive examination.         perience. Emphasizes personal growth as well as theoretical
                                                                 understanding. Prerequisite: Advanced background in at
MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS                                      least one relevant field such as psychology, environmental
                                                                 studies, art, or education. Three hours. Leff.
Both the General/Experimental and the Clinical Program
require a minimum of 75 credit hours. However, each pro-         234 Psychology of Social and Environmental Change. Ex-
gram requires proficiency in several specific areas. In order    amines psychological foundations of beneficial changes in
to achieve such proficiency, most students must complete a       social and physical environments. Emphasizes action strate-
total of 79 to 83 credit hours. A minimum of 20 credits          gies and projects as well as utopian visions. Prerequisite: Ad-
must be accumulated in dissertation research and the re-         vanced background in psychology or in environmental
mainder in course credits numbered in the 200 through            studies or a social science. Three hours. Leff.
400 sequences of the psychology curriculum, or acceptable        236 Theories of Human Communication. The study of
courses at the 200 or 300 level from other curricula. De-        the role of perception, human information processing, lan-
tailed information on courses of study is available from the     guage, nonverbal codes, meaning, cognition, and interper-
Department. Satisfactory performance on the department           sonal and sociocultural context in human communication
final oral examination. There is no foreign language re-         process. Prerequisite: 109 or 130. Three hours. Yadav.
quirement. Both programs have a required preliminary ex-         237 Cross-Cultural Communication. Study of cultural fac-
amination.                                                       tors, cognitive processes, communication patterns and
                                                                 problems in cross-cultural communication; role of commu-
COURSES OFFERED                                                  nication in development and social change in third-world
                                                                 countries. Prerequisite: 109 or 130 or 230. Three hours.
Psychology graduate students meet prerequisites for all 200-
                                                                 Yadav.
level courses. Other graduate students must have equiva-
lent prerequisites or permission of instructor.                  240 Organizational Psychology. Study of the psychological
                                                                 impact of macro and micro features of organizations upon
205 Learning. Analysis of theory and research on the basic       leadership, decision-making, workforce, diversity, group
learning process and behavior. Prerequisite: 109. Three          processes, conflict, and organizational performances. Prereq-
hours. Bouton.                                                   uisite: 1, 109, or permission. Three hours. Lawson.
206 Motivation. Theory and research on motives, includ-          241 Organizational Psychology: Global, Cultural, and Local
ing hunger, fear, sex drive, and addiction, their influence      Forces. Study of global, cultural, and local dynamics upon
on behavior, relationship to other psychological processes       organizational culture, leadership, workforce diversity, eth-
and biological correlates. Three hours. Musty.                   ics and justice at work, and conflict resolution. Conduct ap-
207 Thinking. Survey of cognitive psychology, examining          plied organizational cultural analysis. Prerequisite: 109 or
theory and research on perception, memory, language,             permission. Three hours. Lawson.
cognition, and their interactions. Prerequisite: 109. Three      250 Introduction to Clinical Psychology. Study of basic
hours. Gordon.                                                   principles of interviewing, testing, assessment from life situ-
208 Cognition and Language. (See Communication Sci-              ations, and report writing. Examination of the most com-
ences 208.)                                                      mon approaches to psychotherapy. Prerequisites: 109, 152.
                                                                 Three hours. Bronstein, Compas, Kessler.
215 Cognition and Aging. (See Communication Sciences
215.)                                                            251 Behavior Disorders of Childhood. An overview of
                                                                 theory, research, and practice in developmental psychopa-
220 Animal Behavior. Behavior of animals under con-              thology from infancy through adolescence. The major dis-
trolled experimental conditions and in their natural envi-       orders of social and emotional development are reviewed.
ronments. Consideration of antecedents of behavior and of        Prerequisites: 161 or 109 (109 may be taken concurrently).
its adaptive significance, evolution, and development. Pre-      Three hours. Hasazi.
requisite: 109 or Biology 102. Three hours. Bouton.
                                                                 253 Introduction to Behavior Modification. Application
221 Physiological Psychology I. Structure and function of        of techniques for the modification of human behavior in a
                                                                                                            PSYCHOLOGY       | 101
variety of educational and social situations involving the col-   334 Organizational Behaviors and Cultures. Examination
lection and analysis of behavioral data. Prerequisites: 109,      of the impact of various organizational cultures upon lead-
152. Three hours. J. Burchard.                                    ership, personnel selection, group processes, motivation,
257 Personality. The understanding of personality devel-          entrepreneurship, decision making, conflict, negotiation
opment and human behavior from a psychoanalytic, hu-              strategies, and organizational development. Prerequisite: Per-
manistic, trait measurement, and sociocultural perspective.       mission. Three hours. Lawson.
Prerequisite: 109. Three hours. Bronstein.                        340 Advanced Statistical Methods I. Statistical methods
258 Workshop in Primary Prevention. Meet with specialists         for evaluating psychological data. Emphasizes exploring
in primary prevention of psychological problems and pro-          data with respect to research hypotheses. Critical study of
motion of mental health to examine research, theory, and          hypothesis tests on means, chi-square, and correlational
preventive interventions promoting psychological well-            techniques. Three hours. Howell.
being. Prerequisites: Three Psychology courses at 100-level or    341 Advanced Statistical Methods II. Continuation of 340.
higher, or related advanced professional training by per-         In-depth study of the analysis of variance and multiple re-
mission of instructor. Three hours. Bond.                         gression. Further study of analysis and interpretation of
259 Chemical Dependency: Etiology and Treatment. Cross            data from the behavioral sciences. Prerequisite: 340. Three
listing: EDCO 376                                                 hours. Howell.
261 Cognitive Development. Examination of research and            347 Measurement and Scaling. Traditional psychophysical
theory concerning developmental changes in the human              methods, Thurstonian judgmental methods, recent topics
processing of information from infancy to adulthood cen-          in unidimensional scaling. Techniques, applications in mul-
tered on the work of Piaget. Prerequisites: 161 or 109 (may       tidimensional scaling. Relation of these to mental test
be taken concurrently). Three hours. S. Burchard.                 theory, factor analysis, cluster analysis. Prerequisites: 340, 341.
262 Social Development. Examination of theory and re-             Three hours. Gordon.
search concerning interpersonal development in humans             349 Seminar in Psychology Research Methodology. For
from infancy through adulthood. Relationships between             advanced psychology graduate students. Topics may in-
language, cognition, and social development are empha-            clude but are not limited to: factor analysis, discriminant
sized. Prerequisites: 161 or 109 (may be taken concurrently).     function analysis, multivariate analysis of variance, ad-
Three hours. Crockenberg.                                         vanced experimental design, computer application in data
263 Disabilities of Learning and Development. Seminar             collection and analysis. Prerequisite: 341 or permission.
in etiology, treatments, prevention of developmental and          Three hours. Gordon, Howell.
learning disabilities within framework of current service         350 Family Therapy. An exploration of current theories
and educational practices. Ethical, legal, and psychological      and techniques in family therapy, through readings and dis-
issues are examined. Prerequisites: one 100 level Psychology      cussion, as well as observation of taped and live family
course or advanced standing in Education or Physical              therapy sessions. Graduate standing in Clinical Psychology,
Therapy. Three hours. S. Burchard.                                or permission. Three hours. Bronstein.
265 Infant Development. Biological, cognitive, and social         351 Behavior Therapy: Adults. Review of literature relat-
aspects of infant development in context; opportunities to
                                                                  ing to theory, practice, research. Emphasis on the evalu-
evaluate and design research and apply knowledge to
                                                                  ation of a variety of procedures applied to behavior disor-
parenting, prevention, and social policy. Prerequisites: 161
                                                                  ders in adults. Prerequisite: Permission. Three hours.
and 109 (may be taken concurrently) or comparable
                                                                  Leitenberg.
courses. Three hours. Crockenberg.
266 Communication and Children. Study of the role of              352 Behavior Therapy: Children. Review of literature
communication, especially television, in cognitive and            relating to theory, practice, research. Emphasis on the
social development from preschool to adolescence. Relation-       evaluation of a variety of procedures applied to behavior
ship between television violence and abnormal behavior            disorders in children. Prerequisite: Permission. Three hours.
examined. Prerequisite: 109 or 161 or 163. Three hours. Yadav.    353 Introduction to Clinical Human Neuropsychology.
268 Psychology of Adult Development and Aging. Psycho-            Clinical seminar on effects on human behavior of neocorti-
logical development in the final third of the life span em-       cal dysfunction. Review of theoretical, clinical approaches
phasizing theory and research concerning social, cognitive,       to brain function, emphasis on recent developments in
perceptual, and mental health transition and supportive in-       diagnostic techniques, ensuing theoretical developments.
terventions. Prerequisites: 001 and Soc/Nurs/ECHD 20 or           Prerequisite: 221, 222 or equivalent. Three hours.
ECHD 195/295 or permission. Three hours. Staff.                   354 Psychopathology I. An advanced course dealing with
295, 296 Advanced Special Topics. Three hours.                    models of classification, diagnosis, epidemiology of behav-
                                                                  ior disorders in children. Prerequisite: Permission. Three
The prerequisite for all of the courses listed below is accep-    hours. Hasazi.
tance to the graduate psychology program, which involves          355 Psychopathology II. An advanced course dealing with
the satisfactory completion of undergraduate courses in ex-       models of classification, diagnosis, epidemiology of behav-
perimental psychology, systems of psychology, and statistics.     ior disorders in adults. Prerequisite: Permission. Three hours.
In special cases, these prerequisites may be waived by per-       Rothblum.
mission of the instructor.
                                                                  356 Mental Retardation. Study of abnormal behavioral
301, 302 Faculty Seminar. Introduction to specialized ar-         development in the intellectual area. Etiology, assessment,
eas of psychology. Zero hours.                                    and modification of mental retardation. Prerequisite: Permis-
331 Interpersonal Processes: Modes of Interacting. Ex-            sion. Three hours. S. Burchard, Hasazi.
amination of interpersonal conflict, cooperation, power re-       358 Feminist Therapy. Combines feminist theory with
lations, information transfer, and persuasion. Prerequisite:      practice of psychotherapy. Uses feminist process in course
Permission. Three hours. Leff.                                    organization and content. Focuses on issues in feminist
332 Interpersonal Processes: Cognition in Social Behavior.        therapy and feminist supervision. Prerequisite: Permission.
Examination of social attribution, interpersonal set, perspec-    Three hours. Rothblum.
tives in social encounter, and the formulation of interper-       359 Interpersonal Psychotherapy. An examination of psy-
sonal strategies. Prerequisite: Permission. Three hours. Leff.    chotherapy as an interpersonal process. Resistance, trans-
102 |    PSYCHOLOGY

ference, and counter-transference examined as interper-            childhood. Supervised assessment practicum (100 hours) in
sonal interactions and related to interpersonal personality        in-patient and out-patient mental health settings and
theory. Prerequisites: Advanced graduate standing, permis-         schools. Prerequisite: Permission. Three hours. Compas.
sion. Three hours. Kessler.                                        372 Psychological Intervention I. Introduction to psycho-
360 Methods and Models of Clinical Prediction. Study of            therapy, theories, and strategies. Skill building in case for-
clinical versus actuarial problems in applied psychology.          mulation, therapeutic goals, and effective intervention tech-
Historical antecedents, examples of problems of reliability,       niques. Supervised therapy practicum (100 hours) in uni-
validity, utility models of intelligence and personality. Mod-     versity setting. Prerequisite: Permission. Three hours. Kessler.
ern day solutions. Prerequisite: 340 or permission. Three          373 Psychological Intervention II. Theories and strategies
hours. Kessler.                                                    of psychological intervention. Supervised service delivery
361 Advanced Personality Theory. Personality develop-              (150 hours) at University Counseling and Testing Center
ment from a psychoanalytic, humanistic, trait, and sociocul-       including individual and group therapy and crisis interven-
tural perspective. Also, methods of personality measure-           tion. Prerequisite: Permission. Zero hours. Kessler.
ment, such as scale construction and the analysis of fantasy       374 Advanced Clinical Practicum. Year-long, 20 hours/
and projective material. Prerequisite: Permission. Three           week supervised service delivery (1,000 hours) involving
hours. Bronstein.                                                  psychological intervention and consultation. Training takes
362 Community Clinical Psychology. Seminar examining               place in a variety of mental health agencies. Prerequisites:
community intervention strategies for psychological prob-          Second-year student or above (or equivalent) in Ph.D. pro-
lems and health risk behaviors. Topics: history of commu-          gram in Clinical Psychology and permission. (May be taken
nity psychology, discussion of intervention programs, con-         more than once.) One hour. Compas.
sultation issues, research. Prerequisite: Permission. Three        375 Internship in Clinical Psychology. Supervised service
hours. J. Burchard.                                                delivery (2,000 hours) involving psychological intervention
363 Advanced Primary Prevention. Review of research lit-           and consultation. Training takes place in an American Psy-
erature on prevention of psychopathology and promotion             chological Association accredited internship. Prerequisites:
of competence; development of model prevention pro-                Three credits in 374, permission. Zero hours. (Note: Zero
grams; evaluation, ethical issues, and political issues. Prereq-   credits because instruction is done off-campus by non-UVM
uisite: Permission. Three hours.                                   faculty.)
364 Professional Affairs and Ethics. The origins of profes-        380 Contemporary Topics including Proseminar. Selected
sions and of psychology in particular. Accreditation, laws af-     topics in depth, emphasis on critical analysis of original lit-
fecting psychology, organization of the profession, licensing      erature. Recent topics: anxiety, behavioral pharmacology,
certification, and the code of ethics for psychology. Prerequi-    biological bases of memory, depression, organizational be-
site: Permission. Three hours. Kessler.                            havior, psychotherapy research, primate behavior, skilled
365 Group Therapy. An exploration of psychotherapy                 performance. Three hours.
and training group issues, focusing on leadership styles,          381 Clinical Research Seminar. Year-long seminar on
group roles and stages, and research. Course will include          methods and design in clinical research. Oral and written
an observation/experiential component. Prerequisite: Per-          presentation of a research proposal and results. Required
mission. Three hours. Bronstein.                                   twice for clinical students. Prerequisite: Permission. Three
366 Seminar in Advanced Developmental Psychology.                  hours. Leitenberg.
Critical Analysis of selected topics in developmental psy-         382 Advanced Professional Research Seminar. Discussion
chology. Research, theory, applied, professional issues in-        of current research and student research presentation in
cluding, for example, moral development, infancy, early            areas of concentration (“clusters”). Prerequisite: Graduate
conceptual development, professional writing. Prerequisite:        standing in General/Experimental Program. One hour.
Graduate standing in Psychology. Three hours. Repeatable           385 Advanced Readings and Research. Readings, with
course. Crockenberg.                                               conferences, to provide graduate students with back-
367 Human Sexual Behavior. An exploration of various               grounds and specialized knowledge relating to an area in
topics in human sexuality including sexual behavior                which an appropriate course is not offered. One to three
through the life span, sexual preference, and treatment of         hours.
sexual dysfunction and deviation. Prerequisite: Graduate           391 Master’s Thesis Research. Credit as arranged.
standing in Psychology or permission. Three hours.
Leitenberg.                                                        491 Doctoral Dissertation Research. Credit as arranged.
368 Psychology and Law. A study of mental health law (in-          Not offered annually, but regular courses:
cluding the insanity defense and commitment) and of legal
processes (jury decision making, jury selection, eye witness       210 Principles of Human Perception
testimony). Prerequisite: Permission. Three hours. Kessler.
                                                                   The following courses are offered infrequently but may be
369 Health Psychology. Psychological aspects of the etiol-         taught when sufficient student interest is demonstrated.
ogy, treatment, prevention of physical illness. Topics in-
clude: stress and disease, compliance, health care systems,        305 Seminar in Learning Theory. Three hours.
coping with illness, positive health behavior. Prerequisite:       308 Seminar in Operant Conditioning. Three hours.
Permission. Three hours. S. Solomon.                               310 Seminar in Perception. Three hours.
370 Adult Psychological Assessment. Intelligence, neurop-          315 Seminar in Alcohol and Behavior. Three hours.
sychology, interviewing, psychodiagnosis, objective and pro-
jective personality methods, behavioral assessment, report         326 Central Processes: Cortical Mechanisms. Three
writing. Supervised assessment practicum (100 hours) in            hours.
university and in-patient mental health settings. Prerequisite:    333 Interpersonal Processes: Motivation in Human Inter-
Permission. Three hours. Rosen.                                    action. Three hours.
371 Child and Adolescent Psychological Assessment. In-             344 Experimental Design. Three hours.
terviewing, intelligence testing, behavioral assessment, so-
cial cognition, family environments, specific disorders of
                                                                                                   PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION      | 103

Public Administration (MPA)                                        quence of elective courses which may include up to nine
                                                                   credits of coursework from approved disciplines related to
                                                                   public administration. Pre-service students (those without
Primary Program Faculty: Professors Lawson (Director), Candler,    substantial public administration experience) are required
Cooper and Ventriss; Affiliated Program Faculty-UVM: Professors    to complete an approved three-credit internship as part of
Brandenburg, Bryan, Burke, Gierzynski, Hindes, Martin, Moyser      their approved sequence of courses beyond the core
(Ex Officio), Parke, Patterson, Prelock, Twardy, Wertheimer,       courses.
Woolf; Affiliated Program Faculty-Adjunct: Professors Meier and
Salmon; Affiliated Program Faculty-Visiting: Professors Campbell   Satisfactory completion of the written Comprehensive Ex-
and Lane.                                                          amination, an evaluative device and capstone experience,
                                                                   offered three times per year (March, August, and October)
The Master of Public Administration program is a profes-           for students in their final semester of study in the UVM-
sional masters degree program with perspectives from a va-         MPA program.
riety of academic and professional disciplines. Our purpose
is to further the student’s ability to manage complex public       COURSES OFFERED
and non-profit organizations and to work effectively in the        Public Administration 200-level electives are open to junior/senior
public policy process. In addition to the core faculty, the        undergraduates but in NO way decreases the level of difficulty for
program draws upon associated faculty from many depart-            either graduate or undergraduate students.
ments and colleges across the university.                          206 Introduction to Contemporary Public Affairs. Con-
The MPA degree program is designed to:                             temporary policy issues including government and the
1. Provide promising public and nonprofit sector manag-            economy, the role of leadership, ethical and moral issues in
   ers with a quality educational experience covering the          public policy, and other contemporary issues impacting so-
   theories and practices of program planning and con-             ciety. Prerequisite: Economics 11, 12 or equivalent recom-
   trol, and the problems of policy making in an environ-          mended. Three hours. Ventriss.
   ment characterized by resource constraints and rapid            295, 296 Intermediate Special Topics. Current issues and
   social change.                                                  new developments in public policy and public administra-
2. Stimulate and focus scholarly research on the problems          tion. Three hours.
   and issues of public organizations in Vermont, nation-          301 Fundamentals of Public Administration. Analysis of
   ally, and internationally.                                      major elements of management in the public sector (orga-
3. Facilitate mutually beneficial interaction within the           nization, personnel, budgeting) with special attention to
   community of scholars and practitioners of public ad-           problems arising from political imperatives generated by a
   ministration.                                                   democratic society. Three hours. Candler, Ventriss.
                                                                   302 Public Sector Organizations. Examination of basic
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO                                      classical and contemporary theory, research on human rela-
GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF                                 tions, internal structures, environments, types, general
MASTER OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION                                    properties of complex organizations and bureaucracies.
A sound academic record, including a baccalaureate degree          Three hours. Patterson. (Lawson – Summer cross-listing:
from an accredited undergraduate institution, satisfactory         Psychology 240).
scores on the general aptitude section of the Graduate Record      303 Research Methods. Data analyses and communication
Examination, three letters of recommendation attesting to          of statistical information for management decision making.
the candidate’s academic potential for graduate work and           Methods of modeling relationships, comparing strategies,
motivation for pursuing the MPA. Past experience in public         and assessing probabilities. Instruction in computer use.
service will be considered. Persons currently employed in          Additional lab required. Three hours.
administrative positions are encouraged to apply. In addition,     305 Public Budgeting and Finance. A focus on the budget
a student must have completed these prerequisite courses:          as the primary policy and planning document in public or-
Economics, American Government and Statistics.                     ganizations. Three hours.
NOTE: The application deadlines for the MPA Program are            306 Introduction to Public Policy. Study of stages in the
February 1 and June 15 for summer/fall admission and No-           policy process; development of public policy in the federal
vember 15 for spring admission.                                    system; and policy analysis and evaluation at each stage in
Web site: http://www.uvm.edu/~mpaweb/index.html                    the policy process. Three hours. Candler, Ventriss.
                                                                   307 Administrative Ethics. Administrative behavior with a
ACCELERATED MASTERS PROGRAM                                        focus on ethical dilemmas that arise in the bureaucracy. An
IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION (AMP-PA)                                  examination of a number of moral issues and ways to re-
                                                                   solve them. Three hours. Ventriss, Wertheimer.
The AMP-PA affords UVM students the opportunity to se-
cure a sound undergraduate and graduate program of                 311 Policy Analysis and Planning. A seminar providing
study in five rather than a minimum of six years, integrates       hands-on knowledge in policy analysis and program evalua-
more closely both programs of study, and enhances com-             tion using case studies of current analysis projects and
petitiveness in a marketplace stressing broad undergradu-          problems. Specific techniques include planning, survey ad-
ate and focused professional graduate education. The AMP-          ministration, forecasting, cost benefit analysis, and impact
PA welcomes students majoring in the administrative, be-           assessment. Three hours.
havioral, health, environmental, organizational, social sci-       312 Management in Health Services and Medical Care.
ences and related disciplines requiring graduate work in           Addresses major issues and challenges faced by health ser-
administration, or planning and policy capacities in the           vices managers relating to established and evolving social,
public service. For more information contact the MPA Of-           economic, and professional policies in a context of practi-
fice (802) 656-2606.                                               cal problem assessment and appropriate resolution. Three
                                                                   hours. Brandenburg, Hindes.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT TO                                    313 Public Policy Implementation. A seminar considering
CANDIDACY FOR THE DEGREE OF                                        aspects of the public policy implementation process from
MASTER OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION                                    initiation to completion and evaluation with regards to sys-
Successful completion of 36 credit hours, including core           tem design, policy goals, communication, compliance, and
courses PA 301, 302, 303, 305 and 306, and an approved se-         political environment. Three hours. Ventriss.
104 |    SOCIAL WORK

314 Administrative Law. Examines legal foundations of                  Program. It is structured to accommodate students who plan
public administration focusing on legal issues of most im-             to continue employment throughout their studies. Each
portance to present or future administrators. Three hours.             course is planned with a combination of distance delivery
Cooper.                                                                methods and live gatherings. Field practica, to be completed
315 Health Services and Medical Care in the United                     during the second and third year of the program, will be
States. Defines the milieu of issues and challenges faced by           available in regions around the state. This course require-
managers in the health services setting. Three hours.                  ment entails 15-20 weekday (Monday-Friday) hours of field-
Brandenburg, Hindes.                                                   work per week. Therefore, prospective students are encour-
                                                                       aged to discuss flexibility of hours with their employers to
316 Effective Management Techniques. Concentration on
                                                                       accommodate education commitments.
leadership, the role of managers, and essential components
of well-managed organizations in the public, nonprofit, and            Please request an M.S.W. Program Bulletin from the Depart-
private sector. Three hours. Salmon, Twardy.                           ment for more details and/or review our homepage at: http:/
318 Administrative Theory and Practice. Extensive ex-                  /www.uvm.edu/~socwork.
amination of literature pertaining to the practice and                 The first year curriculum has five components: human behav-
theory of public administration. Explores public/private               ior and the social environment, social welfare policy and
partnerships, intergovernmental management, ethics, and                services, social work research, social work practice, and field
administrators as agents for organizational change. Three              practicum. The second year curriculum is built around either
hours. Ventriss.                                                       of two concentration areas: Social Work in Health/Mental
319 State Administration. Elements of public manage-                   Health or Social Work with Children and Families. Concen-
ment at the state level i.e. the state/federal relationship re-        trations consist of two advanced practice courses, a field
garding control; management within the force field of local            practicum and two concentration electives. Additionally, stu-
conflict and cooperation; and management within the con-               dents take three courses which bridge both concentration
text of inter-agency conflict and cooperation. Three hours.            areas: Advanced Social Welfare Policy Analysis and Practice,
Bryan. Cross-listing: Political Science 224.                           Critical Applications of Human Behavior and the Social
321 Negotiation and Mediation. Explores the principles                 Environment, and Advanced Social Work Research.
of today’s negotiations and mediations through readings,               The analytical paper/portfolio (SWSS 398) is a culminat-
heavy emphasis on practical exercises between students,                ing experience which is evaluative, integrative, interpretive,
and case analyses of actual negotiations. Prerequisite: Gradu-         and constructive. It requires students to demonstrate com-
ate standing. Three hours. Meier.                                      petency in written and oral expression; understanding of,
380 Internship. Supervised administrative experience cul-              and identification with, the program philosophy and social
minating in a written report. Three hours.                             work values and ethics; and ability to think analytically, and
391 Master’s Thesis Research. Thesis topic must be ap-                 self-critically in an area of concentration in social work. It
proved by faculty advisor. Six credits.                                also provides integration and closure to their educational
                                                                       experiences, and fulfills the Graduate College comprehen-
395 Special Topics. For advanced students within areas of              sive examination requirement.
expertise of the faculty. Varied course offerings. Contempo-
rary topics. Permission. One to three hours.
                                                                       REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO
397 Readings and Research. Readings, with conferences,                 GRADUATE STUDIES FOR THE DEGREE OF
term paper, to provide graduate students with specialized              MASTER OF SOCIAL WORK
knowledge in an area in which an appropriate course is not
offered. Three hours.                                                  Prospective students must meet the following minimum re-
                                                                       quirements.
                                                                       1. Earned a baccalaureate degree from an institution ac-
Religion (See page 111.)                                                  credited by the Council on Postsecondary Accreditation.
                                                                       2. Attained satisfactory scores on the Graduate Record Ex-
                                                                          amination (GRE). A holistic view of candidates’ qualifica-
Social Work (SWSS)                                                        tions for graduate social work education is utilized; there-
                                                                          fore, no minimum score for admission has been set.
                                                                          Applicants must submit GRE scores prior to admission.
Professors Burford (Chairperson/Director), Paolucci-Whitcomb,
Witkin; Associate Professor Roche (M.S.W. Program Coordinator);        3. Earned a minimum grade-point average (GPA) of 2.5
Assistant Professors Comerford, Dewees, Patterson, Solomon; Re-           (where 4.0=A) in undergraduate studies.
search Assistant Professor Felicio; Lecturers Barna (Field Education   4. Earned a minimum grade-point average of 3.0 in any
Coordinator), Heading-Grant, Moroz, Pugh, Richards (Bachelor’s            previous graduate work in Social Work.
Program Coordinator), Taylor, Widrick; Adjunct Lecturers
Edwards-Orr, Handy, Larson, Lax, Rafferty.                             5. Be in good standing from the last institution they at-
                                                                          tended.
MASTER OF SOCIAL WORK                                                  6. Demonstrated achievement of designated liberal arts con-
The Master of Social Work Program prepares students for                   tent in their undergraduate studies including some courses
advanced practice which affirms diversity, reflects people’s              in each of the following areas: social sciences (defined as
strengths and promotes social justice and human rights. The               including sociology, political science, anthropology, eco-
program emphasizes community and family-centered prac-                    nomics, etc.); behavioral and life sciences (defined as
tice in a variety of professional roles and settings. An advanced         including psychology, human biology, human ecology,
standing option is available for qualified students who have              etc.); and humanities (defined as including history, phi-
earned a bachelor’s degree from an accredited social work                 losophy, English, literature, religion, etc.). Most specifi-
program. The Master of Social Work Program is fully accred-               cally, students must have completed at least one course in
ited by the Council on Social Work Education.                             human biology and one in statistics. If they have not done
                                                                          so at the time of admission, they must complete these two
Beginning in Fall 2000, the Department, in conjunction with
                                                                          prerequisite courses prior to the advanced concentration
the Division of Continuing Education Distance Learning
                                                                          year.
Network, offers a part-time, Distance/Off Campus M.S.W.
                                                                                                       SOCIAL WORK    | 105
7. Submission of a resume with their application materials     COURSES OFFERED
   before consideration of their file.                         200 Contemporary Issues. Content and structure may ac-
In addition to the above, the typed statement of purpose       commodate special issues not especially appropriate within
and written references are also important sources of infor-    the boundaries of an existing course. Prerequisite: Permis-
mation regarding the qualifications and experiences of ap-     sion. One to six credits.
plicants. For the academic year 2001-2002, a non-refundable    212 Social Work Practice I. A comprehensive introduction
deposit of $200 is required of accepted candidates to hold     to concepts and skills employed by social workers in inter-
their place in the upcoming class; the deposit is applied      actions and interventions with individuals, families, and
toward the cost of the program when students become offi-      groups is provided. Prerequisite: MSW standing or permis-
cially enrolled. Applicants should contact the Department      sion. Three credits.
of Social Work (802-656-8800) to receive an MSW Pro-
gram Bulletin.                                                 213 Social Work Practice II. Knowledge and skills of so-
                                                               cial work practice with organizations and communities is
Applicants with a Bachelor of Social Work degree from a        emphasized. Prerequisite: Completion of 212, MSW advanced
program accredited by the Council on Social Work Educa-        standing or permission. Three credits.
tion (CSWE) may apply for Advanced Standing to the MSW
program. Students granted advanced standing may waive          216 Theoretical Foundations of Human Behavior and the
certain program (Foundation) requirements. Full-time ad-       Social Environment I (HBSE). This course introduces stu-
vanced-standing students start their programs in January of    dents to the biological, psychological, cultural/social, and
each year, while regular-track students start their programs   economic forces that influence human behavior and their
in the fall semester.                                          implication for social work practice. Prerequisite: MSW stand-
                                                               ing or permission. Three credits.
MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE                            217 Theoretical Foundations of Human Behavior and the
DEGREE OF MASTER OF SOCIAL WORK                                Social Environment II (HBSE). Focus is on theories regard-
                                                               ing the nature and functioning of human service organiza-
A minimum of 60 credit hours from the following curricu-       tions and communities in relation to meeting human needs.
lum components are required. Graduates of accredited bac-      Prerequisite: 216 or permission. Three credits.
calaureate social work programs who are granted advanced
standing may be able to waive credit requirements for SWSS     220 Social Welfare Policies and Services I. An introduc-
212, 216, 217, 220, 221 and 227. In addition, field practica   tion to history and philosophy of social work and social
are completed within three semesters. For all others, the      welfare and the structure of service programs is provided.
following courses are required.                                Prerequisite: MSW standing or permission. Three credits.
                                                               221 Social Welfare Policies and Services II. Focus is on
                FOUNDATION COURSES                             the analysis of the economic, political, and social forces
                     (30 Credits)                              that influence the development and implementation of so-
                                                               cial welfare policy. Prerequisite: 220 or permission. Three
SWSS 212: Social Work Practice I                   3 credits   credits.
SWSS 213: Social Work Practice II                  3
                                                               224 Child Abuse and Neglect. An MSW foundation elec-
SWSS 216: Theoretical Foundations of HBSE* I       3
                                                               tive that considers child abuse and neglect from historical,
SWSS 217: Theoretical Foundations of HBSE II       3           cultural, sociopolitical and psychological perspectives and
SWSS 220: Social Welfare Policies and Services I   3           examines professional social work responses to them. Pre-
SWSS 221: Social Welfare Policies and                          requisite: Matriculation in the foundation year of graduate
          Services II                              3           study in social work or instructor permission. Three credits.
SWSS 227: Foundations of Social Work Research      3
SWSS 290: Field Practicum I                        6           225 Transforming Ourselves and Our Communities: So-
An approved elective                               3           cial Work Perspectives. An MSW foundation elective that
                                                               examines systems of oppression and social work strategies
                                                               to decrease biased practices and create more equitable com-
*Human Behavior in the Social Environment
                                                               munities and institutions. Prerequisite: Matriculation in the
                                                               foundation year of graduate study in social work or instruc-
                 ADVANCED COURSES                              tor permission. Three credits.
                     (30 Credits)
                                                               226 Assessment Theories in Social Work. An MSW foun-
SWSS 301: Social Work in Health                    3 credits   dation elective analyzing competing and complementary
                   and                                         assessment theories and their implications in social work in
SWSS 302: Social Work in Mental Health             3           health/mental health and with children and families. Pre-
                    or                                         requisite: MSW standing or permission. Three credits.
SWSS 310: Social Work with Children and                        227 Foundations of Social Work Research. An introduc-
          Families I                               3           tion to qualitative and quantitative methods of applied social
                   and                                         research including program evaluation and the evaluation
SWSS 311: Social Work with Children and                        of practice and application to social work is taught. Prerequi-
          Families II                              3           site: MSW standing or permission. Three credits.
SWSS 316: Critical Applications of HBSE            3           290 Foundation Year Field Practicum. Supervised field-
SWSS 320: Advanced Social Welfare Policy                       based learning of 15-20 hours per week at non-profit agen-
          Analysis and Practice                    3           cies. Students learn the purposeful application of theory,
SWSS 327: Advanced Social Work Research            3           ethics and skills of generalist social work. Prerequisite: Per-
SWSS 390: Field Practicum II                       6           mission of Coordinator of Field Education. Three to four
SWSS 398: Analytical Paper/Portfolio               3           credits; up to a total of six credits.
Two approved electives                             6           301 Social Work in Health. Based on examinations of cur-
                                                               rent trends with clients of multiple ages, needs, and cul-
Electives require advanced approval of faculty advisors.       tural perspectives, this course examines social work roles in
                                                               delivering health services. Prerequisites: Completion of foun-
                                                               dation coursework, MSW advanced standing, or permission.
                                                               Three credits.
106 |    STATISTICS

302 Social Work in Mental Health. Advanced knowledge              related to their concentration. Prerequisite: Permission of
and skills in working with children with severe emotional         Coordinator of Field Education. Three to four credits; up
disturbances and adults with persistent mental illness. Com-      to total of eight credits.
munity-based services are emphasized. Prerequisites: Comple-      395 Advanced Special Topics. Prerequisite: Permission of
tion of foundation coursework, MSW advanced standing,             instructor. Variable credits.
or permission. Three credits.
                                                                  397 Independent Study in Social Work. Individual work
310 Social Work with Children and Families I. Focus is on         on Social Work issue(s) selected by the student in consulta-
families whose major task is child rearing and child caring.      tion with a faculty member. Prerequisite: Instructor permis-
Covers advanced knowledge, concepts, and methods of con-          sion required. One to six credits.
temporary child/family services within a family-centered ap-
proach. Prerequisites: Completion of foundation course work,      398 Analytical Paper/Portfolio. A written identification
MSW advanced standing or permission. Three credits.               and analysis of a social work issue related to the student’s
                                                                  concentration is prepared and presented. Prerequisite: Suc-
311 Social Work with Children and Families II. Focus is
                                                                  cessful completion of foundation coursework and permis-
on families with adolescents, families with no children and
                                                                  sion. Variable one to three credits. Total of three credits
families with dependent adults. Advanced analysis of fami-
                                                                  required. Fulfills Graduate College comprehensive examination
lies from an adult member perspective and from a critical
                                                                  requirement.
view of family ideology and myth. Prerequisites: Completion
of foundation coursework, MSW advanced standing or per-
mission. Three credits.                                           Sociology (See page 111.)
316 Critical Applications of Human Behavior and the
Social Environment (HBSE). This course emphasizes ad-
vanced analyses of behavioral and social theories as related      Spanish         (See page 112.)
to social work practice in health and mental health and/or
with children and families. Prerequisite: Completion of 216
and 217, MSW advanced standing or permission. Three               Statistics (STAT)
credits.
320 Advanced Social Welfare Policy Analysis and Prac-             Steering Committee Members: Professors Aleong, Ashikaga, Gor-
tice. In-depth analysis of social welfare policy with applica-    don, Haugh (Director), Howell, Mickey, Newton, Son; Associate
tion to children and families or health and mental health is      Professor Buzas; Research Professor Hamdy; Research Assistant
required. There is an emphasis on the skills of the policy        Professor Callas; Lecturers Badger, Low, MacPherson, Weaver.
practitioner. Prerequisite: Completion of 220 and 221, MSW
                                                                  The Statistics Program offers biostatistics, statistics, and
advanced standing or permission. Three credits.
                                                                  probability courses for the entire University community
327 Advanced Social Work Research. An analysis of social          along with traditional degree programs and individually
work research from methodological and theoretical per-            designed degree programs emphasizing statistics applied
spectives is emphasized. The application of research to the       to other fields. The degree programs are designed prima-
student’s concentration area is required. Prerequisites:          rily for students who plan careers in business, actuarial sci-
Completion of 227, a basic statistics course, and MSW ad-         ence, industry, and government or advanced training in
vanced standing or permission. Three credits.                     disciplines that make extensive use of statistical principles
330 Assessment Theories in Social Work. An advanced               and methods. The Program faculty is deeply involved in
MSW concentration elective that analyzes competing and            consulting and collaborative research in a wide variety of
complementary assessment strategies and their implications        fields, including industry, agriculture and in the basic and
in social work in health/mental health and with children          clinical medical sciences. These research activities along
and families. Prerequisite: Completion of MSW foundation          with the research of participating faculty from psychology,
course work or instructor permission. Three credits.              natural resources, etc., offer students unique opportuni-
                                                                  ties to apply their classroom training to “real world” prob-
331 Feminist Social Work Practice. An advanced MSW con-           lems. Qualified students with the goal of learning statistics
centration elective that analyzes practice conceptions and        to use in a specialized area of application are especially
dilemmas of feminist social work in a global context and          encouraged to take advantage of these cooperative ar-
emphasizes professional activism and leadership. Prerequi-        rangements.
site: Completion of MSW foundation course work or in-
structor permission. Three credits.                               Program faculty have active statistics research efforts in ar-
                                                                  eas such as quality control and reliability, sequential analy-
332 Social Work with Battered Women and their Children.           sis, three stage sampling, time series analysis, survival data
An advanced MSW concentration elective that investigates          analysis, discriminant analysis, bootstrap methods, cat-
theoretical and practical issues of social work practice with     egorical data analysis, measurement error models, and ex-
battered women and their children and develops related            perimental design. A track in quality and productivity im-
recommendations. Prerequisite: Completion of MSW foun-            provement is available. Students seeking the traditional
dation course work or instructor permission. Three credits.       graduate degree in statistics (along with course work in
333 Social Work with Groups. An advanced MSW concen-              mathematics and computer science, if desired) have excel-
tration elective that integrates professional history, concep-    lent opportunities to participate in the faculty research.
tual overviews and direct experience with methods for group       (See also Biostatistics program description, p. 42.)
work distinctive to social work practice. Prerequisite: Comple-
tion of MSW foundation course work or instructor permis-          REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO GRADUATE
sion. Three credits.                                              STUDIES AND ADVANCEMENT TO CANDIDACY
                                                                  FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF SCIENCE
380 Professional Issues in Social Work. Designed to cover
selected social work issues in depth. Major emphasis on           A baccalaureate degree. Three semesters of calculus, a
intensive and critical analysis of the literature and practice    course in matrix methods, and one semester of statistics.
                                                                  Provisional acceptance can be given prior to the completion
in a given area. Prerequisite: Permission. Two to four credits.
                                                                  of these requirements. Satisfactory scores on the general
390 Concentration Year Field Practicum. Supervised field-         (aptitude) portion of the Graduate Record Examination are
based learning of 15-20 hours per week. Students are              required for most sources of financial aid. Computer expe-
placed in agencies to apply advanced social work practice         rience is highly recommended.
                                                                                                           STATISTICS   | 107
Current undergraduate students at The University of Ver-        223 Applied Multivariate Analysis. Multivariate normal
mont should contact the program director for details on         distribution. Inference for mean vectors and covariance
the Accelerated Master’s Program (AMP).                         matrices. Multivariate analysis of variance (MANOVA),
                                                                discrimination and classification, principal components,
MINIMUM DEGREE REQUIREMENTS                                     factor analysis. Prerequisites: Any 200 level Stat course, 221
Plan A                                                          or 225 recommended, matrix algebra recommended.
(Thesis) A 30 semester hour program requiring 24 semester       224 Statistics for Quality and Productivity. Statistical
hours of approved course work. This must include Statistics     process control; Shewhart, cusum and other control
221, 223, 224, 231, 251, 261, 321, 323, 324, other Statistics   charts; process capability studies. Total Quality Manage-
courses numbered 200 or above (except 211, 281, 308, 313),      ment. Acceptance, continuous, sequential sampling. Pro-
other mathematics or quantitative methods courses or (if        cess design and improvement. Case studies. Prerequisites:
appropriate) courses in a specialized field of application,     141 or 143 or 211.
plus six hours of approved thesis research (391).               225 Applied Regression Analysis. Simple linear and mul-
                                                                tiple regression models; least squares estimates, correla-
Plan B                                                          tion, prediction, forecasting. Problems of multicollinearity
(Nonthesis) A 33 semester hour program requiring 30             and influential data (outliers). Selected statistical com-
semester hours of approved course work. This must in-           puter programs are utilized. Prerequisites: 141 or 143 or
clude Statistics 221, 223, 224, 231, 251, 261, 321, 323, 324,   211; or 111 with instructor’s permission. Three hours.
other Statistics courses numbered 200 or above (except          Cross-listing: Biostatistics 225.
211, 281, 308, 313), other mathematics or quantitative          227 Statistical Methods for the Behavioral Sciences. See
methods courses or (if appropriate) courses in a special-       Psychology 341.
ized field of application, plus three semester hours of
                                                                229 Survival Analysis. Probabilistic models and inference
approved statistical research (381).
                                                                for time-to-event data. Censored data, life tables, Kaplan-
Under both plans, students must have or acquire a               Meier estimation, logrank tests, proportional hazards re-
knowledge of the material in Statistics 201 and 211 in          gression. Specialized applications (e.g. clinical trials, reli-
addition to their required course work. Additional spe-         ability). Prerequisites: Any 200 level statistics course, one
cific courses may be required depending on the                  year of calculus. Cross-listing: Biostatistics 229.
student’s background and interest. Other courses are            231 Experimental Design. Randomization, complete and
selected with the approval of the student’s advisor from        incomplete blocks, cross-overs, Latin squares, covariance
statistics, mathematics, computer science, and (if ap-          analysis, factorial experiments, confounding, fractional
propriate) graduate level courses from the student’s in-        factorials, nesting, split plots, repeated measures, mixed
tended area of speciality application (e.g. business ad-        models, response surface optimization. Prerequisite: 211;
ministration, engineering, ecology, genetics, psychol-          221 recommended. Cross-listing: Biostatistics 231.
ogy). The student is expected to participate in the Col-        233 Survey Sampling. Design and data analysis for
loquium series of the Program. Plan A and Plan B re-            sample surveys. Simple random, stratified, systematic, clus-
quire successful completion of a comprehensive exami-           ter, multistage sampling. Practical issues in planning and
nation which includes coverage of theoretical and ap-           conducting surveys. Prerequisites: 211; or 141 or 143 with
plied aspects of the program’s core statistics courses.         instructor’s permission. Three hours. Cross-listing: Biosta-
Under Plan B a student, in lieu of a thesis, must carry         tistics 233.
out an approved comprehensive data analysis or meth-
odological research project culminating in both an oral         235 Categorical Data Analysis. Measures of association
and written report to the faculty.                              and inference for categorical and ordinal data in multiway
                                                                contingency tables. Log linear and logistic regression
                                                                models. Prerequisite: 211. Three hours. Cross-listing: Biosta-
COURSES OFFERED                                                 tistics 235.
200 Medical Biostatistics and Epidemiology. Introduc-           237 Nonparametric Statistical Methods. Nonparametric
tory design and analysis of medical studies. Epidemiologi-      and distribution free methods; categorical, ordinal and
cal concepts, case-control, and cohort studies. Clinical tri-   quantitative data; confidence intervals; rank and Chi-
als. Students evaluate statistical aspects of published         Square hypothesis tests; computer-intensive procedures
health science studies. Prerequisites: 141 or 143 or 211.       (Bootstrap, exact tests). Prerequisites: 211, or 141 or 143
Cross-listing: Biostat 200.                                     with instructor’s permission. Three hours. Cross-listing:
201 Statistical Analysis Via Computer. Intensive coverage       Biostatistics 237.
of computer-based data processing and analysis using sta-       241 Statistical Inference. Introduction to statistical
tistical packages, subroutine libraries, and user-supplied      theory: related probability fundamentals, derivation of sta-
programs. Students analyze real data, and prepare com-          tistical principles and methodology for parameter estima-
prehensive report. Prerequisites: 111 with permission, or       tion and hypothesis testing. Prerequisites: 151 or 251; 141 or
141, or corequisite 211 or 308. Three hours.                    equivalent; Math 121. Three hours. Cross-listing: Biostatis-
211 Statistical Methods I. Fundamental concepts and             tics 241.
techniques for data analysis and experimental design.           251 Probability Theory. Distributions of random vari-
Descriptive and inferential statistics, including classical     ables and functions of random variables. Expectations, sto-
and nonparametric methods, regression, correlation,             chastic independence, sampling and limiting distributions
and analysis of variance. Prerequisite: Junior standing.        (central limit theorems). Concepts of random number
Cross-listing: Biostat 211. Three hours. Cross-listing:         generation. Prerequisite: Math. 121; Statistics 151 recom-
Biostatistics 211.                                              mended. Three hours.
221 Statistical Methods II. Multiple regression and cor-        252a Applied Discrete Stochastic Process Models.
relation. Basic experimental design. Analysis of variance       Markov chain models for biological, social, and behavioral
(fixed, random and mixed models). Analysis of covari-           systems models. Decision processes for management sci-
ance. Computer software usage. Prerequisite: 141 or 143 or      ence. Random walks, transition, and steady-state probabili-
211. Cross-listing: Biostatistics 221.                          ties, passage, and recurrence times. Prerequisite: 151 or
                                                                251. One hour.
108 |    STATISTICS

252b Applied Continuous Stochastic Process Models.                 313 Statistical Analysis for Management. See Business Ad-
Queueing models for operations research and computer               ministration 313.
science systems analysis. Birth-and-death processes with           321,323,324,325,329 Seminars in Advanced Statistics.
applications. Exponential, Erlang, and Poisson distribu-           Seminar presentations and discussions of statistical litera-
tions. Monte Carlo simulation. Prerequisite: 151 or 251.           ture pertaining to the theoretical aspects of methods stud-
One hour.                                                          ied in 221, 223, 224, 225, and 229, respectively. Corequisites:
253 Applied Time Series and Forecasting. Autoregressive            221 for 321; 223 for 323; 224 for 324; 225 or 221 for 325,
moving average (Box-Jenkins) models, autocorrelation, par-         229 for 329. 241 or 261 recommended. One hour each.
tial correlation, differencing for nonstationarity, computer       Cross-listings: Biostatistics 321, 323, 324, 325, 329.
modeling. Forecasting, seasonal or cyclic variation, transfer      352 Modeling and Estimation of Animal Populations. See
function and intervention analysis, spectral analysis. Prerequi-   Wildlife and Fisheries Biology 352. Four hours. Cross-list-
sites: 211 or 225, or 141 or 143 with instructor’s permission.     ing: Biostatistics 352.
Three hours. Cross-listing: Biostatistics 253.
                                                                   381 Statistical Research. Methodologic or data analytic re-
256 Neural Computation. Cross-listing: See Computer                search culminating in oral and written reports to the fac-
Science 256.                                                       ulty. Prerequisite: Permission. One to three hours. Cross-list-
261, 262 Statistical Theory I,II. Point and interval esti-         ing: Biostatistics 381.
mation, hypothesis testing, and decision theory. Applica-          385 Consulting Practicum. Supervised field work in statis-
tions to areas such as nonparametric tests, sequential             tical consulting. Experiences may include advising UVM
analysis and linear models. Prerequisites: For 261: 151 with       faculty and students or clients in applied settings such as
permission or 251. For 262: 241 with permission or 261.            industry and government agencies. Prerequisites: Second
Three hours each. Cross-listing: Biostatistics 261, 262.           year graduate standing in Statistics or Biostatistics and per-
265 Integrated Product Development. Project-based                  mission of Statistics Program Director. One to three hours.
course focusing on the entire product life cycle. Team dy-         Cross-listing: Biostatistics 385.
namics, process and product design, quality, materials,            391 Master’s Thesis Research. Credit as arranged. Cross-
management, and environmentally conscious manufactur-              listing: Biostatistics 391.
ing. Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing. Three hours.
Cross-listings: BSAD 293, ME 265. Haugh.                           395 Advanced Topics in Statistics. Lectures or directed
                                                                   readings on advanced and contemporary topics not pres-
270 Stochastic Theory in Electrical Engineering. See               ently included in other statistics courses. Prerequisites: As
Electrical Engineering 270.                                        listed in course schedule. One to three hours. Cross-listing:
271 Least Squares Estimation and Filtering of Time Se-             Biostatistics 395.
ries. See Electrical Engineering 271.
281 Statistics Practicum. Intensive experience in carry-
ing out a complete statistical analysis for a research             Water Resources
project in a substantive area with close consultation with
the project investigator. One to four credit hours. Prerequi-      For description of the M.S. Program in Water Resources see
sites: Any one of 200, 201, 221 through 237, or 253. Some          NATURAL RESOURCES, page 88.
statistics software experience. No credit for graduate stu-
dents in Statistics or Biostatistics.
295 Special Topics in Statistics. For advanced students.           Wildlife and Fisheries Biology
Lectures, reports, and directed readings on advanced top-
ics. Prerequisite: As listed in course schedule. One to four       For description of the M.S. Program in Wildlife and Fisher-
credit hours as arranged.                                          ies Biology see NATURAL RESOURCES, page 88.
308 Applied Biostatistics. Intensive introduction to the ra-
tionale for and application of biostatistical methods in plan-
ning experiments and interpreting data in the biological,
health and life sciences. Five hours. Cross-listings: Molecu-      Women’s Studies                  (See page 112.)
lar Physiology and Biophysics 308, Biostatistics 308.
                                                                         COURSES OF INSTRUCTION FOR GRADUATE CREDIT          | 109

Courses of Instruction                                               ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES (ENVS)
                                                                     291 Special Topics. Credit as arranged.
for Graduate Credit                                                  293 Environmental Law. Principles of environmental law,
                                                                     including legal research, methods, threshold issues, case
The following courses are offered for graduate credit by             law, trial procedure, and international comparisons in as-
departments and programs that do not offer a graduate degree         pects of air, land, and water law. Prerequisite: Permission.
program. Some of the courses below may be appropriate to satisfy a   Three hours. Richardson.
portion of the course requirements for a specific graduate degree
                                                                     294 Environmental Education. Philosophy, concepts, and
program listed earlier.
                                                                     strategies of environmental education, emphasizing integra-
                                                                     tion of environmental concerns into formal and nonformal
ANTHROPOLOGY (ANTH)                                                  educational programs for youth and adults. Prerequisites: Six
                                                                     hours of intermediate or advanced courses in environmental
200 Field Work in Archaeology. Methods and techniques                studies, or related areas. Three hours. Hudspeth.
of archaeological investigation in field situations and labo-        295 Advanced Seminar. Credit as arranged.
ratory analysis of data. Prerequisites: 24, one 100-level course
in anthropology or permission. Six hours. Summers only.
210 Archaeological Theory. Development of archaeology                GRADUATE COLLEGE (GRAD)
from the 18th century to the present, including concepts of          385 Master’s Language Examination. Required for all
form, space and time, intellectual attitudes, current systems        master’s degree students during semester in which exami-
theory, and research strategies. Prerequisites: 24, one 100-         nation will be completed. Zero hours.
level anthropology course; or Historic Preservation 201; or
permission. Three hours. Blom, Petersen. Alternate years.            395 Special Topics.
220 Development and Applied Anthropology. Seminar ex-                397 Master’s Comprehensive Examination. Required for
amines the application of anthropological knowledge and              all master’s degree students during semester in which com-
methodologies to alleviate social problems around the                prehensive will be completed. Zero hours.
world, with a special focus on the cultural politics of exper-       399 Thesis Defense. Required for all master’s degree can-
tise. Prerequisites: 28, 3 100-level courses or instructor’s per-    didates during semester in which defense is scheduled.
mission. Three hours. Alternate years.                               Zero hours.
225 Anthropological Theory. Schools of anthropological               485 Doctoral Language Examination. Required for all
thought in relation to data on non-Western societies and             doctoral degree students during semester in which exami-
the historical and social context in which the anthropolo-           nation will be completed. Zero hours.
gist works. Prerequisites: 21, one 100-level course or permis-       497 Doctoral Comprehensive Examination. Required for
sion. Three hours. Gordon, C. Lewin.                                 all doctoral degree students during semester in which com-
228 Social Organization. Examination of the basic anthro-            prehensive will be completed. Zero hours.
pological concepts and theories used in the cross-cultural           499 Dissertation Defense. Required for all doctoral de-
analysis of kinship and marriage. Prerequisites: 21, one 100-        gree candidates during semester in which defense is sched-
level course or permission. Three hours. Gordon, C. Lewin.           uled. Zero hours.
278 Microethnography. Tape recorders and video cam-                  900 Continuous Registration Fee. All graduate students
eras used to explore human patterns of communication;                who have enrolled for all credits required in their degree
specifically phonemic, paralinguistic, haptic, and kinesic           program but who have not completed all degree require-
detail, as well as ethnographic semantics. Prerequisite: 28, or      ments (e.g. APA internship, comprehensive exam, defense
Linguistics 101 or permission. Three hours. Woolfson.                of project or thesis) must pay a $100 fee per fall and spring
283 Culture Change. Study of sociocultural transforma-               semester. Zero hours.
tions in non-Western countries. Prerequisites: 21, one 100-
level course, or 21, six hours in the social sciences or per-        HUMAN DEVELOPMENT AND FAMILY
mission. Three hours. Gordon. Alternate years.                       STUDIES (HDFS)
290 Methods of Ethnographic Field Work. Examination                  260 Family Ecosystem. The family will be viewed in and as
of theoretical and ethical premises of field work methodol-          an environment for human development. The family eco-
ogy with practical experience in participant observation, in-        logical approach will be applied to practical family con-
terviewing, the genealogical method, and recording of                cerns. Prerequisite: Permission. Three hours.
data. Prerequisite: Twelve hours of anthropology or permis-          263 Advanced Child Development. A survey of the profes-
sion. Three hours. Alternate years.                                  sional literature in child development with special emphasis
295, 296 Advanced Special Topics. Prerequisites: 21, one             on the influence of early life experiences throughout the
100-level course or permission.                                      life cycle. Prerequisite: Nine hours in human development or
                                                                     permission. Three hours.
297, 298 Advanced Readings and Research. Prerequisite:
Permission. Variable, one to three hours.                            264 Contemporary Issues in Parenting. Contemporary
                                                                     cultural factors that influence adult lifestyles and their rela-
                                                                     tionship to successful parenting. Prerequisite: Nine hours in
ART (ART)                                                            human development or permission. Three hours.
201 Architecture, Landscape, and History. See Historic               265 Teaching Human Development. Seminar designed
Preservation 201. Three hours.                                       for individuals who teach or plan to teach human develop-
282 Seminar in Western Art. Selected topics in Western               ment. Emphasis on group-building skills and interpersonal
Art. See Schedule of Courses for specific offerings each se-         relationships. Prerequisites: Six hours in human development
mester. Prerequisites: Six hours of intermediate level Art His-      and permission. Three hours.
tory courses, including three hours in the area of the semi-         266 Seminar in Human Development. Intensive study of
nar, or equivalent. Three hours.                                     issues in human development and their application in a
                                                                     wide variety of professional areas. May be taken more than
295 Advanced Special Topics in Studio Art. Advanced                  once up to a maximum of 12 credits. Prerequisites: Nine
work in existing departmental offerings at the 100 and 200           hours of human development or equivalent. Three hours.
levels. Prerequisite: Permission. Three hours.
110 |    COURSES OF INSTRUCTION FOR GRADUATE CREDIT

267 Advanced Seminar in Sexual Identities. Intensive               termined by the instructor. Prerequisites: 11, 12; 111 for 211;
study of lesbian, gay, bisexual and/or transgender identi-         112 for 212; 113 for 213; 114 for 214; 115 for 215. Three
ties, families, and communities in diverse individual, social,     hours. Offered on irregular basis as required by major en-
political, and cultural contexts. Prerequisites: Nine hours in     rollment.
Human Development or related field or instructor’s per-            216 Bibliography Seminar. Biographies and critical works,
mission. Three hours. Weinstock.                                   bibliographies, Festschriften, scholarly and performing edi-
268 Seminar in Close Relationships. Causal conditions in-          tions of music and discography will be surveyed. Pre-
fluencing formation, maintenance and dissolution of inti-          requisites: Music 11, 12, one additional music literature
mate adult relationships. Draws on theory and students’            course at the 100 or 200 level. Three hours.
personal experiences to explicate the nature of close rela-        231, 232 Advanced Theory. Advanced counterpoint and
tionships in contemporary American society. Prerequisites: 5,      harmony; analysis of form in music. Prerequisites: 132, 134;
60, 65, or permission. Three hours.                                231 for 232 or permission. Three hours.
281 Infancy. Development and rearing from conception               233 Arranging. Characteristics of instruments; arranging
to 18 months old and their relationship to subsequent de-          for ensembles. Prerequisite: 231 or permission. Three hours.
velopment. Prerequisites: Nine hours in human develop-
ment, nutrition, and physiology or biology or permission.          234 Orchestration. Studies in orchestral scoring. Prerequi-
Three hours.                                                       site: 233 or permission. Three hours.
282 Seminar in Physical Development and Health in Later            235 Fugal Composition. Study of representative baroque,
Life. Physical manifestations of senescence, anatomical and        classical, and contemporary fugal procedures through analy-
physiological development, longevity, vitality, health care,       sis and composition. Prerequisite: 231 or permission. Three
nutrition, chronic conditions, and disability. Prerequisite: 181   hours.
or permission. Three hours.                                        237, 238 Composition. Creative work in free composition
283 Personal and Family Development in Later Life. Cog-            with instruction according to the needs and capabilities of
nitive development, intellectual performance, work and             the individual student. Prerequisites: 232, 235 or permission.
achievement, retirement and leisure, personal develop-             Three hours.
ment, self-esteem, coping mechanisms, dying, couples, in-          240 Seminar in Musical Analysis. Advanced study of musi-
tergenerational and kinship issues. Prerequisite: 181 or per-      cal forms. Comparison of standard approaches to harmonic,
mission. Three hours.                                              motivic, and rhythmic analysis. Prerequisites: 232, 235 or per-
284 Public Policy and Programs for Elders. Demography              mission. Three hours.
of aging, social institutions and roles, policy and program        259 Conducting. Baton technique, score reading, labora-
implementation, income maintenance, housing, health                tory practice; preparation and performance of selected
care, social services, transportation, legal and political is-     scores, including score reading at the piano and rehearsal
sues. Prerequisite: 181 or permission. Three hours.                procedures. Prerequisites: 132, 134 or equivalent. Three hours.
291 Special Problems. Reading, discussion, and special             265 Vermont Wind Ensemble. Study and performance of
field and/or laboratory investigations. Prerequisite: Permis-      masterworks for wind ensemble and concert band. Atten-
sion. Students may enroll more than once for a maximum             dance at all rehearsals and concerts required. Prerequisite: Au-
of 12 hours. One to six hours.                                     dition. One hour. May be repeated for credit.
295 Special Topics. Lectures, laboratories, readings, or           281 Kodaly Institute. Study/application for Kodaly’s music
projects relating to contemporary areas of study. Enroll-          education philosophy for children through grade 8. Presen-
ment may be more than once; accumulate up to 12 hours.             tation of folk traditions, solfege, methodology, curriculum;
Prerequisite: Permission.                                          improvisation; children’s choirs, conducting, art-music. Pre-
296 Field Experience. Professionally oriented field experi-        requisites: B.S. in Music Education or equivalent. Cross-listing:
ence under joint supervision by faculty and business or            EDMU 243. Three hours for two-week course (for Certificate
community representative. Credit arranged up to 15 hours.          holders) or six hours for three-week course (for study and
Prerequisite: Permission.                                          application of Kodaly’s principles and music education).
                                                                   297, 298 Advanced Readings and Research. Studies in com-
                                                                   position or related special topic under the direction of as-
HUMANITIES (HUMN)                                                  signed staff member. Prerequisite: Permission. Credit as ar-
300 Modern Literary Theory. A survey of modern literary            ranged.
theory, including Slavic and Anglo-American formalism,
marxism, feminism, structuralism, hermeneutics, decon-
struction, and new historicism. Prerequisites: Graduate stand-     OBSTETRICS AND GYNECOLOGY (OBGY)
ing at UVM, or an A.B. in some humanities discipline and           295 Special Topics. Lectures, readings and discussion for
permission. Three hours. Alternate years.                          advanced students within areas of expertise of faculty and
301 Humanities Graduate Seminar. Varying interdiscipli-            staff. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Three hours.
nary topics for humanities graduate students. Prerequisites:             (Molecular endocrinology of human reproduction: A
Graduate standing at UVM, or an A.B. in some humanities            discussion-oriented course for advanced students in repro-
discipline and permission. Three hours.                            ductive biology. Primary focus on the physiology and endo-
                                                                   crinology of human reproduction and pregnancy, including
                                                                   critical evaluation of current technology and bioethical is-
INTERNATIONAL STUDIES (IS)                                         sues. Three hours. Cipolla, Osol. Spring, alternate years.)
297, 298 Advanced Readings and Research. Independent
study of a specific area subject or theme with an approved         ORTHOPAEDIC SURGERY (ORTH)
instructor. Prerequisite: Permission of area Program Direc-
tor. Three hours.                                                  291, 292 Research in Orthopaedics and Rehabilitation.
                                                                   Work on research problem under the direction of a faculty
                                                                   member. Review of literature, preparation of manuscript.
MUSIC (MUS)                                                        Prerequisite: Permission. Three hours. Beynnon, Stokes (in
211,212,213,214,215 Seminars in Music Literature. Semi-            collaboration with clinical faculty of the Department).
nars will treat in detail topics surveyed in the intermediate      381,382,383,384 Readings and Research in Musculoskel-
level music literature sequence. Subject matter will be de-        etal Biomechanics. Intended for Graduate Students doing
                                                                      COURSES OF INSTRUCTION FOR GRADUATE CREDIT          | 111
thesis or dissertation work in Biomechanics. Class will meet       philosophy.
to discuss current journal articles and literature reviews pre-
pared by students. Prerequisite: Permission. One hour each.        RELIGION (REL)
Beynnon, Stokes.
                                                                   291, 292 Topics in the History and Phenomenology of Re-
                                                                   ligion. Prerequisites: Nine hours in religion, with six hours at
PHILOSOPHY (PHIL)                                                  the intermediate level; or permission. Three hours.
Prerequisites for all courses: as listed, or equivalent, or by
permission of instructor.                                          SOCIOLOGY (SOC)
201 Theory of Knowledge. A critical examination of the
nature and sources of knowledge: belief, truth, evidence,          Courses numbered 200 to 299 require 1 and 100, or 1 and
perception, memory, and induction. Prerequisite: 102 or 112.       178, or permission of the instructor.
Three hours. Kornblith.                                            202 Population Dynamics. Analysis of factors affecting hu-
202 Metaphysics. A critical examination of such topics as          man population growth, distribution; migration patterns;
the nature of space and time, the concept of change, the           relationship between economic activity and population
identify of the self, the nature of the world and our place in     trends. Prerequisites: Six hours of sociology, or Sociology 1
it. Prerequisite: 101, 102, or 110. Three hours. Christensen,      and an introductory course in biology, economics, geogra-
Kornblith, Mann.                                                   phy, or zoology. Three hours. McCann, Strickler.
210 Philosophy of Mind. Major philosophical theories of            205 Rural Communities in Modern Society. Changing
the mind and its relation to the physical world, the nature        structure, dynamics of rural social organization in context
of sensation, desire, and belief, and the relation between         of modernization and urbanization. Emphasis on rural
thought and action. Prerequisite: 102 or 110. Three hours.         communities in U.S. Three hours. Diouf, Schmidt, Smith.
Kornblith, Pereboom.                                               206 Urban Communities in Modern Society. Changing
217 Philosophy of Language. A philosophical study of the           structure, dynamics of urban social organization in context
nature of language. Prerequisite: 113 or Linguistics 100, 102.     of modernization and urbanization. Emphasis on cities,
Three hours. Christensen, Kornblith.                               metropolitan areas in U.S. Three hours.
221 Topics in Chinese Philosophy. A detailed examina-              207 Community Organization and Development. Com-
tion of a classical Chinese philosophical text or school. Pre-     munities as changing sociocultural organizational com-
requisite: 121 or 122. Three hours. Chan.                          plexes within modern society. Problems of formulation,
                                                                   implementation of alternative change strategies. Three
235 Topics in the Philosophy of Religion. Advanced study           hours. Diouf, Schmidt.
of such issues in the philosophy of religion as the relation
between philosophy and faith, religion and science, and re-        209 Small Groups. Structure and dynamics of small
ligion and ethics. Prerequisites: 101, 102 or 135. Three hours.    groups and the interpersonal, informal network of relations
(May be repeated for credit when topic is significantly dif-       that characterize interaction of members. Three hours.
ferent.) Mann.                                                     Fox, Kahn.
240 Contemporary Ethical Theory. An analysis of the ideas          211 Social Movements and Collective Behavior. Examina-
of contemporary moral philosophers in normative ethics and         tion of origins, development, structure, consequences of
metaethics. Prerequisites: 140, 142, 143 or 144. Three hours.      crowds, riots, crazes, rumors, panics. Political, religious
Kuflik, Loeb.                                                      movements and their relationships to cultural, social
                                                                   change. Three hours. Berkowitz, Danigelis, Diouf, Schmidt.
241 Contemporary Social and Political Philosophy. An
analysis of the ideas of contemporary philosophers in social       213 Women in Development in Third World Countries.
and political philosophy. Prerequisites: 140, 142, 143, or 144.    An examination of the meaning and measurement of devel-
Three hours. Kuflik, Loeb.                                         opment, socio-demographic characteristics, sex stratifica-
                                                                   tion and effects of Colonialism and Westernization on
242 Justice and Equality. (Same as Political Science 241.)         women’s issues in the Third World. Three hours. Diouf,
An examination of contemporary normative theories of dis-          Kahn, McCann, Smith, Strickler.
tributive justice and equality. Prerequisites: 140, 142, 143, or
144. Three hours. Kuflik, Loeb; Wertheimer (Political Sci-         214 Delinquency. Analysis of nature, types of juvenile be-
ence).                                                             havior that violates law. Mechanisms for defining such be-
                                                                   havior as delinquent, their causes and consequences. Three
260 Topics in Continental Philosophy. Study of a central is-       hours. Fishman, Fox, Stanfield.
sue in current continental philosophy, e.g. social theory, psy-
choanalysis, or aesthetics. Readings from Nietzsche, Hei-          216 Criminal Justice. Analysis of social structures, proc-
degger, Gadamer, Ricoeur, Habermas, Derrida, and Fou-              esses involved in identification, labeling of individuals as
cault. Prerequisites: Any course in philosophy at the 100-level    criminal offenders: criminal law, its enforcement and the
or above, or instructor’s permission. Three hours. May be re-      courts. Three hours. Fishman, McCann, Stanfield.
peated when topic is different. Guignon.                           217 Corrections. Analysis of social structures, processes
265 American Philosophy. The thought of such leading               involved with individuals designated as offenders of crimi-
American philosophers as Pierce, James, Royce, Santayana,          nal law; probation, prison, parole, programs of prevention,
Dewey, and Whitehead. Prerequisites: 101, 102. Three hours.        rehabilitation. Three hours. Fishman, Stanfield.
Miller.                                                            219 Race Relations. Examination of American racial sub-
271, 272 Seminar: Major Philosophical Author or School. A          ordination in social, historical perspective. Analysis of inter-
study of the major philosophical texts by a single author or       racial contacts, racial subcultures, social structures. Re-
school of thought. May be repeated for credit when different       sponses to racial prejudice, discrimination. Three hours.
authors are studied. Prerequisite: An appropriate 100-level        Danigelis, Diouf, Moore.
course in philosophy. Three hours.                                 221 Aging and Social Change. Examines effects of social
295, 296 Advanced Special Topics. Advanced courses or              change on older persons and on the aging process. Also
seminars on topics beyond the scope of existing depart-            analyzes how a growing older population leads to social
mental offerings.                                                  change. Three hours. Cutler, Fengler.
297, 298 Readings and Research. Independent study with             222 Aging and Ethical Issues. Analysis of selected ethical
an instructor on a specific philosopher or philosophical           issues posed by an aging society and faced by older persons,
problem. Prerequisite: An appropriate 200-level course in
112 |    COURSES OF INSTRUCTION FOR GRADUATE CREDIT

their families, health care and service providers, and re-        cal approaches selected by seminar participants. Prerequisite:
searchers. Three hours. Cowan, Cutler.                            178 or permission. Three hours. Kaelber, McCann.
225 Organizations in Modern Society. Examination of ba-           281, 282 Seminar. Presentation, discussion of advanced
sic classical and contemporary theory, research on human          problems in sociological analysis. Prerequisite: Twelve hours
relations, internal structures, environments, types, general      of sociology, permission. Three hours.
properties of complex organizations, bureaucracies. Three         288, 289 Seminar: Research and Methods of Teaching So-
hours. Berkowitz, Fox, Mintz.                                     ciology. Development, evaluation of teaching sociology. Pre-
229 The Family as a Social Institution. The institution of        requisite: Twelve hours of sociology, permission. Open only
the American family in cross-cultural, historical perspective.    to graduate students and advanced undergraduate sociol-
Theories, research on family continuity, change, institu-         ogy students who serve concurrently as teaching assistants
tional relationships. Prerequisite: 129 or six hours of sociol-   in the department. Three hours.
ogy or equivalent. Three hours. Cowan, Fengler, Kahn,             295, 296 Special Topics.
Moore, Smith, Strickler.
                                                                  297, 298 Readings and Research.
232 Social Class and Mobility. Comparative, historical
analysis of causes, forms, consequences of structured social
inequality in societies. Selected problems in contemporary        SPANISH (SPAN)
stratification theory, research. Three hours. Berkowitz,
                                                                                       SPANISH LITERATURE
Danigelis, Diouf, Krymkowski, McCann, Mintz, Schmidt,
Smith.                                                            235 Golden Age Drama and Prose. The picaresque novel
                                                                  and the drama of the 16th and 17th centuries, emphasizing
239 Women and Public Policy in Vermont. A detailed
                                                                  Lope de Vega, Calderón, Quevedo, Tirso De Molina. Three
analysis of the social processes involved in public policy for-
                                                                  hours. Connor, Maura.
mation in Vermont and the consequences for women.
Three hours. Smith.                                               236 Golden Age Poetry. The major poets (Garcilaso, Fray
                                                                  Luis, San Juan, Quevedo and Góngora) and the poetic tradi-
240 Political Sociology. Social organization of power,
                                                                  tion of the 16th and 17th centuries. Three hours. Connor,
authority in modern societies and dynamics, institutional
                                                                  Maura.
relationships of political institutions, interest groups, par-
ties, publics. Three hours. Berkowitz, Danigelis, Diouf,          245, 246 Cervantes. Don Quijote, the Novelas Ejemplares, and
Mintz.                                                            the theatre of Cervantes. Three hours each course. Connor,
                                                                  Maura.
243 Mass Media in Modern Society. Intensive examina-
tion of selected topics in the structure of media organiza-       265 19th Century Spanish Literature. Romanticism and re-
tions and their relationships to and impacts upon the major       alism: (1) Romantic theatre; (2) the realist and naturalist
institutions and publics of contemporary society. Three           novelists: Galdós and Leopoldo Alas. Three hours. Roof.
hours. Streeter.                                                  276 20th Century Spanish Poetry and Drama. Vanguard vs.
250 The Sociology of Culture. Analyzes the relationship           tradition from the “Generation of 1898” to the present.
of cultural forms and subjective experience to social struc-      Three hours. Roof.
ture and power; in-depth applications of interpretive ap-         277 20th Century Spanish Prose Fiction and Essay. Inno-
proaches in contemporary sociology. Three hours. Kahn,            vation and experimentation from the Generation of 1898
Streeter.                                                         to the present. Three hours. Roof.
254 Sociology of Health and Medicine. Social organiza-            281 Spanish-American Prose Fiction of the 20th Century.
tion, institutional relationships of medicine in society. Role    A study of representative works by major authors tracing
of sociocultural factors in etiology, definition, identifica-     the development of narrative forms from their roots in the
tion, treatment of illness. Three hours. Berkowitz, Fox,          last century to the present. Three hours. Flores, Murad,
Kahn, Mintz, Strickler.                                           Rodríguez-Mangual.
255 Sociology of Mental Health. Analysis of social struc-         285, 286 Spanish-American Literature of Social Protest.
tures, processes involved in identification, definition, treat-   Readings of major works tracing the various directions of
ment of mental illness and its sociocultural etiology, conse-     social protest against the Spanish political system, local gov-
quences. Three hours. Cowan.                                      ernments, imperialism. 286 stresses contemporary litera-
258 Sociology of Law. Analysis of socio-cultural structure        ture. Three hours each course. Flores, Murad, Rodríguez-
of legal institution and its relationships to other institu-      Mangual.
tions: social organization of legal profession, lawmaking,        291 Civilization of Spain. Topical approach to the study
courts. Three hours. Stanfield.                                   of Spanish civilization through the 17th century, emphasiz-
272 Sociology of African Societies. Current social, cultural,     ing ideas, art and literature. Three hours. Maura.
political and economic changes occurring in African societ-       292 Civilization of Spain. Topical approach to the study
ies, including issues of development, the state and civil soci-   of Spanish civilization from the 18th century to the pres-
ety, social class, ethnonationalism and democratization. Pre-     ent, emphasizing ideas, art and literature. Three hours.
requisites: Six hours of sociology. Three hours. Diouf.           Escaja, Roof.
274 Research Seminar. Principles of research design, data         293 Latin American Civilization. A study of the ideas, art,
gathering, ethics, measurement, data analysis, and data           literature, and music of Latin America against the back-
presentation. Student will complete a research project. Pre-      ground of the history and culture of the religion. Three
requisite: 100 or equivalent with permission. Danigelis, Fox,     hours. Escaja, Flores, Murad, Rodríguez-Mangual.
Krymkowski, Schmidt.
                                                                  295, 296 Advanced Special Topics.
275 Methods of Data Analysis in Social Research. Quanti-
                                                                  297, 298 Advanced Readings.
tative analysis of sociological data. Table, regression, path
analysis, scaling and factor analysis, analysis of variance
(emphasis on multivariate techniques). Prerequisites: 100 or
equivalent with permission. Three hours. Danigelis,               WOMEN’S STUDIES (WST)
Krymkowski, McCann, Strickler.                                    295, 296 Advanced Special Topics. Advanced courses or
279 Contemporary Sociological Theory. Critical examina-           seminars on women’s studies. Prerequisite: Permission. Three
tion of contemporary functional, conflict, exchange, inter-       hours.
actionist, structural theoretical approaches. Other theoreti-
                                                                                               THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES       | 113
113 | BOARD OF TRUSTEES




                                   The Board of Trustees
                                 The University of Vermont
                                    Judith A. Ramaley, B.S., Ph.D., President, ex officio
                                      Howard Dean, B.A., M.D., Governor, ex officio



                Term Ending March 2001                                           Term Ending March 2004
Peter D. Baldwin, B.A.               Hinesburg, Vermont          Milton E. Goggans, B.S.               Clarence, New York
Gerry F. Gossens, B.S.                Salisbury, Vermont         Dean Maglaris, B.A., M.B.A.      New Canaan, Connecticut
Mary-Ann Parizo, B.S.            Essex Junction, Vermont         Pamela G. McDermott, B.S., M.P.A. Milton, Massachusetts
Chad Tsounis                             Milton, Vermont
Richard A. Westman, B.A.             Cambridge, Vermont
                                                                                 Term Ending March 2005
                                                                 Margaret P. Hummel, B.A., M.A.       Underhill, Vermont
                 Term Ending March 2002                          Alysia D. Krasnow, B.A.               Charlotte, Vermont
Charles A. Davis, B.A., M.B.A.     Greenwich, Connecticut        Malcolm F. Severance, B.S., Ph.D.    Colchester, Vermont
Ben R. Forsyth, M.D.                      Phoenix, Arizona       David S. Wolk, B.A., M.Ed.             Mendon, Vermont
Bruce M. Lisman, B.A.                 New York, New York
Abigail Trebilcock                  St. Johnsbury, Vermont
                                                                                   Term Ending March 2006
                                                                 Karen Nystrom Meyer, B.A., M.A.       Montpelier, Vermont
                Term Ending March 2003                           James Pizzagalli, B.S., J.D.           Shelburne, Vermont
John C. Candon, A.B., J.D.             Norwich, Vermont          Helen B. Spaulding                    New York, New York
Martha P. Heath, B.S.                  Westford, Vermont
Carolyn S. Kehler, B.A., M.A.        Woodstock, Vermont
Doran Metzger, B.A.                     Milton, Vermont




                                              Administration
Ramaley, Judith A., Ph.D. (1997)                                                                                          President
Gamble, Geoffrey L., Ph.D. (1998)                                                                                           Provost
Lawrence, Jane F., Ph.D. (2000)                                                          Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education
Burke, John M., Ph.D. (1984)                                        Vice Provost for Research and Interim Dean, Graduate College
Huot, Anne E., Ph.D. (1990)                                                                      Executive Dean, Graduate College
Martin, Rebecca R., Ph.D. (1990)                                            Vice Provost for Learning and Information Technology
Gustafson, Thomas J., Ed.D. (1978)                                          Vice President for University Relations and Operations
McDonough, Jennifer A., M.S. (2000)                               Vice President for University Development and Alumni Relations
Nestor, David A., Ed.D. (1994)                                                            Interim Vice President for Student Affairs
Bazluke, Francine T., J.D. (1985)                                                                                   General Counsel
Jenkins, Robert G., Ph.D. (1999)                                                    Dean, College of Engineering and Mathematics
DeHayes, Donald H., Ph.D. (1977)                                                                 Dean, School of Natural Resources
Bramley, A. John, Ph.D. (1990)                                                        Dean, College of Agriculture and Life Sciences
Evans, John N., Ph.D. (1976)                                                                     Interim Dean, College of Medicine
Rambur, Betty, DNS (2000)                                                      Dean, Schools of Allied Health Sciences & Nursing
TBA                                                                               Interim Dean, School of Business Administration
Smith, Joan M., Ph.D. (1990)                                                                     Dean, College of Arts and Sciences
Tarule, Jill M., Ed.D. (1992)                                                        Dean, College of Education and Social Services
Twardy, Edward S., Ph.D. (1990)                                                                     Dean of Continuing Education
114 |   GRADUATE FACULTY EMERITI




                                           Graduate Faculty Emeriti
GEORGE W. ALBEE                                                     SAMUEL B. FEITELBERG
    Professor of Psychology                                             Professor of Physical Therapy
NORMAN R. ALPERT                                                    KENNETH N. FISHELL
    Professor of Physiology and Biophysics                              Professor of Education
RICHARD L. ANDERSON                                                 STEVEN L. FREEDMAN
    Professor of Electrical Engineering                                 Associate Professor of Anatomy and Neurobiology
HEINZ ANSBACHER                                                     JOHN W. FRYMOYER
    Professor of Psychology                                             Research Professor of Orthopaedics and Rehabilitation
ROBERT G. ARNS                                                      FRED W. GALLAGHER
    Professor of Physics                                                Professor of Medical Microbiology
HENRY V. ATHERTON                                                   JOSEPH H. GANS
    Professor of Animal Sciences                                        Professor of Pharmacology
BETTY BANDEL                                                        ROBERT J. GOBIN
    Professor of English                                                Professor of Human Development Studies
RICHMOND J. BARTLETT                                                ARMIN E. GRAMS
    Professor of Plant and Social Sciences                              Professor of Human Development Studies
JOHN A. BEVAN                                                       DIETER W. GUMP
    Professor of Pharmacology                                           Professor of Medicine and Microbiology and Molecular Genetics
ROSEMARY D. BEVAN                                                   WILLIAM HALPERN
    Professor of Pharmacology                                           Professor of Physiology and Biophysics
KATHLEEN KIRK BISHOP                                                BURT B. HAMRELL
    Associate Professor of Social Work                                  Associate Professor of Molecular Physiology and Biophysics
BETTY M. BOLLER                                                     SAMUEL B. HAND
    Professor of Organizational, Counseling and Foundational            Professor of History
    Studies                                                         PETER R. HANNAH
BERTIE R. BOYCE                                                         Professor of Natural Resources
    Professor of Plant and Soil Science                             GEORGE M. HAPP
JANET P. BROWN                                                          Professor of Zoology
    Associate Professor of Professional Nursing                     EDITH D. HENDLEY
JOHN S. BROWN, JR.                                                      Professor of Molecular Physiology and Biophysics
    Professor of Physics and Materials Science                      CLARKE E. HERMANCE
LEON F. BURRELL                                                         Professor of Mechanical Engineering
    Professor of Social Work                                        KENNETH W. HOOD
C. HACKETT BUSHWELLER                                                   Assistant Professor of Education
    Professor of Chemistry                                          EDWARD S. HORTON
ROBERT V. CARLSON                                                       Professor of Medicine
    Professor of Education                                          JAMES R. HOWE, IV
ROBERT W. COCHRAN                                                       Professor of English
    Professor of English                                            ALLEN S. HUNT
DAVID R. CONRAD                                                         Professor of Geology
    Professor of Education                                          LYMAN C. HUNT, JR.
PHILIP W. COOK                                                          Professor of Professional Education and Curriculum
    Associate Professor of Botany                                       Development
JOSEPH F. COSTANTE                                                  BEAL B. HYDE
    Extension Professor of Plant and Soil Science                       Professor of Botany
JOHN E. CRAIGHEAD                                                   JULIAN J. JAFFE
    Professor of Pathology                                              Professor of Pharmacology
ROBERT V. DANIELS                                                   RICHARD H. JANSON
    Professor of History                                                Professor of Art
JEAN M. DAVISON                                                     DONALD B. JOHNSTONE
    Lyman Roberts Professor of Classical Languages and Literature       Professor of Microbiology and Biochemistry and Medical
EDITH F. DECK                                                           Microbiology
    Associate Professor of Professional Nursing                     A. PAUL KRAPCHO
ROBERT W. DETENBECK                                                     Professor of Chemistry
    Professor of Physics                                            GENE E. LABER
MARY JANE DICKERSON                                                     Professor of Business Administration
    Associate Professor of English                                  RENE C. LACHAPELLE
EDWARD R. DUCHARME                                                      Associate Professor of Medical Technology
    Professor of Organizational, Counseling and Foundational        LLOYD M. LAMBERT
    Studies                                                             Professor of Physics
ALEXANDER H. DUTHIE                                                 MERTON LAMDEN
    Professor of Animal Sciences                                        Professor of Biochemistry
BUD E. ETHERTON                                                     ROBERT L. LARSON
    Professor of Botany                                                 Professor of Education
                                                                                           GRADUATE FACULTY EMERITI      | 115

LESLIE R. LEGGETT                                               CARLENE A. RAPER
    Professor of Human Development Studies                          Research Associate Professor of Microbiology and Molecular
CHARLES A. LETTERI                                                  Genetics
    Associate Professor of Education                            DOLORES M. REAGIN
WILLIAM J. LEWIS                                                    Assistant Professor of Organizational, Counseling and
    Professor of Sociology                                          Foundational Studies
CHESTER H. LIEBS                                                CARL H. REIDEL
    Professor of History                                            Professor of Natural Resources and Daniel Clarke Sanders
AULIS LIND                                                          Professor of Environmental Studies
    Associate Professor of Geography                            S. ALEXANDER RIPPA
JOHN J. LINDSAY                                                     Professor of Organizational, Counseling and Foundational
    Associate Professor of Natural Resources                        Studies
JOHN H. LOCHHEAD                                                WILFRED ROTH
    Professor of Zoology                                            Professor of Electrical Engineering
LITTLETON LONG                                                  KENNETH S. ROTHWELL
    Professor of English                                            Professor of English
JAMES F. LUBKER                                                 LEONARD M. SCARFONE
    Professor of Communication Sciences                             Professor of Physics
DONALD B. MELVILLE                                              ROBIN R. SCHLUNK
    Professor of Biochemistry                                       Professor of Classics
BRUCE E. MESERVE                                                WOLFE W. SCHMOKEL
    Professor of Mathematics                                        Professor of History
WILLIAM C. METCALFE                                             ROBERT O. SINCLAIR
    Professor of History                                            Professor of Agriculture and Resource Economics
JOAN M. MOEHRING                                                ROBERT E. SJOGREN
    Research Professor of Microbiology and Molecular Genetics       Associate Professor of Microbiology and Molecular Genetics
THOMAS J. MOEHRING                                              THOMAS J. SPINNER, JR.
    Professor of Microbiology and Molecular Genetics                Professor of History
MARY S. MOFFROID                                                RONALD A. STEFFENHAGEN
    Professor of Physical Therapy                                   Professor of Sociology
MARIA FRANCA C. MORSELLI                                        DEAN F. STEVENS
    Research Professor of Botany                                    Associate Professor of Zoology
WESLEY L. NYBORG                                                ALFRED L. THIMM
    Professor of Physics                                            Professor of Business Administration
R. HARRY ORTH                                                   RAYMOND H. TREMBLAY
    Frederick M. and Fannie C.P. Corse Professor of English         Professor of Agricultural and Resource Economics
    Language and Literature                                     CANUTE VANDER MEER
JAMES S. PACY                                                       Professor of Geography
    Professor of Political Science                              HUBERT W. VOGELMANN
NORMAN E. PELLETT                                                   Professor of Botany
    Professor of Plant and Soil Science                         FRED C. WEBSTER
JAMES A. PETERSON                                                   Professor of Agricultural and Resource Economics
    Professor of Integrated Professional Studies                JAMES G. WELCH
C. ALAN PHILLIPS                                                    Professor of Animal and Food Sciences
    Professor of Medicine                                       JOSEPH WELLS
SIDNEY B. POGER                                                     Professor of Anatomy and Neurobiology
    Professor of English                                        SAMUEL C. WIGGANS
ZANDER PONZO                                                        Professor of Plant and Soil Science
    Associate Professor of Integrated Professional Studies      ROBERT C. WOODWORTH
MILTON POTASH                                                       Professor of Biochemistry and Cell and Molecular Biology
    Professor of Zoology                                        ARMANDO E. ZARATE
PATRICIA A. POWERS                                                  Professor of Romance Languages
    Associate Professor of Anatomy and Neurobiology
116 |   GRADUATE FACULTY




                            Members of The Graduate Faculty

JOSEPH A. ABRUSCATO                                                  NANCY E. BAKER
    M.A. (Trenton State College); Ph.D. (Ohio State                      M.S.; Ph.D. (Pittsburgh)
    University)                                                          Research Assistant Professor of Communication Sciences
    Professor of Education                                           WILLIAM E. BAKER
P. MARLENE ABSHER                                                        M.A.; Ph.D. (University of Florida)
    Ph.D. (University of North Carolina)                                 Asssociate Professor of Business Administration
    Research Associate Professor of Medicine and Instructor in       HOWARD BALL
    Medicine                                                             Ph.D. (Rutgers University)
RICHARD G. ABSHER                                                        Professor of Political Science
    M.S. (University of New Mexico); Ph.D. (Duke University)         ANDREW T. BARNABY
    Professor of Electrical Engineering and Biomedical Engineering       Ph.D. (Princeton University)
THOMAS M. ACHENBACH                                                      Assistant Professor of English
    Ph.D. (University of Minnesota)                                  H. GARDINER BARNUM
    Professor of Psychiatry and Psychology                               M.S.; Ph.D. (University of Chicago)
RUSSELL M. AGNE                                                          Associate Professor of Geography
    M.S. (Syracuse University); Ph.D. (University of                 DAVID S. BARRINGTON
    Connecticut)                                                         Ph.D. (Harvard University)
    Professor of Education                                               Professor of Botany
JUDITH A. AIKEN                                                      PHILIP E. BARUTH
    M.A. (Rider College); Ed.D. (Rutgers University)                     M.A.; Ph.D. (University of California, Irvine)
    Assistant Professor of Education                                     Assistant Professor of English
RICHARD J. ALBERTINI                                                 ERIK A. BATEMAN
    M.D.; Ph.D. (University of Wisconsin)                                Ph.D. (Reading University)
    Professor of Medicine, Microbiology and Molecular Genetics,          Research Associate Professor of Microbiology and Molecular
    Pediatrics and Cell and Molecular Biology                            Genetics and Cell and Molecular Biology
JOHN ALEONG                                                          MARTIN M. BEDNAR
    M.Sc. (University of Toronto); Ph.D. (Iowa State                     M.S.; M.D.; Ph.D. (New York Medical College)
    University)                                                          Assistant Professor of Surgery , Pharmacology and Cell and
    Professor of Statistics and Plant and Soil Science                   Molecular Biology
CHRISTOPHER W. ALLEN                                                 JEAN-GUY BELIVEAU
    M.S.; Ph.D. (University of Illinois)                                 Ph.D. (Princeton University)
    Professor of Chemistry and Materials Science                         Professor of Civil and Environmental Engineering and
JANE P. AMBROSE                                                          Mechanical Engineering
    M.A. (University of Vermont)                                     ROSS T. BELL
    Professor of Music                                                   M.S.; Ph.D. (University of Illinois)
Z. PHILIP AMBROSE                                                        Professor of Biology and John Purple Howard Professor of
    M.A.; Ph.D. (Princeton University)                                   Natural History
    Lyman Roberts Professor of Classical Languages and Literature    DANIEL E. BENTIL
FREDERICK G. ANDERSON                                                    M.Sc. (Friendship University); Ph.D. (University of
    M.S. (Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute); M.S.; Ph.D.                 Oxford)
    (Lehigh University)                                                  Associate Professor of Mathematics
    Associate Professor of Physics and Materials Science             DALE R. BERGDAHL
ALFRED J. ANDREA                                                         M.S.; Ph.D. (University of Minnesota)
    Ph.D. (Cornell University)                                           Professor of Natural Resources
    Professor of History                                             CHRISTOPHER L. BERGER
ROSALIND E. ANDREAS                                                      Ph.D. (University of Minnesota)
    M.A. (University of Kansas); Ph.D. (University of                    Assistant Professor of Molecular Physiology and Biophysics and
    Michigan)                                                            Cell and Molecular Biology
    Assistant Professor of Education                                 LORRAINE P. BERKETT
DAN S. ARCHDEACON                                                        M.S. (University of Maine); Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State
    M.S.; Ph.D. (Ohio State University)                                  University)
    Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science                        Extension Professor of Plant and Soil Science
DAVID D. ARONSSON                                                    STEPHEN D. BERKOWITZ
    M.D. (University of Michigan)                                        Ph.D. (Brandeis University)
    Associate Professor of Orthopaedics and Rehabilitation and           Professor of Sociology
    Pediatrics                                                       BRUCE D. BEYNNON
TAKAMURA ASHIKAGA                                                        M.S.; Ph.D. (University of Vermont)
    M.S.; Ph.D. (University of California, Los Angeles)                  Research Associate Professor of Orthopaedics and
    Professor of Statistics                                              Rehabilitation, Mechanical Engineering and Biomedical
JACQUES A. BAILLY                                                        Engineering
    Ph.D. (Cornell University)                                       WARREN K. BICKEL
    Assistant Professor of Classics                                      M.A.; Ph.D. (University of Kansas)
                                                                         Professor of Psychiatry and Psychology
                                                                                                        GRADUATE FACULTY       | 117
PAUL R. BIERMAN                                                   SARA N. BURCHARD
    M.S.; Ph.D. (University of Washington)                            Ph.D. (University of Vermont)
    Associate Professor of Geology                                    Associate Professor of Psychology
JEFFREY P. BOND                                                   CAROL A. BURDETT
    Ph.D. (University of Rochester)                                   M.Ed.; Ed.D. (University of Vermont)
    Research Assistant Professor of Microbiology and Molecular        Assistant Professor of Education
    Genetics                                                      GALE BURFORD
LYNNE A. BOND                                                         M.S.W. (University of Washington); Ph.D. (University
    M.S.; Ph.D. (Tufts University)                                    of Stirling)
    Professor of Psychology                                           Professor of Social Work
SIDNEY C. BOSWORTH                                                JOHN M. BURKE
    M.S. (Auburn University); Ph.D. (University of                    M.S. (University of Vermont); Ph.D. (Massachusetts
    Kentucky)                                                         Institute of Technology)
    Extension Associate Professor of Plant and Soil Science           Professor of Microbiology and Molecular Genetics and Cell
MARY L. BOTTER                                                        and Molecular Biology
    M.S.N.; Ph.D. (University of Pennsylvania)                    JOHN P. BURKE
    Assistant Professor of Nursing                                    M.A.; Ph.D. (Princeton University)
MARK E. BOUTON                                                        Associate Professor of Political Science and Public Administration
    Ph.D. (University of Washington)                              WILLIAM M. BUTLER
    Professor of Psychology                                           Ph.D. (University of Vermont)
KAREN M. BRAAS                                                        Clinical Assistant Professor of Psychology
    Ph.D. (Northwestern University)                               JEFFREY S. BUZAS
    Research Assistant Professor of Anatomy and Neurobiology          M.S. (University of North Carolina); Ph.D. (North
    and Cell and Molecular Biology                                    Carolina State University)
ANTHONY G. BRADLEY                                                    Associate Professor of Statistics
    Ph.D. (State University of New York, Buffalo)                 PETER CALLAS
    Professor of English                                              M.S. (University of California, Berkeley); Ph.D.
A. JOHN BRAMLEY                                                       (University of Massachusetts, Amherst)
    Ph.D. (University of Reading); D.Sc. (University of               Research Assistant Professor of Statistics and Pathology, and
    Newcastle); F.I. Biol.                                            Lecturer in Statistics
    Professor of Animal Sciences and Cell and Molecular Biology   JORGE CALLES-ESCANDON
    and Microbiology and Molecular Genetics                           M.D. (National University of Mexico)
RICHARD F. BRANDA                                                     Assistant Professor of Medicine
    M.D. (Harvard University)                                     MARY K. CANALES
    Professor of Medicine and Pharmacology                            M.S. (Georgetown University); Ph.D. (University of
MARK R. BRANN                                                         Wisconsin, Madison)
    Ph.D. (University of Vermont)                                     Assistant Professor of Nursing
    Associate Professor of Psychiatry                             DAVID E. CAPEN
JOSEPH E. BRAYDEN                                                     M.S. (University of Maine); Ph.D. (Utah State University)
    Ph.D. (University of Vermont)                                     Professor of Natural Resources
    Professor of Pharmacology                                     ANGELA M. CAPONE
LINDA S. BREW                                                         M.Ed. (College of William & Mary); Ph.D. (Pennsylvania
    M.S. (Simmons College)                                            State University)
    Library Associate Professor and Associate Professor of            Associate Professor of Integrated Professional Studies
    Education                                                     LYNDON B. CAREW, JR.
ALISON K. BRODY                                                       Ph.D. (Cornell University)
    M.A. (University of Kansas); Ph.D. (University of                 Professor of Nutrition and Food Sciences
    Michigan)                                                     PAUL J. CARLING
    Associate Professor of Biology                                    M.S.; Ph.D. (University of Pennsylvania)
PHYLLIS BRONSTEIN                                                     Adjunct Associate Professor of Psychology
    M.A. (Boston University); Ph.D. (Harvard University)          PADRAIG CARMODY
    Professor of Psychology                                           M.Sc. (Trinity College, Dublin, Ireland); Ph.D.
DONA L. BROWN                                                         (University of Minnesota)
    M.A., Ph.D. (New York University)                                 Assistant Professor of Geography
    Assistant Professor of History                                JEANINE M. CARR
MICHAEL BROWNBRIDGE                                                   M.S. (Clemson University); Ph.D. (University of South
    Ph.D. (University of Newcastle, Upon Tyne)                        Carolina)
    Research Associate Professor of Plant and Soil Science            Associate Professor of Nursing
FRANK BRYAN                                                       PHILIPPE CARRARD
    M.A. (University of Vermont); Ph.D. (University of                Ph.D. (University of Lausanne)
    Connecticut)                                                      Professor of Romance Languages
    Associate Professor of Political Science                      E. ALAN CASSELL
RALPH C. BUDD                                                         S.M.S.E. (Massachusetts Institute of Technology);
    M.D. (Cornell Medical College)                                    Ph.D. (University of North Carolina)
    Associate Professor of Medicine and Cell and Molecular            Professor of Natural Resources and Geology
    Biology                                                       VALERIE M. CHAMBERLAIN
ALAN J. BUDNEY                                                        M.S.; Ph.D. (Florida State University)
    M.S.; Ph.D. (Rutgers University)                                  Professor of Nutrition and Food Sciences
    Research Associate Professor of Psychiatry and Clinical       HONGDA CHEN
    Assistant Professor of Psychology                                 M.S.; Ph.D. (University of California, Davis)
JOHN D. BURCHARD                                                      Associate Professor of Nutrition and Food Sciences
    Ph.D. (University of Nebraska)
    Professor of Psychology
118 |   GRADUATE FACULTY

LILY CHEN                                                         GLENDA COSENZA
    M.A., Ph.D. (State University of New York, Buffalo)               D.M.A. (Temple University)
    Assistant Professor of Biomedical Technologies and Cell and       Assistant Professor of Music Education
    Molecular Biology                                             MICHAEL C. COSTANZA
JEN-FU CHIU                                                           M.S.; Ph.D. (University of California, Los Angeles)
    M.Sc. (National Taiwan University); Ph.D. (University             Professor of Statistics
    of British Columbia)                                          GRANT CRICHFIELD
    Professor of Biochemistry and Cell and Molecular Biology          M.A.; Ph.D. (University of Wisconsin)
KELVIN CHU                                                            Associate Professor of Romance Languages
    M.S.; Ph.D. (University of Illinois, Urbana)                  DALE L. CRITCHLOW
    Assistant Professor of Physics                                    M.S.E.E.; Ph.D. (Carnegie Institute of Technology)
ANNE L. CLARK                                                         Adjunct Professor of Electrical Engineering
    M.A.; M.Ph; Ph.D. (Columbia University)                       SUSAN C. CROCKENBERG
    Associate Professor of Religion                                   Ph.D. (Stanford University)
JOHN H. CLARKE                                                        Professor of Psychology
    M.A.T. (Harvard University); Ed.D. (Northeastern              WILLIAM W. CURRIER
    University)                                                       Ph.D. (Purdue University)
    Professor of Education                                            Associate Professor of Agricultural Biochemistry and Cell and
CHIGEE J. CLONINGER                                                   Molecular Biology
    M.A.; Ph.D. (Ohio State University)                           STEPHEN J. CUTLER
    Research Associate Professor in Education                         M.A.; Ph.D. (University of Michigan)
DENNIS P. CLOUGHERTY                                                  Bishop Robert F. Joyce Distinguished University Professor of
    M.S.; Ph.D. (Massachusetts Institute of Technology)               Gerontology and Sociology
    Associate Professor of Physics and Materials Science          KENNETH R. CUTRONEO
DIANNE COFFEY                                                         M.S.; Ph.D. (University of Rhode Island)
    M.A., Ed.D. (University of Maine, Orono)                          Professor of Biochemistry and Cell and Molecular Biology
    Assistant Professor of Counseling                             DEBORAH DAMON
JUDITH A. COHEN                                                       Ph.D. (University of Virginia)
    M.S. (University of Michigan); Ph.D. (Wayne State                 Assistant Professor of Pharmacology
    University)                                                   NICHOLAS L. DANIGELIS
    Associate Professor of Nursing                                    M.A.; Ph.D. (Indiana University)
CHARLES COLBOURN                                                      Professor of Sociology
    M.S. (University of Waterloo); Ph.D. (University of           DONALD H. DeHAYES
    Toronto)                                                          M.S.; Ph.D. (Michigan State University)
    Dorothean Professor of Computer Science and Professor of          Professor of Natural Resources
    Mathematics                                                   RONA DELAY
WILLI COLEMAN                                                         Ph.D. (Colorado State University)
    M.S.W. (University of California, Berkeley); Ph.D.                Assistant Professor of Biology
    (University of California, Irvine)                            MARTHA P. DEWEES
    Associate Professor of History                                    M.Ed. (West Chester State College); M.S.W. (Adelphi
RICHARD COLETTI                                                       University); Ph.D. (State University of New York,
    A.B. (New York University); M.D. (University of                   Albany)
    Pittsburgh)                                                       Assistant Professor of Social Work
    Associate Professor of Pediatrics                             JEFFREY H. DINITZ
SUSAN COMERFORD                                                       M.S.; Ph.D. (Ohio State University)
    M.S.W. (Fordham University); Ph.D. (Case Western                  Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science
    Reserve University)                                           MOUSTAPHA DIOUF
    Assistant Professor of Social Work                                M.A. (University of Paris); M.A.; Ph.D. (University of
BRUCE E. COMPAS                                                       Missouri)
    M.A.; Ph.D. (University of California)                            Associate Professor of Sociology
    Professor of Psychology                                       CATHERINE W. DONNELLY
JAN E. CONN                                                           M.S.; Ph.D. (North Carolina University)
    M.Sci. (Simon Fraser University); Ph.D. (University of            Professor of Nutrition and Food Sciences
    Toronto)                                                      JOHN R. DONNELLY
    Associate Professor of Biology                                    M.S.; Ph.D. (University of Michigan)
CHARLES DECLAN CONNOLLY                                               Professor of Natural Resources
    M.S. (University of Rhode Island); Ph.D. (Oregon              BARRY L. DOOLAN
    State University)                                                 Ph.D. (State University of New York, Binghamton)
    Assistant Professor of Education                                  Associate Professor of Geology
ROGER L. COOKE                                                    WOLFGANG R. G. DOSTMANN
    M.A.; Ph.D. (Princeton University)                                M.S. (University of Bremen); M.D. (Technical
    Professor of Mathematics                                          University of Munich); Ph.D. (University of Bremen)
PHILLIP J. COOPER                                                     Assistant Professor of Pharmacology and Molecular
    M.A., Ph.D. (Syracuse University)                                 Physiology and Biophysics
    Professor of Public Administration and Gund Professor of      SYLVIE DOUBLIÉ
    Political Science                                                 M.Sc. (University Paris XII, Creteil); Ph.D. (University
SHELDON M. COOPER                                                     of North Carolina, Chapel Hill)
    M.D. (New York University)                                        Assistant Professor of Microbiology and Molecular Genetics
    Professor of Medicine                                         DAVID E. DOUGHERTY
CARSON J. CORNBROOKS                                                  M.S. (Tufts University); M.A.; Ph.D. (Princeton
    Ph.D. (Virginia Commonwealth University, Richmond)                University)
    Associate Professor of Anatomy and Neurobiology and Cell          Associate Professor of Civil and Environmental Engineering
    and Molecular Biology
                                                                                                          GRADUATE FACULTY        | 119
ELIZABETH H. DOW                                                         Science
   M.A. (University of Vermont); Ph.D. (University of               BRADEN C. FLEMING
   Pittsburgh)                                                           M.S., Ph.D. (University of Vermont)
   Library Assistant Professor                                           Research Assistant Professor of Orthopaedics and Rehabilitiation
JOHN C. DRAKE                                                       DAVID FLEMING
   A.M.; Ph.D. (Harvard University)                                      M.S.; Ph.D. (McMasters University)
   Associate Professor of Geology                                        Assistant Professor of Biomedical Technologies
LEVENT DUMENCI                                                      BRIAN S. FLYNN
   B.S. (Hacettepe University); M.S., Ph.D. (Iowa State                  Sc.D. (Johns Hopkins University)
   University)                                                           Research Associate Professor of Family Practice
   Professor of Psychiatry                                          KAREN M. FONDACARO
DAVID S. DUMMIT                                                          Ph.D. (University of Vermont)
   M.S. (California Institute of Technology); M.A., Ph.D.                Clinical Associate Professor of Psychology
   (Princeton University)                                           RICHARD M. FOOTE
   Professor of Mathematics                                              Ph.D. (University of Cambridge)
LESLEY-ANN DUPIGNY-GIROUX                                                Professor of Mathematics
   M.S., Ph.D. (McGill University)                                  J.R. DEEP FORD
   Assistant Professor of Geography                                      M.A. (McMaster University); Ph.D. (Purdue University)
DELCIE R. DURHAM                                                         Assistant Professor of Community Development and Applied
   M.S.; Ph.D. (University of Vermont)                                   Economics
   Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Materials      CYNTHIA J. FOREHAND
   Science                                                               Ph.D. (University of North Carolina)
GLEN ELDER                                                               Professor of Anatomy and Neurobiology and Biology
   M.A., Ph.D. (Clark University)                                   JOSHUA B. FORREST
   Assistant Professor of Geography                                      M.A.; Ph.D. (University of Wisconsin, Madison)
MARGARET J. EPPSTEIN                                                     Assistant Professor of Political Science
   M.S., Ph.D. (University of Vermont)                              KATHRYN J. FOX
   Lecturer in Computer Science and Research Assistant Professor         M.A.; Ph.D. (University of California, Berkeley)
   of Computer Science and Civil and Environmental Engineering           Assistant Professor of Sociology
CLINTON A. ERB                                                      WAYNE L. FOX
   M.S. (Syracuse University); Ph.D. (Ohio State University)             Ph.D. (University of Arizona)
   Associate Professor of Education                                      Professor of Education
TINA F. ESCAJA                                                      CHRISTOPHER S. FRANCKLYN
   Ph.D. (University of Pennsylvania)                                    M.A.; Ph.D. (University of California, Santa Barbara)
   Assistant Professor of Romance Languages                              Associate Professor of Biochemistry and Cell and Molecular
PAUL A. ESCHHOLZ                                                         Biology and Microbiology and Molecular Genetics
   M.A. (University of Vermont); Ph.D. (University of               GREGORY K. FRIESTAD
   Minnesota)                                                            Ph.D. (University of Oregon)
   Professor of English                                                  Assistant Professor of Chemistry
JOHN N. EVANS                                                       EUNICE H. FROELIGER
   Ph.D. (University of Florida)                                         M.Ed.; Ph.D. (University of Vermont)
   Professor of Molecular Physiology and Biophysics                      Research Assistant Professor of Microbiology and Molecular
STEVEN EVERSE                                                            Genetics
   Ph.D. (University of California, San Diego)                      NAOMI K. FUKAGAWA
   Assistant Professor of Biochemistry                                   M.D. (Northwestern University); Ph.D. (Massachusetts
ELIZABETH B. EZERMAN                                                     Institute of Technology)
   Ph.D. (University of Pennsylvania)                                    Associate Professor of Medicine
   Lecturer in Anatomy and Neurobiology                             TOBY E. FULWILER
WILLIAM FALLS                                                            M.S.; Ph.D. (University of Wisconsin)
   M.S.; Ph.D. (Yale University)                                         Professor of English
   Assistant Professor of Psychology                                KATHERINE S. FURNEY
JEROME F. FIEKERS                                                        M.Ed., C.A.S., Ed.D. (University of Vermont)
   M.S. (Massachusetts College of Pharmacy); Ph.D.                       Research Assistant Professor of Education
   (University of Connecticut)                                      DANIEL W. GADE
   Associate Professor of Anatomy and Neurobiology and Biology           M.A. (University of Illinois); M.S.; Ph.D. (University of
BARRY A. FINETTE                                                         Wisconsin)
   M.D. (University of Texas, Southwestern Medical                       Professor of Geography
   School, Dallas); Ph.D. (University of Texas, Austin)             RICHARD A. GALBRAITH
   Assistant Professor of Pediatrics and Cell and Molecular              M.D. (Kings College University); Ph.D. (Medical
   Biology, and Associate Professor of Microbiology and Molecular        University of South Carolina)
   Genetics                                                              Professor of Medicine
MARTHA KNIGHT FITZGERALD                                            CONNELL B. GALLAGHER
   M.Ed. (University of Vermont); Ed.D. (Boston University)              M.A. (University of Wisconsin); M.S. (University of
   Professor of Education                                                Illinois)
PAULA M. FIVES-TAYLOR                                                    Library Professor
   M.S. (Villanova University); Ph.D. (University of Vermont)       DAVID E. GANNON
   Professor of Microbiology and Molecular Genetics and Cell and         M.D. (University of Connecticut)
   Molecular Biology                                                     Assistant Professor of Medicin
TED B. FLANAGAN                                                     M. ELENA GARCIA
   Ph.D. (University of Washington)                                      M.S.; Ph.D. (University of Arkansas)
   Professor of Chemistry, Mechanical Engineering and Materials          Extension Assistant Professor of Plant and Soil Sciences
120 |    GRADUATE FACULTY

JAMES F. GATTI                                                           ALAN R. GOTLIEB
    M.A.; Ph.D. (Cornell University)                                         M.S.; Ph.D. (University of Wisconsin)
    Associate Professor of Business Administration                           Extension Professor of Plant and Soil Science
F. GREGORY GAUSE, III                                                    BARBARA W. GRANT
    A.B. (St. Joseph's University); Ph.D. (Harvard                           M.D. (Dartmouth College)
    University)                                                              Associate Professor of Medicine and Cell and Molecular Biology
    Associate Professor of Political Science                             CAROL GREEN-HERNANDEZ
WILLIAM E. GEIGER, JR.                                                       M.S. (Russell Sage College); Ph.D. (Adelphi University)
    Ph.D. (Cornell University)                                               Associate Professor of Nursing
    Professor of Chemistry                                               ROBERT S. GRIFFIN
ANNE M. GEROSKI                                                              M.A.; Ph.D. (University of Minnesota)
    M.A. (University of New Mexico); Ed.D. (University of                    Professor of Education
    Maine)                                                               ELLEN B. GRIMES
    Assistant Professor in Integrated Professional Studies                   M.A. (Montclair State College); M.P.A.; Ed.D.
MICHAEL F. GIANGRECO                                                         (University of Vermont)
    M.Ed. (University of Vermont); Ed.S. (University of                      Lecturer, Department of Dental Hygiene
    Virginia); Ph.D. (Syracuse University)                               DONALD S. GRINDE
    Research Associate Professor of Education                                Ph.D. (University of Delaware)
WILLIAM A. GIBSON                                                            Professor of History
    M.B.A.; Ph.D. (University of California, Berkeley)                   D. JACQUE GRINNELL
    Professor of Economics                                                   M.B.A. (Cornell University); D.B.A. (Indiana University)
ANTHONY G. GIERZYNSKI                                                        Professor of Business Administration
    M.A. (Northern Illinois University); Ph.D. (University               CORDELL E. GROSS
    of Kentucky)                                                             M.S., M.D. (University of Florida)
    Associate Professor of Political Science and Public Administration       Professor of Surgery
ALPHONSE H. GILBERT                                                      KENNETH I. GROSS
    M.S. (Michigan State University); Ph.D. (Colorado                        M.A. (Brandeis University); Ph.D. (Washington University)
    State University)                                                        Professor of Mathematics
    Associate Professor of Natural Resources                             STEVEN M. GRUNBERG
GREGORY M. GILMARTIN                                                         M.D. (Cornell University)
    Ph.D. (University of Virginia)                                           Professor of Medicine
    Associate Professor of Microbiology and Molecular Genetics           CHARLES B. GUIGNON
    and Cell and Molecular Biology                                           Ph.D. (University of California, Berkeley)
CLARE A. GINGER                                                              Professor of Philosophy
    M.S.L. (Vermont Law School); M.S.; Ph.D. (University                 BARRY E. GUITAR
    of Michigan)                                                             M.A. (Western Michigan University); Ph.D. (University of
    Assistant Professor of Natural Resources                                 Wisconsin, Madison)
CORRINE E. GLESNE                                                            Professor of Communication Sciences, Psychology and Education
    M.A.; Ph.D. (University of Illinois)                                 MINGRU GUO
    Associate Professor of Education                                         M.S. (NEAU, Harbin, P.R. China); Ph.D. (University
JOEL M. GOLDBERG                                                             College Cork, Ireland)
    Ph.D. (University of Michigan)                                           Associate Professor of Nutrition and Food Sciences
    Associate Professor of Chemistry                                     MICHAEL A. GURDON
KENNETH I. GOLDEN                                                            Ph.D. (Cornell University)
    S.M.; M.E. (Massachusetts Institute of Technology);                      Professor of Business Administration
    Ph.D. (University De Paris)                                          MELANIE S. GUSTAFSON
    Professor of Electrical Engineering and Mathematics                      M.A. (Sarah Lawrence College); Ph.D. (New York
JEANNE D. GOLDHABER                                                          University)
    M.Ed. (Antioch College); Ed.D. (University of                            Assistant Professor of History
    Massachusetts, Amherst)                                              STANLEY T. GUTMAN
    Associate Professor of Integrated Professional Studies                   M.A.; Ph.D. (Duke University)
CHARLES J. GOODNIGHT                                                         Professor of English
    M.S.; Ph.D. (University of Chicago)                                  JOE R. HAEBERLE
    Professor of Biology                                                     Ph.D. (Indiana University School of Medicine)
LAWRENCE R. GORDON                                                           Associate Professor of Molecular Physiology and Biophysics and
    M.A.; Ph.D. (University of North Carolina)                               Cell and Molecular Biology
    Professor of Psychology                                              CATHERINE K. HALBRENDT
ROBERT J. GORDON                                                             M.S. (Southern Illinois University); Ph.D. (University of
    M.A. (University of Stellenbosch); Ph.D. (University of                  Missouri)
    Illinois)                                                                Professor of Community Development and Applied Economics
    Professor of Anthropology                                            ROBERT W. HALL
SCOTT W. GORDON                                                              M.A.; Ph.D. (Harvard University)
    Ph.D. (Carnegie Mellon University)                                       James Marsh Professor of Intellectual and Moral Philosophy
    Assistant Professor of Chemistry                                     BRENDA P. HAMEL-BISSELL
KATHLEEN S. GORMAN                                                           M.S.; Ed.D. (Boston University)
    M.A. (Catholic University of Peru); Ph.D. (University                    Professor of Nursing
    of Maryland, College Park Campus)                                    ROBERT W. HAMILL
    Assistant Professor of Psychology                                        M.D. (Bowman Gray School of Medicine, Wake Forest)
NICHOLAS J. GOTELLI                                                          Professor of Neurology
    M.S.; Ph.D. (Florida State University)                               RUTH W. HAMILTON
    Professor of Biology                                                     Ph.D. (University of Vermont)
                                                                             Research Assistant Professor of Education and Psychology
                                                                                                          GRADUATE FACULTY       | 121
MATTHEW G. HANNAH                                                     DARREN L. HITT
    M.S.; Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State University)                           M.S.; Ph.D. (John Hopkins University)
    Assistant Professor of Geography                                      Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Materials
WENDY SUE HARPER                                                          Science
    M.S. (Pennsylvania State University); Ph.D. (University           JAMES P. HOFFMANN
    of Vermont)                                                           Ph.D. (University of Wisconsin)
    Lecturer in Plant and Soil Science                                    Associate Professor of Botany
BETH A. HART                                                          RICHARD HONG
    M.S.; Ph.D. (Cornell University)                                      M.D. (University of Illinois)
    Professor of Biochemistry and Cell and Molecular Biology              Clinical Professor of Pediatrics
JEAN R. HARVEY-BERINO                                                 VIRGINIA L. HOOD
    M.S. (Pennsylvania State University); Ph.D. (University               M.B.B.S. (University of Sydney, Australia); M.P.H.
    of Pittsburgh)                                                        (Harvard School of Public Health)
    Associate Professor of Nutrition and Food Sciences                    Professor of Medicine
JOSEPH E. HASAZI                                                      JAMES G. HOWE
    M.A.; Ph.D. (University of Miami)                                     M.D. (University of Vermont)
    Associate Professor of Psychology                                     Professor of Orthopaedics and Rehabilitation
SUSAN E. HASAZI                                                       DAVID C. HOWELL
    M.Ed. (University of Vermont); Ed.D. (Boston                          M.S.; Ph.D. (Tulane University)
    University)                                                           Professor of Psychology
    Professor of Education                                            SALLY A. HUBER
LARRY D. HAUGH                                                            M.S.; Ph.D. (Duke University)
    M.A.; M.S.; Ph.D. (University of Wisconsin, Madison)                  Associate Professor of Pathology and Cell and Molecular Biology
    Professor of Statistics, Orthopaedics and Rehabilitation and      THOMAS R. HUDSPETH
    Biomedical Engineering                                                M.S.; Ph.D. (University of Michigan)
JUN HAYASHI                                                               Associate Professor of Natural Resources and Environmental
    Ph.D. (University of Connecticut)                                     Studies
    Adjunct Assistant Professor of Biology                            JAMES J. HUDZIAK
NANCY J. HAYDEN                                                           M.D. (University of Minnesota, Minneapolis)
    M.S.; Ph.D. (Michigan State University)                               Assistant Professor of Psychiatry
    Associate Professor of Civil and Environmental Engineering        JONATHAN HUENER
JOYCE E. HECKMAN                                                          Ph.D. (University of Illinois)
    Ph.D. (Massachusetts Institute of Technology)                         Assistant Professor of History
    Research Assistant Professor of Microbiology and Molecular        JEFFREY W. HUGHES
    Genetics                                                              M.S. (University of Miami); Ph.D. (Cornell University)
BERND HEINRICH                                                            Associate Professor of Natural Resources and Associate
    M.A. (University of Maine, Orono); Ph.D. (University                  Professor of Botany
    of California, Los Angeles)                                       JOHN R. HUGHES
    Professor of Biology                                                  M.D. (University of Mississippi)
NICHOLAS H. HEINTZ                                                        Professor of Psychiatry and Psychology and Associate Professor
    M.S.; Ph.D. (University of Vermont)                                   of Family Practice
    Associate Professor of Pathology, Professor of Microbiology and   MAHENDRA S. HUNDAL
    Molecular Genetics and Cell and Molecular Biology                     M.S.; Ph.D. (University of Wisconsin)
JEAN M. HELD                                                              Professor of Mechanical Engineering
    M.A.; Ed.M.; Ed.D. (Columbia Teacher’s College)                   HERBERT G. HUNT, III
    Associate Professor of Physical Therapy                               M.B.A. (University of Vermont); D.B.A. (University of
JOHN E. HELZER                                                            Colorado)
    M.D. (University of Utah, Salt Lake)                                  Professor of Business Administration
    Professor of Psychiatry                                           DEBORAH E. HUNTER
DAVID R. HEMENWAY                                                         M.S.; Ph.D. (Indiana University)
    M.S.(University of Maine); M.S.E.E.; Ph.D. (University                Associate Professor of Integrated Professional Studies
    of North Carolina)                                                ANNE E. HUOT
    Professor of Civil and Environmental Engineering                      M.S.; Ph.D. (University of Vermont)
SHARON M. HENRY                                                           Professor of Biomedical Technologies and Cell and Molecular
    Ph.D. (University of Vermont)                                         Biology
    Associate Professor of Physical Therapy                           DRYVER R. HUSTON
WILLIAM HESSION                                                           M.A.; Ph.D. (Princeton University)
    M.S. (Virginia Tech); Ph.D. (Oklahoma State                           Professor of Mechanical Engineering, Orthopaedics and
    University)                                                           Rehabilitation and Biomedical Engineering
    Assistant Professor of Civil and Environmental Engineering        PATRICK H. HUTTON
STEPHEN T. HIGGINS                                                        M.A.; Ph.D. (University of Wisconsin)
    M.S. (Shippensburg University); M.A.; Ph.D. (University               Professor of History
    of Kansas)                                                        STEPHEN J. INCAVO
    Professor of Psychiatry and Psychology                                M.D. (State University of New York, Upstate Medical
J. CHURCHILL HINDES                                                       Center)
    M.A.; Ph.D. (University of Iowa)                                      Associate Professor of Orthopaedics and Rehabilitation
    Clinical Assistant Professor of Medicine and Associate            HOWARD W. JAFFE
    Professor of Public Administration                                    D.R.S.C. (University of Geneva)
DAVID H. HIRTH                                                            Adjunct Professor of Geology
    M.S. (University of Massachusetts); Ph.D. (University             SUSAN JAKEN
    of Michigan)                                                          M.S.; Ph.D. (University of Michigan)
    Associate Professor of Natural Resources                              Adjunct Assistant Professor of Biology and Cell and
                                                                          Molecular Biology
122 |    GRADUATE FACULTY

YVONNE JANSSEN-HEININGER                                           DAVID E. KERR
     Ph.D. (University of Lumberg)                                     M.Sc.; Ph.D. (University of Saskatchewan)
     Assistant Professor of Pathology                                  Assistant Professor of Animal Sciences
DIANE M. JAWORSKI                                                  MARC Z. KESSLER
     M.S. (University of Texas); Ph.D. (Texas Woman’s                  Ph.D. (University of Nebraska)
     University)                                                       Associate Professor of Psychology
     Assistant Professor of Anatomy and Neurobiology               MARY LOUISE KETE
RICHARD R. JESSE                                                       M.A.; Ph.D. (Harvard University)
     M.B.A.; Ph.D. (Cornell University)                                Assistant Professor of English
     Associate Professor of Business Administration                C. WILLIAM KILPATRICK
JUSTIN M. JOFFE                                                        M.S. (Midwestern State University); Ph.D. (North
     M.A. (University of Witwatersrand); Ph.D. (University             Texas State University)
     of London)                                                        Associate Professor of Biology
     Professor of Psychology                                       PAUL S. KINDSTEDT
DOUGLAS I. JOHNSON                                                     M.S. (University of Vermont); Ph.D. (Cornell University)
     Ph.D. (Purdue University)                                         Professor of Nutrition and Food Sciences
     Associate Professor of Microbiology and Molecular Genetics    PETER R. KINGSTONE
     and Cell and Molecular Biology                                    M.A.; Ph.D. (University of California, Berkeley)
RACHEL N. JOHNSON                                                      Assistant Professor of Political Science
     M.P.H. (University of Hawaii); Ph.D. (Pennsylvania            JOANNE R. KNAPP
     State University)                                                 M.S., Ph.D. (University of California, Davis)
     Professor of Nutrition and Food Sciences                          Assistant Professor of Animal Sciences
ROBERT J. JOHNSON                                                  JAMES KOH
     M.D. (University of Iowa)                                         M.S.; Ph.D. (University of Michigan)
     Professor of Orthopaedics and Rehabilitation and Biomedical       Assistant Professor of Pathology
     Engineering                                                   JANE M. KOLODINSKY
WILLIAM E. JOKELA                                                      M.B.A. (Kent State University); Ph.D. (Cornell University)
     M.S.; Ph.D. (University of Minnesota)                             Associate Professor of Community Development and Applied
     Extension Associate Professor of Plant and Soil Science           Economics
S.V. PENELOPE JONES                                                HILARY KORNBLITH
     Ph.D. (Strathclyde University)                                    M.A.; Ph.D. (Cornell University)
     Associate Professor of Psychiatry and Pharmacology                Professor of Philosophy
ROBBIE P. KAHN                                                     DAVID N. KRAG
     M.P.H. (Boston University); M.A.; Ph.D. (Brandeis                 M.D. (Loyola University)
     University)                                                       Associate Professor of General Surgery
     Assistant Professor of Sociology                              MARTIN H. KRAG
BRUCE S. KAPP                                                          M.D. (Yale University)
     M.S.; Ph.D. (New York University)                                 Associate Professor of Orthopaedics and Rehabilitation and
     Professor of Psychology                                           Biomedical Engineering
GEORGE P. KARATZAS                                                 JAMES M. KRAUSHAAR
     M.S.; Ph.D. (Rutgers University)                                  M.S.; Ph.D. (Syracuse University)
     Research Assistant Professor of Civil and Environmental           Associate Professor of Business Administration
     Engineering                                                   DANIEL H. KRYMKOWSKI
SUSAN L. KASSER                                                        M.S.; Ph.D. (University of Wisconsin, Madison)
     M.S. (University of Wisconsin); Ph.D. (Oregon State               Assistant Professor of Sociology
     University)                                                   MARTIN E. KUEHNE
     Assistant Professor of Physical Education                         M.A. (Harvard University); Ph.D. (Columbia University)
ROBERT G. KAUFMAN                                                      Professor of Chemistry
     M.A.(Columbia University); J.D. (Georgetown                   WALTER F. KUENTZEL
     University Law School); Ph.D.(Columbia University);               M.S. (Clemson University); Ph.D. (University of
     Associate Professor of Political Science                          Wisconsin, Madison)
STEPHANIE KAZA                                                         Associate Professor of Natural Resources
     M.A. (Stanford University); M.Div. (Starr King School         DONNA KUIZENGA
     of Ministry); Ph.D. (Columbia University of California,           Ph.D. (City University of New York)
     Santa Cruz)                                                       Professor of Romance Languages
     Associate Professor of Natural Resources and Environmental    ISMAIL LAHER
     Studies                                                           M.Sc. (University of British Columbia; Ph.D. (Memorial
TONY S. KELLER                                                         University of Newfoundland)
     M.S.E. (University of Washington); Ph.D. (Vanderbilt              Research Assistant Professor of Pharmacology
     University)                                                   JEFFREY P. LAIBLE
     Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering, Orthopaedics       M.S. (University of Connecticut); Ph.D. (Cornell
     and Rehabilitation, Biomedical Engineering and Materials          University)
     Science                                                           Professor of Civil and Environmental Engineering and
JASON KELLEY                                                           Biomedical Engineering
     M.D. (University of Texas Southwestern)                       WILLIAM D. LAKIN
     Professor of Medicine and Cell and Molecular Biology              M.S.; Ph.D. (University of Chicago)
NICHOLAS KENNY                                                         Professor of Mathematics and Biomedical Engineering
     Ph.D. (University of Hull)                                    STEVEN B. LANDAU
     Research Assistant Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology         M.D. (Case Western Reserve University)
                                                                       Assistant Professor of Medicine
                                                                                                         GRADUATE FACULTY       | 123
RICHARD H. LANDESMAN                                              BARBARA LYONS
   M.S. (New York University); Ph.D. (University of                   M.S., Ph.D. (Cornell University)
   British Columbia)                                                  Assistant Professor of Biochemistry
   Associate Professor of Biology                                 BRUCE R. MacPHERSON
CHRISTOPHER LANDRY                                                    M.S.; M.D. (University of Vermont)
   A.M., Ph.D. (Harvard University)                                   Associate Professor of Pathology
   Assistant Professor of Chemistry                               JOSE S. MADALENGOITIA
ROBERT B. LAWSON                                                      Ph.D. (University of Virginia)
   M.A.; Ph.D. (University of Delaware)                               Professor of Chemistry
   Professor of Psychology and Public Administration              FREDERICK R. MAGDOFF
JOHN E. LECKY                                                         M.S.; Ph.D. (Cornell University)
   M.S.; Ph.D. (University of Vermont)                                Professor of Plant and Soil Science
   Assistant Professor of Electrical and Computer Engineering     ANTHONY S. MAGISTRALE
WILLEM R. LEENSTRA                                                    M.A.; Ph.D. (University of Pittsburgh)
   Ph.D. (University of Washington)                                   Professor of English
   Associate Professor of Chemistry                               DIANE MAGRANE
HERBERT L. LEFF                                                       M.D. (University of Iowa)
   Ph.D. (Harvard University)                                         Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology
   Associate Professor of Psychology                              DENNIS F. MAHONEY
EDWARD S. LEIB                                                        M.A.; Ph.D. (University of Massachusetts)
   M.D. (University of Michigan)                                      Professor of German
   Professor of Medicine                                          HENDRIKA MALTBY
HAROLD LEITENBERG                                                     M.S.N. (University of Western Ontario); Ph.D. (Curtin
   Ph.D. (Indiana University)                                         University of Technology, Perth, W. Australia)
   Professor of Psychology and Clinical Professor of Psychiatry       Associate Professor of Nursing
SUZANNE N. LEVINE                                                 KENNETH G. MANN
   M.Sc.; Ph.D. (University of Manitoba)                              Ph.D. (University of Iowa)
   Associate Professor of Natural Resources                           Professor of Biochemistry
CARROLL LEWIN                                                     KATHLEEN MANNING
   Ph.D. (Brandeis University)                                        M.S. (State University of New York, Albany); Ph.D.
   Associate Professor of Anthropology                                (Indiana University)
THOMAS A. LEWIS                                                       Associate Professor in Integrated Professional Studies
   Ph.D. (Oregon State University)                                ROBERT E. MANNING
   Assistant Professor of Microbiology and Molecular Genetics         M.S.; Ph.D. (Michigan State University)
CHYI-LYI LIANG                                                        Professor of Natural Resources
   M.S.; Ph.D. (Purdue University)                                PATRICIA E. MARDEUSZ
   Assistant Professor of Community Development and Applied           M.S. (Simmons College)
   Economics                                                          Library Assistant Professor
STEVEN LIDOFSKY                                                   JEFFREY D. MARSHALL
   Ph.D., M.D. (Columbia University)                                  M.A. (University of Vermont); M.S. (Simmons College)
   Associate Professor of Medicine and Pharmacology                   Library Assistant Professor
ANDREA LINI                                                       LUTHER H. MARTIN, JR.
   M.A.; Ph.D. (ETH-Zurich)                                           S.T.M.; M.Div. (Drew University), Ph.D. (Claremont
   Assistant Professor of Geology                                     Graduate School)
PHILIP M. LINTILHAC                                                   Professor of Religion
   Ph.D. (University of California, Berkeley)                     REBECCA R. MARTIN
   Associate Professor of Botany                                      M.A. (San Jose State University); D.P.A. (University of
MARJORIE Y. LIPSON                                                    Southern California)
   M.Ed. (University of Vermont); Ph.D. (University of                Library Professor and Assistant Professor of Public Administration
   Michigan)                                                      ANNE B. MASON
   Professor of Education                                             Ph.D. (Boston University)
GERALD P. LIVINGSTON                                                  Research Associate Professor of Biochemistry
   M.S., Ph.D. (Texas A&M University)                             DAVID P. MASSELL
   Research Associate Professor of Natural Resources                  M.Ed. (University of Massachusetts); M.A.; Ph.D.
JAMES W. LOEWEN                                                       (Duke University)
   M.A.; Ph.D. (Harvard University)                                   Assistant Professor of History
   Professor of Sociology                                         DWIGHT MATTHEWS
GEORGE L. LONG                                                        Ph.D. (Indiana University)
   Ph.D. (Brandeis University)                                        Professor of Medicine and Chemistry
   Professor of Biochemistry and Cell and Molecular Biology       DAVID MAUGHAN
LOKANGAKA LOSAMBE                                                     Ph.D. (University of Washington)
   M.A. (National University of Zaire); M.Ed. (University             Research Professor of Molecular Physiology and Biophysics
   of Wales); Ph.D. (University of Ibadan)                            and Cell and Molecular Biology
   Associate Professor of English                                 GARY M. MAWE
KAREN M. LOUNSBURY                                                    Ph.D. (Ohio State University)
   Ph.D. (University of Pennsylvania)                                 Professor of Anatomy and Neurobiology, Pharmacology and
   Assistant Professor of Pharmacology                                Medicine
ROBERT B. LOW                                                     VICTOR MAY
   Ph.D. (University of Chicago)                                      Ph.D. (Northwestern University)
   Professor of Molecular Physiology and Biophysics and               Professor of Anatomy and Neurobiology, Pharmacology and
   Biomedical Engineering                                             Cell and Molecular Biology
124 |    GRADUATE FACULTY

CRISTINA M. MAZZONI                                                 SCOTT W. MORRICAL
   M.Phi.; Ph.D. (Yale University)                                     Ph.D. (University of Wisconsin, Madison)
   Assistant Professor of Romance Languages                            Associate Professor of Biochemistry , Microbiology and
REBECCA J. McCAULEY                                                    Molecular Genetics and Cell and Molecular Biology
   M.A.; Ph.D. (University of Chicago)                              NANCY S. MORRIS
   Professor of Communication Sciences                                 Ph.D. (Boston College)
STEPHANIE H. McCONAUGHY                                                Assistant Professor of Nursing
   Ph.D. (University of Vermont)                                    LESLIE A. MORRISSEY
   Research Associate Professor of Psychiatry and Psychology           M.A. (San Jose State University); Ph.D. (Oregon State
JOHN J. McCORMACK, JR.                                                 University)
   Ph.D. (Yale University)                                             Associate Professor of Natural Resources
   Professor of Pharmacology                                        JAMES H. MOSENTHAL
ROBERT L. McCULLOUGH                                                   M.A. (Columbia Teachers College); M.A. (University
   J.D. (Hamline University School of Law); M.S.L.                     of Arizona); Ph.D. (University of Illinois)
   (Environmental Law Center, Vermont Law School);                     Associate Professor of Education
   Ph.D. (Cornell University)                                       BROOKE T. MOSSMAN
   Lecturer in History                                                 M.S.; Ph.D. (University of Vermont)
ALAN W. McINTOSH                                                       Professor of Pathology and Cell and Molecular Biology
   M.S. (University of Illinois); Ph.D. (Michigan State             SHARON L. MOUNT
   University)                                                         M.D. (University of Texas)
   Professor of Natural Resources                                      Associate Professor of Pathology
BARBARA R. McINTOSH                                                 GEORGE H. MOYSER
   M.L.I.R. (Michigan State University); Ph.D. (Purdue                 M.A. (University of Essex); M.A.; Ph.D. (University of
   University)                                                         Michigan)
   Associate Professor of Business Administration                      Professor of Political Science
MARY L. McISSAC                                                     TIMOTHY MURAD
   M.A. (University of Vermont); Ph.D. (Yale University)               Ph.D. (Rutgers University)
   Assistant Professor of History                                      Associate Professor of Romance Languages
CHARLOTTE J. MEHRTENS                                               WILLIAM M. MURPHY
   M.S.; Ph.D. (University of Chicago)                                 M.S.; Ph.D. (University of Wisconsin)
   Professor of Geology                                                Professor of Plant and Soil Science
ROBERT J. MELAMEDE                                                  HYMAN B. MUSS
   M.A.; Ph.D. (City University of New York, Lehman)                   M.D. (State University of New York, Downstate Medical)
   Research Assistant Professor of Microbiology and Molecular          Professor of Medicine
   Genetics and Cell and Molecular Biology                          RICHARD E. MUSTY
HERMAN W. MEYERS, JR.                                                  M.A.; Ph.D. (McGill University)
   M.A.; Ph.D. (University of Connecticut)                             Professor of Psychology
   Associate Professor of Education                                 ROBERT J. NASH
RUTH M. MICKEY                                                         Ed.M. (Northeastern University); Ed.D. (Boston University)
   M.S.Ph.; Ph.D. (University of California, Los Angeles)              Professor of Integrated Professional Studies
   Professor of Statistics                                          PATRICK A. NEAL
WOLFGANG MIEDER                                                        M.A.; Ph.D. (University of Toronto)
   M.A. (University of Michigan); Ph.D. (Michigan State                Associate Professor of Political Science
   University)                                                      DAVID NEIWEEM
   Professor of German                                                 M.Mus., Ph.D. (University of Wisconsin)
WILLIAM E. MIERSE                                                      Professor of Music
   M.A.; Ph.D. (Brown University)                                   MARILYN NELSON
   Assistant Professor of Art and Classics                             Ph.D. (State University of New York, Buffalo)
CAROL T. MILLER                                                        Library Assistant Professor and Assistant Professor in Education
   M.S.; Ph.D. (Purdue University)                                  MARK T. NELSON
   Professor of Psychology                                             Ph.D. (Washington University)
BETH MINTZ                                                             Professor of Pharmacology and Molecular Physiology and
   M.A.; Ph.D. (State University of New York, Stony Brook)             Biophysics
   Professor of Sociology                                           PAUL A. NEWHOUSE
GAGAN S. MIRCHANDANI                                                   M.D. (Loyola University)
   M.S. (Syracuse University); Ph.D. (Cornell University)              Associate Professor of Psychiatry
   Professor of Electrical Engineering                              CARLTON M. NEWTON
SCOTT A. MISCHLER                                                      Ph.D. (State University of New York, Syracuse)
   D.V.M. (Kansas State University); Ph.D. (Albany                     Professor of Natural Resources
   Medical College)                                                 ERIC C. NICHOLS
   Associate Professor of Animal Sciences                              M.Ed.; C.A.S. (University of Vermont); Ph.D. (Arizona
JOHN J. MITCHELL                                                       State University)
   Ph.D. (University of Connecticut)                                   Lecturer of Integrated Professional Studies
   Research Assistant Professor of Molecular Physiology and         CHARLES NICHOLSON
   Biophysics, Lecturer in Biology and Cell and Molecular Biology      M.S.; Ph.D. (Cornell University)
LOUISA C. MOATS                                                        Assistant Professor of Community Development and Applied
   M.A. (Peabody College); Ed.D. (Harvard University)                  Economics
   Adjunct Assistant Professor of Communication Sciences            JANICE A. NICKLAS
JANE MOLOFSKY                                                          M.A.; Ph.D. (Princeton University)
   M.S. (University of Illinois); Ph.D. (Duke University)              Research Assistant Professor of Medicine and Instructor in
   Assistant Professor of Botany                                       Medicine and Cell and Molecular Biology
                                                                                                       GRADUATE FACULTY     | 125
THOMAS G. NOORDEWIER                                                TIMOTHY D. PERKINS
     M.B.A.; Ph.D. (University of Wisconsin)                             M.S.; Ph.D. (University of Vermont)
     Associate Professor of Business Administration                      Research Assistant Professor of Botany
CHARLES P. NOVOTNY                                                  LEONARD P. PERRY
     Ph.D. (University of Pittsburgh)                                    M.S.; Ph.D. (Cornell University)
     Professor of Microbiology and Molecular Genetics and Cell           Extension Professor of Plant and Soil Science
     and Molecular Biology                                          JANIS M. PEYSER
J. PATRICK O’NEILL                                                       Ph.D. (University of Vermont)
     Ph.D. (State University of New York, Stony Brook)                   Clinical Associate Professor of Psychology and Psychiatry
     Research Associate Professor of Medicine and Instructor in     GEORGE F. PINDER
     Medicine                                                            Ph.D. (University of Illinois)
GEORGE J. OSOL                                                           Professor of Civil and Environmental Engineering and
     M.S.; Ph.D. (University of Vermont)                                 Mathematics
     Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Molecular Physiology   STEPHEN J. PINTAURO
     and Biophysics, Pharmacology and Cell and Molecular                 M.S.; Ph.D. (University of Rhode Island)
     Biology                                                             Associate Professor of Nutrition and Food Sciences
KURT E. OUGHSTUN                                                    KAREN I. PLAUT
     M.S.; Ph.D. (University of Rochester)                               M.S. (Pennsylvania State University); Ph.D. (Cornell
     Professor of Electrical Engineering and Mathematics                 University)
FRANK C. OWEN                                                            Professor of Animal Sciences and Cell and Molecular Biology
     M.A. (University of California, Davis)                         JAMES A. POSADA
     Assistant Professor of Art                                          Ph.D. (University of Vermont)
JOSEPH W. PANKEY, JR.                                                    Research Assistant Professor of Molecular Physiology and
     M.S. (Louisiana Tech. University); Ph.D. (Louisiana                 Biophysics and Cell and Molecular Biology
     State University)                                              PATRICIA A. PRELOCK
     Research Professor of Animal Sciences                               M.A. (Kent State University); Ph.D. (University
PHYLLIS E. PAOLUCCI-WHITCOMB                                             of Pittsburgh)
     M.Ed.; C.A.S. (University of Vermont); Ed.D. (Boston                Professor of Communication Sciences
     University)                                                    RAYMOND PROULX
     Professor of Social Work and Education                              M.A. (St. Michael’s College); Ed.D. (University of Vermont)
CATHY A. PARIS                                                           Research Associate Professor of Education
     M.S.; Ph.D. (University of Vermont)                            TERRY RABINOWITZ
     Assistant Professor in Botany                                       M.S. (University of Iowa); M.D. (Case Western Reserve
E. LAUCK PARKE                                                           University)
     M.B.A. (Pennsylvania State University); Ph.D.                       Assistant Professor of Psychiatry and Family Practice
     (University of Massachusetts)                                  JOANNA M. RANKIN
     Associate Professor of Business Administration and Public           M.S. (Tulane University); Ph.D. (University of Iowa)
     Administration                                                      Professor of Physics
BRUCE L. PARKER                                                     CARLENE A. RAPER
     M.S.; Ph.D. (Cornell University)                                    M.S. (University of Chicago); Ph.D. (Harvard University)
     Professor of Plant and Soil Science                                 Research Associate Professor of Microbiology and Molecular
DONNA L. PARRISH                                                         Genetics
     M.S. (Murray State University); Ph.D. (Ohio State              CHARLES RATHBONE
     University)                                                         M.A.; Ph.D. (Syracuse University)
     Research Associate Professor of Natural Resources                   Associate Professor of Education
RODNEY L. PARSONS                                                   BRIAN V. REED
     Ph.D. (Stanford University)                                         Ph.D. (Temple University)
     Professor of Anatomy and Neurobiology, Molecular Physiology         Associate Professor of Physical Therapy
     and Biophysics and Cell and Molecular Biology                  J. PATRICK REED
JOSEPH B. PATLAK                                                         M.S. (University of Vermont)
     Ph.D. (University of California, Los Angeles)                       Associate Professor of Biomedical Technologies
     Professor of Molecular Physiology and Biophysics and Cell      PER A. RENSTROM
     and Molecular Biology                                               M.D.; Ph.D. (University of Goteborg)
FIONA PATTERSON                                                          Professor of Orthopaedics and Rehabilitation and Biomedical
     M.F.A. (Rhode Island School of Design); D.S.W.                      Engineering
     (University of Pennsylvania)                                   LYNN ANN REYNOLDS